WBBSE Solutions For Class 9 Geography And Environment Chapter 3 Determination Of Location Of A Place Of The Earth’s Surface

Chapter 3 Determination Of Location Of A Place Of The Earth’s Surface Salient Points – At A Glance

1. In ancient times, by observing the position of the star in the night sky, the latitude was determined. In the northern hemisphere, latitude can be accurately determined with the help of the Pole Star.

2. During the daytime, the latitude of a place can be determined by the angle of inclination of the Sun,

3. In the night sky of the southern hemisphere, latitude can be determined by the angle of inclination of Hadley’s Octant.

4. Latitude is the angular distance of a place either north or south of the Equator on the equatorial plane.

5. Nowadays, latitudes are determined with the help of Sextant, Transit theodolite, etc. ‘

Read and Learn Also WBBSE Solutions for Class 9 Geography And Environment

6. Lowest and highest values of latitude are 0° and 90° respectively.

7. Parallels of latitude are the imaginary lines drawn on the maps and globes, that join all the places having the same latitudinal value.

8. Parallels of latitude are extended in an east-west direction. Amongst them, the circumference of the Equator is the largest. Circumference of latitudes decreases with distance from the Equator to the Poles. Total number of parallels at an the interval of 1° is 179 to the north and south of the Equator.

9. Important parallels are the Equator (0°), Tropic of Cancer 23½ºN , Tropic of Capricorn 23½ºS, Arctic Circle 66½ºN and Antarctic Circle 66½ºS.

10. The distance between the 1° latitudinal interval on the Earth’s surface is about 111 km or 69 miles.

11. Climate on the Earth’s surface changes with the change of parallels of latitude. On the basis of climate change, the Earth is divided into 3 heat belts. They are the Torrid zone, the Temperate zone, and the Frigid zone.

12. The angular distance of a place east or west of the Prime Meridian, which is measured in degrees, minutes, and seconds is known as longitude.

13. The longitude of the Prime Meridian is 0° and the angular distance of other meridians is imagined to the east as well as to the west of the Prime Meridian upto 180°.

14. Places with the same longitudinal value are joined by semi-circular lines imagined from the North Pole to the South Pole. Such lines are known as Meridians.

15. The Prime Meridian (0°) and the 180° meridian, which is the exact opposite side of it, together make a full circle, that divides the Earth into two equal halves. The eastern half is known as the eastern hemisphere and the western half is the western hemisphere.

16. All the meridians are equal in length, but not parallel to each other. This is because all meridians meet at the Poles.

17. There is a 4 minutes time difference for 1° longitudinal difference.

18. Considering the maximum inclination of the Sun on a longitude passing through a place as 12 noon, the time of that place throughout the day is calculated. This specific time of that place is called its local time.

19. More than one local time is observed in countries with great east-west extension. Therefore, to avoid multiple local times, a meridian is chosen passing through the central position of the country to calculate the standard time of the whole country.

20. The Indian Standard Time (IST) is calculated on the basis of the meridian (82°30’E) that extends through Mirzapur of Allahabad.

21. Greenwich Mean Time (GMT) is determined according to the Prime Meridian (0°) passing through Greenwich. The time of the whole Earth is determined as per Greenwich Mean Time.

22. The time from 12 o’clock at midnight to 12 noon of the next day is called ante meridian or am. The time from 12 noon to 12 o’clock at midnight is called post meridian or pm.

23. If the center of a circle is drawn on the surface of the Earth and the center of the Earth lies at the same point, then the circle is called Great Circle.

24. Parallels of latitude and meridians of longitude intersect each other and form a network, that is called Earth’s grid.

25. There are two ends of any diameter of the spherical Earth, where one end is the antipode to another.

26. A place and its antipode always lie in opposite hemispheres. This is why the difference in longitude and local time between these two places is 180° and 12 hours respectively.

27. The International Date Line has been imagined through the middle of the Pacific Ocean roughly following the 180° meridian.

Chapter 3 Determination Of Location Of A Place Of The Earth’s Surface Topic A Latitude And Parallels of Latitude Long Answer Type Questions

Question 1 What is meant by parallels of latitude? Discuss their properties and their uses.
Answer:

Parallels of latitude:

The imaginary lines drawn around the Earth parallel to the Equator are known as the parallels of latitude. These lines join all the places with the same latitudinal value.

1.Properties and uses of the parallels of latitude: The properties and uses of the parallels of latitude are as follows- Determination of Location of a Place on the Earth’s Surface
Properties: The properties of the parallels of latitude are-
1. The parallels of latitude are full
circles and parallel to each other.
2. As the value of the latitudes increases, the circumference of the parallels of latitude gradually decreases. At the Poles, the parallels of latitude appear to be dotted.
3. All places on the same parallel of latitude have the same latitudinal value. Solar incidence changes with changing latitude. Accordingly, the climatic characteristics of the places also vary. The local times of various places lying on the same latitude are different based on their longitudinal value.

Uses: The uses of the parallels of latitude are- The north-south position of a place can be determined by using the Equator and the other latitudes as standards of measurement. The parallels of latitude are often used as the boundary of a country or a state. For instance, the 45° N parallel forms an approximate border between Quebec (Canada), and the states of New York and Vermont in the USA. The Earth can be divided into different heat zones (Torrid zone, Temperate zone, and Frigid zone) on the basis of the parallels of latitude.

WBBSE Solutions For Class 9 Geography And Environment Chapter 3 Determination Of Location Of A Place Of The Earth's Surface parllels of latitude

Question 2 How can you determine the latitude of a place geometrically? How can the latitude of a place in the northern hemisphere be determined using the elevation of the Pole Star?
Answer:

Geometric determination of the latitude of a place:

In the given picture, B denotes the Earth’s center, DC the Equator, A the North Pole, and P the Pole Star. N is a place in the northern hemisphere with MO as its horizon. Moreover, BQ is perpendicular to MO. As the Pole Star is located vertically above the North Pole, it will be visible at P’ position from N. Consequently, the angle of elevation of the North Star, as visible from N, would be ZMNP’ and the latitudinal degree of N would be <NBC.

WBBSE Solutions For Class 9 Geography And Environment Chapter 3 Determination Of Location Of A Place Of The Earth's Surface geomentric determination of latitude

Now <MNP’+<QNP’= a right and <PBN + < NBC= a right angle
Therefore, ZPBN + ZNBC = <MNP’ + ZQNP’
Moreover, since BP and NP’ are parallel to each other, ZPBN = ZQNP’ Hence, NBC = ZMNP’
[since 90° <PBN = 90° – <QNP’]
Therefore, the angle of elevation of the Pole Star, as visible from N = the latitudinal degree of N.

1. Using elevation of the Pole Star to determine the latitude of a place in the northern hemisphere:

In an open place-two poles, one taller than the other, are fixed. The smaller pole is fixed south of the taller one in such a way that the taller pole is to its north and the Pole Star as visible in the sky, are all in a straight line[Diagram (a)]. Now, after measuring the exact distance between the poles, on white paper the poles need to be drawn to the scale.[Diagram (b)]. Therefore, in, YR and ZS are the two poles, with RS being the distance between them. Now, Y and Z are joined, and simultaneously, SR is extended so that these two meet at point D and form an angle <ZDS. Hence, <YDR is the angle of elevation of the Pole Star and also the latitudinal degree. So, if the,<YDR is measured with the help of a protractor, the latitude of the place can be determined.

WBBSE Solutions For Class 9 Geography And Environment Chapter 3 Determination Of Location Of A Place Of The Earth's Surface Elevation of the pole star to determine the latitude of a place

Question 3 Why is it necessary to determine the location of a place?
Answer:

Necessity of determining the location of a place:

It is necessary to determine the location of a place, because-

1. To find the exact position: It helps us to find the exact position of a country, a state, a city, a mountain, or any other place on the Earth’s surface.

2. To find the distance: It helps to find the distance between any two or more objects and places.

3. For geographical research and study: The location of a place helps us to understand the explanation of any geographical research and study.

4. To know climatic character: The climatic characteristics of a place can be known more or less if the location of the place is known.

5. For disaster management: Determination of location is necessary for relief and rescue management in case of various disasters.

6. For transport and navigation: It is necessary to know the location of a place on for water transport or navigation and to access resources of particular places.

7. For defense purposes: It helps to know the location of the enemy for defense or military purposes and helps to launch counter-attacks.

8. To demarcate boundaries: Determination of the location is necessary for the demarcation of political boundaries.

9. For development planning: The location of a place also helps us to assign proper development plans for backward regions.

Question 4 How can the Earth be divided into various heat zones?
Answer:

Heat zone:

The Earth is divided into three heat zones on the basis of the angle at which the sunrays fall. These are as follows-

1. Torrid zone: This zone extends from the Equator (0°) to the Tropic of Cancer (23½º N) in the North and to the Tropic of Capricorn (23½º S) in the South. Sunrays fall vertically on this region throughout the year. Some important countries that fall under this zone are Brazil, Venezuela, Nigeria, Kenya, Ghana, Malaysia, Indonesia, England, etc.

WBBSE Solutions For Class 9 Geography And Environment Chapter 3 Determination Of Location Of A Place Of The Earth's Surface Heats zones

2. Temperate zone:
This zone extends from the Tropics (231⁄2° N and S) to the Arctic and Antarctic Circles (66%1⁄2° N and S). This zone experiences moderate heat throughout the year because the sun’s rays do not fall directly on this zone. Some countries that come under this zone are- the United States of America, Chile, France, South Africa, New Zealand, England, Canada, Japan, Germany, Italy, and several others.

3. Frigid zone: This zone extends from the Arctic and Antarctic Circles (66½° N and S) to the Poles (90½° N and S). The frigid zone is the coldest region of the Earth because this region lies farthest from the Equator and receives a very low amount of sun rays. throughout the year. Some regions that fall under this zone are Antarctica, Siberia, Alaska, Greenland, northern Canada, Norway, and the northern parts of Sweden.

Chapter 2 Determination Of Location Of A Place Of The Earth’s Surface Short Explanatory Answer Type Questions

Question 1 Why the Equator is known as the ‘great circle’?
Answer:

Equator Is Known As The ‘Great Circle’:-

When the center of the circle that is drawn on the Earth’s surface and the center of the Earth is the same, then the circle becomes a ‘great circle’. There are several imaginary lines of latitude drawn over the Earth’s surface and out of those lines, the Equator is known as the great circle, because-

1. The largest circle: The Equator is the largest circle. It is not possible to draw a circle larger than the Equator over the Earth’s surface.

2. Same center with the Earth: The center of the Earth and that of the Equator lies at the same point.

3. Divides the Earth equally: If the Earth is divided along the Equator, we get two equal halves. One is the northern hemisphere and the other is the southern hemisphere. Centre of the Earth Equator (great circle)

WBBSE Solutions For Class 9 Geography And Environment Chapter 3 Determination Of Location Of A Place Of The Earth's Surface Equator(great circle)

Question 2 Introduce the important parallels of the Earth.
Answer: The important parallels of the Earth are-

1. Equator: The value of the Equator is 0°: Characteristics- The main characteristics of the Equation are-
1. Equator is extended along the middle of the Earth. Its circumference is the largest and it has divided the Earth into two equal halves, so it is called the great circle. 2. Latitude of a place is determined by the Equator.

2. Tropic of Cancer: Value of the Tropic of Characteristics- The main characteristics of the Tropic of Cancer are-1.It is the last limit of the northward movement of the Sun and delimits the northern boundary of Torrid Zone 2. Vertical sunrays fall on this latitude on 21 June.

3. Tropic of Capricorn: Value of the Tropic of Capricorn is Characteristics-The main characteristics of the Tropic of Capricorn are-
1. It is the last limit of the southward movement of the Sun and delimits the southern limit of the Torrid Zone. 2. On 22 December, vertical sunrays fall on this latitude.

4. Arctic Circle: The value of the Arctic Circle is 10 66 N. Characteristics- The main characteristics of the Arctic Circle are-
1. The region between the Arctic Circle and the North Pole experiences 24 hours of the day from 21 June for 6 months at a stretch. 2. It is the northern limit of the Temperate Zone. After this circle, Frigid Zone begins.

5. Antarctic Circle: The value of the Antarctic 10 Circle is 66½º S. Characteristics-The main characteristics of the Antarctic Circle are-
1. From 22 December the region between the Antarctic Circle and the South Pole experiences 24 hours of the day for 6 months at a stretch. 2. It is the southern limit of the Temperate Zone. 3. After this circle, Frigid Zone begins.

Question 3 What are the differences between latitude and parallels of latitude?
Answer: The differences between latitude and parallels of latitude are

Point of difference Latitude  parallels of latitude
 1. Concept  It is the angular distance of a place, north or south of the Equator, measured in degrees. These are imaginary lines drawn over the Earth, parallel to the Equator.
2. Nature It is a point of location. Parallels are not points, these are circular lines (except the two Poles).
3. Use Uses of latitudes are more. Uses of parallels are relatively less.

 

Question 4 What are the differences between the axis and parallels of latitude?
Answer: The differences between the axis and parallels of latitude are- Point of difference

Points of Difference Axis  Parallels of latitude
1. concept An imaginary line, that joins the North pole and south pole and passes Through the center of the earth is called the axis The imaginary circular lines drawn in the east-west direction encircling the Earth are called parallels of latitude.
2. Number There is only one axis of the Earth. The total number of parallels of latitude is 179.
3. Importance The Earth’s axis is tilted at 66- with the orbital plane, which causes variations of days and nights and also changes the seasons. The climate of the Earth changes with the change of parallels of latitude.

 

Question 5 ‘The Equator is the most important latitude of the Earth. Why?
Answer: The Equator is the most important latitude of the Earth, because-

1. Demarcation of hemispheres: The Equator is an east-west extended imaginary line passing through the middle of the Earth. It divides the Earth into two equal halves as northern hemisphere and the southern hemisphere.

2. Calculation of latitude: Angular distance or latitude of a place on the Earth is measured from the Equator.

3. Drawing of the parallels: All lines of latitude are drawn parallel to the Equator.

4. Formation of the Torrid Zone: The sun’s rays fall vertically over the Equator and adjacent areas throughout the year. Thus, these regions form the Torrid Zone.

5. Balance of the day and night: Length days and nights are of equal duration (12hrs) at the Equator, throughout the year. This is because the Equator lies in the middle of the Earth.

Question 6 Why does high temperature prevail in the torrid zone throughout the year?
Answer:

High Temperature Prevail In The Torrid Zone Throughout The Year:-

The torrid zone extends between the Tropic of Cancer (232½°N) and the Tropic of Capricorn (23½º S). The apparent motion of the Sun is also restricted between these tropics. Starting from 22 December to 21 June, the Sun apparently moves from the Tropic of Capricorn to the Tropic of Cancer, which is known as the apparent northward movement of the Sun. Similarly from 21 June to 22 December, the Sun apparently moves in the opposite direction which is known as the apparent southward movement of the Sun. Therefore, this region receives vertical rays of the Sun throughout the year, and this is why high temperature (25°C-35°C) prevails in this zone.

Chapter 2 Determination Of Location Of A Place Of The Earth’s Surface Short Answer Type Questions

Question 1 What is meant by parallels of latitude?
Answer:

Parallels Of Latitude:-

The imaginary lines drawn over the Earth, which run parallel to the Equator are known as parallels of latitude. They are also called lines of latitude. These lines join all places having the same latitudinal value or angular distance from the Equator. For example, the Tropic of Cancer (23½º N).

Question 2 What are the properties of the lines of latitude?
Answer: The properties of the lines of latitudes are-

1. All the lines of latitude are full circles and run parallel to each other.
2. They all run in an east-west direction. As the latitudinal value increases, the circumference of the circles of latitudes decreases. The local time of the places lying on the same latitude is always different.

Question 3 What is the Equator?
Answer:

Equator:-

The Equator is an imaginary east-west line encircling the Earth midway between the North and South Poles. The Equator is the 0° latitude. It divides the Earth into two equal halves called the northern hemisphere and the southern hemisphere. The average circumference of the Equator is 40,000km.

Question 4 What is meant by equatorial plane?
Answer:

Equatorial Plane:-

The imaginary plane that passes through the Equator and cuts the Earth into two equal halves is called the equatorial plane. The center of the Earth lies on this plane and so, the angular value of this plane is 0°. It is perpendicular to the Earth’s axis.


Question 5 What are the Arctic Circle and Antarctic Circle?
Answer:

Arctic Circle And Antarctic Circle:-

Arctic Circle is the parallel of latitude that runs along 66½º north of the Equator, whereas, Antarctic Circle is the parallel of latitude that runs along 66½º south of the Equator. The region beyond the Arctic and the Antarctic Circles experiences 6 months of complete daylight and 6 months of complete darkness throughout the year.


Question 6 What is meant by latitude?
Answer:

Latitude:-

The angular distance of a place, north or south of the Equator, usually measured in degrees is known as latitude. All the places having the same latitudinal value, joined by a single line, forms the parallel. For example, the latitude of Kolkata is 22° 30′ N.

Question 7 What is meant by angular distance?
Answer:

Angular Distance:-

An angle whose apex is at the center of the spherical Earth and whose legs are radii intersecting the circle in two distinct points, thereby subtending an arc between those two points is known as the angular distance. The unit used to measure the angular distance is degrees, minutes, and seconds as it is conceptually identical to an angle.

Question 8 What is a Sextant?
Answer:

Sextant:-

A Sextant is an instrument used to determine the angle between a celestial object and the horizon (this angle is also known as the object’s altitude). The instrument has an in-built telescope and helps in determining the latitude of a place.

Question 9 What is meant by the northern and the southern latitudes?
Answer:

Northern And The Southern Latitudes:-

The latitudes can be delineated into two types on the basis of which hemisphere it is located in. They are-

Northern latitudes: Latitudes located to the north of the Equator are known as northern latitudes. So, all the latitudes from 1° to 90° in the northern hemisphere will be marked as northern latitudes. These are denoted by the letter ‘N’.

Southern latitudes: Latitudes located to the south of the Equator are known as southern latitudes. So, all the latitudes from 1° to 90° in the southern hemisphere are the southern latitudes. These are denoted by the letter ‘S’.

Question 10 What is meant by 22°30′ N latitude of Kolkata?
Answer:

22°30′ N Latitude Of Kolkata:-

Latitude is the angular distance of a place from the center of the Earth either north or south of the Equator on the equatorial plane. Latitudes at the north and south of the equatorial plane are known as northern and southern latitudes respectively. Now, the latitude of Kolkata is 22°30’N, which means Kolkata is located at an angular distance of 22°30′ north of the Equator.

Question 11 What is the difference between a great circle and a small circle?
Answer:

Difference Between A Great Circle And A Small Circle:-

When the center of a circle is drawn on the surface of a sphere and the center of the Determination of Location of a Place on the Earth’s Surface sphere are the same, then the circle is called a great circle. The other circles that can be drawn on the surface of a sphere are called small circles. A great circle is different from small circles because small circles do not share the same center as the sphere. For example, the Equator(0°) is a great circle whereas, both the Tropics (23½º) are small circles.

Chapter 2 Determination Of Location Of A Place Of The Earth’s Multiple Choice Type Questions [Mcq Type]

1. The highest value of latitude can be—
1. 90°
2. 100°
3. 175°
4. 180°

Answer: 1. 90°

2. The total number of latitudes that can be measured at an interval of 1° to the north and south of the Equator are—
1. 189
2. 190
3. 179
4. 181

Answer: 4. 181

3. The angular measurement of the Arctic Circle is—
1. 60° N
2. 60° S
3. 66° 30′ N
4. 66° 30′ S

Answer: 3. 66° 30′ N

4. The angle of elevation of the Pole Star at the North Pole is—
1. 0°
2. 90°
3. 60°
4. 180°

Answer: 2. 90°

5. The time difference between a place and its antipode is—
1. 6 hours
2. 10 hours
3. 12 hours
4. 24 hours

Answer: 3. 12 hours

6. The parallel that runs almost through the middle of West Bengal is—
1. Equator
2. Tropic of Cancer
3. Tropic of Capricorn
4. Arctic Circle

Answer: 2. Tropic of Cancer

7. The first person to use latitude and longitude to determine the location of a place was—
1. Plato
2. Ptolemy
3. Eratosthenes
4. Aristotle

Answer: 3. Eratosthenes

8. The South Pole is determined by a constellation of stars known as—
1. Pole Star
2. Morning Star
3. Orion
4. Hadley’s Octant

Answer: 4. Hadley’s Octant

9. The angular distance of a place, north or south of the Equator, usually measured in degrees is known as—
1. Longitude
2. Anti pode
3. Latitude
4. Axis

Answer: 3. Latitude

10. The minimum value of latitude can be—
1. 90°
2. 0°
3. 45°
4. 66½º

Answer: 2.

11. The northernmost latitudinal extent of India is—
1. 36° 06′ N
2. 97° 25′ N
3. 37° 06′ N
4. 67° 00′ N

Answer: 3. 37° 06′ N

12. The total number of parallels of latitude drawn at 1° intervals across the globe are—
1. 180
2. 177
3. 178
4. 179

Answer: 4. 179

13. The difference in latitude between the Antarctic Circle and the Tropic of Capricorn is—
1. 33°
2. 43°
3. 23°
4. 66°

Answer: 2. 43°

14. The linear distance between two sub-frequent parallels at an interval of 1° is—
1. 127 km
2. 111.3 km
3 161 km
4. 164.2 km

Answer: 2. 111.3 km

15. The angle of elevation of the Pole Star at the Tropic of Cancer is—
1. 0°
2. 23½º
3. 66½º
4. 90°

Answer: 2. 23½º

16. The heavenly body that helps to determine latitude in Australia at night is the—
1. Moon
2. Pole Star
3. Hadley’s Octant
4. Evening Star

Answer: 3. Hadley’s Octant

17. Any place that is located to the north of the Equator is designated as—
1. High latitude
2. North latitude
3. Mid-latitude
4. Low latitude

Answer: 2. North latitude

18. The line that joins all the places with the same latitudinal degree is known as the—
1. Meridian
2. Prime Meridian
3. Parallel
4. Equator

Answer: 3. Parallel

19. At the Equator, the Pole Star can be seen in the—
1. Horizon
2. Vertically overhead
3. Eastern sky
4. Western sky

Answer: 1. Horizon

20. The latitude at which the diurnal range of temperature is the lowest is—
1. Equator
2. Tropic of Cancer
3. Tropic of Capricorn
4. South Pole

Answer: 1. Equator

21. The line in the southern hemisphere that marks the boundary till which vertical sun rays lie is—
1. Equator
2. Tropic of Cancer
3. Tropic of Capricorn
4. Antarctic Circle

Answer: 3. Tropic of Capricorn

22. Value of the highest latitude on the Earth is—
1. 90°
2. 100°
3. 175°
4. 180°

Answer: 1. 90°

23. Total number of latitudes to the north or south of the Equator at 1° intervals are—
1. 89
2. 90
3. 91
4. 180

Answer: 2. 90

24, Value of the latitude of the Arctic Circle is—
1. 60° N
2. 66° S
3. 66°30′ N
4. 60°30′ S

Answer: 3. 66°30′ N

25, the Angular distance of Kolkata from the center of the Earth is—
1. 22°30′ N
2. 23°30′ N
3. 60° N
4. 66°30′ N

Answer: 1. 22°30′ N

26. The angle that forms between the equatorial plane and the center of the Earth is—
1. 60°
2. 90°
3. 0°
4. 22°30′

Answer: 3. 0°

Chapter 2 Determination Of Location Of A Place Of The Earth’s Surface Fill In The Blanks With Suitable


1. The lines of  Latitude run in an east-west direction. 

2. The latitudinal value of the Tropic of Cancer is  23½º

3. The only great circle among the parallels of latitude is the Equator

4. The lines of latitude are also known as the parallels

5. The expanse between the 90° and the 6634° latitudes in both hemispheres is known as Frigid Zone

6. The heavenly body that helps to determine latitude at the North Pole is the  Pole star

7. As the angular distance of a place, north or south of the Equator increases, the circumference of the latitude decreases

8. Equator divides the Earth into two equal halves.

9. The latitudes are in shape Circular.

10. The latitudes between the Equator and 30° in both hemispheres are known as Low latitudes.

11. The instrument used to calculate the latitude of any place is the Latitude of the Antarctic Circle Sextant

12. Latitude of the Antarctic Circle is 66½º S

Chapter 2 Determination Of Location Of A Place Of The Earth’s Surface If The Statement Is True, write ‘TRUE’, And If False, Write ‘FALSE’ Against The Following

1. The Equator is an example of a great circle. True

2. The angle of elevation of the Pole Star in the southern hemisphere is 90°. False

3. The local time of a place is calculated with the help of its latitude. False

4. Chronometer is used to measure the latitude of a place. False

5. The 66½º N latitude is also known as the Antarctic Circle. False

6. All the lines of latitude intersect the lines of longitude horizontally. False

7. The angular distance of a place north or south of the Equator is the same for all the places located on the same latitude.  True

8. On 21 March, all the places on Earth experience 12 hours of the day and 12 hours of night. True

9. The angle of elevation of the Pole Star is measured to be 90° from any place in the northern hemisphere. False

10. Hadley’s Octant is used to determine the direction in the southern hemisphere.  True

11. The Equator passes through Brazil. True

12. 6°45’S is the southernmost latitude of India. True

13. The climatic characteristics of various places lying on the same latitude are alike. True

14. The latitudes between 30°-60° are called low latitude. False

15. Time is determined with the help of Sextant. False

16. Latitudinal values of all the places lying on a parallel are the same. True

17. All parallels are full circles. True

18. India lies in the southern hemisphere. False

19. Angle of elevation of the Pole Star in the southern hemisphere is measured by the Transit Theodolite. False

20. The Pole Star can be seen above the head at the North Pole. True

Chapter 2 Determination Of Location Of A Place Of The Earth’s Surface Match The Left Column With The Right Column

1.

Left column  Right column
1. Equator A. 23 south
2. Tropic of cancer B.23 north
3.Tropic of capricorn C. 66 north
4. Arctic circle D.0

 

Answer 1-D ,2-B, 3-A, 4-C

2.

Left column  Right column
1. Brazil A. Tropic of cancer
2. Saudi Arabia B.Tropic of capricorn
3. Canada C. Equator
4. Australia D. Arctic circle

 

Answer 1-C ,2-A, 3-D, 4-B

Chapter 2 Determination Of Location Of A Place Of The Earth’s  Surface Answer In One Or Two Words

 

Question 1 What is the latitudinal value of the Arctic Circle?
Answer: 66½º N.

Question 2 What is the latitudinal value of the Tropic of Capricorn?
Answer: 232° S.

Question 3 What is the other name of lines of latitude?
Answer: Parallels of latitude.

Question 4 What is 90° N also known as?
Answer: North Pole.

Question 5 What is 90° S also known as?
Answer: South Pole.

Question 6 Name the latitude that is located at an equal distance from either of the poles.
Answer: The Equator.

Question 7 Name the imaginary plane that passes through the Equator and is perpendicular to the Earth’s axis.
Answer: Equatorial plane.

Question 8 Which line is the reference line to determine the latitude of a place?
Answer: The Equator.

Question 9 What is the other name of the North Pole?
Answer: Arctic.

10. What is the other name of the South Pole?
Answer: Antarctic.

11. What is the meaning of sextant?
Answer: 1/6 of a circle (60°).

12. How many lines of latitude are there in the north of the Equator at an interval of 1° including the Equator?
Answer: 90.

13. Which line does not form an angle with the equatorial plane or center of the Earth?
Answer: The Equator.

14. What is Transit Theodolite?
Answer: An instrument to measure the angular distance.

Chapter 2 Determination Of Location Of A Place Of The Earth’s Surface Topic B Longitude And Meridians Of Longitude Long Answer Type Questions

Question 1 What is meant by meridians of longitude? Discuss their properties and their uses.
Answer:

Meridians Of Longitude:-

Meridians of longitude: In geography, a meridian is the half of an imaginary great circle on the surface of the Earth, that ends at the geographical poles-the North Pole and the South Pole. It connects all the points of equal longitude. Each meridian is of equal length and is perpendicular to all the circles of latitude.

WBBSE Solutions For Class 9 Geography And Environment Chapter 3 Determination Of Location Of A Place Of The Earth's Surface meridians of longitude

1.Properties and uses of meridians of longitude: The Properties and the uses of meridians of longitude are as follows-
1. All the meridians of longitude are half circles.
2. They are not parallel to each other.
3. The distance between two consecutive meridians is the highest at the Equator and reduces gradually towards the Poles.
4. All the meridians are of equal length.
5. All places on the same meridian have the same longitudinal degree.
6. The climatic characteristics of the places on the same meridian are not the same.
7. The local time of various places lying on the same longitude is always the same.

Uses: The uses of the meridians of longitude are-
1. The east-west position of a place can be determined with reference to the Prime Meridian and the other longitudes as the standard of measure.
2. The local time of any place on the surface of the Earth can be calculated based on which longitude it is positioned.
3. Sometimes the boundary of any country or state is demarcated by the meridians. For example, some state boundaries of the USA.

Question 2 Explain with examples how the location of a place can be determined using the lines of latitude and longitude. How does the local time change with changing lines of longitude?
Answer:

Determination of the location of a place with the help of parallels of latitude and meridians of longitude:

The location of any place on the Earth’s surface can be determined by using the lines of latitude and longitude. The parallels of latitude are full circles and run in an east-west direction. On the other hand, the meridians of longitude are half circles and run in a north-south direction. The combination of these two components forms a graticule that specifies the position of any place on the Earth.

This is why both parallels of latitude and meridians of longitude are shown on the map. To determine the exact location of a place, both are essential. For example, the location of Kolkata is 22° 30′ N and 88° 30′ E.

WBBSE Solutions For Class 9 Geography And Environment Chapter 3 Determination Of Location Of A Place Of The Earth's surface the loaction of a palce with the help of latitudes and longitudes

This statement explains the fact that Kolkata is located at the intersection point of 22°30′ N latitude and 88°30’E longitude.

1. Change of the local time with the changing lines of longitude: The lines of longitude of the Earth are half-circular lines that extend from north to south. Since the Earth rotates on its axis once every 24 hours, each longitude faces the Sun directly once every 24 hours. When the Sun is directly overhead any longitude, it is noon at that longitude.

The local time of that longitude is calculated with reference to noon time at that longitude. Therefore, each line of longitude experiences noon only once every 24 hours and each longitude experiences it at different points in time. That is why local time changes with changes in the longitude.

Question 3 What is the International Date Line? Explain the significance of the line.
Answer:

Internation Date Line:

The International Date Line is an imaginary line that follows the 180° longitude. However, it deviates from its original position near the Aleutian, Fiji, and the Chatham Islands. The International Date Line acts as a divider between the dates of the eastern and the western hemispheres. It is according to this line that the calendar date changes.

1. Significance of International Date Line: The Earth takes 24 hours or 1440 minutes to complete one rotation of 360°. Therefore, for every 1° difference in longitude, we experience a time difference of 4 minutes. Moreover, since the Earth rotates from west to east, the local time in the east is ahead of the local time in the west. So, if the local time is followed on a world | For example, both the 180° E and the 180° W are tour, a lot of discrepancies can arise regarding the date and time of the places. This creates a lot of confusion and inconvenience for business purposes.

WBBSE Solutions For Class 9 Geography And Environment Chapter 3 Determination Of Location Of A Place Of The Earth's Surface international date line

Chapter 2 Determination Of Location Of A Place Of The Earth’s Some Key Points


1. The Latitudes and longitudes measured in degrees(), minutes(‘) and seconds(“). Time is calculated in hours (hrs), minutes (mins), and seconds (secs).

2. For every 1° longitudinal difference, the time difference is 4 minutes. For every 1′, longitudinal difference, the time difference is 4 seconds.

3. With reference to the measurement of latitude and longitude: 1°= 60′ and 1′ = 60″. With reference to time calculation: 1h = 60m and 1m 60s.

4. GMT refers to Greenwich Mean Time (0° meridian) and IST refers to Indian Standard Time (82½º E meridian).

5. We move ahead in time as we move from east to west.

6. While calculating total time, if the time required to deliver a message is mentioned, that time is to be added at the end. On the other hand, while calculating longitude, that extra time is to be subtracted from the total time.

7. Steps to calculate time on the basis of longitudinal difference—
1. The first step is to find out the longitudinal difference between the two given places. If both the places are located in the same hemisphere, then the longitude with a smaller value is to be subtracted from the longitude with a larger value. If both the places are located in different hemispheres, then the value of both longitudes is to be added.

2. The next step is to find out the time difference referring to the fact that, for every 1° longitudinal difference, the time difference is 4 minutes.

3. The position of the longitude whose time is to be calculated is to be found out with respect to the other longitude.

4. If the place, for which time needs to be determined is to the east, the difference in time is to be added. On the other hand, if the place, for which time needs to be determined, is to the west, the difference in time is to be subtracted.

8. Steps to calculate longitude on the basis of the time difference—
1. The first step is to find out the difference in time between the two given places.

2. The next step is to find out the longitudinal difference by dividing the value of the time difference by 4.

3. If the time of the place, whose longitude is to be determined, is ahead of that of the other place, then the former is located to the east of the latter. Whereas, if the time of the place, whose longitude is to be determined, is behind that of the other place, then the former is located to the west of the latter.

4. If the place for which time needs to be determined is in the east, the difference in longitude is to be added and if in the west, the difference in longitude is to be subtracted.

9. The time difference between a place and its antipode is 12 hours and the longitudinal difference between a place and its antipode is 180°.

Question 1 According to the local time is 4.30 pm. If it is 12 noon at the place named P then, what is the longitude of that place?
Answer:

Determination of the longitude of the place named P:

WBBSE Solutions For Class 9 Geography And Environment Chapter 3 Determination Of Location Of A Place Of The Earth's Surface longitude placed named by p

The time difference between Greenwich and P is

(16:30 – 12:00) hrs = 4 hrs 30 mins For a 1-hour time difference, the longitudinal difference is 15°

∴ For a 4-hour time difference, the longitudinal difference is 15 x 4 = 60°

Again for 4 minutes time difference, the longitudinal difference is 1°

For a 1-minute time difference, the longitudinal difference is -¼º

For 30 minutes time difference, the longitudinal difference is 30º/4 = 7.5° = 7°30′

Therefore Total longitudinal difference is 60° + 7°30′ = 67° 30’

As the local time of P is behind that of Greenwich, that means, the place P must lie to the west of Greenwich. So, the longitude of P is 67°30′ W.

Question 2 The local time of places A and B are 6 am and 6 pm respectively. Determine the longitude of A and B if the Greenwich Time is 12:00 noon.
Answer:

Determination of the longitude of the place named A and B:

WBBSE Solutions For Class 9 Geography And Environment Chapter 3 Determination Of Location Of A Place Of The Earth's Surface longitude placed named by b

The time difference between Greenwich and place A is (12 hrs – 6 hrs) = 6 hrs.

Now, for a 1-hour time difference, the longitudinal difference is 15°

For 6hours time difference, longitudinal difference is 15° x 6 = 90°

The longitudinal difference between place A and Greenwich is 90°

As the local time of place, A is behind that of Greenwich, that means place A lies to the west of Greenwich. So, the longitude of place A is 90° W.

Again time difference between Greenwich and place B is (18 hrs or 6 pm -12 hrs) 6 hrs.
Now, for a 1-hour time difference, the longitudinal difference is 15°

For a 6-hour time difference, the longitudinal difference is 15° x 6 = 90°
The longitudinal difference between place B and Greenwich is 90°.

As the local time of place B is ahead of Greenwich local time, that means place B lies to the east Of Greenwich. So, the longitude of place B is 90° E.

The longitude of places A and B are 90° W and 90° E respectively.

Question 3 when it is midday or 12 noon at Greenwich?
Answer:

Determination of the local time of Kolkata:

WBBSE Solutions For Class 9 Geography And Environment Chapter 3 Determination Of Location Of A Place Of The Earth's Surface local time of kolkata

The longitudinal difference between Kolkata and Greenwich is 0º and Kolkata is to the east of Greenwich.

Therefore Longitudinal difference between Kolkata and Greenwich is (88°30′-0°) = 88°30′

For a 1° longitudinal difference, the time difference is 4 min

∴ For an 88° longitudinal difference, the time

difference is 88 x 4 = 352 mins = 5 hrs 52 mins

Again, for V longitudinal difference, the time difference is 4 seconds

Therefore For a 30′ longitudinal difference, the time difference is 30 x 4 = 120 seconds = 2 mins

The total time difference between Greenwich and Kolkata is (5 hr 52 mins + 2 mins) = 5 hrs 54 mins. As Kolkata is to the east of Greenwich, the local time of Kolkata is ahead of Greenwich’s local time.

The local time of Kolkata is (12.00 noon + 5 hrs 54 mins) = 17 hrs 54 mins = 5:54 pm.

Question 4 An important radio broadcast from Olympia (22°23′ East) at 9 am on Monday has to reach Los Angeles (118°17′ West) in the USA. If it takes 15 minutes to send or receive a message, then when will the message arrive in Los Angeles?
Answer:

Message arriving time in Los Angeles:

WBBSE Solutions For Class 9 Geography And Environment Chapter 3 Determination Of Location Of A Place Of The Earth's Surface message arriving time in los angeles

Longitudinal difference between Olympia and Los Angeles is(22°23′ + 118° 17′) = 140° 40′

Now, for a 1° longitudinal difference, the time difference is 4 mins

For 140° longitudinal difference, time difference is 140 x 4 mins = 560 mins = 9 hrs 20 mins

Again, for a 1′ longitudinal difference, the time difference is 4 seconds – For a 40′ longitudinal difference time difference is 40 x 4 = 160 seconds = 2 mins 40 secs,

 For 140°40′ longitudinal difference, the time difference is (9 hrs 20 mins + 2 mins 40 secs) = 9 hrs 22 mins 40 secs.

As, Los Angeles is located to the west of Olympia, so local time in Los Angeles will be behind that of Olympia.

Therefore, while the local time in Olympia is 9 am, the local time in Los Angeles would be (9 am -9 hrs 22 mins 40 secs)

= (24 hrs + 9 hrs) – 9 hrs 22 mins 40 secs

= 33 hrs – 9 hrs 22 mins 40 secs

= 23 hrs 37 mins 20 secs

= Sunday night 11 hrs 37 mins 20 secs

Now, It takes 15 minutes to send or receive a message.

 The radio news will reach Los Angeles on the previous night at 11 hrs 37 mins 20 secs + 15 mins i.e., on Sunday at 11:52:20 pm.

Question 5 What would be the local time in New York {74° W) and in Mumbai (73° E), when it is 12 noon in Greenwich?
Answer:

Local time in New York and Mumbai:

WBBSE Solutions For Class 9 Geography And Environment Chapter 3 Determination Of Location Of A Place Of The Earth's Surface Loacl time in newyork and mumbai

Mumbai and New York are located to the east and west of Greenwich respectively.

The longitudinal difference between Greenwich and New York is (74° -0°) = 74°

Now, for a 1° longitudinal difference, the time difference is 4 mins

For the 74° longitudinal difference, the time difference is (74 x 4) mins = 296 mins = 4 hrs 56 mins As, New York is located to the west of Greenwich, so, the local time of New York will be behind that of Greenwich.

When the local time is 12 noon at Greenwich, the local time of New York would be (12 noon – 4 hrs 56 mins) =7:04 am On the other hand, the longitudinal difference between Greenwich and Mumbai is (73°-0°) = 73°

Since For 1° longitudinal difference, the time difference is 4 mins
Therefore For the 73° longitudinal difference time difference is 73 x 4 mins = 292 mins = 4 hrs 52 mins As, Mumbai is located to the east of Greenwich, the local time at Mumbai would be ahead of Greenwich.

while local time is 12 noon in Greenwich, the local time in Mumbai would be (12 noon + 4 hrs 52 mins) = 16 hrs 52 mins = 4:52 pm.

While local time is 12 noon in Greenwich, the local time of Mumbai and New York would be 4:52 pm and 7:04 am respectively.

Question 6 1. The local time of places X and Y are Saturday at 9 pm and Sunday at 3 am respectively. The longitude of X is 90° W. Determine the longitude of Y. 2. What will be the time of 1ST when Chronometer shows 12 noon?
Answer

1. Determination of the longitude of Y:

WBBSE Solutions For Class 9 Geography And Environment Chapter 3 Determination Of Location Of A Place Of The Earth's Surface longitude of Y

The local time of places X and Y are Saturday at 9 pm and Sunday at 3 am respectively. Therefore, the difference in local time between X and Y is—

(Saturday 9 pm – Sunday 3 am) i.e., [Saturday (24h – 21h = 3h) + Sunday 3h ] = 6 hrs or 360 mins.

Now, we know that for every 4 minutes time difference, the longitudinal difference is 1°.

∴  for 360 minutes time difference, the longitudinal difference will be 360 4÷4 = 90°

Hence, the longitudinal difference between X and Y is 90°.

Since the local time of Y is ahead of the local time of X, this means, Y is located to the east of X.
Therefore, the longitude of Y is (90°W- 90°) = 0°.

2. Determination of the time of 1ST:

The Chronometer runs on the basis of Greenwich time. Therefore, if it is 12 noon according to Chronometer, then it can be said that the time at Greenwich or the Prime Meridian (0°) is also 12 noon. On the other hand, it is also known that the Standard Meridian of India is 82° 30′ E. Hence, the longitudinal difference between the Prime Meridian i.e., the GMT and 1ST is— (82°30’E – 0°) = 82° 30′. Now the time difference. for 82° 30,’ the longitudinal difference will be—

For every 1° longitudinal difference, the time difference experienced is 4 minutes. Therefore, for an 82° longitudinal difference, the time difference will be Therefore, for a 30′ longitudinal difference, the time difference. will be(30×4) = 120 seconds or 2 minutes.

So, the total time difference between GMT and 1ST becomes (328 + 2) = 330 minutes or 5hrs 30mins.

Since the Standard Meridian of India is located to the east of the Prime Meridian, so 1ST would be ahead of GMT.

Therefore, when it is 12 noon according to GMT, the time according to 1ST would be (12hrs + 5hrs 30mins) =17:30 hours or 5:30 pm.

Question 7 The longitude of places A and B are 20° E and 35°E respectively. What will be the local time of B when it is Sunday 11 pm at A? A news broadcast at 8 am from Greenwich. What will be the longitude of the place that receives that broadcast at 2:30 pm?

Answer

1. Determination of the local time of the place B:

WBBSE Solutions For Class 9 Geography And Environment Chapter 3 Determination Of Location Of A Place Of The Earth's Surface Local time of the palce b

It is known that the longitudes of A and B are 20° E and 35° E respectively.
Hence, the longitudinal difference between A and Bis (35°E-20°E) = 15°.

For every 1° longitudinal difference, the time difference experienced is 4 minutes, Therefore, for a 15° longitudinal difference, the time difference will be (15 x4) = 60 minutes or 1 hour.

Since B is located to the east of A, so the time of B would be ahead of A.
(82 x 4) = 328 minutes.

Therefore, when it is Sunday 11 pm at A, the time at B would be (Sunday 11 pm + LH) i.e., (23hrs+1hrs) = 24hrs or Monday 00:00.

2. Determination of the longitude of the message receiving place:

The news broadcasts at 8 am from Greenwich (0°) and is received at the given place at 2:30 pm. Therefore, the difference in local time between Greenwich and the given place is—
(2:30 pm – 8 am), i.e., (14hrs 30mins – 8hrs) = 6hrs 30mins or 390mins.

Now, for every 4mins time difference, the longitudinal difference is 1°. Therefore, for a 390mins time difference, the longitudinal difference will be 390÷4 = 97°30′

As per the question, the time of the unknown (message receiving) place is ahead of Greenwich, so the unknown place would be located to the east of Greenwich (0°). Therefore, the longitude of the unknown place would be (0° + 97°30′) = 97°30’E.

Question 8 1 The captain of a ship notices that the local time at a port, where his ship has just reached, is 7:30 pm. But the Chronometer then shows the time 11:46 pm. What is the longitude of the port where the ship has reached? 2. How can the latitude be determined with reference to Hadley’s
Octant?
Answer:

1 Determination of the longitude of the port:

WBBSE Solutions For Class 9 Geography And Environment Chapter 3 Determination Of Location Of A Place Of The Earth's Surface Longitude of the port

The Chronometer runs on the basis of Greenwich time. When the ship reached the port at 11:46 pm according to Greenwich time, the local time of the port was 7:30 pm.

Therefore, the time difference between these two places would be (11:46 pm – 7:30 pm) i.e./ (23hrs 46mins – 19hrs 30mins) = 4hrs 16mins or 256mins.

Now, for every 4mins time difference, the longitudinal difference is 1°.

Therefore, for a 256mins time difference, the longitudinal difference will be 256 4÷4 = 64° So, the longitudinal difference between Greenwich and the port is 64°

As it is known that the local time of the port is behind that of Greenwich, the port would be located to the west of Greenwich (0°). Therefore, the longitude of the port would be (64° – 0°) =64° or 64° W

2. Determination of latitude with reference to Hadley’s Octant:

Hadley’s Octant is a constellation of stars in the southern sky that is noteworthy as a marking of the geographical South Pole. In ancient times, people used the Pole Star to determine the north and Hadley’s Octant to determine the south. The Hadley’s Octant is visible in the night sky from all places in the southern – hemisphere but its angle of elevation is not the same at all places.

The angle of elevation changes with varying latitudes. The angle of elevation of Hadley’s Octant near the Equator is zero and thus the Equator is measured as 0° latitude. From the Equator, if we move 111.3 km to the south, we reach the 1° S latitude, and the angle of elevation of Hadley’s Octant at 1° S is measured to be 1°. In the same sequence, the angle of elevation of Hadley’s Octant is measured to be 90° or exactly vertical at the South Pole. Therefore, with reference to the angle of elevation of Hadley’s Octant from the horizon of a place, the latitude of the place can be easily determined.

Question 9 1. New York is located at 74° W. What would be the time in New York when it is 11 am in Greenwich? 2. Determine the difference in the local time of a place and its antipodal point.
Answer:

1. Determination of the local time of New York:

WBBSE Solutions For Class 9 Geography And Environment Chapter 3 Determination Of Location Of A Place Of The Earth's Surface Local time of new york

The longitude of Greenwich is 0°.

Therefore, the longitudinal difference between Greenwich and New York is ( 74° – 0°) = 74°

Now, for the 1° longitudinal difference, the time difference is 4mins.

So, for a 74° longitudinal difference, the time difference will be 74 x 4 = 296 mins or 4hrs 56mins.
As New York is located to the west of Greenwich, the local time of New York will be behind Greenwich time.

Therefore, while it is 11 am at Greenwich, the time in New York would be (l hrs-4hrs 56mins) = 6hrs 04mins or 6:04 am.

2. Determination of the difference in local time of a place and its antipodal point:

The anti-pod of a point is a point on the Earth’s surface that is diametrically opposite to it.

So, the longitudinal difference between these two places is always 180°.

We know, for a 1° longitudinal difference, the time difference is 4mins.

So, for the 180° longitudinal difference, the time difference will be 180 x 4 = 720mins or 12hrs.

Therefore, the difference in the local time of a place and its antipodal point is 12 hours.

Question 10 1. When it is 6:30 am in Chennai, the time in New York is 8:13 pm on the previous day. What is the longitude of New York, if the longitude of Chennai is 80° 15′ E? 2. While on a voyage, a captain of a ship notices at 1:00 pm that the time being shown in the Chronometer is 6:30 pm. Which longitude is the ship passing through at that time?
Answer:

1. Determination of the longitude of New York:

WBBSE Solutions For Class 9 Geography And Environment Chapter 3 Determination Of Location Of A Place Of The Earth's Surface Longitude of the place the ship os passing through

When it is 6:30 am in Chennai, the time in New York is 8:13 pm on the previous day. Therefore, the difference in local time between Chennai and New York is (8:13 pm of the previous day 6:30 am) or [(24hrs 20hrs 13mins) + 6hrs 30mins] = 10hrs 17mins or 617mins.

Now, for every 4mins time difference, the longitudinal difference is 1°.

∴ for a 617mins time difference, the longitudinal difference will be (617+ 4) = 154°15′.
So, the longitudinal difference between New York and Chennai is 154° 15′.

Now, since the local time of New York is behind the local time of Chennai, this implies that New York is located to the west of Chennai.

the longitude of New York is (154°15′-80°15′) = 74° or 74° W.

2. Determination of the longitude of the place, the ship is passing through

The Chronometer runs on the basis of Greenwich time. The time difference between Greenwich time and the unknown location of the ship is (6:30 pm – 1:00pm) or (18hrs 30mins 13hrs) = 5hrs 30mins or 330mins.

Now, for every 4mins time difference, the longitudinal difference is 1″.
Therefore, for the 330mins time difference, the longitudinal difference will be 3304 82°30′.

So, the longitudinal difference between Greenwich and the unknown location of the ship is 82° 30′.

As it is known that the time of the unknown location is behind that of Greenwich, so the unknown place would be located to the west of Greenwich (0°). Therefore, the longitude of the unknown place would be (82°30′ -0°) 82° 30′ W.

Question 11 When the local time of Tripoli (13° 12’E) is 5pm, the local time of an unknown city would be 7 am. What would be the longitude of this unknown city? When the local time of Katakana  (88°30’E) is 11:30 am, the local time of Tokyo is 2:51 pm. What would be the longitude of Tokyo?
Answer:

1. Determination of the longitude of the unknown city:

WBBSE Solutions For Class 9 Geography And Environment Chapter 3 Determination Of Location Of A Place Of The Earth's Surface long titude of unknown city

(5 pm 7 am) i.e., (17hrs 7hrs) = 10hrs or 600mins. Now, for every 4mins time difference, the longitudinal difference is 1°.

Therefore, for a 600mins time difference, the longitudinal difference will be 600 ÷ 4 = 150°.

As per the question, the time of the unknown city is behind that of Tripoli, so the unknown city would be located to the west of Tripoli. Therefore, the longitude of the unknown place would be
(150° 13°12′) = 136°48′ or 136° 48′ W.

2. Determination of the longitude of Tokyo:

 

WBBSE Solutions For Class 9 Geography And Environment Chapter 3 Determination Of Location Of A Place Of The Earth's Surface longitude of tokyo

The difference in local time between Tokyo and Kolkata is- (2:51 pm – 11:30 am) i.e., (14hrs 51mins – 11hrs 30mins) = 3hrs or 21mins or 201mins. Now, for every 4mins time difference, the longitudinal difference is 1°

Therefore, for the 201mins time difference, the longitudinal difference will be 201÷ 4 = 50°15′.
As per the question, the time in Tokyo is ahead of Kolkata, so Tokyo would be located to the east of Kolkata (88° 30′ E). Therefore, the longitude of Tokyo would be (88° 30′ + 50° 15′) 138°45′ or 138° 45′ E.

Question 12 What would be the local time of Dhaka (90° E), when it is 6 am in Seoul (127° 06’E)?
Answer:

Determination of the local time of Dhaka:

WBBSE Solutions For Class 9 Geography And Environment Chapter 3 Determination Of Location Of A Place Of The Earth's Surface LOCAL TIME OF DHAKA..

Both Seoul and Dhaka are located in the eastern hemisphere.

The longitudinal difference between Seoul and Dhaka is (127°06′-90°) = 37°06′.

So, the difference in time between Seoul and Dhaka would be-

If, for every 1° longitudinal difference, the time difference experienced is 4 minutes. Therefore, for a 37° longitudinal difference, the time difference will be (37 × 4) = 148 minutes or 2hrs 28mins.

Again, for every 1′ longitudinal difference, the time difference experienced is 4 seconds. Therefore, for a 6′ longitudinal difference, the time difference will be (6 × 4) = 24 seconds.
So, the total time difference between Seoul and Dhaka becomes (2hrs 28mins + 24 seconds) = 2hrs 28mins 24 secs.

Since Dhaka is located to the west of Seoul, so the local time of Dhaka would be behind the local time of Seoul. Therefore, when it is 6 am in Seoul, the local time of Dhaka would be (6hrs – 2hrs 28mins 24 secs) = 3hrs 31mins 36 seconds or 3:31:36 am.

Question 13 Greenwich Time Signal is received by a place at 4:32 pm when it was 12 noon at Greenwich. What is the longitude of that place, if the time taken by the signal to reach that place from Greenwich is calculated to be 2 minutes?
Answer:

Determination of the longitude of the unknown place:

WBBSE Solutions For Class 9 Geography And Environment Chapter 3 Determination Of Location Of A Place Of The Earth's Surface longitude of the unknown palces

Greenwich Time Signal (2 minutes)Longitude (0°) Greenwich (12 noon)Longitude (?) Unknown place (4:32 pm)

The Greenwich Time Signal from Greenwich at 12 noon, was heard at 4:32 pm in an unknown place. The time taken by the signal to reach that place from Greenwich is 2 minutes.

Therefore, the signal should have reached that place at (4hrs 32mins – 2 mins) = 4hrs 30mins i.e., at 4:30 pm if the time lost in transmission is ignored.

So, the difference in local time between Greenwich and the unknown place is- (4:30 pm-12 noon) i.e., (16hrs 30mins – 12hrs) 4hrs 30mins or 270mins.

Now, for every 4mins time difference, the longitudinal difference is 1°.

Therefore, for a 270mins time difference, the longitudinal difference will be 270 ÷ 4 = 67° 30′. So, the longitudinal difference between Greenwich and the unknown place is 67° 30′.

As per the question, the time of the unknown place is ahead of Greenwich, so the unknown place would be located to the east of Greenwich (0°). Therefore, the longitude of the unknown place would be (0° + 67° 30′)= 67° 30′ or 67° 30’E

Question 14 What would be the local time, day, and date in Kolkata {88° 30′ E), while it is Wednesday 8:30 pm on December 31, 2019 in New York (74° W)?
Answer:

Determination of the local time, day, and date in Kolkata:

WBBSE Solutions For Class 9 Geography And Environment Chapter 3 Determination Of Location Of A Place Of The Earth's Surface Loacl time day and date in kolkata

The longitudinal difference between New York and Kolkata is- (74° + 88° 30′) = 162° 30′.

Therefore, the difference in local time between New York and Kolkata would be—

Now, for 1° longitudinal difference is 4mins.

So, for the 162° longitudinal difference, the time difference will be 162 x 4 = 684 mins.

Again, for every l1 longitudinal difference time difference experienced is 4secs.
Therefore, for a 30′ longitudinal difference time difference will be (30 x 4) = 120secs or 2mins.

So, the total time difference between New York and Kolkata becomes (648 + 2) = 650 mins or hrs 50mins.

As Kolkata is located to the east of New York, the local time of Kolkata will be ahead of New York.
Therefore, while it is Wednesday 8:30 pm on 31 December 2019 in New York, the time in Kolkata would be (Wednesday 8:30 pm on 31 December 2019 + hrs 50mins) = Thursday 7:20 am on 1 January 2020.

Question 15 1. What would be the longitude of an unknown place that records 12 o’clock noon, while it is 4:30 pm at Green¬wich? 2. What would be the local time in Madrid (3° 42′ W), when it is 8 pm in Vienna (16° 20’E)?
Answer:

Determination of the longitude of the unknown places:

WBBSE Solutions For Class 9 Geography And Environment Chapter 3 Determination Of Location Of A Place Of The Earth's Surface Longitude of the unknown palce 2

The difference in local time between Greenwich and the unknown place is— (4:30 pm – 12 noon) i.e., (16hrs 30mins – 12hrs) = 4hrs 30mins or 270mins.

Now, for every 4mins time difference, the longitudinal difference is 1°.

Therefore, for a 270mins time difference, the longitudinal difference will be 270÷4 = 67°30′.

So, the longitudinal difference between Greenwich and the unknown place is 67° 30′.

As per the question, the time of the unknown place is behind Greenwich, so the unknown place would be located to the west of Greenwich (0°). Therefore, the longitude of the unknown place would be (67° 30′ – 0°) = 67° 30′ or 67° 30′ W.

2. Determination of the local time in Madrid:

WBBSE Solutions For Class 9 Geography And Environment Chapter 3 Determination Of Location Of A Place Of The Earth's Surface the local of the mardrid

The longitudinal difference between Vienna and Madrid is— (16° 20′ + 3° 42′) = 20° 02’.

Now, for the 1° longitudinal difference, the time difference is 4mins.

So, for a 20° longitudinal difference, the time difference will be 20 x 4 = 80 mins or LHR 20 mins.
Therefore, for a 30′ longitudinal difference, the time difference will be (30 x 4) = 120 seconds or 2 minutes.

Again, for every 1′ longitudinal difference, the time difference experienced is 4secs.
Therefore, for 21 longitudinal differences, the time difference will be (2 x 4) = 8 secs.

So, the total time difference between Vienna and Madrid becomes (LHR 20mins + 8secs)= LHR 20mins 8secs. As Madrid is located to the west of Vienna, the local time of Madrid will be behind Vienna time.

Therefore, while it is 8 pm in Vienna, the time in Madrid would be (8 pm – 1 hr 20mins 8secs) = (20hrs – LHR 20mins 8secs) = 18hrs 39mins 52secs or 6:39:52 pm.

Question.16 It takes 8hrs by flight to reach London from Kolkata. At what time the flight would reach London, if it takes off for London at 8 pm on 31 December 2019 as per 1ST time?
Answer:

Determination of the time and date when the flight will reach London:

WBBSE Solutions For Class 9 Geography And Environment Chapter 3 Determination Of Location Of A Place Of The Earth's Surface time and date when the fight will reach reach london

The longitudinal difference between Kolkata and London is (82°30′-0°) = 82°30

So, the difference in time between Kolkata and Greenwich would be-

For every. 1° longitudinal difference, time difference experienced is 4 minutes.

∴  for 82° longitudinal difference, time difference will be (82 x 4) = 328 minutes.

Again, for every 1′ longitudinal difference, the time difference experienced is 4 seconds.

for a 30′ longitudinal difference, the time difference will be (30 × 4) = 120 seconds or 2 minutes.

So, the total time difference between London and Kolkata becomes (328 + 2)m = 330 minutes or 5hrs 30mins.

Therefore, As London is located to the west of Kolkata, the time in London would be behind Kolkata.

when it is 8 pm on 31 December 2019 in Kolkata, the time in London would be (20hrs 5hrs 30mins) = 14:30 hours or 2:30 pm on the same day and date.

Now, it takes 8hrs by flight to reach London from Kolkata.

So, the flight will reach at (14hrs 30mins + 8hrs) 22hrs 30mins or 10:30 pm on the same date and day i.e., December 31, 2019, according to GMT

Question 17 When it is 6:32 am in Chennai, the time in New York is 8:15 pm the previous day. As Chennai is located at 80° 15′ E, where is New York located? 2. Why is the radio broadcast time difference between Kolkata (88° 30′ E) and Dhaka (89° E) 30mins even if the longitudinal difference between them is 30′?
Answer:

1. Determination of the longitude of New York:

WBBSE Solutions For Class 9 Geography And Environment Chapter 3 Determination Of Location Of A Place Of The Earth's Surface longitude of new York

Now, for every 4mins time difference, the longitudinal difference is 1°.

The local time of Chennai is 6:32 am and New York is 8:15 pm of the previous day.

So, the difference in local time between New York and Chennai is—

(Previous day 8:15 pm – 6:32 am) or [(24hrs – 20hrs 15minsj + 6hrs 32mins] = lOhrs 17mins or 617mins.

Now, for every 4mins time difference, the longitudinal difference is 1°.

for a 617mins time difference, the longitudinal difference will be 617÷4 = 154°15′.
As per the question, the time of New York is behind that of Chennai, so New York would be located to the west of Chennai. Therefore, the longitude of New York would be (154° 15’ – 80° 15’) = 74° or 74° W.

2. Reasons for the difference in radio broadcast time between Kolkata and Dhaka: Longitudinal difference between Kolkata and Dhaka is 301. Accordingly, the time difference between them should be 2mins. But the difference in radio broadcasts is 30mins. The reason behind this is, the time that the radio broadcast follows in Kolkata is according to the 1ST (82° 30′ E) and that in Dhaka is that of their standard meridian of 90° E.

The longitudinal difference (according to the standard meridians of India and Bangladesh) between Kolkata and Dhaka is (90° – 82° 30′) – 7° 30′.

So, the difference in time between Kolkata and Dhaka would be—
For every 1° longitudinal difference, the time difference experienced is 4 minutes.

Therefore, for the 7° longitudinal difference, the time difference will be (7×4) = 28 mins.

Again, for every 1′ longitudinal difference, the time difference experienced is 4 seconds.

Therefore, for a 30′ longitudinal difference, the time difference will be (30×4) = 120 seconds or 2 minutes. Therefore, the total time difference between Kolkata and Dhaka becomes (28 + 2) = 30 minutes.

Question 18 Determine the antipodal point for Kolkata (22° 30′ N, 88° 30′ E). 1 What was the day and date of the antipodal point of Kolkata, when it was Thursday, 1 March, 2012,8 am in Kolkata?
Answer:

1. Determination of the antipodal point of Kolkata: It is known that the longitudinal difference between a point and its antipode is always 180°.

So, if the longitude of Kolkata is 88° 30′ E, its antipode will be located at (180° – 88° 30′) = 91° 30′ W.
The latitude of the antipode will also be located in the opposite hemisphere. The latitude of the antipode point of Kolkata would be 22° 30′ S.

Therefore, the antipodal point of Kolkata is located at 22° 30′ S, 91° 30′ W.

2. Determination of the day, date, and time of Kolkata’s antipodal point:

The time difference between a point and its antipode is always 12hrs. So, if it was Thursday, March 1, 2012, 8 am in Kolkata, the day, date, time at its antipode was (Thursday, March 1, 2012, 8 am – 12hrs) = Wednesday, 29 February 2012, 8 pm. As 2012 was a leap year, February had 29 days.

Chapter 2 Determination Of Location Of A Place Of The Earth’s Short Explanatory Answer Type Questions

Question 1 What do you mean by the Greenwich Mean Time?
Answer:

Greenwich Mean Time:-

Greenwich Mean Time or GMT is the local time of the 0° Meridian passing through Greenwich near London. As different countries have different standard times, it becomes difficult to carry out international communications. To avoid this problem, Greenwich Mean Time is followed across the globe. Therefore, GMT is also known as Universal Time. Countries located to the east of the Prime

Question 2 How can we determine the longitude of a place?
Answer:

Determination Of Longitude Of A Place:-

The longitude of a place can easily be determined with the following references-

1. With reference to the time of any other longitude: We experience a time difference of 4 minutes, for a 1° longitudinal difference. So, if 4 minutes are added to the local time of a place, we get the next longitude, at an interval of 1°, towards the east of that place.

Similarly, if 4 minutes are subtracted from the local time of a place, we get the next longitude, at an interval of 1°, towards the west of that place. Therefore, if the local times of any two places are known along with the longitude of any one place, the longitude of the other place can be easily calculated.

2. With reference to GMT: GMT is the local time of the 0″ meridian passing through Greenwich near London. This is also known as Universal Time. So, if the time difference of a place from the GMT is known, the longitude can be easily calculated. Local time is ahead for places to the east and behind for the places to the west of Prime Meridian.

E.g., the Indian Standard Time is ahead by 5 hours 30 minutes of GMT Therefore, the longitude of the Standard Meridian of India will be 82° 30′ E.

Question 3 How was the International Date Line determined?
Answer:

International Date Line:-

To use a global time zone system with an International Date Line, the day and date have to be separated at some point on the Earth by marking a terminal point. The suitable solution was provided in 1884 by the International Meridian Conference (IMC), held in Washington D.C., that was attended by representatives of 25 nations.

The IMC selected the 180° meridian as this terminal point. The imaginary line of the International Date Line was thus drawn that follows the 180° longitude mostly but deviates from its original position near the Aleutian Islands, Fiji, and Chatham Islands. The International Date Line acts as a dividing line between the dates of the eastern and western hemispheres. It is according to this line, that calendar dates are changed.

Question 4 Write a brief note on Prime Meridian and International Date Line.
Answer:

Prime Meridian: The Prime Meridian is the imaginary line of longitude, considered to have a value of 0°, which passes through the Greenwich Observatory in London.

Characteristics: Special The special characteristics of Prime Meridian are-
1. This line is directly opposite the 180° line of longitude or the International Date Line.
2. This line divides the Earth into the eastern and western hemispheres.
3. As this line passes through the Royal Observatory in Greenwich, London, it is called the Greenwich line.
4 Location and local time of any place is determined with reference. to this line.
5. The line is important to know the distance of a place from the Prime Meridian in an east-west direction.

International Date Line:  The International Date Line is an imaginary line that follows the 180° longitude mostly but deviates from its original position over the landmasses.

WBBSE Solutions For Class 9 Geography And Environment Chapter 3 Determination Of Location Of A Place Of The Earth's Surface prime meridian and international date line

Special characteristics: The special characteristics of the International Date Line are-
1. A calendar date starts and ends at this line.
2. When anyone crosses the International Date Line from east to west, he subtracts one day from his calendar.
3. Similarly he has to add one day when he crosses the line from west to east.

Question 5  Why do some countries have more than one standard time?
Answer:

Some Countries Have More Than One Standard Time:-

Places situated on different meridians have different local times. A number of meridians pass through every country. If all their local times are considered then the proper functioning of the administration and business gets hindered.

So, to avoid such a situation, the local time of the central meridian is taken as the standard time for the entire country. However, countries with a vast east-west extension face problems regarding the time difference between their eastern and western parts. Too great a time difference between the extreme east and the extreme west causes inconvenience and confusion. Therefore, these countries are divided into several time zones, each having its own standard time. For example, Russia is divided into 11 time zones.

Question 6 What do you mean by Daylight Saving Time or DST?
Answer:

Daylight Saving Time Or DST:-

In countries of high latitudes, the difference between the duration of day and night is quite huge with the changing seasons.

Therefore, many countries started using Daylight Saving Time or DST (first proposed by Benjamin Franklin in 1784) to make better use of natural daylight in the evenings. Many use it to reduce the amount of energy needed for artificial lighting during the evening hours.

Many countries in the northern hemisphere, like the USA, Canada, Central America, Europe, Asia, and North Africa use DST. Similarly, many countries in the southern hemisphere, like Australia, New Zealand, countries of South America, and South Africa also use DST. In the northern hemisphere, from 21 March the countries advance the clock timing by 1-2 hours. Likewise from 23 September, the clock is set back by 2 hours to make the best use of the daylight.

Question 7 Differentiate between parallels of latitude and meridians of longitude.
Answer: The differences between parallels of latitude and meridians of longitude are Points of difference

 

Point of difference Parallels of latitude Meridians of longitude
1. Concept These are the imaginary lines drawn over the Earth, parallel to the Equator. These are the imaginary lines that connect the geographical poles of the Earth.
2. Shape and size These are full circles and their sizes become smaller from the Equator to the Poles. These are half circles and their sizes remain the same throughout.
3. Total number The climatic characteristics of various places lying on the same parallel are alike. A total of 360 meridians of longitude have been imagined on Earth.
4. Climatic characteristics These are the imaginary lines drawn over the Earth, parallel to the Equator. The climatic characteristics of various places lying on the same meridian are different.
5. Direction of drawing and measurement Parallels are drawn from east to west and extend from the Equator (0“) to the Poles (90c) in either hemisphere and are measured in a north-south direction. Meridians are drawn from north to south. Meridians of longitude extend from the Prime Meridian (0°) to the 180° longitude in either hemisphere and are measured in an east-west direction. (Note: 180- E and 180’ W are the same lines of longitude.)
6. Local time The local times of various places lying on the same parallel are different. The local time of various places lying on the same meridian are alike.
7. Use The Earth can be divided into heat zones on the basis of parallels. The local time of a place can be calculated on the basis of meridians.

 

 

Question 8 What are the differences between longitude and meridians of longitude?
Answer: The differences between longitude and meridians of longitude are-

Point of difference                Longitude                                                 Meridians of longitude
1. Concept The angular distance of a place east or west of the Greenwich Meridian, measured in degree, is known as the longitude. A meridian of longitude is the half of an imaginary great circle on the surface of the Earth, that extends between the geographical pole the North Pole, and the South Pole.
2. Method of construction On the basis of the Prime Meridian, the angular distances are measured in the east-west direction from the center of the Earth. By connecting all the points of equal longitudinal value, a meridian is formed.
3. Nature It is a point of the place. Each meridian is a half circle.
4. Use It is used more for the determination of the place It is used more for the determination of location and time calculation.

 

Question 9 What are the differences between local time and standard time?
Answer: The differences between local time and standard time are

Point of difference local time Standard time
1. Concept The time of a place as determined when the Sun is directly overhead the meridian passing through that place is called local time. The time in any country is standardized according to the local time at its Standard Meridian is called standard time.
2. Number Each longitude has a local time, which means that there are innumerable local times in a country. This is the time according to the central meridian of a country or a time zone. So each title zone has only one standard time.
3. usage practical usage of this is not that significant This is used primarily for the convenience of administration and Provence

 

Question 10 How Local time Practical usage of this is not that This is used primarily for convenience significant of administration and governance are longitude and time interrelated?
Answer: Longitude and time are interrelated in the following ways-

1. Determination of midday and local time: Longitude helps in determining the time of midday in any area. The time of midday helps in determining the rest of the time of the day, because each and every longitude of the Earth faces the Sun at least once in 24 hours.

2. The difference between each 1° longitude and time is 4 minutes: The Earth takes 24 hours to complete a rotation. So, the Earth rotates 360° in 24 hours. That mean, to complete a 1° rotation Earth takes 4 minutes.

3. The regions of the east are always ahead in time of those of the west: The Earth rotates from west to east, so the places in the east experience sunrise and sunset earlier than the places in the west. So, the places located in the east are ahead in time of the places located in the west.

Question 11 Write three characteristics of antipodes
Answer: Diametrically opposite places on the Earth’s surface are antipodes to each other. Three characteristics of antipodes are-
1. Latitudinal value of a place and its antipodes always remain the same, but the hemispheres are different.
2. Longitudinal difference between any place on the Earth and its antipodes is always 180°.
3. If a place lies on the Equator, its antipodes will always lie on the Equator, and antipodes of a place that lies at 180° longitude, will always lie at 0° longitude.

WBBSE Solutions For Class 9 Geography And Environment Chapter 3 Determination Of Location Of A Place Of The Earth's Antipadal position

Question 12 How will you reckon the antipodes of a place on the basis of longitude?
Answer:

Reckon The Antipodes Of A Place On The Basis Of Longitude:-

Two ends of any diameter of the Earth are antipodes to one another. So, the reckoning of the antipodes is possible if the longitude of a place is known. As a place and its antipodes lie on diametrically opposite sides of the Earth, the longitudinal difference between a place and its antipodes will always be 180°. As an example, the longitude of Katakana is 88°30′ East. So, the longitude of its antipodes will be (180° – 88°30′ E) it’s = 91°30′ West (Refer to Figure ‘Antipodal position’ of question number 11 of this section).

Question 13 ‘The difference of time between a place and its antipodes is 12 hours.” Explain.
Answer: Refer to the second part of question number 9 from the ‘Numerical Problems’ section.

Question 14 Determine the difference between a place and its antipodes.
Answer:

Difference Between A Place And Its Antipodes:-

The differences between a place and its antipodes are- A place and its antipodes are always situated at opposite longitudes. The longitudinal difference between a place and its antipodes is always 180°. 3 The time difference between a place and its antipodes is always.12 hours. A place and its antipodal place always lie in opposite hemispheres. A place and its antipodes always lie at the opposite points of the diameter that passes through the center of the Earth.

Question 15 Why is the 180° longitude is known as the International Date Line?
Answer:

180° Longitude Is Known As The International Date Line:-

180° longitude is known as the International Date Line, because- 180° longitude is considered the starting and ending point of the dates and times on the Earth.
Since 180° longitude passes mostly over the water bodies, the time zones of the continents are not affected. When the 180° longitudinal line is crossed from the western side of the Greenwich, the international date is added by a day. Again, when the 180° longitudinal line is crossed from the eastern side of Greenwich, the international date is subtracted by a day.

Question 16 Why does the International Date Line not follow the 180° line of longitude throughout?
Answer: The International Date Line almost together also forms a great circle. coincides with the 180° longitude but is not completely the same line. It zigzags to avoid crossing over any landmass. In the northern hemisphere, the International Date Line is displaced eastwards to avoid the Wrangell Island as well as the Chukchi Peninsula on the Russian mainland and then deviates west to avoid the Bering Sea and also deviates almost 7° to avoid the Aleutian Islands. In the southern hemisphere, the International Date Line deviates almost 11° to avoid Fiji, Chatham, and such other islands. This makes it convenient for all the people of Siberia to follow the standard time of Siberia, the people of the Aleutian Islands to follow the Pacific Standard Time of the USA and Fiji, and the people of Tonga and Chatham to follow the standard time of New Zealand and avoid any kind of confusion.


Question 17 What is meant by a great circle?
Answer:

Great Circle:-

When the center of a circle is drawn on the surface of a sphere and the center of the sphere is the same then the circle is known as a great circle.
Characteristics: The main characteristics of the great circle are-
1. It is not possible to draw a circle on the surface of a sphere greater than the great circle.
2. Centre of the great circle coincides with the center of the sphere.
3. The great circle divides the Earth into two equal hemispheres.

Example: Amongst the parallels, the Equator is the only great circle. The two opposite longitudes

Question 18 Write the differences between the Equator and the Prime Meridian.
Answer: The differences between the Equator and the Prime Meridian are

Points of difference  Equator  prime meridian
1. concept  The Equator is a parallel of latitude the prime meridian is a meridian of longitude
2. extension The Equator extends in an east-west direction prime meridian extends in North- south direction
3. shape  The Equator is a circle and among the parallels, its circumference is the greatest. Prime Meridian is a half circle.
4. calculation Latitudes and parallels of latitude are determined with reference to the Equator Longitudes and meridians of longitude are determined by the Prime Meridian.
5. Division of hemisphere The Equator divides the Earth into two equal halves as northern and southern hemispheres. Prime Meridian and 180* meridian together make a full circle, that divides as eastern and western hemispheres.

 

Question 19 ‘A tourist experiences a change of time as he goes round the Earth along the Equator and observes a change of climate as he goes from the Equator to the Poles along the meridian’-Briefly explain the reason.
Answer: Keeping the Sun in front, the Earth is rotating on its axis from west to east direction and the time taken by the Earth to complete one rotation is about 24 hours or 1 day. When a tourist goes around the Earth along the Equator, On the other hand, the intensity of effective solar radiation gradually decreases from the Equator to the Poles. So, the climate gets colder towards the Poles. That is why the change of climate is observed from the Equator to the Poles along the meridian.

Chapter 2 Determination Of Location Of A Place Of The Earth’s  Surface Short Answer Type Questions

Question 1 What is meant by meridian?
Answer:

Meridian:-

In geography, a meridian is the half of an imaginary great circle on the surface of the Earth, that ends at the geographical poles- the North Pole and the South Pole. It. connects all the points of equal longitude. Each meridian is of equal length and is perpendicular to all the circles of latitude.

 

Question 2 What are the properties of lines of longitude?
Answer:

Properties Of Lines Of Longitude:-

The properties of lines of longitude are- All the longitudes are half circles. the longitudes are of equal length. The longitudes run in a north-south direction. The local time of the places lying on the same longitude is always the same.

Question 3 What is the Prime Meridian?
Answer:

Prime Meridian:-

Prime Meridian is the imaginary line drawn from the North Pole to the South Pole that passes and through Greenwich is designated as the 0° longitude. All other longitudes are measured from this line. The Greenwich Meridian divides the Earth into two equal halves-the eastern and western hemispheres.

Question 4 What is meant by longitude?
Answer:

Longitude:-

The angular distance of a place, east or west of the Greenwich Meridian, usually measured in degrees is known as longitude. All the places having the same longitudinal value, if joined by a single line, forms the meridian. For example, the longitude of Kolkata is 88° 30′ E.

Question 5 What is local time?
Answer:

Local Time:-

The time of a place that is determined according to noon time or when the Sun is directly overhead the meridian passing through that place, is called the local time of that place. Local time is also determined using the angle of elevation of the Sun at that place.

Question 6 What is standard time?
Answer:

Standard Time:-

The time of any country that is standardized according to the local time at its Standard Meridian or the longitude passing through the middle of that country, is called standard time. The time of a country can be determined from this.

Question 7 What is meant by antipode?
Answer:

Antipode:-

The antipode of a point is the point on the Earth’s surface that is diametrically opposite to it. The two points which are antipodal to one another can be connected by a straight line running through the center of the Earth.

Question 8 What is the International Date Line?
Answer:

International Date Line:-

The International Date Line is an imaginary line that mostly follows the 180° longitude but deviates from its position near the Aleutian Islands, Fiji, and the Chatham Islands. The International Date Line acts as a dividing line between the dates of the eastern and western hemispheres. According to this line, the calendar dates are changed.

Question 9 What is a Chronometer?
Answer:

Chronometer:-

Chronometer is a precise and accurate time-keeping device, used to determine the longitude at sea. In 1735, John Harrison built the first Chronometer, which he improved with many innovations, over the next thirty years before submitting it for examination. The most complete international collection of Chronometers, including the Harrison’s, is at the Royal Observatory, in London, England.

Question 10 At which places does the International Date Line deviate from the 180° longitude?
Answer: The International Date Line is not a straight line. It moves in a zigzag manner to avoid crossing through any landmass. In the northern hemisphere, the International Date Line is displaced eastwards to avoid Wrangel Island and then deviates almost 7° west near the Bering Sea to avoid the Aleutian Islands. In the southern hemisphere, the International Date Line deviates almost 11° to avoid Fiji, Chatham, and such other islands.

Question 11 What is meant by graticule?
Answer:

Graticule:-

Graticule is a network or web of lines representing the Earth’s parallels of latitude and meridians of longitude, on which maps are drawn. The combination of these two components specifies the position of any place on Earth. However, it does not consider the altitude or depth of a place.

Question 12 What is the Standard Meridian for India?
Answer:

Standard Meridian For India:-

India, lying in the eastern hemisphere, has a vast longitudinal extension i.e., from 68°07′ E to 97°25′ E. The 82½ E longitude is taken as the Standard Meridian for the country and the local time of this meridian is considered the standard time for entire India. It is known as the Indian Standard Time (IST). The Indian Standard Meridian (ISM) passes through the city of Allahabad. Therefore, the local time of Allahabad is taken as the standard time for India.

Question 13 What is a sundial?
Answer:

Sundial:-

Sundial is the earliest timekeeping device, that indicates the time of a day by the position of the shadow of some object that changes due to the apparent movement of the Sun. As the day advances, the Sun moves across the sky. As a result, the shadow of the object also moves accordingly and indicates the passage of time. The flat surface of the sundial is called the dial plate, which is generally made out of materials like wood, stone, metal, and others.

Question 14 Why is standard time more useful for a country than local time?
Answer:

Standard Time More Useful For A Country Than Local Time:-

A number of meridians pass through every country. If their local times are considered then the proper functioning of the national services like railways, airways, and postal departments in the country gets hindered. So, a country considers the time of its central meridian or the standard meridian to calculate the standard time for the entire country. This is why standard time is more useful for a country than local time.

Question 15 Why does the local time change with the change of meridian?
Answer:

Local Time Change With The Change Of Meridian:-

The local time changes with the change of meridian, because-The Earth takes 24 hours to complete one rotation on its axis. So, each meridian of the Earth faces the Sun once every 24 hours. Midday occurs on a meridian when sunrays fall vertically on that meridian. The local time of that meridian is determined according to this time. So, midday occurs once every 24 hours in each meridian. So, the local time changes with the change of the meridian.

Question 16 What are am and pm?
Answer:

Am And Pm:-

Local time of any place between midnight or 12 o’clock at night and midday or 12 noon is called ante meridian or am, while the local time of any place from midday or 12 noon to midnight or 12 o’clock at night is called post meridian or pm.

Question 17 What are GMT and IST?
Answer:

GMT And IST:-

GMT or Greenwich Mean Time is the local time of the Prime Meridian (0°) that passes through the Greenwich Royal Astronomical Observatory. In the year 1884, by an international agreement, the local time of the Prime Meridian was selected as the standard time for the whole world. So, it is also called World Standard Time.IST is Indian Standard Time. The central meridian of India is 82°30′ East that passes through Mirzapur of Allahabad in Uttar Pradesh. The local time of 82°30′ East meridian is granted as the local time of all the places in India.

Question 18 What is the time zone?
Answer:

Time Zone:-

Countries with great east-west longitudinal extensions have several time zones. Each zone has its own standard time. Thus Russia has been divided into 11 time zones.

Chapter 2 Determination Of Location Of A Place Of The Earth’s  Surface Multiple Choice Type Questions [Mcq type]

Write The Correct Answer From The Given Alternatives

1. The time difference between Kolkata and Greenwich is—
1. 5 hrs
2. 5 hrs 30 mins
3. 6 hrs
4. 6 hrs 30 mins

Answer: 2. 5 hrs 30 mins

2. The time difference between Kolkata and Dhaka is—
1. 20 minutes
2. 30 minutes
3. 40 minutes
4. 50 minutes

Answer:  2. 30 minutes

3. The antipode of the 180° longitude is located at—
1. 180°E
2. 180°W
3. 0°
4. 90°E

Answer: 3. 0°

4. For every 1° difference in longitude, there is a time difference of—
1. 4 minutes
2. 5 minutes
3. 6 minutes
4. 10 minutes

Answer:  1. 4 minutes

5. The difference in local time between Kolkata and Allahabad is—
1. 20 minutes
2. 22 minutes
3. 24 minutes
4. 26 minutes

Answer: 3. 24 minutes

6. The linear distance between two lines of longitude at an interval of 1° at the Equator measures to—
1. 110.3 km
2. 111.3 km
3. 113.3 km
4. 114.3 km

Answer:  2. 111.3 km

7. The angular value of the Prime Meridian is—
1. 0°
2. 231/2°
3. 6634°
4. 90°

Answer: 1. 0°

8. The number of time zones in Russia is—
1. 11
2. 9
3. 15
4. 10

Answer:  1. 11

9. The instrument used to determine the time at Greenwich is called the—
1. Chronometer
2. Anemometer
3. Sextant
4. Thermometer

Answer:  1. Chronometer

10. The angle at which the International Date Line deviates near the Aleutian Islands is—
1. 11°E
2. 11°W
3. 7°E
4. 7°W

Answer:  4. 7°W

11. The antipode of 4-5° N is located at—
1. 180°
2. 0°
3. 45° S
4. 45° W

Answer: 3. 45° S

12. The line that helps to determine the longitude of a place is—
1. Prime Meridian
2. 180° meridian
3. Equator
4. None of the above

Answer: 1. Prime Meridian

13. Highest value of the meridian of longitude is—
1. 90°
2. 100°
3. 180°
4. 360°

Answer:  3. 180°

14. Number of the standard meridian in India is—
1. One
2. Two
3. Three
4. Four

Answer:  1. One

15. -On crossing the International Date Line from the eastern hemisphere to the western hemisphere, the time deducted will be—
1. 24 hrs
2. 48 hrs
3. 12 hrs
4. None of them

Answer: 1. 24 hrs

16. Linear distance of 1° longitude at Poles is—
1. 11.2 km
2. 1.1 km
3. 0.25 km
4. 0 km

Answer:  4. 0 km

17. The clock time at midday is—
1. 12 pm
2. 12 am
3. 12 noon
4. None of the above

Answer: 3. 12 noon

18. International Date Line passes through the middle of—
1. Pacific Ocean
2. Indian Ocean
3. Atlantic Ocean
4. Arctic Ocean

Answer: 1. Pacific Ocean

19. Distance between two adjacent meridians is maximum at—
1. Equatorial region
2. Tropical region
3. Sub-polar regions
4. Polar region

Answer: 1. Equatorial region

20. The location of a place on the Earth’s surface is determined with the help of—
1. Parallels of latitude
2. Meridians of longitude
3. parallels and meridians.
4. prime Meridian

Answer:  3. parallels and meridians.

21. The standard time of India is calculated on the basis of longitude.
1. 80°E
2. 82°E
3. 82°30′ E
4. 88°30′ E

Answer: 3. 82°30′ E

22. The most important line joining the North Pole and the South Pole is the—
1. Equator
2. Tropic of Cancer
3. Polar Circle
4. Prime Meridian

Answer: 4. Prime Meridian

Chapter 2 Determination Of Location Of A Place Of The Earth’s Fill In The Blanks With Suitable Words

1. The International Date Line coincides with the 180º Longitude

2. The location of any place on the surface of the Earth can be determined by the intersection point of the longitude and the latitude of that place.

3. With every 15° longitudinal difference, there is a time difference of 60º minutes.

4. prime meridian is also referred to as the International Meridian.

5. The lines of longitude run in a north-south direction.

6. The number of time zones that Russia is divided into is 11

7. 82º is referred to as the standard meridian of India.

8. The longitudes are semi-circular in shape.

9. The standard time at any place in the world is determined with reference to the green which meantime

10. All the longitudes are equal in length.

11. A time difference of 4 minutes is observed for a longitudinal difference of 1 º.

12. The angular value of the Prime Meridian is

13. The longitudinal difference between 90° W and 5° E is 95º

14. The standard meridian of the westernmost time zone of the USA is 120ºW

15. The antipode of the 180° longitude lies on 0º(prime meridian)

16. The line from which a new date starts in both the eastern and western hemispheres is the International Date Line

17. Each meridian cuts all parallels at Right angles

18. Before and after the time of midday are known as am and pm respectively.

19. According to the various positions of the Sun in the sky, the calculation of local time is called runtime

20. The time difference between a place and its antipode is 12 hours

 

Chapter 2 Determination Of Location Of A Place Of The Earth’s  Surface If The Statement Is True, Write TRUE An If False, Write ‘FLASE against the following

1. When it is 7 am in Kolkata, it is 12 midnight at its antipode. False

2. The International Date Line is not a straight line. True

3. The 0° longitude is known as the Prime Meridian. True

4. A time difference of 24 hours is experienced with 180° of longitudinal difference. False

5. When it is daytime at a place, its antipode experiences night. True

6. The antipodal position of a place located on the Prime Meridian will be at 180° longitude True

7. The International Date Line is drawn on the waterbodies only. True

8. In the eastern hemisphere, units of time are added, with an increase in longitudinal value. True

9. Local time is calculated on the basis of the highest position of the Sun on a particular meridian. True

10. The climatic characteristics change with a change in longitude. False

11. The Prime Meridian is also known as the Greenwich Meridian. True

12. Canada has 5 standard meridians. False

13. When the Sun is at its highest elevation on a particular meridian, it is considered to be 12 noon at that place. True

14. The longitudinal difference between two places in the same hemisphere is calculated by adding up their longitudinal values. False

15. In the western hemisphere, time decreases with an increase in longitudinal value. True

16. Time in India is behind that of Greenwich Mean Time. False

17. The local time of Delhi is considered the standard time of India. False

18. The International Date Line passes through the Strait of Malacca. True

19. Longitudes are also known as meridians. True

20. Each meridian cuts each parallel at a right angle. True

21. All the meridians are of equal length. True

22. Calculation of Greenwich Mean Time is determined by Chronometer. True

23. Greenwich Time is called local time. False

24. Prime Meridian is a half circle. True

25. Meridians are parallel to each other. False

26. Another name for Prime Meridian is the International Date Line. False

27. All places on the same meridian have the same local time. True

28. Climate will change if you move along the Prime Meridian. True

29. Both 180° E and 180° W meridian the same line. True

Chapter 2 Determination Of Location Of A Place Of The Earth’s  Surface Match the left column with the right column

1.

Left Column Right Column 
1. International Date Line A. 82°30’E
2. Great Circle B. 180°
3. Prime Meridian C. Equator
4. ISM D. 0°

Answer 1-B ,2-C, 3-D, 4-A

2.

Left Column Right Column
1. Times zones of Russia A. 11
2. Prime Meridian B. 82°30’E
3. Local time C. Greenwich Meridian
4. Meridian of Kolkata D. 12 Noon


Answer 1-A ,2-C, 3-D, 4-B

Chapter 2 Determination Of Location Of A Place Of The Earth’s  Surface Answer In One Or Two Words

Question 1 What are lines of longitude also known as?
Answer: Meridians of longitude.

Question 2 What is the Prime Meridian also known as?
Answer: Greenwich Meridian.

Question 3 What is the angular distance of a place, east or west of the Prime Meridian known as?
Answer: Longitude.

Question 4 Which natural object can be used to calculate time?
Answer: Sun.

Question 5 What is the other name of Local Mean Time?
Answer: Solar time.

Question 6 Who invented the Chronometer?
Answer: John Harrison.

Question 7 What is the linear distance between two lines of longitude, at an interval of 1°, along the Equator?
Answer: 111.3 km.

Question 8 What is located at the antipode of the Prime Meridian?
Answer: 180° longitude or the International Date Line.

Question 9 What is the time difference between 1ST and GMT?
Answer: 5hrs and 30mins.

Question 10 What is the time difference between a place and its antipode?
Answer: 12 hours.

Question 11 What is the longitudinal difference between a place and its antipode?
Answer: 180º.

Question 12 How much time is gained while crossing the International Date Line from the western hemisphere?
Answer: 24 hours or 1 day.

Question 13 When and where was the International Meridian Conference held?
Answer: October 1884 in Washington DC.

Question 14 Which state of India experiences sunrise first?
Answer: Arunachal Pradesh.

Question 15 Which meridian does follow the International Date Line?
Answer: 180° meridian.

Question 16 What is the antipodal latitude of 30° N latitude?
Answer: 30° S.

Question 17 What is the time difference for the 15° meridian difference?
Answer: 60 minutes or 1 hour

Question 18 What is the satellite system for the determination of elevation and location on the Earth’s surface called?
Answer: Global Positioning System (GPS).

Question 19 Which country has the maximum number of standard meridians?
Answer: Russia (11).

WBBSE Solutions for Class 9 Geography And Environment

Chemical Bonding Class 11 Questions with Answers

Class 11 Chemistry Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Long Question And Answers

Question 1. How is crystalline NaCl formed from constituent elements?
Answer:

When a Na-atom combines with a Cl-atom, the electron lost by die electropositive Na-atom is gained by the electronegative Cl-atom, resulting in the formation of Na+ and Cl ions respectively, each having inert gas configuration. The oppositely charged ions are bound by a strong electrostatic force of attraction to form an ionic, crystalline solid, NaCl.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Question 5

In the crystal of NaCl, each Nation is surrounded by 6 Cl ions, and each Cl ion is surrounded by 6 Na+ ions. This results in the formation of a three-dimensional crystal, where the lattice sites are alternately occupied by Na+ and Cl ions.

Question 2. In which of the given molecules, the central atom does not obey the octet rule? ClF3, SF2, OsFg, BCl3, NH3, NO2
Answer:

 Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Question 26

Question 3. The melting point of MgBr2 is 700°C while that of AlBr3 is only 97°C. Give reason.
Answer:

According to Fajan’s rule, only the potential (phi) of the cations increases with an increase in cationic charge and a decrease in cationic radii. Consequently, the covalent character increases and the melting point of the corresponding salts decreases.

  1. In case of MgBr2 and AlBr3,
  2. The charge of Mg2+ is less than the charge of Al3+.
  3. Radius of Mg2+ is greater than the radius of Al3+.
  4. Thus, the melting point of AlBr3 is less than that of MgBr2

Question 4. What CuCl is more covalent than NaCl?
Answer:

If the charge and size of the cations remain constant, the cation with pseudo noble gas (18 electrons) configuration, as in the case of Cu+ (3s² 3p6 3d10) causes larger polarisation on the electron cloud of the anion than a cation with noble gas (8 electrons) configuration, as in case of Na+(2s22p6) because, (n-1) p electrons are more effective in shielding the outer electrons compared to the (n-1)d electrons.

As a result, an appreciable increase in electron charge cloud density between the two nuclei takes place, leading to an increase in the covalent character of the bond. Hence, CuCl is more covalent than NaCl.

Question 5. Arrange in increasing order according to the given properties and explain the order: MgCl2, AlCl3, NaCl, SiCl4 (melting point); LiBr, NaBr, KBr (melting point); (HI) MgCO3, CaCO3, BeCO3 (thermal stability); Hgl2, HgCl2 (intensity of color).
Answer:

SiCl4 < AlCl3 < MgCl2 < NaCl; [Ionic potential increases with either increase in charge on cation or cationic radius. As a result, the covalent character and melting point of the compounds formed increases.]

The order of melting point of the given bromides should be: LiBr < NaBr < KBr. Due to the increase in the size of the cation from Li+ to K+, the value of p increases.

So, the covalent character of the compounds increases. However, due to a decrease in lattice enthalpy from NaBr to KBr, the melting point decreases. Therefore, the correct order of melting point is LiBr < NaBr > KBr.

Question 6. Explain why AgCl is white whereas Agl is yellow If the degree of polarization of the anion is higher, then the electrovalent compound becomes colored (Example Pbl2 yellow) but if it is lower, then the compound is either white or colorless (Example PbCl2 is white)—why?
Answer:

The larger the anionic radius, the greater its tendency to get polarized. The higher polarisability of 1- ion, owing to its larger radius, facilitates the transition of electron (from anion to metal-ion) in the visible range, imparting a yellow color to Agl. On the other hand, the lower polarisability of the Cl ion, facilitates the transition of electrons in the UV range. Hence, AgCl appears white

Question 7. LiCl is soluble in organic solvents while the chlorides of other alkali metals are not. Explain.
Answer:

As we move down a group, the cationic radius increases, which decreases the polarising power of the cation, which ultimately decreases the covalent character of the compound. Since LiCl is the most covalent compound among all the alkali metal chlorides, it is soluble in organic (non-polar) solvents while the rest are not.

Question 8. Give reasons: SnCl2 is solid at room temperature while SnCl4 is liquid. Fel3 cannot be prepared. What is a coordinate covalent bond or coordinate bond?
Answer:

Sn4+ has a higher positive charge than Sn4+ liana greater polarising power than Sn2, Hence the covalency of the corresponding chlorides increases from SnCI2 to SnCI4, which results In a decrease In the melting point from SnCl2 to SnC2. Therefore SnCl2 Is a liquid while SnCl2 Is a solid at room temperature

Question 9. Aluminium chloride exists as a dimer—Explain.
Answer:

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Question 40

In AlCl3, the Al-atom has only 6 electrons in its valence shell. It requires two more electrons to complete Its octet. So it accepts a lone pair of electrons from the Cl-atom of another AlCl3 molecule as shown above. Thus, AlCl3 exists as a dimer.

Question 10. AlCIg forms a dimer but BC13 cannot—Explain What do you understand by 1 bond length, 2 bond dissociation enthalpy, and 3 bond angle?
Answer:

The size of Al is much larger than that of B. Hence Al can easily accommodate 4 Cl-atoms around it. In AlCl3, as there are 6 electrons around the Al-atom, it completes its octet by accepting a lone pair of electrons from the Cl-atom of an adjacent molecule. As a result, AlCl3 exists as a chlorine-bridged dimer forming Al2Cl6.

On the other hand, B is comparatively smaller in size. Though it has an incomplete octet in BCl3, it cannot accommodate the fourth chlorine atom around it, owing to the large size of the Cl-atom. Thus, BCl3 does not exist as a dimer.

Question 11. Arrange the following compounds in increasing order of carbon-carbon bond strength and explain the order. CH2=CH2, CH3-CH3, HC=CH
Answer:

The increasing order of C—C bond strength is given by: C—C < C=C < C=C i.e., CH3—CH3 < CH2=CH2 < CH=CH Greater the bond multiplicity, the greater the bond dissociation enthal. In CH3—CH3, there is only an or -bond between the C-atoms whereas, CH2=CH2 and, CH=CH contain one and two n -bonds respectively, in addition to the cr -bond. So the energy required to break the carbon-carbon bonds increases in the order C—C < C—C < C=C.

Question 12. Bond angles in Pbr3(101.5°), PCl3 (100°), and PF3(97°) decrease with an increase in the electronegativities of the surrounding atoms. However, bond angles in BF2, BCl2,  and BBr3 do not change with a change in electronegativities of the surrounding atoms. Explain with reason.
Answer:

PX2 has a trigonal pyramidal geometry. With the increase in electronegativity of the surrounding halogen (X) atoms, bond pairs are oriented more towards halogen atoms, resulting in a decrease in bond pair-bond pair repulsions. Hence X—P—X bond angles decrease in the order: Pbr3(101.5°) > PCl(100°) > PF3(97°)

BX3 has a trigonal planar geometry, where 3 halogen atoms are located at 3 corners of an equilateral triangle. With the increase in the electronegativity of the halogen atom, bond pairs tend to concentrate more towards the halogen atoms resulting in a decrease in bond pair- bond pair repulsion. Since all 3 halogen atoms lie on the same plane, forming 3 equivalent B—X bonds, there is no change in the X—B —X bond angle (120°).

Question 13. The bond angle of H2O is greater than that of H2S —explain.
Answer:

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Question 51

Both H2O and H2S have a tetrahedral geometry. Since Ip-bp repulsions are greater than bp-bp repulsions, these molecules attain a distorted tetrahedral geometry, where H —X—H (X = O or S) bond angles are less than the normal tetrahedral angle of 109°28.

Due to the higher electronegativity of the central O-atom than the S-atom, bp-bp repulsion is greater in the case of the O—H bond. Hence, the bond angle of H2O is greater than H2S.

Question 14. Arrange the following molecules/ions in order of decreasing —N —H bond angle and explain the order: NH3, NH+, NH2-
Answer: Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Question 54

NH3 has one lone pair and 3 bond pairs, NH2 has four bond pairs and NH2 has two lone pairs and two bond pairs.

According to VSEPR theory since the repulsions follow the order: Ip -Ip > Ip- bp > bp – bp, the bond angles (H—N—H) decrease in the order: NH+> NH3 > NH2-.

Question 15. Predict the state of hybridization of the central atom and the shape of each of the following species:
Answer:

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Question 67

Question 16. Name the type of hybridization of the central atom that leads to each of the following geometries:
Answer:

  1. Square planar -dsp2
  2. Planar triangular -sp2
  3. Tetrahedral -sp3
  4. Linear-sp2
  5. Octahedral -sp3d2
  6. Trigonal bipyramidal-sp3d2

Question 17. Identify the state of hybridization of each carbon in:

  1. CH2=CH—CH=CH2
  2. CH2=C=CH2
  3. CH2=CH—CHO
  4. CH3—C= CH
  5. HCEEC—CHO

Answer: \(\stackrel{1}{\mathrm{C}} \mathrm{H}_2=\stackrel{2}{\mathrm{C}} \mathrm{H}-\stackrel{3}{\mathrm{C}} \mathrm{H}=\stackrel{4}{\mathrm{C}} \mathrm{H}_2 ; \mathrm{C}_1, \mathrm{C}_2, \mathrm{C}_3, \mathrm{C}_4-\text { all } s p^2hybridised.\)

Question 18. What are the possible geometrical shapes of covalent molecules of the general formula, AX2 and AX3 (X = a monovalent atom) when the central atom A has No lone pair of electrons, one lone pair of electrons, and two lone pairs of electrons?
Answer: AX2 (l) shape — linear, Example BeCl2

  1. shape — angular, Example CCl2
  2. shape — V-shaped, for Example H2O
  3. AX3 shape — trigonal planar, Example BF3
  4. shape —pyramidal, Example NH3
  5. shape — T-shaped, Example ClF3

Question 19. Why are the P —Cl bonds in PCl5 not the same length?
Answer:

In PCl5, two axial P—Cl bonds and three equatorial P—Cl bonds are present. An axial bond pair is repelled by three equatorial bond pairs at 90° and one axial bond pair at 180°.

Similarly, an equatorial bond pair is repelled by two axial bond pairs at 90° and two equatorial bond pairs at 120°. Thus, an axial bond pair is repelled by three electron pairs while an equatorial bond pair is repelled by two electron pairs. Thus, the axial bond pair suffers greater repulsion & hence slightly longer than equatorial bonds

Question 20. Which of the molecules Orions are iso-structural and why? BF3, NH+, CO2-, BF4, NO2, CH3+, CCl4 All the C-0 bond lengths – are not equal— explain.
Answer:

BF3, CH+3 — trigonal planar geometry. The central atom undergoes sp2-hybridisation forming 3cr bonds with the neighbouring atoms. H4, CCl4, BF4 — tetrahedral geometry. The central atom undergoes sp3-hybridisation forming 4σ bonds with tire neighbouring atoms. NO3-, CO3+2 — trigonal planar geometry. The central atom is sp2 -hybridized forming σ bonds and pi bonds.

Question 21. Which one among the following pairs is more electronegative and why?

  1. Csp or
  2. Carbon in CHl3 orcarbon in CHCl3,
  3. Na or Cl
  4. Carbon in C2H4 or C2H2

Answer: CS is more electronegative than Csp³ because, for hybrid orbitals, electronegativity increases with an increase in the s -the character of the hybrid orbital. 1

C in CHCl3 is more electronegative than C in CH3 because the electronegativity of an atom increases with an increase in the electronegativity of the atom bonded to it.

Chlorine (Cl) is more electronegative than sodium (Na) because, as we move from left to right in a given period, atomic size decreases, and effective nuclear charge increases. Hence electronegativity increases.

In C2H4, C is sp² hybridised while in C2H2 C is sp hybridised. Since electronegativity increases with an increase in the s -s-character of the hybrid orbitals, C in C2H2 is more electronegative than C in C2H4.

Question 22. How will you distinguish between the two geometrical isomers of l, 2-dichloroethane from their boiling points?
Answer:

The 2 geometrical isomers of 1,2 dichloroethene are cis- 1,2 dichloroethene and trans-1,2 dichloroethene. cis-1,2 dichloroethene has a definite dipole moment (μ≠ 0) whereas the dipole moment of trans-1,2 dichloroethene is found to be zero (μ= 0).

The ct’s-isomer is highly polar indicating strong dipole-dipole attractive forces among the molecules. Hence a large amount of energy is required to separate the molecules from each other. Therefore boiling point of cis-1,2 dichloroethene is higher than the trans-isomer.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Question 87

Question 23. Explain why the following molecules are non-polar:
Answer:

1,3,5-trinitrobenzene, the three NO2 groups are bonded to 3 alternate sp2 hybridized C-atom of the benzene ring. The three C-NO2 bond moments act at an angle of 120° to each other. Therefore, the net dipole moment of the molecule is zero (p = 0) and the molecule is non-polar trans-2,3-dichlorobut-2-ene.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Question 88

In trans-2,3-dichlorobut-2-ene, the two C —Cl and the two C —CH3 bond moments act in H3C opposite directions to balance each other, Because of this, the molecule possesses no net dipole moment. Hence, tram-2,3 dichloro but-2- ene is non-polar

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Question 88.

Question 24. Predict the dipole moment of a molecule of the type, AB4 having square-planar geometry, a molecule of the type, AB2 having trigonal bipyramidal geometry, a molecule of the type, ABg having octahedral geometry, a molecule of the type, AB7 having pentagonal bipyramidal geometry.
Answer:

All the four A—B bond moments act at an angle of 90° with each other. Therefore the net dipole moment of AB4 is zero (p = 0).

Due to the symmetrical structure of the molecule, the equatorial bond moments cancel each other. Similarly, the axial bond moments cancel each other. Therefore the resultant dipole moment is zero (p = 0).

Question 25. Which one of each pair has a higher dipole moment and why?

  • CS2 and CO2;
  • NH3 and NF3;
  • CH3CH2Cl and CH2=CHCl;
  • 1,3,5- tribromobenzeneand 1,3-dibromobenzene.

Answer:

⇒ \(\text { (1) } \begin{array}{ll}\mathrm{S} \equiv \mathrm{C} \equiv \mathrm{S} & \mathrm{O}=\mathrm{C} \\\mathrm{CS}_2(\mu=0) & \mathrm{CoS}(\mu \neq 0)\end{array}\)

Question 26. NH3 molecules remain associated through intermolecular hydrogen bonding but there is no such association among HCl molecules even though electronegativities of N and Cl are the same. Explain.
Answer:

  1. Although the electronegativities of nitrogen and chlorine are the same, nitrogen can form hydrogen bonds but Cl cannot.
  2. This is because the N-atom is much smaller than the CIatom.
  3. Due to the large size of the Cl-atom, the electrostatic attraction between the Cl-atom of one molecule and the Hatom of another molecule becomes weak. Hence, Cl does not form hydrogen bonds while NH3 molecules undergo association by intermolecular hydrogen bonds.

Question 27. At normal temperature, o-hydroxybenzaldehyde is a liquid but p-hydroxybenzaldehyde is a solid. Give reason.
Answer:

In o-hydroxybenzaldehyde, the —OH and — CHO groups are situated at two adjacent C-atoms of the benzene ring and are involved in intramolecular hydrogen bonding. These molecules exist as discrete molecules and have a lower melting point. On the other hand, in p -hydroxybenzaldehyde, the —OH and — CHO groups are situated away from each other. Hence, intramolecular hydrogen bonding does not exist.

These molecules remain associated through intermolecular hydrogen bonding and hence have a high melting point. Thus the ortho-isomer exists as a liquid while the para-isomer exists as a solid.

Question 28. Arrange the following species in order of increasing stability and give reasons: Li2, Li+2, Li-2 are as follows [li (z=3)]:
Answer:

⇒ \(\mathrm{Li}_2-\mathrm{KK}\left(\sigma_{2 \mathrm{~s}}\right)^2 ;  \text { B.O. }=\frac{2-0}{2}=1 \)

⇒  \(\mathrm{Li}_2^{+}-\mathrm{KK}\left(\sigma_{2 \mathrm{~s}}\right)^1 ; \text { B.O. }=\frac{1-0}{2}=0.5 \)

⇒  \(\mathrm{Li}_2^{-}-\mathrm{KK}\left(\sigma_{2 \mathrm{~s}}\right)^2\left(\sigma_{2 \mathrm{~s}}^{+}\right)^1 ; \text { B.O. }=\frac{2-1}{2}\)

= 0.5

The greater the bond order, the greater the bond dissociation enthalpy and hence greater the stability. Again stability decreases when excess electrons are present in a nonconjugate shell. Therefore the order of increasing stability of the given species is as follows:

⇒ \(\mathrm{Li}_2^{-}<\mathrm{Li}_2^{+}<\mathrm{Li}_2\)

Question 29. Inert gases are monoatomic. Explain in terms of MO theory.
Answer:

The molecular orbital energy level diagram for inert gases shows that the number of electrons in bonding molecular orbitals is equal to those in the antibonding molecular orbitals i.e., bond order (of inert gases) \(=\left(\frac{N_b-N_a}{2}\right)=0\) Therefore, all inert gases are monoatomic. For Example He (2); Electronic configuration of He2 is:

⇒ \(\mathrm{He}_2-\left(\sigma_{1 \mathrm{~s}}\right)^2\left(\sigma_{1 \mathrm{~s}}^*\right)^2\)

Bond Order \(=\frac{2-2}{2}=0\)

Question 30. The ionic frond between sodium and chloride ions is stronger than that between potassium and chloride ions. Explain.
Answer:

Since the atomic number of K (Z = 19)) Is higher Ilian that of (Z = 11), K+ ion Is larger than Na+ Ion. According to Fajan’s rule, KCl should be more Ionic than NaCl. However, due to the smaller size of, Na+ ion, the charge density in Na ion is higher than that of K+ ton.

As a consequence, the coulomblc forces of attraction between Na+ and Cl ions (the lattice energy) are more titan than between K+ and Clions. Therefore the ionic bond between Na+ and Cl ions is stronger than that between K+ and Cl ions.

Question 31. Silicon tetrachloride readily undergoes hydrolysis but carbon tetrachloride does not undergo hydrolysis under normal conditions. Explain.
Answer:

Since carbon (of the second period) has no vacant d -d-orbital, its maximum covalency is 4. On the other hand, silicon (of the third period) has vacant d -d-orbitals, and its maximum covalency is 6. As the Si -atom can extend its covalency to 6, SiCl4 undergoes ready hydrolysis to yield SiO2.

A lone pair of electrons from the O- atom of H2O is donated to the empty d -orbitals of Si, forming a coordinate intermediate that has a trigonal bipyramidal structure. The intermediate [SiCl4(H2O)] loses a molecule of HCl to form SiCl3(OH). In the same way, the other 3Cl -atoms are replaced by 3-OH groups to form orthosilicic acid [Si(OH)4] which finally loses 2 molecules of water to give SiO2.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Silicon Tetrachloride Readily Undergoes Hydrolysis

C-atom having no d -d-orbitals in its valence shell cannot extend its covalency beyond 4 so it does not undergo hydrolysis under normal conditions

Question 32. The second ionization enthalpy of Mg Is sufficiently high while the second electron affinity or electron gain enthalpy of oxygen is low (actually this value is positive), yet Mg2+  and O2-  ions form the Ionic compound, MgO. Explain with reasons.
Answer:

The sufficiently high second ionization enthalpy of Mg indicates that a large amount of energy is required to remove the second electron from the Mg -atom, Le., to convert Mg to Mg2+  ion. The second electron gain enthalpy of oxygen is positive indicating that the energy should be supplied to convert the O -atom into an O2-  ion.

Since both processes are endothermic, MgO is not expected to be produced through the formation of anionic bonds. But actually, it is produced and this is because of its high lattice energy (mainly due to comparable sizes of Mg2+  and O2- ions.

Question 33. Both sodium and hydrogen are electropositive elements. Sodium reacts with chlorine to form an electrovalent compound but hydrogen reacts with chlorine to form a covalent compound —explain.
Answer:

The ionization enthalpy of smaller H -atoms is sufficiently higher than that of larger Na -atoms.

Because of lower ionization enthalpy, sodium reacts with chlorine through the formation of Na+ ion to form the electrovalent compound, NaCl.

On the other hand, because of the much higher ionization enthalpy, hydrogen does not react with chlorine through the formation of H+. Instead both H+ and Cl atoms donate one electron each to form an electron pair and produce the covalent compound, HCl by sharing the electron pair equally.

Question 34. The Melting Point Of Cal2 Is Much Lower (575°C) That Of caf2 (1392°C) explained with reasons.
Answer:

According to Fajan’s rule, the tendency of a large-sized anion to be polarised is greater than that of a small-sized anion. So a compound containing a large-sized anion exhibits more covalent character than that with a small-sized anion.

Hence, Cal2 containing larger I- ion possesses a higher covalent character and melts at a relatively low temperature. On the other hand, CaF2 containing smaller F- ions possesses a much lower covalent character and melts at very high temperatures.

Question 35. The B — F bondin BF3 is shorter in length than the B — F bond in BFÿ — explain with reasons.
Answer:

The outermost shell of the central B-atom of the BF3 molecule contains the electrons. Since the B-atom has an incomplete octet, it participates in resonance with the F-atoms to complete its octet.

As a result, the B — F bonds acquire partial double bond character. On the other hand, the B -atom in the BF2 ion has a filled octet, and so it does not participate in resonance. Therefore, B — F bonds do not assume a double bond character. Hence, the B — F bonds in the BF3 molecule are shorter in length than those in the BF4 ion.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure The B-f Bond

Question 64. The electronegativity of Br is less than that of F, yet BF3 is a weaker Lewis acid than BBr3
Answer:

B and F atoms are elements of the same period (second period), having comparable sizes. In BF3, the octet of B-atom is not filled up. To fulfill the octet, the B-atom participates in the resonance (n -n-backbonding) with the F- F-atoms. This resonance involving orbitals of comparable sizes (2p- 2p overlap) is very effective.

As a result, electron density on B-atom increases, and the tendency of BF3 to behave as a Lewis acid decreases. On the other hand, Bris is an element of the fourth period. In BBr3, effective n-back bonding involving orbitals of dissimilar sizes (2p- 4p overlap) does not take place. Hence, the electron density on B does not increase and therefore, BBr3 behaves as a stronger Lewis acid than BF3.

Question 36. Acetylene dissolves in acetone but not in water. explain the observation.
Answer:

Because of the considerable electronegativity of the sp -sp-hybridized C-atom of acetylene, the acetylenic hydrogen gets involved in intermolecular H-bonding with the O-atom of acetone. As a consequence, acetylene dissolves in acetone.

Since the energy of the H-bond formed is greater than the weak van der Waal’s attractive forces acting among the acetylene molecules and dipole-dipole attractive forces operating among the acetone molecules, the process of dissolution occurs easily.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure The Proces Of Dissolution Occurs Easily

On the other hand, the intermolecular H-bonding between water molecules is stronger than the intermolecular H -H-H-bonding between water and acetylene molecules, if formed. So, acetylene shows no tendency to form H -bonds with water. Hence, acetylene does not dissolve in water.

Question 37. Arrange nitrogen dioxide molecule (NO2), nitronium ion (NO+2 ), and nitrite ion (NO-2) in increasing order of bond angle and explain the order.
Answer: NO2- ion:

Total number of electrons in the valence shell of the N -atom of the ion= [5 valence electrons of N -atom + 2 electrons of O -atom linked by a double bond + 1 electron of O -atom linked by a single bond] = [8 electrons or 4 electron pairs] = [2 cr -bond-pairs + 1 lone pair+ 1 n -bondpair].

Since the n-bond pair plays no role in determining the shape of the molecule, according to VSEPR theory, the three electron pairs will be oriented towards the comers of an equilateral triangle, and the shape of the ion having one lone pair is angular.

In this case, the lone pair-bond pair repulsion is greater than the die repulsion between two bond pairs of the two bonds having partial double bond character due to resonance. As a result, the O —N —O bond angle (115°) is less than the expected regular trigonal shape with a greater O—N—O bond angle (120°).

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure NO2 molecule

NO2 molecule:

Total number of electrons in the valence shell of the N -atom of the molecule = [5 valence electron of N-atom + 2 electrons of O-atom linked by a double bond + zero electrons of the O-atom linked by an o-ordinate covalent bond] = 7 electrons =[3 electron pairs + 1 odd electron] = [l(r-bond pair + 1 coordinate cr-bond pair + In’ -bond pair + 1 odd electron].

According to VSEPR theory, two bond pairs and the odd electron are arranged trigonally in a plane.

So, the shape of the NO2 molecule having an odd electron is angular. In this case, the repulsive force between the bond pairs of two bonds having partial double bond character is greater than the repulsive force acting between the bond pairs and the odd electron. As a result, the value of the O—N—0 bond angle (135°) is greater than that of the regular planar trigonal shape (120°).

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure NO+2 ions

NO2 ion:

Total number of electrons in the valence shell of the N -atom of the ion = 5 electrons of N -atom +4 electrons of two O -atoms linked by two double bonds -1 electron for the positive charge = 8 electrons = 4 electron pairs = 2 cr -bond pairs + 2a- -bond pairs.

The two n-bond pairs have no contribution toward the shape of the ion. According to VSEPER theory, the two bond pairs are oriented in opposite directions. Hence, the shape of the NO2 ion is linear and the value of the O —N —O bond angle is 180°. Therefore, the increasing order of the O —N —0 bond angle of the given species is: NO-2 < NO2 < NO+2.

Question 38. H2O is liquid while H2S is gas, though oxygen and sulfur, both belong to the same group of the periodic table
Answer:

  1. The oxygen atom is smaller and more electronegative than sulfur. Hence, in the H2O molecule, the O atom forms strong intermolecular H-bonds. However, in H2S molecules, S-atom, owing to its larger size and lesser electronegativity than Oatom, cannot form H-bonds.
  2. Strong intermolecular H-bonds bind H2O molecules in an associated state, while molecules of H2S are held by weak van der Waals forces. Therefore H2O is a liquid while H2S is a gas at room temperature.

Question 39. Hydrogen bonding between an F atom is stronger than that between H and O atoms. However, H2O is more viscous and its bp is greater than that of HF. Explain.
Answer:

Hydrogen bonding between H F is much stronger than that between H→O because F is more electronegative than O. However boiling point of H2O is much higher than that of HF because a single molecule of water can form four Hbonds with four other HaO molecules, while one H —F molecule can form only two H-bonds with HF molecule.

Because of this, H2O is more viscous than HF and its boiling point is higher.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Beacause Of This H2O is More Viscus Than HF And Its Boliing Point Is higher

Question 40. Why viscosity and boiling point of concentrated H2SO4 very high?
Answer:

The structure of sulphuric acid is as follows:

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure The structure of sulphuric acid

Each molecule of H2SO4 contains two OH groups and two doubly bonded oxygen atoms. Thus, each molecule of H2SO4 forms four H-bonds with other molecules. This causes extensive association among the H2SO4 molecules, increasing to boiling point.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure The H2SO4 Molecules, Resulting in increase

The extensive intermolecular H-bonding enhances the intermolecular attraction among the different layers of the liquid, leading to an increase in viscosity.

Question 41. In the SF4 molecule, the lone pair of electrons occupies an equatorial position rather than an axial position, in the overall trigonal bipyramidal arrangement. Why?
Answer:

Depending on the position occupied by the lone pair, two structures of SF4 are possible

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure In SF4 Molecule The Lone Pair Of Electrons

In (1), there are three lone-pair-bond pair repulsions at 90° whereas in (2) there are only two lone pair-bond pair expulsions at 90°. lienee (2) Is more stable than (1), lienee the lone pair occupies the equatorial position In the SF4 molecule.

Question 42. Explains the shape of the Ion.
Answer:

The outer shell electronic configuration (In the ground state) of the central atom Is \(5 s^2 5 p_x^2 5 p_y^2 5 p_z^1 5 d^0\). It undergoes sp³d -hybridization. Out of the five sp³d hybrid orbitals, one is half-filled, one is empty and the remaining three arcs are filled.

The half-filled orbital forms a covalent bond with the iodine atom. The vacant orbital accepts an electron pair for the I- ion to form a coordinate bond. The remaining three fully-filled orbitals occupy equatorial positions. Thus, the geometry of three lone pairs and two bond pairs is trigonal bipyramidal and the shape of the I3 ion is linear.

Question 43. Indicate the type of bonds present in NH4NO3 and state the mode of hybridization of two N-atoms.
Answer:

NH4NO3 is an ionic compound in which the NH4+ ion is the cationic and NO3 is the anionic species. NH+ ion is formed by the combination of NH3 molecule and H+ ions through the dative bond.

N in NH3 ion is sp³ hybridized and has a tetrahedral geometry, while in NO3 ion, N is sp² hybridized and has a planar geometry. Thus three types of bonds, viz., ionic, covalent, and coordinate bonds are present in NH4NO3.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Indicate The Type Of Bonds Present In NH4NO3

Question 44. ClF3 exists, but FCI2 does not.
Answer:

The cl atom has empty d-orbitals. During horn) formation, the electrons from 3p -orbitals are promoted to 3d -orbitals

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure CIF3 Exists But FCL3 Does Not

In the first excited state, Cl-atom can exhibit a covalency of three. Hence CH3 is possible. F-atom cannot expand Its octet due to the absence of empty cl -orbitals in the 2nd energy level. Hence cannot exhibit covalency more than. Therefore FCl3 is not possible.

Question 45. The dipole moment of CH3Cl (p = 1.87D) is greater than that of CH3F (μ = 1.81D) even though the C — F bond is more polar than the C — Cl bond. Explain with reasons
Answer:

The dipole moment of a molecule, n = ex cl, where e = partial positive or negative charge developed on the bonded atoms and d = distance between the two charge centers. Because of the greater electronegativity of F compared to that of Cl, the charge developed in CH3F is higher than that in CH3Cl.

However, because of the larger size of the Cl -atom, the C—Cl bond length is greater than the C —F bond length, and consequently, the value of d in the case of CH3Cl is higher than that in the case of CH3F.In practice is found that the value of (ex d) for CH3F is lower than that for the CH3Cl molecule. Hence, CH3Cl has a greater dipole moment (p) than that of CH3F.

Question 46. Show by calculation that (lie dipole moment of methane of zero.
Answer:

Methane molecule is tetrahedral.

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& \mu_{\mathrm{CH}_3}=3 \mu_{\mathrm{C}-\mathrm{H}} \cos \left(180^{\circ}-109^{\circ} 28^{\prime}\right) \\
& =3 \mu_{C-H^{\prime}} \cos \left(70^{\circ} 32^{\prime}\right) \\
&
\end{aligned}\)

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& =\frac{3 \mu_{\mathrm{C}-\mathrm{H}}}{3}=\mu_{\mathrm{C}-\mathrm{H}} \\
\mu_{\mathrm{CH}_3} & =\mu_{\mathrm{C}-\mathrm{H}}=\mu_1 \text { (say) and } \theta=180^{\circ}
\end{aligned}\)

The resultant dipole moment

⇒ \(=\sqrt{\mu^2 \mathrm{C}-\mathrm{H}+\mu^2 \mathrm{CH}_3+2 \mu_{\mathrm{C}-\mathrm{H}} \cdot \mu_{\mathrm{CH}_3} \cos 180^{\circ}}\)

⇒ \(=\sqrt{\mu^2 \mathrm{C}-\mathrm{H}+\mu^2 \mathrm{CH}_3+2 \mu_{\mathrm{C}-\mathrm{H}} \cdot \mu_{\mathrm{CH}_3} \cos 180^{\circ}}\)

Alternative method:

For convenience, the four H-atoms of methane are designated as H1, H2, H3, And H4. The resultant moments of H1—C and H2—C bonds will be along the bisector of the H1—C—H2 angle, towards the carbon atom.

Similarly, the resultant of H3 —C and H4—C bond moments are along the bisector of the H3—C—H4 angle, towards the C-atom. These two resultants are equal in magnitude and opposite in direction. Hence, the molecule of methane has no resultant dipole moment.

Question 47. The boiling point of hydrogen fluoride is maximum among aU the halogen acids—explain.
Answer:

Fluorine is the smallest and the most electronegative element Hence F atom in the HF molecule forms strong intermolecular hydrogen bonds. On the other hand, since Cl, Br, and atoms are larger and less electronegative than F, their molecules are held by weak van der Waals forces.

As the hydrogen bond is stronger than the van der Waals forces, more energy is required to break the intermolecular hydrogen bonds of the associated HF molecules. Therefore the boiling point of HF is much higher than those of the other halogen acids. The boiling point of halogen acids follows the order: HF >HI > HBr > HCl

Question 48. Both CO2 and N2O are linear. However, N2O is polar while CO2 is non-polar—explain.
Answer:

The structures of CO2 and N2O are:

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Both CO2 And N2O

The CO2 molecule is linear with a C atom at the center. The CO2 molecule contains 2 polar C—O bonds, as oxygen is more electronegative than carbon. in CO2 molecule, the two bond dipoles (Cδ+—Oδ-) =pl, actin opposite directions and cancel each other. As a result, the resultant dipole moment becomes zero. Thus CO2 molecule is non-polar.

On the other hand, the N2O molecule, though linear, contains a polar coordinate bond (N→O) at one end and a lone pair of electrons on the N-atom at the other end. Moment due to N— o bond and that due to lone pair acting in opposition but they do not cancel each other as they are not equal in magnitude. Hence N2O has a resultant dipole moment although it has a low value. Therefore N2O is a polar molecule.

Question 49. Although H2, Li2, and B2 molecules have the same bond order 1), they are not equally stable. Explain this observation and arrange them in order of decreasing stability.
Answer:

This observation can be explained as follows. The Li atom is much larger than the H atom. Hence, the Li—Li bond is much longer than the H —H bond (Li —Li bond length = 265 pm, H—H bond length = 74 pm).

Moreover, the Li2 molecule has two electrons in the antibonding σ*1s orbital while H2 has no electron in the antibonding orbitaL For these reasons, Li2 is less stable than H2 (bond energy of Li2 = H2O kJ. mol-1 while that of H2 = 438kJ. mol-1).

B atom is smaller in size than the Li-atom but larger than the H-atom. Hence the bond length of B2 is in-between (159 pm). Moreover, the B2 molecule has two electrons more in the bonding molecular orbitals [n(2px) and (2py)] Therefore, B2 is more stable than Li2 but less stable than H2 (bond energy of B2 = 290kJ – mol-1). Hence, the order of decreasing stability of these three molecules is H2 > B2 > Li2.

Class 11 Chemistry Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Short Question And Answers

Question 1. Draw Iewis dot structures of H3PO4 and CO2-3.
Answer:

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Question 24

Question 2. Calculate the formal charge on N-atom in the HNO3 molecule
Answer: Formal charge on N-atom in HNO3

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Question 25

No. of valence electrons of Natom] – [No. of unshared electrons \(-\frac{1}{2} x\) [No. of shared electrons] \(=5-0-\frac{1}{2} \times 8=5-4=+1\)

Question 3. In water, the first and second 0 —H bond dissociation enthalpies are SO2 and 427kJ mol-1 respectively. Determine the value of bond enthalpy of the O —H bond.
Answer:

The bond enthalpy of water is given by the average of bond dissociation enthalpies of the two Q —H bonds.

Bond enthalpy \(=\frac{502+427}{2}=464.5 \mathrm{~kJ} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1}\)

Question 4. Arrange the given compounds in order of their Increasing bond length: HCl, HI, HBr, HF. Explain the order.
Answer:

For halogen acids, the bond length increases, with an increase in the size of the halogen atom. Since the size of the halogen atoms increases in the order F < Cl < Br <I, the bond length increases in the order HF < HCl < HBr < HI.

Question 5. Why does the value of the bond angle increase with the increased electronegativity of the central atom in the ABV type of molecule?
Answer:

As the electronegativity of the central atom of a molecule of ABx type increases, the electron pair responsible for covalent bond formation will be attracted towards the central atom. Consequently, bp-bp repulsion increases leading to an increase in bond angle.

Question 6. Explain why the formation of a n-bond is not possible between a py and a pz-orbital.
Answer:

px  and py orbitals are mutually perpendicular, n -bonds are formed by the lateral overlap of two parallel p -orbitals. Since lateral overlap is not possible between two mutually perpendicular orbitals, a n -bond is not possible between a py and a pz orbital.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Question 62

Question 7. A homonuclear diatomic molecule contains 8 electrons. Predict whether the molecule will exist or not.

⇒ \(\left(\sigma_{1 s}\right)^2\left(\sigma_{1 s}^*\right)^2\left(\sigma_{2 s}\right)^2\left(\sigma_{2 s}^*\right)^2\)

Nb = 4, Na = 4

Bond order \(=\frac{N_b-N_a}{2}=\frac{4-4}{2}=0\)

Hence, the molecule does not exist.

Question 8. If the electronic configuration of A atoms 1 s², comment on the stability of the A2 molecule and A2+ ion.
Answer:

⇒ \(\mathrm{A}_2:\left(\sigma_{1 s}\right)^2\left(\sigma_{1 s}^*\right)^2 \quad \mathrm{~A}_2^{+}:\left(\sigma_{1 s}\right)^2\left(\sigma_{1 s}^*\right)^1\)

The higher the bond order, the higher the bond dissociation enthalpy and the greater the stability. Hence stability of A2+ > A2. Thus, A2 will have no existence.

Question 9. Arrange methanol, water, and dimethyl etherin in order of increasing boiling points and explain the order.
Answer:

The more molecules of the compound remain associated, the greater will be the boiling point of the compound. Water molecules having two —OH groups remain more associated by intermolecular H-bonding than methanol (CH3OH) molecules having only one —OH group.

Dimethyl ether (CH3OCH3) having no —OH group does not remain associated through H-bonding. Therefore, the boiling points of these liquids follow the order: of dimethyl ether < methanol < water.

Question 10. Explain why diamond melts at a very high temperature even though it is composed of covalently linked carbon atoms.
Answer:

In the crystal diamond, each sp3 -hybridized C -atom is bonded to four others by single covalent bonds (bond length 1.54A), and a large number of tetrahedral units are linked together to form a three-dimensional giant molecule. Strong covalent bonds extend in all directions. Due to this compact structure involving strong bonds, diamond is very hard and has a very high melting point.

Question 11. Which out of 1-butyne and 1-butene has a larger dipole moment and why?
Answer: The structures of1-butyne and1-butene are as follows:

⇒ \(\begin{array}{cc}
\mathrm{H}_3 \mathrm{C}-\mathrm{CH}_2-\mathrm{C} \equiv \mathrm{CH} & \mathrm{H}_3 \mathrm{C}-\mathrm{CH}_2-\mathrm{CH}=\mathrm{CH}_2 \\
\text { 1-butyne } & \text { 1-butene }
\end{array}\)

As the sp hybridized terminal C-atom in 1-butyne is more electronegative than the sp² hybridized C-atom in 1-butene, the latter has a larger dipole moment than the forme.

Question 12. BaSG4 Is insoluble in water, even though it Is an ionic compound. Why?
Answer:

The lattice energy (i.e., the energy required to break its crystal lattice, by separating Ba2+  and SO2- ions) of BaSO4 is greater than its solvation energy (i.e., the energy released due to solvation of Ba2+ and SO2- ions by water molecules). Hence, BaSO4 is insoluble in water.

Question 13. Explain why all three nitrogen-oxygen bonds in the NO-3 ion are equal in length.
Answer:

The nitrate ion (NO-3) can be represented as a resonance hybrid of the following three equivalent resonance structures or canonical forms: Since the hybrid structure is an average structure, so all N —O bond lengths are equal as shown above.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure The three Nitrogen Oxygen Bond In NO-3 ion are equal in length

Question 76. Give the structure of (CH3)3 N and [(CH3)3 Si]3N. Are they isostructural?
Answer: (CH3)3N is trimethyl amine. It has a pyramidal structure, while [(CH3)3Si]3N is planar.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure The Stucture Of CH3

Thus, the two species are not isostructural. In (CH3)3N, N-atom is sp³ hybridised while in [(CH3)3Si]3N, the N-atom is sp² hybridised.

Question 14. Covalent bonds have definite orientations but electrovalent bonds have no definite orientations — explain
Answer:

Covalent bonds arc formed by the overlap of atomic orbitals having definite orientations. Consequently, covalent bonds have specific orientations. On the other hand, electrovalent bonds have no definite orientations because oppositely charged Ions attract each other from all possible directions by electrostatic forces.

Question 15. Explain why the dipole moment of CD3F (1.858D) is higher than thatofCH3F (1.847D)
Answer:

D is more electron-releasing than H. The Difference in electronegativity between C and F in CD3F is much higher than that between C and F in CH3F. Hence, CD3F is more polar than CH3F. Therefore, the dipole moment of CD3F is higher than that of CH3F.

Question 16. Arrange ethane, ethylene, and acetylene in order of their decreasing C—H bond length. Explain the order.
Answer: The 1 s -orbital of hydrogen overlaps with the sp3, sp2, and sp -hybrid orbitals of carbon in ethane, ethylene, and acetylene respectively to form C —H cr -bonds.

Since the size of these hybrid orbitals decreases in the order: sp3 > sp2 > sp2 the C —H bond length decreases in the order: C—H(C2H6) > C—H(C2H4) > C—H(C, H2)

Question 17. Which symmetry element presents a n -bond? What is meant by the hybridization of atomic orbitals?
Answer: A pi-bond possesses a plane of symmetry, which is also known as a nodal plane.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Question 63

Question 18. What will be the spatial distribution of sp³, sp², and sp hybrid orbitals?
Answer: 

  1. sp3 — In this case, each of the hybrid orbitals is directed toward the four corners of the tetrahedron.
  2. sp2— In this case, each of the hybrid orbitals is. directed towards the three corners of a triangle.
  3. sp—In this case, the two hybrid orbitals are linearly arranged.

Class 11 Chemistry Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Very Short Question And Answers

Question 1. What will be the nature of the compound formed between the metallic elements of groups 1 and 2 and non-metals of groups 6 or 7 of the periodic table?
Answer: Ionic compound;

Question 2. In terms of ionization and electron gain enthalpy, which type of atoms combine to form an ionic compound?
Answer: A metal atom with low ionization enthalpy and a non-metal atom with high electron-gain enthalpy;

Question 3. Write the Lewis symbols of magnesium and aluminium.
Answer: Mg, Al2;

Question 4. Write the structure of an anion which is isostructural with BF3 and a cation which is isostructural with CH4
Answer: NO3 (triangular planar), NH+ (tetrahedral)

Question 5. Give an example of a compound in which electrovalent, covalent, and coordinate covalent bonds are present.
Answer: NH4Cl

Question 6. Which one of CHCI3 and CCl4 is regular tetrahedral?
Answer: CCl4

Question 7. How many cr and n -bonds are present in CH2=CH—CH=CH2?
Answer: No. of bonds = 9 and no. of n -bonds = 2

Question 8. What is the hybrid state of the central atom in each of the following? BF-, NO2, PF5, CO-2
Answer: sp3, sp2 sp3d and sp respectively;

Question 9. Predict the shapes using VSEPR theory: IF?, C1F3, SF6, BeCl2.
Answer: IF2 Pentagonal bipyramidal; ClF3 –  T-shaped; SF6 – Octahedral; BeCl2 – linear

Question 10. How many resonance structures can be written for SO4-?
Answer: 6

Question 11. Arrange the halogen hydroids in order of their decreasing boiling points.
Answer: HF > HCl > HBr > HI;

Question 12. Find out the non-polar molecules among CH3Cl, SF6, SO2, C2H64 and HO—<g>—OH.
Answer: SF6

Question 13. Which one is less viscous, between HF and H2O?
Answer: HF; (Each HF molecule is involved in forming two H-bonds, whereas each H2O molecule is involved in forming four H-bonds.)

Question 14. Which one out of O2 and O2 exhibits the highest paramagnetism?
Answer: O2 (it has two unpaired electrons);

Question 15. How will you distinguish B2 from the following species having the same bond order: Li2, O2- and F2?
Answer: B2 is paramagnetic, but Li2 O2- and F2 are diamagnetic;

Question 16. Is there any change in bond order if the electron is added to the bonding molecular orbital?
Answer: Bond order will increase.

Question 17. The bond order of He+ ion is—\(-\frac{1}{2}, 1, \frac{3}{2}, \mathrm{O}\)
Answer: \(-\frac{1}{2}, 1, \frac{3}{2}, \mathrm{O}\)

Question 18. Give examples of two compounds in which there exists electrovalency, covalency and coordinate covalency.
Answer: Ammonium chloride (NH4Cl) Sodium fluoborate (NaBF4)

Question 19.  Is hybridization possible in an isolated atom?
Answer: Hybridization is not possible for isolated atoms. It occurs only when the atom takes part in bond formation.

Question 20. Which is the most electronegative element according to Pauling’s scale of electronegativity?
Answer:

According to the Pauling’s scale of electronegativity, fluorine is the most electronegative element with electronegativity = 4

Class 11 Chemistry Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Fill In The Blanks

Question 1. A _____________a covalent bond is formed between two atoms having different electronegativities.
Answer: Polar

Question 2. Pi bonds are_____________than sigma bonds.
Answer: Weaker

Question 3. In different resonating structures, the arrangement remains the same.
Answer: Atomic

Question 4. When______________atomic_ whereas orbitals when overlapping head-on, overlap laterally, bond formed bond is formed is.
Answer: sigma bond; pi bond

Question 5. AlCl3 is_____________compound, while PCl5 is compound in terms of the octet rule.
Answer: electron deficient, hypervalent

Question 6. The C.G.S unit of dipole moment is_____________whereas its SI unit is
Answer: Deb ye, Coulomb-metre (G-m)

Question 7. In general, the larger is the bond length, _____________ bond energy.
Answer: Smaller

Question 8. The energy of-bond is
Answer: 12.5 to 41.5 kJ mol-1

Question 9. The hybrid state of S in the SO3 molecule is
Answer: sp2

Question 10. The shape of the molecule contains 3 bond pairs and one lone pair around the central atom is
Answer: trigonal pyramids

Question 11. The bond order of CO molecule is ________whereas that of CO+ ion is
Answer: 3,3.5

Question 12. In ice, each O atom is surrounded by out of which, _____________H-atoms are bonded by covalent bonds, while bonds the rest.
Answer: four, two, H-bonds

Question 13. The shape of sulphur hexafluoride molecule is whereas that of sulphur tetrafluoride is _________.
Answer: Regular octahedral, distorted tetrahedral

Question 14. There are_____________π bonds in a nitrogen molecule.
Answer: Two

Question 15. The strongest hydrogen bond is formed between ____________and a hydrogen atom.
Answer: Fluorine

Question 16. A hydrogen bond is then a covalent bond.
Answer: Weaker

Question 17. The dipole moment of methyl alcohol Is._____________ that of CH3SH.
Answer: Higher

Question 18. d2sp3 hybridisation represents
Answer: Octahedral

Question 19. Among the three isomers of nitro phenol, the one that is the least soluble in water Is
Answer: Ortho-isomer

Question 20. Among N2O, SO2, 1+ and l2 , the linear species are and
Answer: N2O and I3-.

Class 11 Chemistry Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Warm-Up Exercise Question And Answers

Question 1. The elements belonging to which group(s) of the periodic table combine to form electrovalent compounds, and why?
Answer: Elements of groups 1 and 2 form electrovalent compounds because they are highly electropositive.

Question 2. Which elements exhibit variable electrovalency and why?
Answer: Transition elements. This is because the outermost electron of the ns -subshell and the penultimate (n-1)d subshell are involved in bonding.

Question 3. Why the ionic compounds do not exhibit isomerism?
Answer: Electrostatic force in an ionic compound is distributed uniformly in all directions. Thus, each compound holds a definite number of oppositely charged ions. Hence there are no discrete molecules in ionic compounds. Since ionic bonds are non-directional, ionic compounds do not exhibit isomerism.

Question 4. Why are the n -bonds weaker and more reactive than the cr -bonds?
Answer: The extent of axial overlapping is greater as compared to sideways overlapping. Hence n -bonds are weaker and more reactive than cr -bonds.

Question 5. Which type of ionic compounds exhibit isomorphism?
Answer: Isoelectronic ionic compounds

Question 6. What is solvation energy solvation enthalpy?
Answer: The process of orientation of polar solvent molecules around the ions of the polar solute molecules is called solvation and the energy released in this process is called solvation energy.

Question 7. What is the condition for dissolution of an ionic compound in a particular solvent?
Answer: An ionic compound is soluble (dissolves) in a particular solvent only if the solvation energy exceeds the lattice energy of the crystal (ionic compound).

Question 8. The ionic compounds are soluble in polar solvents but insoluble in non-polar solvents—why?
Answer: In the case of polar solvents, the solvation energy of ionic compounds is greater than lattice enthalpy. So, ionic compounds are soluble in polar solvents, but they are insoluble in non-polar solvents because solvation by nonpolar solvents is not possible for ionic compounds.

Question 9. Why do ionic compounds conduct electricity only in a solution or molten state and not in a solid state?
Answer: Ionic compounds are good conductors of electricity in solution or in the molten state as in these states, their ions are free to move. As the ions are charged, they are attracted towards electrodes and thus act as carriers of electric current.

Question 10. What are valence electrons? 
Answer: The electrons in the ultimate (or outermost) and in some cases, the penultimate shell of an atom that is responsible for chemical bonding are known as valence electrons

Question 11. Give the Lewis symbols of—(1) Br (2) N (3) O2- (4) S2- (5) N3-
Answer:

 Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Question 2

Question 12. Hydrogen bonds are usually longer than covalent bonds. Give an example where covalent and hydrogen bonds are equal in length. Explain.
Answer: In fluoride ion (HF2), the covalent bond and the hydrogen bond are equal in length and this is because the structure of this ion is a resonance hybrid of structures 1 and 2.

Question 13. Compare the stabilities of O2 and N2+ ions and comment on their magnetic nature.
Answer: Bond orders of N2 and O2 are 2.5 and 1.5 respectively. Hence, the N2+ ion is more stable. Both the ions contain unpaired electrons and hence are paramagnetic.

Question 14. Why does PClg form PCl3 and Cl2, on strong heating?
Answer:

PCl5 has 2 axial and 3 equatorial bonds. When PCl5 is heated, the weaker axial bonds break, forming PCl3

⇒ \(\mathrm{PCl}_5 \xrightarrow{\text { Heat }} \mathrm{PCl}_3+\mathrm{Cl}_2\)

Class 11 Chemistry Some Basic Concepts Of Chemistry

Some Basic Concepts Of Chemistry Introduction

Chemistry is an important branch of science. It deals with the source, composition, structure, and properties of matter with special reference to the physical and chemical changes that matter undergoes under different conditions.

With time, the greatest discoveries of chemistry have made human life more comfortable and have facilitated its advancement as well In the last few decades, a tremendous change in the field of chemistry has been observed.

It has become significantly vast and complex. For the convenience of research and a better understanding of the subject, it has been divided into several branches

Class 11 Chemistry Some Basic Concepts Of Chemistry Difference Branches Of Chemistry

Laws Of Chemical Combination, Atomic And Molecular Theory, Equivalent Weight

Importance And Scope Of Chemistry

Chemistry plays amajorrolein science and is often intertwined with different branches of science such as physics, biology, geology, etc. It has made many contributions to human civilization.

Principles of chemistry are found to be very useful in diverse areas such as weather patterns, biochemical processes, functioning of brains, operations of computers, etc.

Chemistry helps to fulfill human needs for food, health care products, and other materials required for improving the quality of life.

Some of the major contributions of chemistry are given below:

  1. Chemistry In Agriculture And Preservation Of Food
  2. Several chemical fertilizers like urea, ammonium sulfate, calcium nitrate, superphosphate of lime, etc. are used for better production of crops.
  3. By hydrogenation of edible oil, artificial fats (such as vanaspati) are prepared.
  4. It helps to protect crops from the harmful effects of insects and bacteria by the use of effective insecticides (such as gammexane, aldrin, parathion, etc.), herbicides, and fungicides.
  5. The use of preservatives {Example sodium benzoate, salicylic acid, potassium nitrate, sodium chloride, etc.) has helped to preserve food materials. like jam, jelly, butter, squashes, fish, offer, etc., for longer periods of time.
  6. Different chemical methods are available to indicate the presence of adulterants in order to ensure the supply of pure foodstuff.

Chemistry In Health Care And Sanitation

  1. Analgesics (For example aspirin, analgin, etc.) are used to give relief from different types of pain.
  2. Antipyretics (For example paracetamol, ibuprofen, etc.) are used to bring down body temperature during fever.
  3. Antiseptics such as Dettol, savlon, tincture of iodine, etc. are used to stop infection of wounds.
  4. Antibiotics (For example penicillin, cephalosporin, tetracycline, streptomycin, chloramphenicol) are used to curb infection and cure diseases like pneumonia, bronchitis, typhoid, tuberculosis, etc.
  5. Tranquilizers such as barbituric acid, veronal, valium, reserpine, etc. are prescribed to patients suffering from mental diseases to reduce their tension or anxiety.
  6. Anesthetics like chloroform, cocaine, novocaine, etc. are applied to patients to make surgical operations painless.
  7. Today dysentery and pneumonia have become curable by the use of penicillin and sulpha drugs.
  8. The widely used drug quinine has now been replaced by some more effective antimalarials like chloroquine, primaquine, etc.
  9. As a preventive measure against various types of diseases, vaccines are found to be used widely Example tetanus toxoid (for tetanus), TABC (for typhoid, paratyphoid A, B, and cholera), oral polio (for polio), etc.
  10. Nowadays life-saving drugs such as taxol and cisplatin are used in cancer therapy; Azidothymidine (AZT) is used for AIDS victims.
  11. Synthetic vitamins and tonics have significant contributions towards the better health of human beings.
  12. Bleaching powder, potassium permanganate, ozone gas, low concentration of chlorine, etc. are used for sterilization of water to make it suitable for drinking.
  13. Disinfectants like phenol and cresols are used to kill the micro-organisms present in drains, toilets, floors, etc.

Chemistry In Comforts, Pleasures And Luxuries

  1. The contribution of chemistry towards the betterment of human society is widely acknowledged by all and it has a profound influence on our daily life.
  2. Synthetic fibers such as terylene, nylon, rayon, dacron, orlon, etc., are used to prepare clothes that are more comfortable, durable, attractive, and easy to wash.
  3. Polythene is used for making toys, bottles, tubes, pipes, kitchen and domestic appliances, sheets for packing materials, and coated wires and cables.
  4. PVC is used for making rain-coats, hose pipes, conveyor belts, radio and TV components, insulating material for wires, cables, and other electrical goods, gramophone records, safety helmets, refrigerator components, bi-cycle, and motor-cycle mudguards, etc.
  5. Phenol-formaldehyde resin and bakelite are used for making combs, fountain pen barrels, electrical goods (switches and plugs), heater handles, telephone parts, cabinets for radio and television, etc. Films used in cameras are made of celluloid coated with suitable chemicals.
  6. Cosmetics such as cream, lipstick, sunscreen lotion, face powder, talcum powder, perfume, toothpaste, nail polish, shampoo, hair dye, etc., are all chemical substances.
  7. Soaps and detergents used for cleaning clothes are chemical substances. Bio-degradable detergents are now in use to avoid environmental pollution.
  8. Paint, varnishes, and lacquer are applied on walls, wooden furniture, and metallic articles to make them more attractive, durable, and resistant to corrosion.
  9. Articles made of iron are electroplated by nickel, chromium, silver, gold, etc., so as to prevent them from rusting and to make them more attractive and durable.
  10. Ammonia, liquid sulfur dioxide CFC, etc. are used as refrigerants in refrigerators and air-conditioners.
  11. Cement, steel, iron, etc., are widely used m the construction of multi-storeyed buildings, dams, and bridges.
  12. LPG and natural gas having high calorific value are used as smokeless fuels for cooking. Compressed natural gas (CNG) is now used as a fuel in public vehicles in metropolitan cities.

Chemistry In Industry

  1. Chemistry plays an important role in the development and growth of a number of industries. Some important examples of manufacturing processes are
  2. Extraction of metals such as iron, aluminum, zinc, copper silver, gold, etc.
  3. Refining of petroleum to produce petroleum ether, gasoline (petrol), kerosene, diesel, paraffin oil, lubricating oil, solvent naphtha, liquid paraffin, petroleum jelly, paraffin wax, etc.
  4. Plastics such as polyethylene, PVC, bakelite, polyurethanes, Teflon, etc.
  5. Synthetic fibers such as nylon, terylene, rayon, etc.
  6. Paints, varnishes, lacquer, and synthetic dyes.
  7. Cement, glass, and ceramic materials.

The dark side of chemistry: Chemistry plays a pivotal role in our daily lives and luxuries. However improper use of chemistry has a negative impact on human society. In modern times, atomic energy is mainly used in chemical warfare.

Different chemical weapons and explosives like RDX are used for terrorist activities. Drugs like cocaine, LSD, and heroin have adverse effects on the youths.

Nature Of Matter

Anything which has mass occupies some space and can be felt by one or more of our senses is called matter.

Everything around us such as aspen, pencil, wood, water, milk, air, etc., and all living beings are composed of matter.

Classification of matter: Matter can be classified in two different ways—Physical classification and Chemical classification.

Physical classification of Matter: At ordinary temperature and pressure, matter can exist in three physical states viz., solid, liquid, and gas. The constituent particles of matter in the three states can be represented as shown in.

Class 11 Chemistry Some Basic Concepts Of Chemistry Arrangement Of Particles In solid, Liquid And Gaseous State

The essential points of differences between the three states of matter are given in the following table:

Class 11 Chemistry Some Basic Concepts Of Chemistry Soild liquid and center

A given substance can be made to exist in the solid, liquid, or gaseous state by changing the conditions of temperature and pressure.

Class 11 Chemistry Some Basic Concepts Of Chemistry Soild liquid or gaseous ,temperature and pressure

Chemical classification of Matter : On the basis of chemical composition, matter can be classified into two major categories such as

  1. Mixtures and
  2. Pure substances.

These can be further subdivided as follows:

Class 11 Chemistry Some Basic Concepts Of Chemistry Matter of Mixture

A mixture is made up of two or more substances (present in any ratio) which are called its components. For example, a sugar solution consists of two components i.e., sugar and water.

In a homogeneous mixture, the components completely mix with each other and its composition remains uniform throughout.

The components of such a mixture cannot be seen even under a microscope. Some examples are air, glucose solution, seawater, petrol, etc.

In contrast to this, in heterogeneous mixtures, the composition is not uniform throughout, and sometimes the different components can be seen even by the naked eye.

For example, the mixtures of sugar and salt, sand, and iron filings are heterogeneous mixtures. The components of such mixtures can be separated by using physical methods such as filtration, crystallization, distillation, chromatography, etc.

Pure substances have characteristics different from that of the mixtures. They have fixed composition throughout the entire mass. Some examples are iron, copper, silver, gold, water, sucrose, etc.

Sucrose contains carbon, hydrogen, and oxygen in a fixed ratio and hence it has a fixed composition.

The constituents of pure substances cannot be separated by simple physical methods. Pure substances are further classified into elements and compounds.

Element: An element consists of only one type of particle. The constituent particles may be atoms or molecules.

Oxygen, nitrogen, sodium, copper, silver, etc., are some examples of elements. They all contain atoms of one type.

The smallest particles (having independent existence) present in metallic elements such as sodium, potassium, etc. are called atoms.

On the other hand, the smallest possible particles (having independent existence) of some other elements (such as oxygen, nitrogen, phosphorus, etc.) are called molecules, which consist of two or more atoms.

Thus, two atoms of oxygen and four atoms of phosphorus combine separately to form molecules of oxygen and phosphorus respectively.

Class 11 Chemistry Some Basic Concepts Of Chemistry Representation of atoms and molecules

Two or more atoms of different elements combine together to form the molecule of a compound.

Examples of some compounds are water, carbon dioxide, ammonia, etc. The molecules of carbon dioxide and water are depicted in.

Class 11 Chemistry Some Basic Concepts Of Chemistry Structure of carbon dioxide and water molecule

A carbon dioxide molecule consists of one carbon atom and two oxygen atoms. Similarly, a molecule of water is composed of two hydrogen atoms and one oxygen atom.

It is thus seen that the atoms of different elements are present in a compound in a fixed ratio and this ratio is the characteristic of a particular compound.

It is needless to mention that the properties of a compound are completely different from those of the constituent elements.

For example, hydrogen and oxygen are gaseous substances while the compound (water) formed by their combination is a liquid at ordinary temperature.

The constituents of a compound cannot be separated by physical methods. They can, however, be separated by chemical methods.

Class 11 Chemistry Some Basic Concepts Of Chemistry Difference between mixture and compound

Physical Quantities

Characteristics of matter that can be examined as a measurable quantity are called physical quantities. Example length, mass, time, temperature, area, volume, velocity, acceleration, force, etc.

Units For Measurement Of Physical Quantities

A unit is defined as the standard of reference chosen for the measurement of any physical quantity.

Example: Suppose the length of a bench is 2 meters. Here length is the physical quantity andmetre is the unit length.

The numerical magnitude ‘2’ implies that the length of the bench is two times that of the value of 1 meter (which is the standard of reference chosen for the measurement of length).

Fundamental Units Used In Different Systems 

Class 11 Chemistry Some Basic Concepts Of Chemistry Fundamental Units used in different systems

 Basic physical quantities and their units in the SI system

Class 11 Chemistry Some Basic Concepts Of Chemistry basic physical quantities and their units in SL System

Some Common Derived Units In CGS And SL System 

Class 11 Chemistry Some Basic Concepts Of Chemistry Some Common Dervied Units in CGS and S1 System

  • The volume of liquids is commonly measured in a liter (L) but this is not a SI unit. 1 L = 1000 mL = 1000 cm3 = 1 dm3
  • Wavelength is expressed in angstrom (A). 1A = 10-10 m

Some Commonly Used Prefixes In CGS And SI Systems 

Class 11 Chemistry Some Basic Concepts Of Chemistry Some Common used prefixed in CGS And SI system

Frequently Used Greek Letters 

Class 11 Chemistry Some Basic Concepts Of Chemistry Frequently Used Greek Letters

Important points regarding the use of SI units:

  1. No dot (•) can be used in between the letters or at the end of the letters used for abbreviations of basic units. Thus, the symbol for centimeter is cm (it is neither c.m. nor cm.)
  2. Abbreviations of units do not have a plural ending. Thus, it is incorrect to write 5 ems or 12 gms. These should be 5 cm and 12 gm respectively.
  3. The abbreviations of units named after scientists start with capital letters and not with small letters. Some examples are Newton (N), Joule (J), Pascal (Pa), Ampere (A), etc. If the names are used in full instead of abbreviations then these start with small letters Example Newton, ampere, Pascal, etc.
  4. Abbreviations of other units such as meter (m), kilogram (kg), second (s), etc., start with small letters.
  5. The temperature in the kelvin scale should not be roprosonled with a degree (°). So, It Is proper to say 290K but not 2H- K.
  6. The derived units such as square meter and cubic centimeter are denoted ns m2 (but not sqm) and cm9 (but not cc) respectively.
  7. To indicate divisions, it is better to use inverse sign. However, the ‘/’ symbol can be used blit once only. One example is Kg-1.K-1 but not J/(Kg . K) or, J/Kg/K.

Conversion of physical quantities in different units involves the following steps:

1. Firstly, we have to determine a unit conversion factor, then

2. The given magnitude of the physical quantity in question, is multiplied by a suitable unit conversion factor such that all units are canceled out leaving behind only the required units.

This is illustrated by the following examples:

To express the length of a wooden pencil (say, 4 inches long) in cm: 

We know, 1 inch = 2.54 cm

∴ \(\frac{1 \mathrm{inch}}{2.54 \mathrm{~cm}}=1=\frac{2.54 \mathrm{~cm}}{1 \mathrm{inch}}\)

Here, both the ratios \(\frac{1 \mathrm{inch}}{2.54 \mathrm{~cm}} \text { and } \frac{2.54 \mathrm{~cm}}{1 \text { inch }}\) and are equal to

‘1’ because the lengths 1 inch and 2.54 cm are exactly equal to each other. Either of these ratios is called unit conversion factor or simply unit factor.

The magnitude of any quantity will remain unchanged when it is multiplied by a suitable unit conversion factor.

Based on these rules, the length of the given wooden pencil can be expressed in cm as follows:

4 inch = 4 inch x 1 (unit factor)

⇒ \(=4 \mathrm{inch} \times \frac{2.54 \mathrm{~cm}}{\text { linch }} 4 \times 2.54 \mathrm{~cm}=10.16 \mathrm{~cm}\)

Here, the quantity inch’ is multiplied by a particular unit conversion factor so that the unit ‘inch’ gets canceled out.

To express the length of an iron rod (say, 30.48 cm long)in inches:

Here, 30.48 cm = 30.48 cm x 1 (unit conversion factor)

⇒ \(=30.48 \mathrm{~cm} \times \frac{1 \mathrm{inch}}{2.54 \mathrm{~cm}}=\frac{30.48}{2.54} \mathrm{inch}=12 \mathrm{inch}\)

In this case, the given length is multiplied by the particular unit conversion factor so that the unit ‘cm’ is canceled out from the numerator and the denominator.

To express a given volume (say, 51) of water in m³

Wo know, 1 L = 1000 cm³

Again, 1m = 100 cm \(\frac{1 \mathrm{~m}}{100 \mathrm{~cm}}=1=\frac{100 \mathrm{~cm}}{1 \mathrm{~m}}\)

⇒ \(\text { So, }\left(\frac{1 \mathrm{~m}}{100 \mathrm{~cm}}\right)^3 \approx 1^3=\left(\frac{100 \mathrm{~cm}}{1 \mathrm{~m}}\right)^3\)

⇒ \(\text { So, }\left(\frac{1 \mathrm{~m}}{100 \mathrm{~cm}}\right)^3=1^3=\left(\frac{100 \mathrm{~cm}}{1 \mathrm{~m}}\right)^3\)

⇒ \(\text { or, } \frac{1 \mathrm{~m}^3}{10^6 \mathrm{~cm}^3}=1=\frac{10^6 \mathrm{~cm}^3}{1 \mathrm{~m}^3}\)

Now, 5L =(5×1000)(5×1000)cm³=5000 cm³

=5000 cm³x1(unit factor)

⇒ \(=5000 \mathrm{~cm}^3 \times \frac{1 \mathrm{~m}^3}{10^6 \mathrm{~cm}^3}\)

⇒ \(=\frac{5000}{10^6} \mathrm{~m}^3=5 \times 10^{-3} \mathrm{~m}^3\)

Accuracy And Precision

The accuracy of a measurement is the agreement of the measured value to the true value. As the difference between the measured value and the true value decreases, the accuracy of the measurement increases.

The degree of accuracy of any measurement depends upon

  1. The accuracy of the measuring device used and
  2. The skill of the operator. The difference between the measured value and the true value is called the absolute error.

Precision refers to the closeness of the results of various measurements for the same quantity.

Good precision does not necessarily mean good accuracy because various measurements may involve the same mistake repeatedly. This can be understood from the given illustration.

Let, the true value for a measurement be 2.00 g. Four different cases may arise when the actual measurements are carried out by different observers A, B, C, and D.

Class 11 Chemistry Some Basic Concepts Of Chemistry Accurancy And Precision

Significant Figures Definition

The total number of digits present in a number (starting from the first non-zero digit) including the last digit whose value is uncertain is called the number of significant figures.

Explanation: Suppose a student is asked to measure the length of a pencil with the aid of a meter scale (in which the closest distance between two successive marks is 0.1 cm). The student reports his experimental result as 15.4 cm.

Here the last digit (i.e., 4) of the reported result is not absolutely correct because there are two possibilities:

  • The length of the pencil may be greater than 15.3 cm but slightly smaller than 15.4 cm or
  • Its length may be much smaller than 15.5 cm but slightly greater than 15.4 cm.

Class 11 Chemistry Some Basic Concepts Of Chemistry Signidficant mirrors

From the above discussion, it can be stated that in the above-reported value (i.e., 15.4cm) there are three significant figures [the first two digits (1 and 5) are certain and the last digit (4) is uncertain].

Example: Suppose the mass of an object measured by an analytical balance is reported to be 12.4567 g. If the accuracy of the balance is 0.0001 g, the actual mass of the object will be (12.4567 ± 0.0001 )g i.e., the value lies between 12.4566g and 12.4568g.

Thus in the reported mass, the first five digits (1,2,4,5 and 6) are certain while the last digit (7) is uncertain. This means that there are significant figures in the reported mass.

Determination of the number of significant figures: The following rules are applied in determining the number of significant figures in a measured quantity.

All non-zero digits are significant.

Examples:

  1. There are two significant figures in the number 57.
  2. In 64.5 cm, there are three significant figures.
  3. In 0.4361g, there are four significant figures.
  4. 2. Zeros between two non-zero digits are significant.

Examples:

  1. There are four significant figures in the number 8005.
  2. 12.032 g has five significant figures.
  3. Zeros to the left of the first non-zero digit are not considered to be significant.

Examples:

  1. 0.53 mL has two significant figures (5 and 3).
  2. 0.0724 kg has three significant figures (7, 2 and 4).
  3. 0.009035 has four significant figures (9, 0, 3 and 5).
  4. If a number ends with one or more zeros and these zeros are to the right of the decimal point then these zeros become significant.

Examples:

  1. 4.0 has two significant (4 and 0).
  2. 2.500 has four significant (2, 5, 0, and 0).
  3. 0.040g has two significant (4 and 0).
  4. 0.4000 km has four significant (4, 0, 0 and 0).

5. If a number ends with one or more zeros but these zeros are not to the right of a decimal point, then these zeros may or may not be significant.

Examples: 10700 g may have three, four, or five significant figures. The ambiguity can be removed by expressing the value in an exponential form of the type N x 10n, where n = an integer and N = a number with a single non-zero digit to the left of the decimal point.

Now, the number, 10700 can be expressed (in scientific notations) in three different exponential forms, thereby indicating the presence of three, four, or five significant figures in the number.

10700 = 1.07 X 104 (Three significant)

= 1.070 X 104 (Four significant)

= 1.0700 X 104 (Five significant)

In these exponential terms, the significant figures of only the first factor {i.e., 1.07 1.070, or 1.0700) are to be counted (remembering that all zeros to the right of a decimal point are significant).

There are three significant in each of the numbers,1.54 x 10-2  and 1.54 x10-6  Similarly, there are four significant in Avogadro’s number 6.022 x 1023.

If a whole number ends with one or more zeros then these zeros are not considered while counting the number of significant. Thus there are only three significant 43700.

If however, the said number expresses the result of any experimental measurement, then such zeros are taken into consideration while counting the number of significant. Thus, if the measured distance between two places is 3200m (taking lm as the least measurable distance) then the number of significant figures in the measured distance is four.

Exactintegralnumbers such as the number of pencils in a dozen the number of grams in a kilogram or the number of centimeters in a meter do not have any uncertainty associated with them and hence these numbers have an infinite number of significant figures.

Examples:

  • A number of pencils in a dozen = 12.0000. has an infinite number of significance.
  • The number of grams in a kilogram = 1000.0000. number of significant.

Rules For Determination Of The Number Of Significant Figures In Final Results Involving Calculations

The observed results of various measurements may have different precisions. Thus, the results obtained at various stages of the calculation are to be rounded off because the final result cannot be more precise than that of the least precise measurement.

Rounding off: The following rules are employed foregrounding offa numbers to the desired number of significant.

1. If the digit, next to the last digit to be retained, is less than 5, the last digit to be retained is left unchanged and all other digits on its right are discarded.

Example: Suppose the result of a measurement is 2.73484. This can be rounded off to give—(a) 2.7348 (for reporting the result upto four decimal places) or, (b) 2.73 (for reporting the result upto two decimal places).

If the digit, next to the last digit to be retained, is greater than 5, the last digit to be retained is increased by 1 and all other digits on its right are discarded.

Example: Suppose the result of a measurement is 2.73687. This can be rounded off to give

2.7369 (for reporting the result upto four decimal places) or, (b) 2.74 (for reporting the result upto two decimal places).

3. If the digit, next to the last digit to be retained, is equal to 5, the last digit is kept unchanged if it is even, and is increased by 1 if it is odd.

Example: Suppose the result of a measurement is 12.63585. This be rounded off to given—(a) 2.6358 (for reporting the result upto four decimal places) or, (b) 2.64 (for reporting the result upto two decimal places).

5. Calculations involving addition and subtraction: The result of an addition or subtraction should be reported to the same number of decimal places as are present in the number having the least number of decimal places. The number of significant figures of different numbers does not play any role.

5. Calculations involving multiplication and division: The result of a multiplication or division should be reported to the same number of significant figures as possessed by the least precise term involved in the calculation.

6. Calculations involving multiple operations: If a calculation involves both multiplication and division, the result should be reported with the same number of significant figures as that of the least precise number involved, other than the integral number.

Leaving the integral number 4, the least precise number 0.62 has only two significant figures. So, the final result should be reported as 0.74 (two significant figures).’

Numerical Examples

Question 1. The density of a metallic substance is 7.2 g- cm-3. Find its density in the SI unit.
Answer:

Given:

The density of a metallic substance is 7.2 g- cm-3.

⇒ \(d=\frac{7.2 \mathrm{~g}}{1 \mathrm{~cm}^3}=\frac{\frac{7.2}{1000} \mathrm{~kg}}{\left(10^{-2}\right)^3 \mathrm{~m}^3}=\frac{7.2}{1000 \times 10^{-6}}\)

= 7.2×103=7200 kg.m-3

Question 2. The wavelength of radiation is 643.5 nm. Find its wavelength in the SI unit.
Answer:

Given:

The wavelength of radiation is 643.5 nm.

We know, and = 10-9m

⇒ \(\text { Unit conversion factor }=\frac{10^{-9} \mathrm{~m}}{1 \mathrm{~nm}}\)

So, the wavelength of the radiation = 643.5 nm

⇒ \(=643.5 \mathrm{~nm} \times \frac{10^{-9} \mathrm{~m}}{1 \mathrm{~nm}}=6.435 \times 10^{-7} \mathrm{~m}\)

[Here, we choose the conversion factor that has nm in the denominator]

Question 3. In diamond, the average distance between two carbon atoms is 1.54A. Express the distance between two C-atoms in the SI unit.
Answer:

Given:

In diamond, the average distance between two carbon atoms is 1.54A.

1A = 10-7m

⇒ \(\text { Unit conversion factor }=\frac{10^{-10} \mathrm{~m}}{1}\) [Here, we choose the conversion factor that has Ain the denominator]

So, the average distance between two carbon atoms

⇒ \(=1.54=1.54\times \frac{10^{-10} \mathrm{~m}}{1}=1.54 \times 10^{-10} \mathrm{~m}\)

Question 4. The atomic mass of nitrogen is 14.00674u. Find out the mass of one nitrogen atom (up to 3 significant figures).
Answer:

Given:

The atomic mass of nitrogen is 14.00674u.

Mass of 6.022 x 1023 no. of-atoms = 14.00674g

⇒ \(\text { Mass of } 1 \mathrm{~N} \text {-atom }=\frac{14.00674}{6.022 \times 10^{23}} \mathrm{~g}=2.3259 \times 10^{-23} \mathrm{~g}\)

=2.32 x 10-23g

Question 5. If the density of water is Ig/mL, then find the number of H-atoms in 45 mL water (up to 3 significant figures).
Answer:

Given:

The density of water is Ig/mL

Mass of 45 mL water = 45 g [ density of water= Ig/mL]

Number of water molecules in 18 g of water = 6.022 x 1023

Number of-atoms in 18 g ofwater= 2 x 6.022 x 1023

[ 1 molecule of H2O contains 2 H-atoms]

Number of atoms in 45g of water

⇒ \(=\frac{2 \times 6.022 \times 10^{23} \times 45}{18}=3.011 \times 10^{24}=3.01 \times 10^{24}\)

[After after rounding up to 3 significant figures]

Question 6. The dimension of an iron block is 4.6in X 3.0in X 1.9in and the density of iron is 7.87g/cm3. Find out the mass of the iron block. [Given 1 in = 2.54 cm]
Answer:

Given:

The dimension of an iron block is 4.6in X 3.0in X 1.9in and the density of iron is 7.87g/cm3.

Mass of the iron block

⇒ \(\begin{aligned} =\left(4.6 \mathrm{in} \times \frac{2.54 \mathrm{~cm}}{1 \mathrm{in}}\right) \times(3.0 \mathrm{in} & \left.\times \frac{2.54 \mathrm{~cm}}{1 \mathrm{in}}\right) \\ & \times\left(1.9 \mathrm{in} \frac{2.54 \mathrm{~cm}}{1 \mathrm{in}}\right) \times\left(\frac{7.87}{1 \mathrm{~cm}^3}\right) \end{aligned}\)

= 3.381 x 103g = 3.4 X 103g [Afterrounding off]

Question 8. Express 2.64 km distance in inches. [Given 1km = 1000m, lm – 1.094 yd, 1 yd = 36 in]
Answer:

\(264 \mathrm{~km}=2.64 \mathrm{~km} \times \frac{1000 \mathrm{~m}}{1 \mathrm{~km}} \times \frac{1.094 \mathrm{yd}}{1 \mathrm{~m}} \times \frac{36 \mathrm{in}}{1 \mathrm{yd}}\)

= 1.0397 x 105in = 1.04 X 105in

[After rounding off up to 3 significant figures]

Laws Of Chemical Combination

Two or more substances react to form new substances. Such chemical reactions take place according to certain laws called the laws of chemical combination. These are

  1. Law of conservation of mass
  2. Law of constant proportions
  3. Law of multiple proportions
  4. Law of reciprocal proportions

Gay Lussac’s law of gaseous volumes. The first four laws deal with mass relationships while the fifth deals with the volumes of the reacting gases and products involved in the reaction.

Law Of Conservation Of Mass

Postulated by: French chemist, A. Lavoisier 1774.

Law Of Conservation Of Mass Statement

In any physical or chemical change, the total mass of the reactants is equal to that of the products,

Law Of Conservation Of Mass Explanation: Suppose two substances A and B react together to form two new substances C and D. According to the law, the sum of the masses of A and B will be equal to the sum of the masses of C and D.

Thus there will be no increase or decrease in the total mass of matter during a chemical reaction or a physical change.

So, the law can alternatively be stated as—Matter can neither be created nor be destroyed. Hence, the law is also known as the law of indestructibility matter.

Law Of Conservation Of Mass Example: Aqueous solutions of sodium chloride and silver nitrate are taken in two separate conical flasks and the flasks are weighed together in a balance.

Then, the contents of the flasks are mixed together. Consequently, a curdy white precipitate is found to be formed due to the following chemical reaction.

⇒ \(\mathrm{NaCl}+\mathrm{AgNO}_3 \rightarrow \mathrm{AgCl} \downarrow+\mathrm{NaNO}_3\)

The flasks along with the contents are again weighed together and it is noticed that there is no change in mass. This justifies the law of conservation of mass.

Law Of Conservation Of Mass Limitations:

Modification of the law of conservation of mass: According to Einstein’s theory of relativity, mass and energy are interconvertible. Mass (m) gets converted into energy (E) according to Einstein’s equation, E = me2 (where c = velocity of light).

In ordinary chemical reactions, the amount of energy released is very small and hence the law of conservation of mass holds good. In nuclear reactions, however, the change in mass is quite significant because a tremendous amount of energy is released during these reactions. So, the law of conservation of mass does not hold good.

In such cases, the total sum of mass and energy remains constant. Thus, the law of conservation of mass has been modified and the modified law is known as the law of conservation of mass energy.

The law states that mass and energy are interconvertible but the total sum of mass and energy of a system before and after any physical or chemical change remains constant.

Law Of Constant Proportions Or Definite Proportions

Postulated: French chemist, Louis Proustin 1799.

Statement A pure chemical compound always consists of the same elements (irrespective of their sources & method of preparations) combined together in the same definite proportions by mass.

Law Of Constant Proportions Explanation: Suppose compound AB is prepared by two different methods. In one method, x gram of A combines a co with y gram of B while in the other method m gram of A combines with n gram of B to form the compound AB. According to the law of constant proportions,

⇒ \(x: y=m: n, \text { or, } \frac{x}{y}=\frac{m}{n}\)

Law Of Constant Proportions Example: Pure water obtained from any natural source (For example well, river, lake, etc.) or prepared artificially (For example bypassing H2 gas over heated CuO) is always found to be made up of only two elements i.e., hydrogen and oxygen combined together in the same definite ratio of 1: 8 by mass.

The converse of the law of constant proportion is not always true: The converse of the law of constant proportions can be stated as—”When the same elements combine in a constant proportion by mass, the same compound will always be formed.”

This statement is not always correct, especially for isomeric compounds. Although the isomeric compounds have the same molecular formula, their properties are not similar. For example,

Combination of carbon, hydrogen, and oxygen in the ratio of 12: 3: 8 by mass may produce either ethyl alcohol (C2H5OH) or dimethyl ether (CH3OCH3) under different experimental conditions. But their properties are different.

A combination of carbon, hydrogen, nitrogen, and oxygen in the ratio of 12: 4: 28: 16 by mass may produce two different compounds urea (NH2CONH2) and ammonium cyanate (NH4CNO) under different experimental conditions. These two compounds have different properties.

Again, the converse of the law of constant proportion is not true for monomers and polymers. Thus, acetylene (C2H2) on polymerization gives benzene (C6H6). These two compounds contain carbon and hydrogen in the same ratio by mass (12: 1) but have different properties.

Imitations of the law of constant proportions:

If two or more isotopes of an element take part separately in the formation of a particular compound, then the same compound will contain different proportions by mass of Ihe elements depending upon its isotopic mass.

For example, In 12CO2, the ratio of the masses is C:0 = 12:32 whereas in 14C02, the ratio of the masses is C.0 = 1 4: 32.

This shows different sources of carbon dioxide may contain carbon and oxygen present in different mass ratios.

There are some compounds that have variable molecular compositions. The law of constant proportions is not applicable to such compounds.

For example, cuprous sulfide may have a molecular composition from and titanium oxide may have a composition. Such compounds are called non-stoichiometric compounds.

Numerical Examples

Question 1. Analysis of 30g of compound D was found to contain 10g of element A and 20g of element IS. Again analysis of 45 g of another compound E was found to contain 15g of element B and 30g of element C. Calculate the amounts of D and E formed if 15g of A, 60g of B, and 15g of C are mixed together and allowed to react with each other. Also, calculate the total mass of the mixture after the completion of the reaction. Assume that no other reaction is possible except the reaction of B with A and separately. State which laws of the chemical combination can be utilized in the calculation.
Answer:

In compound D, mass-ratio of A to B = 10: 20 =1: 2

In compound E, the mass ratio of C = 15: 30 =1:2

Now applying the law of constant proportions we have, 15g of A combined with 2 x 15 = 30 g of B to form (15 + 30) = 45 g compound D.

Similarly, 15g of C combines with x 15 = 7.5 g of B to form (15 + 7.5) = 22.5 g compound E

∴ Amount of B remaining unreacted in the mixture

= [60 -(30+7.5)] = 22.5 g

The total mass of the mixture after completion of the reaction = Mass of D + Mass of + Mass of remaining unreacted

= 45 + 22.5 + 22.5 = 90 g.

Concepts of the law of mass action and the law of constant proportions are utilized in the calculations.

Question 2. 5g of pure MgO (obtained by reaction of metallic magnesium with oxygen) contains 3g of Mg. Again 8.5 g of pure MgO (obtained by heating MgCO3) contains 5.1g of Mg. Show that these results are in accordance with the law of constant proportions.
Answer: In the first variety of MgO, the ratio of masses of Mg to O = 3 : (5-3) = 3: 2

In the second variety of MgO, the ratio of the masses of Mg to O

= 5.1: (8.5 -5.1) =5.1 : 3.4 = 3: 2

So independent of its source, MgO always contains Mg and O in the mass ratio of 3: 2 and this is in accordance with the law of constant proportions.

Law Of Multiple Proportions

Postulated by: John Dalton in 1803.

Law Of Multiple Proportions Statement

when two elements combine with each other to form two or more compounds, then the different masses of one of the elements which combine with a fixed mass of the other, bear a simple whole number ratio (Example1: 2,1 : 2: 3,1: 3: 4 etc.).

Law Of Multiple Proportions Explanation:

Let a fixed mass of the element X combine separately with a, b, and c parts by masses of another element Y to form three different compounds A, B, and C.

So according to the law of multiple proportions, the ratio a: b: c will be a simple whole number ratio.

Law Of Multiple Proportions Example: Carbon and hydrogen combine with each other to form ethane (C2Hg), ethene (C2H4), and ethyne (C2H2).

In the formation of these three compounds, 24 parts by mass of carbon combine separately with 6 parts, 4 parts, and 2 parts by masses of hydrogen respectively.

Thus, the ratio of the masses of hydrogen which combine separately with the fixed mass of carbon (24 parts) in these compounds is =6:4:2 =3:2:1 which is a simple whole number ratio.

Exception of the law of multiple proportions: in case of simple hydrocarbons—methane (CH4), ethane (C2H6), propane (C3H8), butane (C4H10), etc., the ratio of different masses of hydrogen which combines separately with 12 parts by masses of carbon is 4: 3: 2.67: 2.5. This is not a simple whole number ratio.

Numerical Examples

Question 1. Two compounds A and B consist of tin and oxygen. Compound A contains 78.77% of tin and 21.23% of oxygen while compound B contains 88.12% of tin and 1 1.88% of oxygen. Show that these data illustrate the law of multiple proportions.
Answer: In the formation of compound B, 11.88 parts by mass of oxygen combine with 88.12 parts by mass of tin.

21.33 parts by mass of oxygen combined with \(\frac{88.12 \times 21.23}{11.88}=157.47\) parts by mass of tin.

Thus, the ratio of the masses of tin which combine separately with fixed mass (21.33 parts) of oxygen to form the compounds A and B is given by = 78.77: 157.47 = 1:2 (approx) which is a simple whole number ratio. So, the given data illustrates the law of multiple proportions.

Question 2. Two oxides of a metal, M were heated separately in hydrogen. The water obtained in each case was carefully collected and weighed. It was observed that— O 0.725 g of the first oxide gives 0.18 g of water and 2.86 g of the second oxide gives 0.36 g of water. Show that these results are in accordance with the law of multiple proportions.
Answer: The amount of water obtained by the reduction of the first oxide =0.18 g.

Now, 18 g water contains = 16 g of oxygen

∴ 0.18g of water contains = 0.16 g of oxygen.

∴ 0.725g of the first oxide contains = 0.16 g of oxygen

So, the mass of metal in the first oxide = (0.725- 0.16)

= 0.565 g

∴ The mass of oxygen which combines with 0.565g of metal, M =0.16g.

Again, 0.36 g of water is obtained by a reduction of 2.86 g of the second oxide.

Now, 0.36 g ofwater contains \(=\frac{16 \times 0.36}{18}=0.32 \mathrm{~g}\) oxygen.

So, the amount of metal in the second oxide

=(2.86-0.32) =2.54 g

The mass of the oxygen winch combines with 2.54g of metal, M = 0.32 g.

The mass of oxygen which combines with 0.565 g of metal, \(\mathrm{M}=\frac{0.32 \times 0.565}{2.54}=0.071 \mathrm{~g}\)

Thus, the ratio of the masses of oxygen which combine separately with a fixed mass (0.565 g) of the given metal to form two different oxides is given by =0.16: 0.071 = 2:1 (approx), which is a simple whole number ratio. So, the given data are in accordance with the law of multiple proportions.

Law of reciprocal proportions

Postulated by: Richter 1792

Law of reciprocal proportions Statement

When two different elements combine separately with a fixed mass of a third element, then the ratio of their masses is either the same or some simple whole number multiple of the ratio in which they combine directly with each other.

Law of reciprocal proportions Explanation:

Suppose parts by mass of the element A and b parts by mass of the element B combine separately with a fixed mass of the element C to form the compounds X and Y respectively.

Thus, the ratio of the masses of the elements A and B which combine separately with the fixed mass of C is given by a: b. Now according to the law of reciprocal proportions, if the elements A and B combine with each other, the ratio of their masses in the resulting compound will be either a: b or xa:yb (where x andy are simple whole numbers).

Law of reciprocal proportions Example: The elements, carbon and oxygen combine separately with the third element, hydrogen to form methane (CH4) and water (H2O) respectively. Analysis shows that

1. in methene (CH4), 4 parts by mass of hydrogen combines with 12 parts by mass of carbon i.e., 1 part by mass of hydrogen combines with 3 parts by mass of carbon;

2. in water (H2O), 2 parts by mass of hydrogen combined with 16 parts by mass of oxygen i.e.,1 part by mass of hydrogen combined with 8 parts by mass of oxygen.

Class 11 Chemistry Some Basic Concepts Of Chemistry law of reciprocal proportions

Thus, the masses of carbon and oxygen, which combine separately with a fixed mass (1 part) of hydrogen are in the ratio of 3:8.

So, according to the law of reciprocal proportions, if carbon and oxygen combine directly with each other, the ratio of their masses in the resulting compound will be 3: 8 or some simple whole number multiple of it.

Again, carbon and oxygen directly combine to form carbon dioxide (CO2). Analysis shows that in this compound, the ratio of the masses of C to 0 is = 12: 32 = 3: 8.

This ratio is found to be the same as that has been predicted earlier. Thus, the law of reciprocal proportions is illustrated.

Again, C and 0 directly combine with each other to form another compound called carbon monoxide (CO).

Analysis shows that the ratio of the masses to O in this compound is 12: 16 = 3: 4. This is a simple whole number multiple of the ratio 3: 8 as predicted earlier, 3:4 = (3×2:8xl)

Numerical Examples

Question 1. Show that the following experimental data are in agreement with the law of reciprocal proportions :

  1. 0.46 g of Mg on burning in air forms 0.76 g of MgO.
  2. 0.41 g of Mg in reaction with excess acid produces 380 cm³ of H2 at STP.
  3. 0.16 g of H2 reacts with excess oxygen to produce 1.45g of water.

Answer:

1. Mass of oxygen 0.76 g of MgO = (0.76- 0.46) = 030g

∴ Mass of oxygen combining within of Mg \(=\frac{0.30}{0.46}\) =0.652g

2. Mass of 22400 cm³ of H2 gas (atSTP)=2g

∴ Mass of 380 cm³ of H2 gas (at STP) =\(\frac{2 \times 380}{22400}=0.034 \mathrm{~g}\)

So, the amount of H2 gas produced by 0.41g of Mg=0.034 g

Amount of H2 gas produced by lg of Mg \(=\frac{0.034}{0.41}=0.083 \mathrm{~g}\)

From (1) and (2), it is found that the masses of hydrogen and oxygen combined with or replaced by a fixed mass are in the ratio, 0.083: 0.652 1: 8 Now, according to the law of reciprocal proportions, if the elements H and O combine, the ratio of their masses in the resulting compound will be either 1: 8 or any simple multiple of it.

0.16 g of hydrogen reacts with excess oxygen to form 1.45 g of water.

∴ Mass of oxygen combined with hydrogen

= 1.45- 0.16 = 1.29 g

So, the mass ratio of H to O in water

= 0.16: 1.29=1: 8

This is the same ratio as predicted earlier.

Thus, the given data are in agreement with the law of reciprocal proportions.

Question 2. Ammonia contains 17.65% of hydrogen, water contains 11.11% of hydrogen and nitrous oxide contains 36.36% of oxygen. Show that these data illustrate the law of reciprocal proportions.
Answer: In ammonia, the amount of 11 = 17.65 %.

Amount of = (100- 17.65) = 82.35 %.

So, the mass of N that combines with 1 part by the mass of H

⇒ \(=\frac{82.35}{17.65}=4.66 \text { parts. }\)

In water, the amount of present =11.11 %,

Amount of C-present = (100- 11.11) = 88.89 %

So, the mass of O that combines with part by the mass of H

⇒ \(=\frac{88.89}{11.11}=8 \text { parts. }\)

So, according to the law of reciprocal proportions, if the elements, N and O combine together, the ratio of their masses in the die compound so formed will be either 4.66: 8 (=0.5825: 1) or any simple multiple of it.

Now in nitrous oxide, the amount of present = 36.36 %,

amount of present = (100- 36.36) = 63.64 %

So, die mass-ratio of N to O in nitrous oxide

= 63.64: 36.36 = 1.75: 1 = 3 X 0.5825: 1

It is a simple multiple of the ratio, 0.5825:1 as predicted earlier. So, the given data illustrate the law of reciprocal proportions.

Gay-Lussac’s law of gaseous volumes

Postulated by: French chemist, Gay-Lussacin 1808.

Gay-Lussac’s law of gaseous volumes Definition

When gases react with each other, they always do so in volumes that bear a simple whole number ratio to one another and to the volumes of the products, if these are also gaseous, provided all volumes are measured under similar conditions of temperature and pressure.

The volumes of gaseous reactants and products are considered to be at constant temperature and pressure because the volumes of Gay-Lussac’s gases are dependent on both temperature and pressure.

So, GayLussac’s law will not be valid if volumes are not measured under the same conditions of temperature and pressure.

Gay-Lussac’s law of gaseous volumes may be considered the law of definite proportions in terms of volume.

The law of definite proportions, discussed earlier, was with respect to mass. Gay-Lussac’s law was justified theoretically by Avogadro in 1911.

Gay-Lussac’s law of gaseous volumes Example: 1 has been experimentally found that under the same conditions of temperature and pressure, 2 volumes of hydrogen reacts with 1 volume of oxygen to form 2volume of steam. So, the volumes of the reactants (H2 and O2) and the product (steam i.e., H2O) measured under identical conditions of temperature and pressure are in the proportion of 2: 1: 2 which is a simple ratio.

It has been experimentally observed that 1 volume of hydrogen gas reacts with 1 volume of chlorine gas to form 2volume of hydrogen chloride.

So, under identical conditions of temperature and pressure, the ratio of the volumes of gaseous hydrogen, chlorine, and hydrogen chloride is 1: 1: 2, which is a simple ratio.

Characteristics of Lussac’s law of gaseous volumes:

The other laws of chemical combinations interpret the chemical combinations in terms of masses of reactants and products.

But, Gay-Lussac’s law of gaseous volumes establishes the relation between the gaseous reactant(s) and product(s) in terms of their volumes.

This law cannot be explained with the help of Dalton’s atomic theory whereas the other laws of chemical combination can be successfully explained by this theory.

Numerical Examples

Question 1. 2 volumes of 03 produce 3 volumes of O2 on complete decomposition. 40 mL of a mixture of O3 and O2 is heated at first and then brought back to the previous temperature and pressure.

The volume of the gaseous mixture is now found to be 42 mL. Find the percentage composition of Og in the gas mixture by volume.

The volume of all gases is measured under the same conditions of temperature and pressure.

Answer: Let, the volume of O3 present in the mentioned gas mixture is x mL. Volume of O2 in the gas mixture = (40- x) mL. Now, the decomposition of O3 can be represented as

⇒ \(2 \mathrm{O}_3 \longrightarrow 3 \mathrm{O}_2\)

⇒ \(\begin{array}{ll}
2 \text { volume } & 3 \text { volume } \\
2 \mathrm{~mL} & 3 \mathrm{~mL} \\
1 \mathrm{~mL} & 3 / 2 \mathrm{~mL}
\end{array}\)

Hence, x mL of 03 yields (3/2)xml of O2.

So,the total volume of O2 = \((40-x)+\frac{3}{2} x=\left(40+\frac{x}{2}\right) \mathrm{mL}\)

According to the question, 03 is completely decomposed.

So, \(40+\frac{x}{2}=42\) Or,x=4

Amount of O3 in the initial mixture =4×100/40=10%

Question 2. What is the minimum volume of oxygen that must be mixed with 100mL of carbon monoxide to convert it completely into carbon dioxide in an explosion? Find the volume of carbon dioxide formed at the same temperature and pressure. The volume of all gases is measured under the same conditions of temperature and pressure.
Answer: The formation of CO2 by the explosion of a mixture of CO and O2 follows the equation given below:

⇒ \(2 \mathrm{CO}+\mathrm{O}_2 \longrightarrow 2 \mathrm{CO}_2\)

2 volume 1 volume 2 volume

(under identical conditions of pressure and temperature)

The above equation shows that under similar conditions of pressure and temperature, 2 volumes of CO react with 1 volume of02 to produce 2 volumes of C02

According to Gay-Lussac’s law of gaseous volumes, the ratio of the volumes of CO, 02, and C02 is:

2: 1: 2 = 2 x 50: 1 X 50: 2 X 50 = 100: 50: 100

Hence, 50 mL of 02 must be muted with 100 mL of CO so that CO2 formed as a result of the reaction will be 100 mL.

Question 3. Under the same pressure and temperature, a mixture of 100 mL of water gas and 100 mL of 02 is subjected to explosion. Find the composition of the gas mixture formed by an explosion under the same conditions as AllS. pressure water gas and is temperature.
Answer: Water is gas and is a temperature. m DALTON’S ATOMIC THEORY (mixture of the same volume of CO and H2 ).

So, 100 mL of water gas contains 50 mL each of CO and H2. The reactions caused by the explosion are:

⇒ \(2 \mathrm{CO}+\mathrm{O}_2 \longrightarrow 2 \mathrm{CO}_2 \cdots[1] \quad 2 \mathrm{H}_2+\mathrm{O}_2 \longrightarrow 2 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}\)

From equation

1. it is seen that under the same conditions of temperature and pressure, 1 Volume of 02 reacts with 2 vols. of CO to form 2 vols. of CO2.

So, under the same conditions of temperature and pressure, the volume of 02 required for 50 mL of CO = 25 in and the volume of CO2 formed = 50 mL.

According to equation [2], under the same conditions of temperature and pressure, the volume of 02 required to react with 50 mL of H2 = 25 mL and the volume of water vapor, produced by the reaction = 50 mL.

Total volume of 02 used up in the two reactions = (25 + 25) = 50 mL.

Hence after explosion, both the volumes of CO2 and H20 produced is 50 mL while the volume of unreacted 02 =(100-50) = 50 ml

Dalton’s Atomic Theory

Atoms are the building blocks of matter. John Dalton developed the concept of the atom and put forward a scientific theory regarding the constitution of matter called Dalton’s atomic theory.

The theory is based on some postulates. [A postulate means a statement accepted without proof.]

Postulates Of Dalton’s Atomic Theory

  1. Matter is composed of very tiny particles called atoms.
  2. The smallest particles of an element were termed ‘simple atoms’ and that of a chemical compound were called ‘compound atoms’.
  3. Atoms are indivisible and cannot be divided by any physical or chemical means.
  4. Atoms can neither be created nor destroyed.
  5. Atoms of the same element are identical in all respects i.e., in mass, size, and other properties.
  6. Atoms of different elements are different in all respects.

Atoms take part in chemical reactions. During chemical reactions, they combine with one another in simple whole-number ratios such as 1: 1, 1: 2, 2 : 3, etc to form compound atoms (nowadays called molecules). [When we say ‘atom,’ we imply a simple atom.]

Postulates Of Dalton’s Atomic Theory Definition

The smallest indivisible, indestructible, and discrete particle of an element that retains all the physical and chemical properties of that element and takes part in chemical reactions is called an atom.

Importance of Dalton’s atomic theory

  1. According to this theory, an atom is the ultimate building block of matter. It is the first scientific approach toward the constitutional aspects of matter.
  2. The idea that all atoms of the same element are identical in mass helped to determine the atomic masses of elements.
  3. It successfully explains the laws of chemical combinations involving masses.
  4. The idea that atoms combine with one another in a simple ratio helped to determine the formulae of chemical compounds and to express chemical reactions in the form of balanced chemical equations.
  5. The idea of the indivisibility of atoms has made chemical calculations easier. Still now, in all chemical calculations, the atom is considered an indivisible unit.
  6. This theory helped Avogadro to formulate the concept of molecules and to propose molecular theory.

Limitations Of Dalton’s Atomic Theory

  1. Dalton’s atomic theory did not make any distinction between the smallest particle of the elements and that of the chemical compounds having free existence.
  2. So, this theory created confusion regarding the nature of the ultimate particles of matter.
  3. Later this confusion was dispelled by Avogadro when he first introduced the concept of molecules in the substances.
  4. According to Dalton’s atomic theory, the atom is indivisible. However, after some fundamental scientific discoveries, it has been found that an atom is composed of sub-atomic particles like electrons, protons, neutrons, etc., i.e., the atom cannot be regarded as Indivisible.
  5. In the opinion of Dalton, the atom can neither be created nor be destroyed. But this proposition is not correct as an atom of an element can be transformed artificially into an atom of another element by nuclear reactions.
  6. According to Dalton, atoms of the same element are identical in all respects while atoms of different elements are different. This postulate was proved wrong after the discoveries of isotopes and isobars.
  7. Isotopes are the atoms of the same element having different atomic masses and physical properties while isobars are the atoms of different elements having the same atomic mass.
  8. During the formation of a chemical compound, the atoms unite together in simple whole-number ratios.
  9. This statement is not valid in all cases. In the case of compounds like protein, starch, cellulose, etc.,
  10. The atoms combine In the ratio of whole numbers but the ratios are not simple. Besides, in Berthollide compounds, the atoms do not combine in the die ratio of whole numbers.
  11. Gay-Lussac’s law of gaseous volumes cannot be explained due to the absence of molecular concepts in Dalton’s atomic theory.
  12. Compounds in which die atoms of the constituent elements are present in a simple ratio of their numbers are called Daltonide compounds. For example, CO2, H2O, FeO etc.
  13. There are certain compounds in which atoms of the constituent elements do not exist in a simple ratio of their numbers. These are known as Berthollide compounds such as Cu, 7S, TI07SO, etc.

Modified Form Of Dalton’s Atomic Theory

Atom is no longer considered to be indivisible. With the discovery of radioactivity, cathode rays, etc., it has been well established that atoms are composed of minute sub-atomic particles like electrons, protons, neutrons, etc.

Atoms of an element with similar chemical properties may possess different physical properties and masses ( For Example  Isotopes).

Atoms of different elements with dissimilar properties may have Identical masses (For example Isobars such as 40Ca and 40Ar).

During the formation of a chemical compound, atoms of different elements may not combine in the ratio of simple whole numbers (e.g., sucrose: C2H22O).

Atom is no longer Indestructible. With the discovery of artificial radioactivity has been possible to convert atoms of one element into atoms of another element. For example

\({ }_7^{14} \mathrm{~N}+{ }_2^4 \mathrm{He} \rightarrow{ }_8^{16} \mathrm{O}+{ }_1^2 \mathrm{H}\)

This is called a nuclear reaction. However, the chemical reactions fail to effect any such change.

According to Dalton’s atomic theory, atoms take part in chemical reactions—which is true even today.

But, now it has been slightly modified and it is established that the electrons in the outermost shell of an atom take part in chemical reactions.

Concept Of Molecules And Avogadro’s Hypothesis

In order to correlate Dalton’s atomic theory and Gay-Lussac’s law of gaseous volumes, Berzelius, a Swedish chemist made a generalization known as Berzelius’ hypothesis.

It states that, under the same conditions of temperature and pressure equal volumes of all gases contain the same number of atoms. Application of this hypothesis to some gaseous reactions leads to the conclusion that atoms are divisible.

This is In direct conflict with DaJton’s atomic theory, which states that atoms are the smallest particles of elements and are indivisible.

Hence, scientists discarded Berzelius’ hypothesis. While Investigating the cause of the failure of Berzelius’ hypothesis an Italian scientist Amadeo Avogadro (1811) announced that it would be possible to correlate Gay-Lussac’s law of gaseous volumes with DaJton’s atomic theory if the existence of another type of minute particle, besides atom, was conjectured.

He named this minute particle a molecule. By applying this concept of molecule, he introduced the molecular theory wherein the distinction between ‘atom’ and ‘molecule’ was mentioned explicitly. In Avogadro’s opinion—

The building blocks of matter are of two kinds—one is the atom as mentioned by Dalton while the other ultimate particle molecule as mentioned by Avogadro.

A molecule refers to the ultimate particle of a substance (element or compound) that has free existence and possesses all the characteristic properties of that substance.

An atom is the ultimate particle of an element, which takes part in a chemical reaction and may or may not exist in a free state.

Molecules may be of two types viz., elementarymolecule and compoundmolecule. Elementarymolecule is formed by atoms of the same element On the other hand, atoms of different elements form a compound molecule.

Unlike an atom, a molecule may be divided into its constituent atoms which take part in any chemical reaction.

Avogadros hypothesis

Avogadros hypothesis Statement: The same conditions of temperature and pressure, equal volumes of all gases (element or compound) contain the same number of molecules.

Avogadro’s hypothesis Explanation: If ‘n’ is the number of molecules presenting 1L of hydrogen at pressure P and temperature T, then at the temperature and pressure, 1L of carbon dioxide or 1L of any other gas will also contain the ‘ri number of molecules.

Postulates Of Dalton’s Atomic Theory

The converse statement of Avogadro’s hypothesis: All gases containing the same number of molecules will occupy the same volume under the same temperature and pressure.

Hence, if the ‘n ‘ number of hydrogen molecules occupy V volume under certain conditions of temperature and pressure, then the ‘n ‘ number of molecules of nitrogen, carbon dioxide, or ammonia will also occupy the same volume ( V), provided the temperature and pressure remain the same.

Elementary Molecule And Compound Molecule

Elementary molecule: Molecules composed of atoms of the same element are known as elementary molecules or homoatomic molecules. For example, hydrogen (H2) oxygen (O2), chlorine (Cl2), etc.

There are some solid non-metals whose molecules are composed of a single atom; example carbon (C), silicon (Si), etc., and thus monoatomic. Gases like O2, Cl2, H2, etc., are diatomic.

Again, molecules of some non-metals contain more than two atoms viz., phosphorus (P4), sulfur (S0), etc., which are polyatomic.

Compound molecule: Molecules that are composed of atoms of two or more different elements are called compound molecules or heteroatomic molecules.

For example, a water (H2O) molecule consists of 2 atoms of hydrogen and 1 atom of oxygen. Again, the sulphuric acid (H2SO4) molecule is composed of 2 atoms of hydrogen, 1 atom of sulfur, and 4 atoms of oxygen.

The number of atoms present in an elementary molecule is called the atomicity of the molecule. Thus the atomicities of argon, nitrogen, and phosphorus are 1, 2, and 4 respectively.

Correlation between Dalton’s atomic theory and Gay-Lussac’s law of gaseous volumes

Avogadro’s hypothesis helps to correlate Dalton’s atomic theory with Gay-Lussac’s law of gaseous volumes.

Formation of hydrogen chloride from hydrogen and chlorine gases: From actual experiments, it is known that under the same conditions of temperature and pressure, 1 volume of hydrogen (H2 ) combines with the volume of chlorine (Cl2) to produce 2 volumes of hydrogen chloride (HC1) gas; i.e., 1 volume of H2 +1 volume of Cl2 = 2 volume of HCl

Class 11 Chemistry Some Basic Concepts Of Chemistry At the same T and P, 1 volume of hydrogen reacts with 1 volume of cholorine to form 2 volume of hydrogen choloride

If under the experimental conditions of temperature and pressure, 1 volume of H2 contains the ‘n’ number of molecules, then according to Avogadro’s hypothesis, at the same temperature and pressure, 1 volume of Cl2 and 2 vols. of HC1 will contain ‘n ’ number of chlorine molecules and 2n number of hydrogen chloride molecules respectively

So, ‘n’ molecules of H2 +’n’ molecules of Cl2 = 2n molecules of HC1

or, 1 molecule of H2 +1 molecule of Cl2 = 2 molecules of HC1

i.e.,1/2 molecule of H2 molecule of Cl2 =1 molecule of HC1.

It has been later proved by Avogadro’s hypothesis and other experiments that elementary gases such as hydrogen, chlorine, nitrogen, oxygen, etc. are diatomic, i.e., each molecule of these gases contains two atoms only.

Therefore, 1/2 molecule of hydrogen =1 atom of hydrogen and, 1/2 molecule of chlorine = 1 atom ofchlorine Thus, the combination of one atom of hydrogen with an atom of chlorine yields one molecule of hydrogen chloride.

This deduction does not. contradict Dalton’s atomic theory because an atom is indivisible but a molecule may be divisible.

Indeed, during the chemical reaction, the molecules of hydrogen and chlorine split into their respective atoms and these atoms combine in a simple ratio to form a hydrogen chloride molecule.

Again, when Gay-Lussac’s law is applied to this gaseous reaction, the ratio of the volume of the reactants and the product becomes, H2: Cl2: HC1 =1:1: 2—it is a simple whole number ratio.

Thus in the case of the above chemical reaction, it is seen that Avogadro’s hypothesis successfully correlates Gay-Lussac’s law of gaseous volumes with Dalton’s atomic theory.

Deduction of Gay-Lussac’s law of gaseous volumes with the help of Avogadro’s hypothesis

Gay-Lussac’s law of gaseous volumes can be deduced with the help of Avogadro’s hypothesis in the following way.

Let, a molecules of a gas A, react with b molecules of another gas B, to form c molecules of another gas C at a particular temperature and pressure, where a, b, and c are small whole numbers.

Now, let’s assume that under the experimental conditions of temperature and pressure, the unit volume of gas A contains n number of molecules. So, according to Avogadro’s hypothesis, at the same temperature and pressure, the unit volume of each of the gases B and C will also contain n number of molecules.

Let n number of molecules of gas A occupy1 volume.

A number ofmolecules of gas A occupy \(\frac{a}{n}\) volume.

Similarly, b number of molecules of gas B occupy \(\frac{b}{n}\) volume.

and c number ofmolecules ofgas C occupy \(\frac{c}{n}\) volume.

Thus, the ratio of the volumes of the reacting gases, A and B to that of the gaseous product, \(C=\frac{a}{n}: \frac{b}{n}: \frac{c}{n}=a: b: c\) which is a simple ratio because a, b and c are small whole numbers.

Thus, it is observed that under the same conditions of temperature and pressure, the reacting gases combine in a simple proportion by volume and the volumes of the ga product(s) also maintain a simple ratio with the volumes of the gaseous reactants.

Therefore, the law of gaseous volumes as expressed by Gay-Lussac is established.

Modified Form of Dalto’s atomic theory based on Avogadro’s hypothesis: Molecular concept of matter.

With the introduction of Avogadro’s concept, modification of the atomic concept of matter became unavoidable.

The modified concept came to be known as the molecular concept or atomic-molecular concept of matter.

The newly embodied concept regarding the constitution of matter and its related properties is summarised below.

  1. The smallest particles of an element that take part in chemical reactions are known as atoms. Atoms may or may not have independent existence.
  2. The ultimate particles of a substance, element, or compound that can exist in the free state and possess all the physical and chemical properties of that substance are called molecules.
  3. Generally, molecules are composed of two or more atoms. Atoms of the same element form elementary’ molecules (For example H2 Cl2, N2, etc.) while atoms of different elements constitute a compound molecule (for example; H2O HNO3, etc.).
  4. Molecules are divisible.
  5. Molecules ofthe same substance are identical in mass and properties but the molecules of different substances differ in mass and properties.
  6. During chemical reactions, the participating molecules react in a simple ratio of their numbers to form molecules of new substances. However, the molecules do not react directly. At first, the reacting molecules split into their respective atoms which in turn combine mutually in a simple ratio to form molecules of a new substance.
  7. The formation of HCI gas by the combination of HCl2 is shown below pictorially.

Class 11 Chemistry Some Basic Concepts Of Chemistry At the same T and P, 1 molecucule of H2 combines with 1 molecule of CL2 to form 2 Molecules of HCL

Definition of molecule on the basis of Avogadro’s hypothesis

The ultimate particle of a substance (element or compound) that can exist in the free state and possesses all the properties of that substance is called the molecule of that substance.

Can Avooadro’s hypothesis be considered as a law?

Avogadro’s hypothesis originated from mere imagination. Even till now, it has not been verified by any direct experiment But the validity of this hypothesis has been well established indirectly with the help of various experiments.

The conclusions resulting from the application of this hypothesis have always been proved errorless.

No experimental results ever challenged the validity of this hypothesis. That is why, Avogadro’s hypothesis is, nowadays, called Avogadro’s law.

Atomic Mass Or Atomic Weight

The absolute mass of an atom of any element is so small that it cannot be weighed directly with the help of a chemical balance.

Moreover, it is inconvenient to express such a small mass. Thus, the mass of an atom of an element is expressed in terms of relative mass and this relative mass is called atomic mass.

Different Scales Of Atomic Mass

  • In order to determine the relative mass of an atom of any element, it is necessary to take an element as a standard of reference.
  • For this purpose, elements like hydrogen, and carbon are considered as the standard elements.

Hydrogen scale: At first, hydrogen was regarded as the standard element for determining the atomic masses of elements.

Hydrogen scale Definition The Atomic mass of an element may be defined as a relative number that shows how many times an atom of the element is heavier than one atom of hydrogen, taking the mass of hydrogen as unity.

⇒ \(\text { Atomic mass of an element }=\frac{\text { mass of } 1 \text { atom of the element }}{\text { mass of } 1 \text { atom of hydrogen }}\)

Example: The statement ‘atomic mass of sodium is 23 signifies that one atom of sodium is 23 times heavier than one atom of hydrogen.

Oxygen scale: Later on, instead of hydrogen, oxygen was considered the standard. In the oxygen scale, the atomic mass of an element is defined as follows.

Oxygen scale Definition The Atomic mass of an element is a relative number that denotes how many times an atom of the element is heavier than the l/16th part of the mass of an oxygen atom.

\(\begin{aligned}
\text { Atomic mass of an element } & =\frac{\text { mass of } 1 \text { atom of the element }}{\frac{1}{16} \times \text { mass of } 1 \text { atom of oxygen }} \\
& =\frac{\text { mass of } 1 \text { atom of the element }}{\text { mass of } 1 \text { atom of oxygen }} \times 16
\end{aligned}\)

Example: The statement ‘the atomic mass of nitrogen is 14’ implies that an atom of nitrogen is 14 times heavier than 1/16 the part of the mass of an oxygen atom.

Reasons for taking oxygen as standard Instead of hydrogen:

  1. Most of the elements, metals, in particular, react with oxygen compared to hydrogen to form stable compounds.
  2. As hydrogen is the lightest of all elements, slight experimental errors in the determination of atomic masses in the H-scale become erroneous.
  3. Atomic masses of elements determined in the O-scale are mostly whole numbers compared to the fractional values as obtained from H -the scale.

Carbon (12C) scale: At present, carbon has been accepted as the standard element. This scale has been approved by the international organization 1UPAC.

On the die scale, the mass of one 12C atom is taken as 12. [On this basis the relative mass of hydrogen comes out to be 1,008 and that ofoxygen is 15.994 (or roughly 16).

Carbon (12C) scale Definition: The atom’s mass of an element is a relative number which denotes how many times an atom of that particular element is heavier than l/12th part of the mass of one 12 C atom.

That is the atomic mass of an element

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& =\frac{\text { mass of } 1 \text { atom of the element }}{\frac{1}{12} \times \text { mass of } 1 \text { carbon }\left({ }^{12} \mathrm{C}\right) \text { atom }} \\
& =\frac{\text { mass of } 1 \text { atom of the element }}{\text { mass of } 1 \text { carbon }\left({ }^{12} \mathrm{C}\right) \text { atom }} \times 12
\end{aligned}\)

Since the atomic mass of an element is the ratio of two Atomic masses of some elements in different scales masses, it is in fact relative atomic mass, it has no unit and is expressed as a pure number.

Physical and chemical scales of atomic mass: Natural oxygen consists of 3 isotopes:leO (99.759%),170 (0.037%) and 180 (0.204%). So, the true atomic mass i.e., the average atomic mass of natural oxygen

= 16×0.99759 +17×0.00037 +18 X 0.00204 = 16.00204

But the atomic mass ofthe most abundant isotope (160) of natural oxygen = 16. Chemists take the average atomic mass of natural oxygen as the standard of reference to prepare the chemical scale of atomic mass and physicists take the atomic mass of the most abundant isotope of natural oxygen as the standard of reference to prepare the physical scale of atomic mass.

Almost all elements have isotopes, therefore, in place of ‘mass of atom; ‘average mass of an atom’ is to be used.

The chemical scale of atomic mass: The scale of atomic mass, which is obtained by taking the average mass of an atom of natural oxygen as 16.0000, is called the chemical scale of atomic mass and the atomic mass, as obtained by this scale, is known as the chemical atomic mass of that element.

Physical scale of atomic mass: The scale of atomic mass, which is obtained by taking the mass of a lsO isotope in natural oxygen as 16.0000, is called the physical scale of atomic mass and the atomic mass, as obtained by this scale, is known as physical atomic mass.

According to the physical scale, the average atomic mass of natural oxygen = 16.00447. However according to the chemical scale, the average atomic mass of natural oxygen = 16.0000. So, 16.0000 units in the chemical scale = 16.00447 units in the physical scale.

1 unit in chemical scale =16.00447/16.0000=1.0002794 in physcial Scale.

Thus, the magnitude of the average atomic mass of an element on the chemical scale is slightly less than that of the mass of an atom ofthe element’s physical scale of atomic mass.

1.0002794 is the conversion factor that is used to convert the chemical atomic mass of an element to its physical atomic mass and vice-versa.

Atomic mass on a physical scale = 1.0002794 x Atomic mass on a chemical scale.

Class 11 Chemistry Some Basic Concepts Of Chemistry Atomic Masses Of Some elements In Different Scales

Atomic mass unit (AMU)

The atomic mass of an element is a relative number and it has no unit. So, the atomic mass of an element does not stand for the absolute or actual mass of an atom of that element order to express the actual mass of an atom, scientists introduced another unit. This unit is termed an atomic mass unit (AMU).

Atomic mass unit Definition: The unit with respect to which the actual atom of any element is expressed and whose value is equal to the mass of l/12th part of the mass of one 12C atom is called the atomic mass unit.

Atomic mass unit= \(\frac{1}{12}\) x actual mass of one C atom.

Mathematical expression: Actual mass of 6.022 x 1023 atoms of 12C isotope = 12 g.

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}\quad \text { Actual mass of one }{ }^{12} \mathrm{C} \text { atom } & =\frac{12}{6.022 \times 10^{23}} \mathrm{~g} \\
\text { So, atomic mass unit }(1 \mathrm{amu}) & =\frac{1}{12} \times \frac{12}{6.022 \times 10^{23}} \mathrm{~g} \\
& =1.6605 \times 10^{-24} \mathrm{~g}
\end{aligned}\)

1 amu = 1.6605×10-24g=1.6605×10-27kg

The actual mass of an atom: Atomic mass of an element

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& =\frac{\text { mass of } 1 \text { atom of the element }}{\text { mass of } 1 \text { carbon }\left({ }^{12} \mathrm{C}\right) \text { atom } \times \frac{1}{12}} \\
& =\frac{\text { mass of } 1 \text { atom of the element }}{1 \mathrm{amu}}
\end{aligned}\)

The actual mass of an atom of an element
= atomic mass ofthe element x 1 amu
= atomic mass ofthe element x 1.6605 x 10
100-24g

Thus, the atomic mass of an element, multiplied by 1 amu gives the actual mass of an atom of that element.

Examples: 1 Actual mass of atom of hydrogen

= 1.008 amu = 1.008 x 1.6605 x 10-24 g

2. Actual mass of atom of nitrogen

= 14 amu = 14 x 1.6605 x 10-24 g

The actual mass of an atom of oxygen

= 16 amu = 16 x 1.6605 x 10-24 g

In recent times, a new symbol ‘u’ (which signifies unified mass) is used in place of amu (Le., atomic mass unit)

Therefore Mass of1 H-atom = 1.008u (le., 1.008 amu)

The atomic mass of an element and the actual mass of an atom of an element are completely different: The atomic mass of an element indicates how many times an atom of that element is heavier than 1/12 part of an atom of a C isotope. It is a relative number and it has no unit.

The actual mass of an atom of an element indicates the exact mass of an atom of that element and has definite units (for example 8kg).

Example: Atomic mass of oxygen is 16 but the actual mass of an atom ofoxygen is 16 x 1.6605 x 10-24g = 2.656 X 10-23g

Average Atomic Mass

Atomic masses of most of the elements are fractional numbers because they actually represent their average atomic masses. In nature, most of the elements exist as a mixture of two or more isotopes.

The relative abundance of the isotopes of particular natural elements is more or less fixed. The atomic mass of any element is determined by taking the average of the atomic masses obtained on the basis of the abundance of various isotopes of the element in nature.

Thus, the estimated atomic mass ofthe element is a fractional value although the atomic masses of different isotopes are whole numbers.

Average atomic mass

⇒ \(=\frac{\Sigma(\text { natural abundance of isotope }(\%) \times \text { its atomic mass })}{100}\)

Let the natural abundance of the three isotopes of an element be x %, y%, and z % and their atomic masses be a, b, and c respectively.

The atomic mass (average atomic mass) of the element

⇒ \(=\frac{x \times a+y \times b+z \times c}{x+y+z}=\frac{x \times a+y \times b+z \times c}{100}\)

Example: Natural chlorine contains 2 isotopes: 35C1 and 37C1 as a mixture of 75% and 25% respectively. The atomic masses of these isotopes are 35 and 37 respectively, both of which are whole numbers. But the atomic mass ofchlorine.

⇒ \(=\frac{(35 \times 75)+(37 \times 25)}{(75+25)}=35.5, \text { which is a fraction. }\)

Gram-atomic mass and gram-atom

Gram-atomic Mass Definition The Gram-atomic mass of an element is defined as the atomic mass expressed in grams.

Atomic mass has no unit while the unit of gram-atomic mass is gram. For example, the atomic masses of nitrogen and oxygen are 14 and 16 respectively but the gram-atomic masses of these elements are 14 grams and 16 grams respectively.

The gram atomic mass is best defined as the mass in grams of an element that contains the same number of atoms as 12 presenting 12 grams of C atom.

Gram-atom: One gram-atom of an element is defined as the quantity in gram which is numerically equal to its atomic mass. For example, one gram-atom of nitrogen means 14 g of nitrogen and one gram-atom of oxygen signifies 16 g of oxygen.

One gram-atom of an element also referred to as the mass in gram of the element contains 6.022 x 1023 number (Avogadro number) of atoms.

A number of gram-atom: The given mass of an element expressed in gram, when divided by its gram-atomic mass, gives the number of gram-atoms present in that quantity ofthe element.

Therefore, the number of gram-atom of the element

⇒ \(=\frac{\text { mass of the element }(\mathrm{g})}{\text { gram-atomic mass of that element }}\)

Examples: Number of gram-atom in 42 g of N2 \(=\frac{42 \mathrm{~g}}{14 \mathrm{~g}}=3\)

Number of gram-atom in 64 g of O2 \(=\frac{64 \mathrm{~g}}{16 \mathrm{~g}}=4\)

The discussion done till now about atomic mass indicates the relative atomic mass of an element.

However, according to IUPAC, the atomic mass of any element is the mass of one atom of that element expressed in the atomic mass unit (u).

The mass of 1 atom of any element with respect to the mass of 1 atom of 12C isotope as 12u is considered as the atomic of the corresponding element.

The atomic mass of different elements can be precisely determined by using a mass spectrograph.

According to the 12C scale, atomic masses of different elements are tabulated below—

Class 11 Chemistry Some Basic Concepts Of Chemistry Gram atomic mass and gram atom

Numerical Examples

Question 1. The atomic weight of ordinary hydrogen is 1.008. Ordinary hydrogen contains two isotopes JH and 11H. What is the weight percentage of 21H in ordinary hydrogen?
Answer: Let in ordinary hydrogen, 11H = X%

Percentage of 21H = 100- x

Atomic mass of ordinary hydrogen \(=\frac{x \times 1+(100-x) \times 2}{100}\)

As per given data, \(\frac{x+(100-x) \times 2}{100}=1.008\)

or, 200-x = 1.008 x =99.2

∴ Ordinary hydrogen contains 99.2% of 11H and (100-99.2) = 0.8 % of 21H.

Question 2. Chlorine occurs in nature in the form of two isotopes with atomic masses 34.97 and 36.97 respectively. The relative abundance of the isotopes are 0.755 and 0.245 respectively Find the atomic mass of chlorine.
Answer: Atomic mass of chlorine

⇒ \(=\frac{34.97 \times 0.755+36.97 \times 0.245}{0.755+0.245}=35.46\)

Question 3. Determine the mass of1 F-atom in gram (F = 19)
Answer: Gram-atomic mass of fluorine = 19 g. The mass of1 gram-atom of fluorine= 19 g Number of atoms in 1 gram-atom fluorine = 6.022 x 1023 Mass of 6.022 x 1023 atoms of fluorine = 19g

Hence, the mass of1 atom of fluorine = \(\frac{19}{6.022 \times 10^{23}} \mathrm{~g}\)

=3.1550×10-23g

Question 4. Calculate the atomic volume of sodium (atomic weight = 23 ). Density of sodium=0.972 g rnL-1.
Answer: In the case of monatomic elements (like Na), the volume of 1 gram-atom is called its atomic volume.

1 gram-atomNa =23gofNa(v atomic mass of Na = 23)

Atomic volume of sodium = \(\begin{aligned}
& =\frac{\text { gram-atomic mass }}{\text { density }} \\
& =\frac{23 \mathrm{~g}}{0.972 \mathrm{~g} \cdot \mathrm{mL}^{-1}}=23.66 \mathrm{~mL}
\end{aligned}\)

Question 5. Find out the highest and lowest masses from the following:

  1. 25.6g oxygen (atomic mass = 16)
  2. 2.86 gram-atom of sodium (atomic mass = 23)
  3. 0.254 gram-atom of iodine (atomic mass = 127

Answer: Mass of 2.86 gram-atom of sodium = 2.86 x 23 = 65.78g

Mass of 0.254 gram-atom ofiodine = 0.254 x 127 = 32.258g

∴ Oxygen has the lowest and sodium has the highest mass.

Question 6. A compound contains 28% of nitrogen and 72% of metal by weight. In the compound, 3 atoms of metal remain combined with 2 atoms of nitrogen. What is the atomic mass of the metal?
Answer: Each molecule of the compound contains 3 atoms of metal and 2 atoms of nitrogen. If the symbol ofthe metal is M, then the molecular formula ofthe compound will be M3N2.

Molecular mass ofthe compound = 3a + 2 X 14 = 3a + 28

[where a is the atomic mass ofthe metal]

∴ Quantity of nitrogen in the compound \(=\frac{28}{(3 a+28)} \times 100 \%\)

Now, according to the problem, \(\frac{28}{3 a+28} \times 100=28\)

or, 3a +28= 100 or, a= 24

Molecular Mass Or Molecular Weight

A molecule is the smallest particle ofthe substance (element or compound) which has independent existence. Molecules are formed by the combination of atoms of the same or different elements.

So, like the atomic mass, some standard should be taken to express the molecular mass. At present, the 12C isotope is taken as the standard to express both the atomic mass and molecular mass.

Molecular mass with respect to 12 C-atoms

The molecular mass of a substance (element or compound) is a relative number that denotes how many times a molecule of the substance is heavier than the l/12th part of the mass of a 12C -atom.

∴ Molecular mass

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& =\frac{\text { mass of } 1 \text { molecule of the element or compound }}{\frac{1}{12} \times \text { mass of } 1 \text { carbon }\left({ }^{12} \mathrm{C}\right) \text { atom }} \\
& =\frac{\text { mass of } 1 \text { molecule of the substance }}{\text { mass of } 1 \text { carbon }\left({ }^{12} \mathrm{C}\right) \text { atom }} \times 12
\end{aligned}\)

On the carbon scale, molecular masses of nitrogen and oxygen are 28.013 and 31.998 respectively. It means that one molecule of each of nitrogen and oxygen is respectively 28.0 til and 31.990 times heavier than 1/12 the part of the mass of one,2C -atom.

Determination of the molecular mass of an element and a compound: The molecular mass of a substance (element or compound) can be determined by adding the atomic of all the atoms present in a molecule of the substance (element or compound).

The molecular mass of an element: Let us consider, the molecular formula of an element to be A,(, where n = Atomicity (i.e., no. of atoms present in the molecule of the element). Therefore, in the case of an element molecular mass = atomic, mass ofthe element x its atomicity.

  1. In the case of monoatomic elements (n = 1), molecular mass and atomic mass will be the same. Most of the metal elements and noble gas elements belong to this group.
  2. In the case of diatomic elements (n =2), the molecular mass is twice its atomic mass. Most ofthe gaseous elements (H2, N2, O2, Cl2, etc.) belong to this group.
  3. In the case of triatomic elements (n =3), the molecular mass is thrice its atomic mass. For example, ozone (O3 ).
  4. In the case of tetra-atomic elements(n = 4), the molecular mass is ( four times its atom mass. For example, phosphorus (P4).

The molecular mass of the compound: Let, the molecular formula of a compound be A2 C2, where the number of atoms of A, B, and C in a molecule of the compound are x, y,z respectively.

If the atomic masses are a, b, and c respectively, then the molecular mass ofthe compound =axx+bxy+cxz.

Class 11 Chemistry Some Basic Concepts Of Chemistry Molecular Mass Of Some Compounds

Molecular Mass Of Some Elements And Compounds In Unified Scale 

Class 11 Chemistry Some Basic Concepts Of Chemistry Molecular Mass Of Some Element And Compounds In Unified Scale

Formula Mass Or Formula Weight

Formula mass represents the sum of atomic masses of the Number of gram-molecule or gram-mole: The given present in the formula with which a substance is expressed. For example, the formula mass of sodium chloride, gram-molecular mass, gives the number of gram-mole or NaCl= (23 + 35.5) = 58.5.

Molecular mass and formula mass are not always synonymous: Molecular mass can be determined from the formula of an element or compound.

So sometimes, the formula mass is called the molecular mass. But these two terms are not always synonymous.

When a substance contains discrete molecules, then only these two terms can be used in the same sense.

Again, there are certain substances which do not exist as molecules. For example, the compound sodium chloride is represented by the formula NaCl but the existence of discrete molecules of this compound is conspicuously absent from the crystal of sodium chloride,

Na+ and Cl- ions exist in a state of aggregation where one Na+ ion is surrounded by six Cl- ions and one Cl- ion is similar and pressure, molar volumes of all gases are the same and it does surround by six Na+ ions to give rise to an octahedral not depend on the nature of the molecular mass ofthe gas.

As a result, there is no existence of Gram-molecular volume or molar Thus the statement—”the molecular mass of sodium chloride is 58.5″—has no logical basis because sodium chloride never forms a molecule.

The correct statement should be—”The formula mass of sodium chloride is 58.5″ Usually the term formula mass’ is applied to ionic compounds that do not exist as discrete molecules even in the solid state while the term ‘molecular mass’ is applied to the case of covalent compounds which remain in the molecular state even in aqueous solutions.

Gram-molecular mass

Gram-molecular mass: Molecular mass. of an element or compound expressed in gram is called gram-molecular N2 28 g 56 g —5628 = 2 2 x 22.4 = 44.8 L mass or gram-mole.

Unlike molecular mass molecular mass has a unit. For example, the gram-molecular masses of nitrogen and carbon dioxide are 28 g and 44 g respectively.

Gram-molecule or gram-mole: The quantity of a substance (element or compound), expressed in gram, which is numerically equal to its molecular mass, represents one gram-molecule or one gram-mole of that substance.

For example, 28 g of nitrogen, 32 g of oxygen, and 18 g of water represent gram-molecule or 1 gram-mole of each of the respective compounds.

Several gram-molecule or gram-mole: The given present in the formula with which a substance is expressed in gram when divided by its Therefore, number of gram-mole of substance.

⇒ \(=\frac{\text { mass of the substance }(\mathrm{g})}{\text { gram-molecular mass of that substance }}\)

Examples: 1. Number of gram-mole in 88 g of C02 \(=\frac{88 \mathrm{~g}}{44 \mathrm{~g}}=2\)

Number of gram-molein 45 g of H2O \(=\frac{45 \mathrm{~g}}{18 \mathrm{~g}}=2.5\)

Gram-molecular volume or molar volume at STP: The volume occupied by the gram-mole of all gases at STP (standard temperature and pressure) is 22.4L.

Example: Each of 2g hydrogen, 28 g nitrogen, 44 g carbon dioxide, and 18 g water vapor occupy a volume of 22.4L at STP. Conversely, it can be stated that 22.4 L of any gas at STP contains 1 gram-mole of that gas.

Volumes of different amounts of gases at STP

Class 11 Chemistry Some Basic Concepts Of Chemistry Volumes of different amount of gases at STP

Numerical Examples

Question 1. Calculate the number of gram-molecules present in 14.7gH2SO4.
Answer: Number of gram-molecules of a substance

⇒ \(=\frac{\text { given mass }(\text { in } \text { g) }}{\text { gram-molecular mass }}=\frac{14.7}{98}=0.15\)

Question 2. Calculate the mass of 1.5 gram-molecule of glucose.
Answer: Gram-molecular mass of glucose(C6H12O6)

= 6X12 + 12X1 + 6X16 = 180g

Mass of 1.5 gram-molecule of glucose = 1.5 x 180 = 270g

Question 3. If the number of gram-molecules present in 4.8g of oxygen and rg of nitrogen are equal, calculate the value of x.
Answer: Gram-molecular mass of oxygen (O2 ) and nitrogen (N2 ) are 32 g and 28g respectively.

Number of gram-molecule of oxygen in 4.8g = 4.8/32 and number of gram-molecules of nitrogen in xg = \(\frac{x}{28}\)

⇒ \(\text { Given, } \frac{x}{28}=\frac{4.8}{32} \text { or, } x=4.2\)

Question 4. Calculate the volume of 3.6 g of water vapor at 273 K temperature and 1 atm pressure.
Answer: Molecular mass of water vapor (H2O) =18 No. of gram-molecule in 3.6g water vapor =3.6/18 At STP (273K, late), the volume of gram-molecule of water vapour= 22.4L

At STP, the volume of 0.2 gram-molecule of water vapor = 0.2X22.4 = 4.48L

Question 5. If the density of water at 273K is i.0g-cm-3, calculate its molar volume at that temperature.
Answer: Density of water at 273K = 1.0 g-cm Gram-molecular mass of water = 18g Hence, at 273K the molar volume of water.

\(=\frac{\text { gram-molecular mass }}{\text { density }}=\frac{18 \mathrm{~g}}{1.0 \mathrm{~g} \cdot \mathrm{cm}^{-3}}=18 \mathrm{~cm}^3\)

Question 6. How many moles of water molecules are present in 1.8 ml of water?
Answer:

At ordinary temperature, the density of water =1g mL 1.

Mass of 1.8 mL ofwater = 1.8 X 1 = 1.8 g.

Now, 1.8 g of H2O =\(\frac{1.8}{18}\)=0.1 mol H2O

Question 7. Calculate the number of moles and the volume at STP of 0.53g of acetylene.
Answer: Gram-molecular mass of acetylene is 26g.

Number of gram-mole present in 0.52g of acetylene

= 0.52/26g = 0.02

At STP, 26 g of acetylene occupies a volume of 22.4 L.

At STP, 0.52g of acetylene occupies a volume of

⇒ \(=\frac{22.4 \times 0.52}{26} \mathrm{~L}=0.448 \mathrm{~L}\)

Question 8. At STP, the volume of lg of a gaseous substance is 280 mL. Find its relative molar mass.
Answer: At STP, the mass of 22400 mL of the gas \(=\frac{1}{280} \times 22400=80 \mathrm{~g}\) Now, on the basis of Avogadro.s hypothesis, 22400mL (at STP) of any gas contains1 gram-mole ofthe substance.

The molar mass of the gas = 80

Question 9. The volume of one atom of a metal M is 1.66x 10-23 cm3. Find the atomic mass of M (Given: density of M = 2.7 g.cm-3).
Answer: Volume of 6.022 x 1023 atoms of the metal, M

= 6.022 X 1023 X 1.66 X 10-23 =9.99652 cm3

Mass of 6.022 x 1023 atoms of the metal M

= density x volume = 2.7 x 9.99652 = 26.990 g

= gram-atomic mass ofthe metal M

Hence, the atomic mass ofthe metal = 2.990.

Question 10. Haemoglobin was found to contain 0.335% iron (Atomic weight of Fe = 56). The molecular weight of haemoglobin is 1.67 X 104. Find the number of iron atoms in hemoglobin.
Answer: Molecular mass of hemoglobin = 1.67 x 104

∴ 1 gram-mole of hemoglobin = 1.67 x 104 g.

Here, Fe -content haemoglobin = 0.335%

∴ Fe-content 1.67 x 104 g of haemoglobin

⇒ \(=\frac{0.335 \times 1.67 \times 10^4}{100}=55.945 \mathrm{~g} .\)

Hence, the number of gram-atom of Fe present in haemogobin= \(=\frac{55.945}{56} \approx 1\)

The atomic weight of =

∴ In 1 gram-mole of hemoglobin, the number of gram atoms of Fe =1

So, 1 mol of hemoglobin contains only one atom of Fe.

Question 11. The mass of 0.1 mol of X2Y is 4.4 g and the mass of 0.05 of XY2 is 2.3g. Find the Atomic mass of X and Y.
Answer:

Mass of 0.1 mol of X2Y = 4.4 g.

∴ Mass of 1 mol of X2Y \(=\frac{4.4}{0.1}=44 \mathrm{~g}\)

Similarly, mass of 1 mol of XY2 =2.3/0.05 =46g

So, the molecular mass of X2Y and XY2 are 44 and 46 respectively. Let, the atomic masses of X and Y be a and b respectively. So, the molecular mass of X2Y = (2a + b) and the molecular mass of XY2 =(a + 2b).

According to the question, 2a + b =44 and a + 2b = 46.

By solving the equations, a = 14 and b = 16.

∴ The atomic masses of X and Y are 14 and 16 respectively.

Question 12. A plant virus is found to consist of uniform cylindrical particles whose diameter is 150A and length is 5000A. The specific volume of the virus is 0.75cm³/g. If the virus is considered to be a single particle, then find its molecular mass.
Answer: Volume ofthe virus =nr2 xl

⇒ \(=3.14 \times\left(\frac{150}{2} \times 10^{-8}\right)^2 \times 5000 \times 10^{-8}=0.884 \times 10^{-16} \mathrm{~cm}^3\)

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
\text { Mass of single virus } & =\frac{\text { volume }}{\text { specific volume }} \\
& =\frac{0.884 \times 10^{-16}}{0.75}=1.178 \times 10^{-16} \mathrm{~g}
\end{aligned}\)

The molar mass of virus = Mass of single virus x NA

= 1.78 x 10-16x 6.023 x 1023 =7.095 x 10 7

Avogadro’s number

Avogadro’s number Definition: Avogadro’s number may be defined as the number of molecules present in one gram-mole of any substance, or element Similarly, mass of  1 mol of XY2 =2.3/0.05 =46g or compound (solid, liquid, or gas).

Avogadro’s number is usually denoted by the letter ‘N’ or ‘Na’- and its value is 6.022 x 1023. R. A. Millikan determined its value by the oil drop experiment’ in 1913.

Example: 28 g of N2, 32 g of O2, 18 g of H2O, or 100 g of CaCO3 —each indicates 1 gram-mole of substance containing 6.022 x 1023 number of molecules.

The value of Avogadro’s number does not depend on temperature and pressure because the mass and the number of molecules do not change with the variation in temperature and pressure.

Alternative definition of Avogadro’s number: The number of atoms present in the gram-atom of an elementary substance is called Avogardro’s number.

Example: 16 g O2 contains 6.022 x 1023 number atoms and in 12g carbon, the number of constituent atoms is 6.022 x 1023.

As 1 gram-mole of any gaseous substance (element or compound) occupies a volume of 22.4 L at STP, Avogadro’s number can further be expressed as—the number of molecules present in 22.4 I. of any gaseous substance (element or compound) at STP is called Avogadro’s number.

Modern Definition Of Avogadros Number

The Number of Od atoms Present In exactly 12 g carbon (12C) is designated as Avogadro’s number.

Class 11 Chemistry Some Basic Concepts Of Chemistry Modern Definition of Avogadros number

Airogadro’s constant: ‘Avogadro’s number/mole’ is called Avogadro’s constant i.e., ‘6.022 X 1023 ‘.

Avogadro’s number has no unit. But Avogadro’s constant has the unit ‘per mole’ or mol-1.Itis auniversal constant.

Definition of Gram-mole, Gram-atom, Molecular mass, Atomic mass in terms of Avogadro’s number.

Gram-mole: The quantity of a substance (element or compound) expressed in gram which contains 6.022 x 1023 molecules is defined as 1 gram of that substance.

Gram-atom: The quantity of an element expressed in gram which contains 6.022 x 1023 atoms is called 1 gram-atom of that element.

Molecular mass: The molecular mass of a substance (element or compound) may be defined as the number which when expressed in grams contains 6.022 x 1023 number of molecules that substance.

Atomic mass: The atomic mass of an element indicates the number which when expressed in grams contains 6.022 x 1023 atoms of that element.

Applications of avocados number

Calculation of actual mass of a molecule: if the molecular mass of a substance is known, the actual mass of one molecule of that substance can be calculated in the following way: Let, the molecular mass of a substance be M.

∴ 1 gram-mole ofthe substance =M g of that substance. Now, we know that 1 gram-mole of a substance contains Avogadro’s number of molecules.

∴ Mass of 6.022 x 1023 molecule M g.

∴ Mass of 1 molecule = \(\frac{M}{5.022 \times 10^{23}} \mathrm{~g}\)

∴ The actual mass of a molecule of any substance

⇒ \(=\frac{\mathrm{gram}-\text { molecular mass of the substance }}{\text { Avogadro’s number }}\)

Examples: Actual muss of a molecule of oxygen: The molecular mass of oxygen = 32.

∴ Actual mass of I oxygen molecule

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
=\frac{\text { Gram-molecular mass of oxygen }}{\text { Avogadro’s number }} & =\frac{32 \mathrm{~g}}{6.022 \times 10^{23}} \\
& =5.313 \times 10^{-23} \mathrm{~g} .
\end{aligned}\)

Actual mass of 1 molecule of water:

The molecular mass of water = 18.

∴ Actual mass of I molecule of water

⇒ \(=\frac{18 \mathrm{~g}}{6.022 \times 10^{23}}=2.989 \times 10^{-23} \mathrm{~g}\)

Calculation of actual mass of an atom: From the known value of the atomic mass of an element, the actual mass of an atom of that element can be determined in the following way: Let, the atomic mass of an element = A.

1 gram-atom of that element = A g.

We know, 1 gram-atom of an element contains Avogadro’s number of atoms, i.e., 6.022 x 1023 atoms.

Mass of 6.022 x 1023 atoms =A g.

∴ Actual mass of 1 atom of an element

= \(=\frac{\text { gram-atomic mass of the element }}{\text { Avogadro’s number }}\)

Example 1. The actual mass of 1 atom of nitrogen:

Atomic mass ofnitrogen = 14.

∴ The actual mass of 1 atom of nitrogen:

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& =\frac{\text { gram-atomic mass of nitrogen }}{\text { Avogadro’s number }} \\
& =\frac{14 \mathrm{~g}}{6.022 \times 10^{23}}=2.324 \times 10^{-23} \mathrm{~g}
\end{aligned}\)

An alternative method for determination of the actual mm of an atom: Let the molecular mass of a substance= M 1 gram-molecule ofthe substance = Mg.

Now, 1 gram-molecule of any substance contains

Avogadro’s number of molecules.

Hence, mass of 6.022 x 1023 molecules =M g

Mass of 1 molecule \(=\frac{M}{6.022 \times 10^{23}} \mathrm{~g} .\) If the atomicity of the element is n, then one molecule ofthe element consists of n number of atoms.

Hence, the mass of n atoms of the element \(=\frac{M}{6.022 \times 10^{23}} \mathrm{~g}\) and the mass of I atom of the element \(\frac{M}{n \times 6.022 \times 10^{23}} g\)

Hence, the actual mass of an atom of the element

⇒ \(=\frac{\text { gram-molecular mass of the element }}{\text { atomicity of a molecule of the element } \times \text { Avogadro’s number }}\)

Example: Determination of the actual mass of a nitrogen atom—Gram-molecular mass of nitrogen = 28 and atomicity of a nitrogen molecule =2. Hence, the actual mass of a nitrogen atom.

⇒ \(=\frac{\text { gram-molecular mass of nitrogen }}{\text { atomicity of a nitrogen molecule } \times \text { Avogadro’s number }}\)

⇒ \(=\frac{28 \mathrm{~g}}{2 \times 6.022 \times 10^{23}}=2.324 \times 10^{-23} \mathrm{~g}\)

Number of molecules in a definite mass of a substance: Let, the mass of a certain amount of an element or a compound = W gram and its gram-molecular mass M gram. Now, the number of molecules presenting M gram of the substance = 6.022 X 1023.

W gram ofthe substance will contain \(=\frac{W}{M} \times 6.022 \times 10^{23}\) number of molecules.

Some important relations: If Avogadro’s number =NA and gram-molecular mass of an element or a compound =M, then—

Mass of 1 atom of an element \(=\frac{\text { gram-atomic mass }}{N_A}\)

Mass of 1 molecule of the substance \(=\frac{M}{N_A}\)

No. of molecules in W gram ofthe substance \(=\frac{W \times N_A}{M}\)

Number of molecules present in V L of gas at STP \(=\frac{V \times \mathrm{N}_{\mathrm{A}}}{22.4}\)

Class 11 Chemistry Some Basic Concepts Of Chemistry Number of molecules

No. of molecules in n mole of any substance = n x NA

lu (or, 1 amu)=\(\frac{1}{N_A}\)– g. = 1.6605 x lO-24 g (This amount is called 1 program or 1 dalton)

1 gram-mole of any substance contains the same number of molecules:

1. Let, the actual mass of atom hydrogen =x g

∴ Actual mass of a molecule hydrogen -2xg hydrogen is diatomic]

∴ Now,1 gram-mole ofhydrogen = 2 g ofhydrogen

∴ Number of molecules present in 1 gram-mole (or 2g) ofhydrogen= 2/2x = l/x

The molecular mass of oxygen = 32

2. A molecule of oxygen is 32 times heavier than 1 atom of hydrogen.

If the actual mass of an atom of hydrogen is xg, then the actual mass of 1 molecule ofoxygen will be 32x g.

Now,1 gram-mole ofoxygen =32 g of oxygen.

∴ Number of molecules present in 1 gram-mole (or 32g) of oxygen of oxygen

⇒ \(=\frac{32}{32 x}=\frac{1}{x}\)

Let, the molecular mass of a substance be M. Therefore, a molecule of that substance will be M times heavier than an atom of hydrogen.

If the actual mass of 1 atom of hydrogen is x g, then the actual mass of 1 molecule of that substance will Now, be 1 gram-mole of that substance =M g Number of molecules constituting 1 gram-mole of the substance = \(=\frac{M}{M \times x}=\frac{1}{x}\)

Therefore, it can be concluded that 1 gram-mole of any substance contains the same number of molecules.

The ratio of the number of molecules present In equal masses of two different substances (solid, liquid, or gas) with different molecular masses: Let the molecular masses of two substances A and B be MA and MB respectively and the mass of each of them be = W g.

1 gram-mole of any substance contains = 6.022 x 1023 number of molecules.

∴ Number of molecules present in MA g of A = 6.022 x 1023 Number of molecules presentin’ W g of \(A=\frac{6.022 \times 10^{23} \times W}{M_A}\)

Similarly, the number of molecules present in Wg of B \(=\frac{6.022 \times 10^{23} \times W}{M_B}\)

The ratio of the number of molecules present in equal masses of A and B

⇒ \(=\frac{6.022 \times 10^{23} \times W}{M_A}: \frac{6.022 \times 10^{23} \times W}{M_B}=M_B: M_A\)

Thus, the ratio of the number of molecules in equal masses of two different substances Is equal to the inverse ofthe ratio of their molecular masses.

Mole Concept

Mole is a Latin word meaning quantity, heap, or collection. In the SI system, mole (symbol: mol) was introduced as the seventh base quantity for the amount of a substance.

Mole Concept Definition: A mole is defined as the number of particles (like atoms, molecules, ions, or radicals) that is exactly equal to the number of 12C atoms present in 0.012kg of carbon.

Mole Concept Explanation: 0.012kg of 12C atoms contains Avogadro’s number of carbon atoms. So, 1 mol of any substance i.e., molecule, atom, ion, or radical contains Avogadro’s number of the specified species.

Irrespective of the ultimate particles, one mole always contains the same number of constituent particles i.e., 6.022 x 1023.

Number of molecules in 1 mol of molecule 1

= Number of atoms in 1 mol of the atom
= Number of mol of ion
= Number ofradicalsin1 mol of radical
= 6.022 X 1023

Mole Concept Discussion: While using the word ‘mole’, the name and nature (i.e., molecule, atom, ion, or radical) should be mentioned.

For example, the number of molecules in 1 mol of an oxygen molecule is equal to the number of atoms present in 1 mol of oxygen atom and in both cases, this number is 6.022 x 1023.

But oxygen is diatomic and hence the number of oxygen atoms in a 1 mol oxygen molecule is double the number of oxygen atoms in a 1 mol atom of oxygen.

So, the statement “1 mol oxygen” may lead to unnecessary confusion because it indicates both 1 mol of oxygen molecule and 1 mol of oxygen atom. But quantitatively they are altogether different although the number of ultimate particles in both cases is the same.

Often, quantity of substance are expressed in decimole, centimole or millimole where, 1 decimol = 10-1 mol, 1 centimol = 10-2 mol,1 millimol = 10~3 mol.

‘ Mole’ is also used in the case of electrons e.g., 1 mol electron = 6.022 X 1023 electrons and 1 millimol electron =6.022 X 1020 electrons.

Useful relations used in the mole-related calculation

Relation between ‘1 mol’ molecule and gram-mole: Mol molecule of any substance (element or compound) denotes 6.022 x 1023 molecules of that substance.

Again, the mass of 6.022 x 1023 molecules = 1 gram molecular mass or 1 gram-mole.

Hence, 1 mol molecule of an element or compound — 1 gram-mole of that substance.

Mole Concept Examples:

l mol nitrogen molecule = 6.022 x 102J nitrogen molecules= 28 g nitrogen (=1 gram-mole of nitrogen)

1 mol carbon dioxide molecule = 6.022 x 1 023 carbon dioxide molecules= 44 g carbon dioxide (= 1 gram-mole carbon dioxide)

1 million oxygen molecule = 10~3 mol oxygen molecule = 10-3 X 6.022 x 1023 oxygen molecules = 10~3 X 32 g oxygen = 3.2 x 10-2 g of oxygen

1 mol sodium chloride = 6.022 X 1023 formula units of sodium chloride

Relation between ‘1 mol’ atom And gram-atomic mass or gram-atom: 1 mol of an element denotes = 6.022 x 1023 atoms.

Again, a mass of 6.022 x 1023 atoms =1 gram-atomic mass (or, 1 gram-atom) So,1 mol atom of an element = 1 gram-atom of that element.

Mole Concept Examples:

  • l mol oxygen atom = 6.022 x 1023 oxygen atoms =16 g oxygen (=1 gram-atom ofoxygen)
  • 1 mol sodium atom = 6.022 x 1023 sodium atoms =23 g sodium(=1 gram-atom of sodium)
  • Relation between ‘1 mol’ ion and gram-ion: 1 mol ion indicates 6.022 x 1023 ions.
  • Again, number ofionsin1 gram-ion = 6.022 x 1023. 1 million =1 gram-ion (gram-formula mass of)

Examples:

l mol Cl- ion = 6.022 x 1023 Cl- ions

= 35.5 g Cl- ions (=1 gram-ion of Cl-) (v mass of an electron is negligible)

1 mol \(\mathrm{SO}_4^{2-}\) ion = 6.022 x 1023 \(\mathrm{SO}_4^{2-}\) ions = 96 g

\(\mathrm{SO}_4^{2-}\)  ions (=1 gram-ion of \(\mathrm{SO}_4^{2-}\) )

1 mol Al3+ ion = 6.022 x 1023 Al3+ ions =27 g Al3+ ions (=1 gram-ion of Al3+)

The volume occupied by the ‘1 mol’ molecule of a gas at STP: For any substance, 1 mol molecule stands for 6.022 x 1023 number of molecules. Moreover, 22.4 L of any gas at STP contains 6.022 x 1023 molecules.

Hence, the volume occupied by 1 mol molecule of any gaseous substance at STP = 22.4 L.

Examples: 1 mol oxygen molecule = 6.022 x 1023 oxygen molecules =22.4L of oxygen at STP

1 mol carbon dioxide molecule= 6.022 x 1023 carbon dioxide molecules =22.4 L ofcarbon dioxide at STP.

Various relationships regarding the mole concept

Class 11 Chemistry Some Basic Concepts Of Chemistry Various relationships regrading mole concepts

Number of electrons in terms of mol: 6.022 x 1023 number of electrons are present in 1 mol of the electron. The charge carried by 1 mol electron is 96500 coulomb or faraday.

Calculation of mole number

In the case of monatomic elements: 23 g sodium (1 gram atom sodium) = 1 mol sodium

W g sodium = mol\(=\frac{W}{23}\) sodium

Mole number monatomic element

⇒ \(=\frac{\text { mass of the element }(\mathrm{g})}{\text { gram-atomic mass of the element }}\)

In the case of ions: 35.5 g (1 gram-ion) of Cl =1 mol Cl.

Wg Cl- ions\(=\frac{W}{35.5}\) mol CP ions.

Similarly, 96 g (1 gram-ion) of \(\mathrm{SO}_4^{2-}\) ions = 1 mol \(\mathrm{SO}_4^{2-}\)

W g \(\mathrm{SO}_4^{2-}\) ions \(=\frac{W}{96}\) mole \(\mathrm{SO}_4^{2-}\) Ions

Mole number of ion = \(=\frac{\text { mass of ion (g) }}{\text { mass of } 1 \text { gram-ion }}\)

2. In case of any gas: 22.4 L of any gas at STP =1 mol of gaseous molecules.

VL of any gas at STP =\(=\frac{V}{22.4}\) mol of gaseous molecules.

In case of any gas: 22.4 L of any gas at STP =1 mol of
gaseous molecules.

VL of any gas at STP = mol of gaseous molecules.

Mole number of gaseous molecule

⇒ \(=\frac{\text { volume of the gas at STP (L) }}{22.4 \mathrm{~L}}\)

Calculation of mass of substance from mole number

Mass of monoatomic element = mole number of molecule or atom of the element X gram-atomic mass of the element.

Mole number of gaseous molecules

⇒ \(=\frac{\text { volume of the gas at STP }(\mathrm{L})}{22.4 \mathrm{~L}}\)

Calculation of mass of substance from mole number

1. Mass of monoatomic element = mole number of molecule or atom of the element X gram-atomic mass of the element.

For example, 0.5 mol of Na = ( 0.5 x 23) = 11.5 g Na

2. Mass of polyatomic substance (element or compound) = mole number of the substance X gram-molecular mass of that substance

For example, 0.5 mol H2SO4 =(0.5 x 98) = 49g H2SO4

Mass of ions = mole number of Ions x mass of 1 gram-ion or gram-ionic mass

For example, 0.5 mol SO2-4 =(0.5 x 96) =48 gSO2- ion

Determination of the volume of a gas from mole number:

The volume of any gas at STP (L) = a number of moles of gaseous molecules x 22.4 L.

Determination of number of particles (molecules, atoms, or ions): Number of particles (molecule, atom, or ion) = mole number x 6.022 x 1023.

Advantages of the mole concept

Chemical calculations can be worked out in a much simpler way by using mole numbers instead of the masses or volumes of the reactants and products. To be more specific, (2 x 2.016) g of 112 react with 32 g of O2 to form (2 x 18.016) g of water (H2O). If the reaction is expressed in terms of mole, then we will say that 2 mol of hydrogen molecules combine with 1 mol of oxygen molecules to produce 2 mol of water molecules.

⇒ \(2 \mathrm{H}_2+\mathrm{O}_2 \rightarrow 2 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}\)

Valuable Information like the number of molecules, atoms, or ions present In a certain amount of any substance is represented by the number of moles.

The word ‘mole’ finds extensive use in expressing the quantity of molecules, ions, or other tiny particles present in the solution.

If the mole number of molecules of a gaseous substance is known, then its volume at STP can be determined.

Numerical Examples

Question 1. If we spend 10 lakh rupees per second then how much time will be required to spend an amount of money which is equal to Avogardo’s number?
Answer: 10000000 rupee will be spent in 1 sec

6.022x 1023 rupees will be spend in ,\(\frac{1 \times 6.022 \times 10^{23}}{10^6} \text { sec. }\)

⇒ \(=\frac{6.022 \times 10^{17}}{60 \times 60 \times 24 \times 365} \text { years }=1.91 \times 10^{10} \text { years }\) years = 1.91×10 10 years

Question 2. Find the weight of 12.046 X 1025 number of ammonia molecules.
Answer: 1 gram-mole ammonia = 17 g of ammonia.

∴ Number of molecules contained in 1 gram-mole of ammonia = 6.022 X 1023.

Hence, 6.022 x 1023 molecules weigh 17 g

∴ 12.046 X 1025 molecules weight

⇒ \(=\frac{17 \times 12.046 \times 10^{25}}{6.022 \times 10^{23}}=3400 \mathrm{~g}=3.4 \mathrm{~kg}\)

Question 3. What is the quantity of charge carried by 1 mol of electron?
Answer: 1 mol electron =6.022×1023 number of electrons

Charge carried by 1 electron =1.6x 10-19 coulomb

The total charge carried by 1-mole electron

=(6.022x 1023×1.6×10-19)= 96352 coulomb.

Question 4. Calculate the number of molecules left when 1021 molecules of CO2 are removed from 200 mg of CO2.
Answer: 200mg of CO2 =0.2 g of (Gram – molecular mass of CO2=44g). 44g CO2 Contains 6.022×1023 molecules.

∴ 0.2g CO2 Contains \(\begin{aligned}
& =\frac{6.022 \times 10^{23} \times 0.2}{44} \text { molecules } \\
& =2.7372 \times 10^{21} \text { molecules }
\end{aligned}\)

On removing 1021 molecules, number of C02 molecules remaining = 2.7372 X 1021 – 1 x 1021 = 1.7372 X 1021

Question 5. Find the number of atoms of hydrogen and oxygen present in one spherical drop of water with radius I mm at 4°C.
Answer:

The volume of one spherical drop of water

⇒ \(=\frac{4}{3} \times \pi \times(0.1)^3=\frac{4}{3} \times \frac{22}{7} \times 10^{-3}=4.19 \times 10^{-3} \mathrm{~cm}^3\)

Further, the density of water at 4°C = lcm-3

Mass of 4.19 x 10-3cm3 water at 4°C =4.19 x 10~3 g.

Now, the mass of 1 gram-molecule of water = 18 g.

∴ Number of molecules in 18g water =6.022 x 1023

∴ Number of molecules present in 4.19 x 10-3 g of water

⇒ \(=\frac{6.022 \times 10^{23} \times 4.19 \times 10^{-3}}{18}=1.4017 \times 10^{20}\)

1 molecule of water contains 2 hydrogen and 1 oxygen atom.

∴ The number of hydrogen atoms in 1.4017 x 1020

∴ Molecules of water = 2 x 1.4017 x 1020 = 2.803 x 1020

So, the number of oxygen atoms present in 1.4017 x 1020

molecules of water = 1.4017 x 1020

Question 6. Find the number of electrons in a drop of sulphuric acid weighing 4.9 x 10-3 mg [assume it to be cent percent pure].
Answer: 4.9 X 10-3 mg = 4.9 X 10-6 g Molecular mass of H2S04 = 98 Its gram-molecular mass = 98 g. Number of molecules in 98 g of H2S04 = 6.022 x 1023 So, number of molecules in 4.9 x 10-6 g of H2S04

⇒ \(=\frac{6.022 \times 10^{23} \times 4.9 \times 10^{-6}}{98}=3.011 \times 10^{16}\)

Atomic numbers of H, S, and O are 1, 16, and 8 respectively. So, the number of electrons in them is 1, 16, and 8.

Total number of electrons present in 1 molecule of H2SO4 =(2×1=1×16=4×8)=50

3.011 x 1016 number of H2S04 molecules contain = 3.011 X 1016 x 50 = 1.5055 X 1018 electrons.

Thus, 4.9 x 10-3 mg of H2S04 has a 1.5055 X 1018 number of electrons.

Question 7. Find the number of 0 atoms and 0 molecules present in 1 g of oxygen.
Answer: 1 g oxygen= gram-mole ofoxygen [v = 32 ]

Number of moleculesin1 g ofoxygen = 6.022 x 1023 x — = 1.882 x 1022

As oxygen molecule is diatomic, the number of atoms present

in 1g of oxygen = 2 X 1.882 X 1022 = 3.764 X 1022

Question 8. Calculate the number of O-atoms present in 112 L of COz gas at STP.
Answer: At STP, the number ofmoleculespresentin 22.4 L of C02 gas
= 6.022 x l023

Number of molecules present in 112L of C02 gas =112. x 6.022 X 1023 = 5 X 6.022 X 1023 22.4

Now, each molecule of C02 contains 2 atoms of oxygen.

Number ofO-atoms presenting 112L of C02 gas (at STP)

= 2 X 5 X 6.022 X 1023 = 6.022 X 1024

Question 9. Find the number of neutrons present in 5 x 104 mol of 14 C Isotope.
Answer: Atomic number of carbon = 6

Number of neutrons in one C atom =14-6 = 8.

Now, in 1 mol of 14C, the number of atoms = 6.022 x 1023

In 5 x 10 4 mol of C, the number of atoms

= (6.022 X 1023 x 5 X 10-4) = 3.011 X 1020 14

Again, one C atom contains 8 neutrons.

3.011 x 1020 number of atoms of 14C contain

= (8 x 3.011 x 1020) =2.4088 x 1021 neutrons.

Number of neutrons in 5 x 10-4 mol of 14C =2.4088 x 1021.

Question 10. Find the number of hydrogen and oxygen atoms present in 0.09 g of water.
Answer: -09 g water =\(=\frac{0.09}{18}\) =5×10 3 gram-mole ofwater [ Molecular mass ofwater = 18

Number of molecules in 1 gram-mole water = 6.022 x 1023

Number of molecules in 5 x 10-3 gram-mole water

⇒ \(=6.022 \times 10^{23} \times 5 \times 10^{-3}=3.011 \times 10^{21}\)

The number of hydrogen and oxygen atoms in 1 molecule of water (H2O) are 2 and 1 respectively.

The number of hydrogen atoms in 3.011 x 1021 number

of water molecules = 2 x 3.011 x 1021 =6.022 x 1021

The number ofoxygen atoms =1 x 3.011 x 1021

= 3.011 X 1021

Question 11. What is the mass of 1 millimol of ammonia? Also, find the number of ammonia molecules presenting it.
Answer: 1 millimol = 10-3 mol.

Mass of1 mol of ammonia = 17 g

Mass of 10-3 mol of ammonia = 17 x 10-3g

Again, the number of ammonia molecules present in 1 mol of ammonia = 6.022 x 1023

The number of ammonia molecules in 10-3 mol of ammonia = 6.022 x TO23 x 10-3 = 6.022 x 1020

Hence, the number of ammonia molecules present in millimolar of ammonia =6.022 X 1020

Question 12. What will be the number of

  1. Moles of ethylene,
  2. Molecules of ethylene,
  3. Atoms of carbon and

Atoms of hydrogen in 0.28 g of ethylene contained in a cylinder?

Answer: 0.28 g of ethylene \(=\frac{0.28}{28}\) = 011 gram-mole ethylene [since molecular mass of ethlene= 28]

Quantity of ethylene in the cylinder= 0.01 mol.

1 gram-mole contains 6.022 x 1023 ethylene molecules.

1 gram-mole contains 6.022 x 1023 ethylene molecules.

1 gram-mole contains 6.022 x 1023 ethylene molecules.

1 gram-mole contains 6.022 x 1023 ethylene molecules.

2 x 6 022 X 1°21 carbon atoms

So, the number of carbon atoms present in the cylinder

⇒ \(=2 \times 6.022 \times 10^{21}=1.2044 \times 10^{22}\)

1 molecule of ethylene contains 4 atoms of hydrogen.

Number of hydrogen atoms in 6.022 x 1021 ethylene molecules = 4 x 6.022 x 1021 =2.4088 X 1022 Thus, the number of hydrogen atoms present in the cylinder = 2.4088 x 1022.

Question 13. Find the number of moles and quantifying gram, contained in 100 m of ammonia at STP.
Answer: At STP, the volume of gram-mole of ammonia = 22.4L

∴ Number of the in 100 of ammonia \(=\frac{1 \times 100}{22.4}=4.464\)

Now 1 gram-mole of ammonia = 17 g of ammonia [since the molecular mass of ammonia = 17 ]

∴ 4.464 gram moles of ammonia = (17 x 4.464) =75.888g of ammonia

Thus, 100 l of ammonia at STP contained = 75.888g

Question 14. Suppose the human population of the world is 3 X 1010. If 100 molecules of sugar are distributed per head, what is the total quantity of sugar required for distribution?
Answer: Gram-molecular mass of sugar

=(12×12+22×1+16×11)=(144+22+176)= 342g

Number of molecules in 342 g of sugar =6.022×1023

∴ Mass of 100 molecules of sugar \(\begin{aligned}
& =\frac{342 \times 100}{6.022 \times 10^{23}} \\
& =5.679 \times 10^{-20} \mathrm{~g}
\end{aligned}\)

So, 5.679 x 10-20 g of sugar will be required per head.

For 3 x 1010 number of people, the quantity of sugar

required =5.679 x 10-20 X 3 x 1010 = 1.7037 X 10-9 g.

Question 15. Find the number of atoms of nitrogen in 1 grantmole of NO and 0.5 gram-mole of N02. Which one will be heavier—1 gram-mole of NO or 0.5 gram-mole of N02?
Answer: Number of molecules present 1 gram-mole of NO = 6.022 X 1023.

Each molecule of NO contains a nitrogen atom.

therefore 6.022×1023 No molecules will contain 6.022×1023 atoms of nitrogen.

Again, the number of N02 molecules present in 0.5 gram-mole of N02 =\(=\frac{1}{2} \times 6.022 \times 10^{23}\) x 6.022 x 1023 =3.011 X 1023

Again, 1 gram-mole NO2= 30g of NO [∴ MNO = 30]

∴ 0.5 gram-mole of NO2 = 0.5×46 =23g NO2 [since M NO2=46]

So, 1 gram- mole NO2 is heavier than 0.5 Gram mole NO2.

Question 16. A mixture contains 02 and N2 in the proportion of 1: 4 by weight. What will be the ratio of the number of molecules of 02 and N2 in the mixture?
Answer: Let, the mass ofthe mixture be W g

In the mixture, mass of 02 =\(\frac{W}{5} \mathrm{~g}\) and mass of N2 \(=\frac{4 W}{5} \mathrm{~g}\)

Number of gram-mole \(\mathrm{N}_2=\frac{4 W / 5}{28}=\frac{4 W}{140}\)

So, number of gram-mole of \(=\frac{4 W / 5}{28}=\frac{4 W}{140}\)

So, number of 002 molecules = \(=\frac{W}{160} \times 6.022 \times 10^{23}\)

number of N2 molecules = x 6.022 x 1023

The ratio of the number of molecules of 02 to the number of molecules of N2 in the mixture

⇒ \(=\frac{W \times 6.022 \times 10^{23}}{160}: \frac{4 W \times 6.022 \times 10^{23}}{140}\)

⇒ \(=\frac{1}{160}: \frac{4}{140}=14: 64=7: 32 \text {. }\)

Question 17. A young man has given ills bride a tin engagement ring containing a 0.50-carat diamond. How many atoms of carbon are present in that ring? |1 carat = 200 mg).
Answer: 1 carat = 200 mg = 0.2 g. So,0.5 carat = 0.5 x 0.2 = 0.1 g Diamond is composed of only carbon atoms

i.e., 0.1 g diamond = 0.1 g carbon

Number of carbon atoms in 12 g of carbon = 3.022 x 1023

[ since Atomic mass of carbon = 12 ]

Number of carbon atoms in 0.1 g of carbon

⇒ \(=\frac{6.022 \times 10^{23}}{12} \times 0.1=5.018 \times 10^{21}\)

Therefore, the young man gave his bride-to-be 5.0018×1021 atoms of carbon

Question 18. What is the number of O-atoms present in 44.8 L of Ozone gas at STP?
Answer:

At STP, the number of molecules present in 22.4 L of ozone gas = 6.022 X 1023

Number of molecules present in 44.8 L of ozone gas at

⇒ \(\mathrm{STP}=\frac{6.022 \times 10^{23} \times 44.8}{22.4}=2 \times 6.022 \times 10^{23}\)

∴ Number of oxygen atoms present in the given volume of ozone gas = 3 X 2 X 6.022 X 1023 = 3.6132 X 1024

[Since each molecule of ozone contains 3 O-atoms]

Applications Of Avogadro’s Hypothesis

The following important corollaries which are of great significance in chemistry have been established by the application of Avogadro’s hypothesis:

Molecules complementary gases (e.g., hydrogen, oxygen, etc.) except inert gases are diatomic.

The molecular mass of a gaseous substance (element or compound) is twice its vapor density.

The gram-molecular volume of any gaseous substance (element or compound) at STP is 22.4L.

The molecular formula of any gaseous compound can be determined from its volumetric composition.

The atomic masses of elements can be determined from the value of their vapor density.

All elementary gases are diatomic except inert gases

1. Hydrogen and chlorine molecules are diatomic: From experiments, it is observed that under the same conditions of temperature and pressure, 1 volume of hydrogen combines chemically with 1 volume of chlorine to form 2 volume of hydrogen chloride gas.

∴ 1 volume of hydrogen + 1 volume ofchlorine = 2 volumes of hydrogen chloride Let, ‘n’ be the number of hydrogen molecules in 1 volume of hydrogen gas under the experimental condition.

According to Avogadro’s hypothesis, at the same temperature and pressure, 1 volume of chlorine and 2 volumes of hydrogen chloride will contain ‘n’ molecules of chlorine and ‘2n’ molecules of hydrogen chloride respectively.

Therefore, ‘n ‘ molecules of hydrogen +’n’ molecules ofchlorine = 2n molecules of hydrogen chloride. or, 1 molecule of hydrogen +1 molecule ofchlorine = 2 molecules of hydrogen chloride.

molecule ofhydrogen +i molecule of chlorine =1 molecule ofhydrogen chloride.

Hence, 1/2 molecule of hydrogen and 1/2 molecule of chlorine are present molecules of hydrogen chloride.

We know, a molecule of hydrogen chloride is composed of hydrogen and chlorine atoms only.

Therefore, 1 molecule of hydrogen chloride must contain at least 1 atom of hydrogen and 1 atom of chlorine because the atom is indivisible.

Thus 1 atom of hydrogen and 1 atom of chlorine must have come from 1/2 molecule of hydrogen and 1/2 molecule of chlorine respectively i.e., 1/2 molecule of hydrogen and 1/2 molecule of chlorine contain one hydrogen atom and one chlorine atom respectively.

So, two atoms of hydrogen and two atoms of chlorine are present in hydrogen and chlorine molecules respectively i.e., hydrogen and chlorine molecules are diatomic.

2. Nitrogen molecule is diatomic: Actual experiments show that under the same conditions of temperature and pressure, 3 volumes of hydrogen and 1 volume of nitrogen combine chemically to produce 2 volumes of ammonia.

1 vol. of nitrogen + 3 vol. hydrogen = 2 vol. of ammonia If under the experimental conditions of temperature and pressure 1 volume of nitrogen contains ‘n’ nitrogen molecules, then according to Avogadro’s hypothesis, at the same temperature and pressure 3 volumes of hydrogen and 2 volume of ammonia will also contain ‘3n’ and ‘2n’ molecules of hydrogen and ammonia respectively.

‘n’ molecules ofnitrogen +’ 3n’ molecules ofhydrogen = ‘2n’ molecules ofammonia

i.e.,1 molecule ofnitrogen + 3 molecules ofhydrogen = 2 molecules of ammonia

or, 1/2 molecule ofnitrogen + 3/2 molecules ofhydrogen =1 molecule ofammonia.

Now, at least 1 atom of nitrogen must be present in 1 molecule of ammonia and this atom of nitrogen must come from 1/2 molecule of nitrogen.

So, in a molecule of nitrogen, the number of nitrogen atoms must be at least 2 i.e., the nitrogen molecule is diatomic.

3. Oxygen molecule is diatomic: From actual experiments, it has been found that under identical conditions of temperature and pressure, 2 volumes of hydrogen react with 1 volume ofoxygen to give 2 volumes of steam.

2 vol. of hydrogen +1 vol. ofoxygen = 2 vol. of steam If at the experimental conditions of temperature and pressure, 1 volume of oxygen gas contain ‘n ‘ molecules, then according to Avogadro’s hypothesis, at that temperature and pressure 2 volume of each of hydrogen and steam must contain’ 2n’ molecules each. Therefore, ‘ 2n’ molecules of hydrogen +’n’ molecules of oxygen

= ‘2n’ molecules of steam or, 2 molecules of hydrogen +1 molecule of oxygen

= 2 molecules of steam.

According to Dalton’s atomic theory, the atom is indivisible. Therefore, at least one atom of oxygen must be present in one molecule of steam and this atom of oxygen must come from 1/2 molecule of oxygen,

So, the number of oxygen atoms present in one molecule of oxygen is two. Hence, oxygen molecules are diatomic.

The molecular Mass Of A Gas Is Twice Its Vapour Density

Absolute density of a gas: The mass (in grams) of L of a gas at a certain temperature and pressure is called its absolute density at that temperature and pressure. Absolute density changes with temperature and pressure.

The normal density of a gas: The normal density of a gas may be defined as the mass (in grams) of 1 L of the gas at STP; e.g., the normal density of hydrogen is 0.089 g- L-1.

Relative density or vapor density of a gas: The vapor density of a gas is a relative value that shows how many times it is heavier than the equal volume ofthe lightest gas i.e., hydrogen under similar conditions of temperature and pressure. Its value is independent of temperature and pressure.

Relative density or vapor density of a gas Definition: Vapour density or relative density of a gaseous substance is defined as the ratio of the mass of a certain volume of the gas to the mass of the same volume of hydrogen, measured under the same conditions of temperature and pressure.

Relation between normal density & relative density of a gas: For any gas, relative density of a gas: for any gas, relative density

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& =\frac{\text { mass of } V \text { volume of the gas at STP }}{\text { mass of } V \text { volume of } \mathrm{H}_2 \text { gas at STP }} \\
& =\frac{\text { mass of } 1 \mathrm{~L} \text { of the gas at STP }}{\text { mass of } 1 \mathrm{~L} \text { of } \mathrm{H}_2 \text { gas at STP }} \\
& =\frac{\text { normal density of the gas }}{\text { normal density of } \mathrm{H}_2 \text { gas }}=\frac{\text { normal density of the gas }}{0.089} \\
& \quad\left[\text { Normal density of } \mathrm{H}_2 \text { gas }=0.089 \mathrm{~g} \cdot \mathrm{L}^{-1}\right]
\end{aligned}\)

Thus for any gas, normal density = 0.089 x relative density

Relation between molecular mass and vapor density (D):

Vapour density of a gas \(=\frac{\text { mass of } V \text { volume of a gas }}{\text { mass of } V \text { of } \mathrm{H}_2 \text { gas }}\)

[At same temperature and pressure]

According to Avogadro’s hypothesis, under the conditions of temperature and pressure, equal volumes of all gases contain the same number of molecules.

So, If the V volume of a gas under certain conditions of temperature and pressure contains ‘n ‘ molecules, then at the same temperature and pressure, the V volume of hydrogen gas will also contain ‘n’ number of molecules.

Vapor density of a gas(D)

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& =\frac{\text { mass of ‘ } n \text { ‘ molecules of a gas }}{\text { mass of ‘ } n \text { ‘ molecules of hydrogen }} \\
& =\frac{\text { mass of } 1 \text { molecule of a gas }}{\text { mass of } 1 \text { molecule of hydrogen }}
\end{aligned}\)

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& =\frac{\text { mass of } 1 \text { molecule of a gas }}{\text { mass of } 2 \text { atoms of hydrogen }}[\text { hydrogen is diatomic }] \\
& =\frac{1}{2} \times \frac{\text { mass of } 1 \text { molecule of a gas }}{\text { mass of } 1 \text { atom of hydrogen }}
\end{aligned}\)

Now by definition, the molecular mass (M) of a substance

⇒ \(=\frac{\text { mass of } 1 \text { molecule of the substance }}{\text { mass of } 1 \text { atom of hydrogen }}\)

Therefore, vapour density of a gas (D) = \(=\frac{1}{2} x\)

its molecular mass (M) i.e., D= M/2 Or, M=2D

So, the molecular mass of any gas is twice its vapor density. [If the atomic mass of hydrogen is taken as 1.008, molecular mass (M)’= 2.016 x vapor density (D) ]

Effect of temperature and pressure on the vapor density of a gas: The absolute density of a gas depends on both temperature and pressure.

This is because even though the mass of gas is kept fixed, the volume changes with variations in temperature and pressure.

But the vapor density of a gas is independent of temperature and pressure because it is a ratio ofmass of a certain volume of gas to the mass of the same volume of hydrogen at a fixed temperature and pressure.

Thus, vapor density is a mere number. Temperature or pressure has no effect on it.

Vapor density of a gas with respect to another gas: Let MA and MB be the molecular masses of the gases A and B respectively. So, the vapor density of gas A with respect to gas B, t(DA)B] is given by

⇒ \(\left(D_A\right)_B=\frac{M_A}{M_B}\)

Examples: Vapour density of 02 with respect to N2

⇒ \(=\frac{\text { molecular mass of } \mathrm{O}_2}{\text { molecular mass of } \mathrm{N}_2}=\frac{32}{28}=1.14\)

Vapor density of NH3 with respect to air

⇒ \(=\frac{\text { molecular mass of } \mathrm{NH}_3}{\text { average molecular mass of air }}=\frac{17}{29}=0.59\)

The gram-molecular volume of any (JASOOIIS substance (element or compound) at STP Is 22.4 L

With the help of Avogadro’s hypothesis, It can be deduced that the molar volume of any gaseous substance at STP Is 22.4 L

Vapour density (D) of any gas \(=\frac{\text { mass of } V \text { volume of the gas }}{\text { mass of } V \text { volume of } \mathrm{H}_2 \text { gas }}\)

If the gas is kept at STP, then the vapor density (D) of the gas

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& =\frac{\text { mass of } V \text { volume of the gas at STP }}{\text { mass of } V \text { volume of } \mathrm{H}_2 \text { gas at STP }} \\
& =\frac{\text { mass of } 1 \mathrm{~L} \text { gas at STP }}{\text { mass of } 1 \mathrm{~L} \mathrm{H}_2 \text { gas at STP }}=\frac{\text { mass of } 1 \mathrm{~L} \text { gas at STP }}{0.089 \mathrm{~g}} \\
& \qquad\text { Mass of } 1 \mathrm{~L} \text { of } \mathrm{H}_2 \text { gas at STP }=0.089 \mathrm{gl}
\end{aligned}\)

Mass of L of the gas at STP =D x 0.009 g

According to Avogadro’s hypothesis, D= M/2

[where, M = molecular mass of the gas]

Mass of1 L ofthe gas at STP = \(=\frac{M \times 0.089}{2} \mathrm{~g}\)

Or, Volume occupied by \(\frac{M \times 0.089}{2}\)g of the gas at STP =1l

Volume occupied by M gram gas at STP = \(=\frac{2}{0.089}\)= 22.4 L

The exact atomic mass of hydrogen on a 12 C -scale is 1.008.

Thus, the true molecular mass of hydrogen is 2.016.

For an accurate result, the correct value of the normal density of hydrogen i.e., 0.09 g-L-1 is to be considered.

Therefore, the volume occupied by M gram of the gas at
g of the gas at STP \(=\frac{2.016}{0.09} \mathrm{~L}=22.4 \mathrm{~L}.\)

So,1 gram-mole ofthe gas occupies 22.4L at STP.

Thus, it is proved that the molar volume of any gaseous substance at stp =22.4 l.

The molar volume of all gases Is same under the identical Conditions of temperature and pressure: On the basis of

Avogadro’s hypothesis, this important corollary can established in the following way:

Let, the actual mass of 1 atom of hydrogen = x g.

Mass of1 hydrogen molecule = 2x g [hydrogen is diatomic] Now, 1 gram-mole hydrogen =2 g of hydrogen

Number of hydrogen molecules in 1 gram-mole (or 2g) of hydrogen \(=\frac{2}{2 x}=\frac{1}{x}\)

The molecular mass of oxygen = 32

So, the actual mass of ] molecule of oxygen = 32 x actual

mass of1 atom ofhydrogen = (32 X x)g

Now, I gram-mole oxygen 32 % oxygen

Number of oxygen molecule* in J gram-mole for 32 g oxygen = \(=\frac{32}{32 x}=\frac{1}{x}\)

let, the molecular: m of any gaseous substance = M

Therefore, the I molecule of the above gas is A/ times heavier than the I atom of hydrogen.

So, the actual mass of the molecule of the gas

= M x actual mass of hydrogen atom =(M x x)g

Now, I gram-mole of the gas =M g

Number of molecules in 1 gram- mole of the gaseous substance = \(=\frac{M}{M x}=\frac{1}{x}\)

Thus, it shows that 1 gram-mole of any gaseous substance contains the same number of molecules.

Again according to Avogadro’s law, at the same temperature and pressure, the volume occupied by this same number of molecules Is the same.

Hence, under identical conditions of temperature and pressure, the volume occupied by 1 gram-mole of all gaseous substances. i.e., the molar volume of all gases is the same.

Volume ovmple At STP,l gram-mole of any gas occupies a volume of 22.4L Again, 1 gram-mole of any gas contains 6.022 x 1023 molecules.

1 molecule occupies the voulume of \(\frac{22.4}{5.022 \times 10^{23}} \mathrm{~L}\)

1 molecule occupies the volume of \(\frac{22.4}{6.022 \times 10^{23}} \mathrm{~L}\) = 3.719 x 10-23 l at STP.

Determination of the molecular formula of any gaseous compound from its volumetric composition

If the volumetric compositions ofthe constituent elements and the vaPour density of the gaseous compound are known, the the molecular formula of the compound can easily be determined by the application of Avogadro’s hypothesis.

Determination of molecular formula of hydrogen chloride: From experiments, it is found that at a certain temperature and pressure, 1 volume of hydrogen combines with 1 volume of chlorine to form 2 volumes of hydrogen chloride.

If under the experimental conditions of temperature and pressure, ‘n ‘ molecules of hydrogen are present in its I volume, then according to Avogadro’s law, under the same conditions of temperature and pressure, ‘n ‘ molecules ofchlorine and ‘2n’ molecules of hydrogen chloride will be present in 1 volume of chlorine and 2 volumes of hydrogen chloride respectively.

‘ n ‘ molecules ofhydrogen+’n’ molecules ofchlorine

= ‘2n’ molecules of hydrogen chloride

or, 1 molecule of hydrogen + 1 molecule ofchlorine

= 2 molecules of hydrogen chloride

or, I molecule of hydrogen + 1/2 molecule ofchlorine

= 1 molecule of hydrogen chloride

According to Avogadro’s law, both hydrogen and chlorine are diatomic.

atom of hydrogen +1 atom of chlorine

=1 molecule of hydrogen chloride

The molecular formula of hydrogen chloride =HC1.

The molecular mass, determined from the deduced formula =1 + 35.5 = 36.5

[ V Atomic masses of hydrogen and chlorine are 1 and 35.5 respectively]

Again, the vapor density of hydrogen chloride = 18.25

Thus, the molecular mass of hydrogen chloride = 2X18.25 =36.5

So, the molecular mass, determined from the deduced formula of hydrogen chloride is exactly the same as calculated from the measured vapor density of hydrogen chloride.

Therefore, it is proved that the molecular formula of hydrogen chloride is HCl.

2. Determination of molecular formula of carbon dioxide: Carbon dioxide is made up of carbon and oxygen.

From experiments, it is found that under similar conditions of temperature and pressure, a certain volume of carbon dioxide dissociates to give an equal volume of oxygen.

So, the volume of carbon dioxide contains the volume of oxygen.

If at a certain temperature and pressure, 1 volume of carbon dioxide contains an ‘n’ number of molecules, then according to Avogadro’s law, at that temperature and pressure, 1 volume of oxygen also contains an ‘n’ number of molecules.

So, 1 molecule of carbon dioxide contains 1 molecule of oxygen or 2 oxygen atoms (as oxygen is diatomic).

Let, the molecular formula of carbon dioxide be Cx02 where x stands for the number of carbon atom(s) present in 1 molecule of carbon dioxide.

Now, Molecular mass of CxO2 =12X x+16X2 =(12x+32)

[since atomic masses of and O are 12 and 16 respectively]

Further, the vapor density of earphone dioxide is 22, and hence its molecular mass = 2 x 22 = 44 Therefore, 12x + 32 = 44 or, x =

The molecular formula of carbon dioxide is CO2

3. Determination of molecular formula of ammonia:

Experimental observations show that under similar conditions of temperature and pressure, 1 volume of nitrogen and 3 volumes of hydrogen combine chemically to produce 2 volumes of measure, the number of molecules present in 3 volummonia.

Let, under experimental conditions of temperature and pressure, ‘n’ be the number of molecules present In I volume of nitrogen.

Then according to Avogadro’s law, under the same conditions of temperature and pressure of hydrogen, 2 volumes of ammonia will be 3n and 2n respectively.

‘n’ molecules of nitrogen + ‘3n ‘ molecules of hydrogen.

= ‘2n’ molecules of ammonia

i.e.,1/2 molecule of nitrogen +3/2 molecules of hydrogen

=1 molecule of ammonia

or, 1 atom of nitrogen + 3 atoms of hydrogen = 1 molecule of ammonia [v hydrogen and nitrogen are diatomic So, 1 molecule of ammonia is composed of 1 atom of nitrogen and 3 atoms of hydrogen.

The molecular formula of ammonia =NH3

The molecular mass calculated from the deduced formula = 14 +(1×3) = 17

[ since Atomic masses of and H are 14 and 1 respectively]

Again, the vapor density of ammonia = 8.5

therefore Molecular mass of ammonia = 8.5 x 2 = 17

So, the molecular mass determined from the deduced formula of ammonia is exactly the same as the molecular mass calculated from the value of the vapor density of ammonia.

Hence, it is proved that the molecular formula of ammonia is NH3

Determination of the atomic mass of a gaseous element from its vapor density

If the vapor density of a gaseous element is known then its atomic mass can be estimated with the help of Avogadro’s law.

The molecular mass of a gaseous element = atomic mass of the element x atomicity of its molecule.

The atomic mass of the gaseous element.

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& =\frac{\text { molecular mass of gaseous element }(M)}{\text { atomicity }} \\
& =2 \times \frac{\text { vapour density of gaseous element }(D)}{\text { atomicity }}[\quad M=2 D]
\end{aligned}\)

Example: Vapour density and atomicity of oxygen are 16 and 2 respectively.

Therefore Atomic mass of oxygen \(=2 \times \frac{16}{2}=16\)

Importance of Avogadro’s hypothesis

The contributions of Avogadro’s hypothesis towards the development of chemistry are mentioned below:

This hypothesis made a clear distinction between the ultimate particle of matter (atom) and the smallest particle having independent existence (molecule).

This hypothesis modified the drawbacks of Dalton’s atomic theory and proposed the molecular theory.

This theory successfully explained Gay-Lussac’s law of gaseous volumes.

The different corollaries derived from this hypothesis served as important tools for the purpose of chemical calculations.

Determination of the atomic mass of an element, the molecular formula of a gaseous compound, and the expression of a chemical reaction by an equation was made possible with the help of this hypothesis.

Numerical Examples

Question 1. The vapor density of a gaseous element is 5 times that of oxygen. If the element is triatomic, find its atomic mass.
Answer: Vapour density of oxygen \((D)=\frac{M}{2}=\frac{32}{2}=16\)

Therefore Vapour density of the gaseous element = 5×16 =80

Therefore Molecular mass of the gaseous element = 80 x 2 =16

So, atomic mass of the element \(\frac{\text { molecular mass }}{\text { atomicity }}\)

=160/3=53.33

Question 2. 100 mL of ay weighs 0.144 g at STP. What is the vapor density of the gas?
Answer: Mass of 1 00mL of the gas at STP = 0.144 g

therefore 22400mL ofthe gas at STP weighs \(=\frac{0.144 \times 22400}{100}\)

= 32.256 g

Hence, the molecular mass of the gas = 32.256 g

Vapour density of the gas = \(\frac{\text { molecular mass }}{2}\)

⇒ \(=\frac{32.256}{2}=16.128\)

Question 3. The vapor density of sulfur relative to nitrogen gas at STP is 9.143. Determine the molecular formula of sulfur vapor
Answer: If the molecular masses of two gases are M1 and M2 then
the vapor density of the first gas, relative to the second gas [(D1)2]=M1/M2

So, vapor density of sulfur vapor relative to nitrogen gas \(=\frac{\text { molecular mass of sulfur vapor}}{\text { molecular mass of nitrogen gas }}\)

∴ Molecular mass of sulphur vapour = 9.143×28 =256.004

Now, the atomic mass of sulfur = 32

∴ Atomicity of sulphur vapour= \(=\frac{256.004}{32} \approx 8\)

Hence, the molecular formula of sulfur vapor =S8

Question 4. At STP, 250 cm3 of a gas weighs 0.7317 g. If the density of H2 gas at STP is 0.08987 g L”1 then what will be the vapor density of the gas? Determine the molecular mass of the gas.
Answer: Mass of250 cm3 of H2 gas at STP
⇒ \(=\frac{0.08987 \times 250}{1000} \mathrm{~g}=0.0224 \mathrm{~g}\)

[since At STP, the density of H2 gas = 0.08987 g.L-1 1

∴ The vapor density of the gas

⇒ \(=\frac{\text { mass of } 250 \mathrm{~cm}^3 \text { gas at STP }}{\text { mass of } 250 \mathrm{~cm}^3 \mathrm{H}_2 \text { gas at STP }}=\frac{0.7317}{0.0224}=32.66\)

Thus, its molecular mass = 2×32.66 =65.32.

Question 5. Volumes of N2 and 02 in any gas mixture are 80% and 20% respectively. Determine the average vapor density of the gas mixture.
Answer: Vapour density of N2 \(=\frac{M_{\mathrm{N}_2}}{2}=\frac{28}{2}=14 \text { and }\)

Vapour density of 02 \(=\frac{M_{\mathrm{O}_2}}{2}=\frac{32}{2}=16\)

Since the Average vapor density of the gas mixture

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& =\frac{80 \times \text { vapour density of } \mathrm{N}_2+20 \times \text { vapour density of } \mathrm{O}_2}{100} \\
& =\frac{80 \times 14+20 \times 16}{100}=14.4
\end{aligned}\)

Question 6. At 26.7°C, the vapor density of a gaseous mixture containing N2O4 and N2O4 is 38.31. Calculate the number of moles of N2O4 in 100g of that mixture.
Answer: Let the amount of N02 in 100 g of the mixture x g

Therefore Amount of N204 = (100 -x) g

Therefore Number of moles ofN02 in mixture \(=\frac{x}{46}\)

And number of moles of N90i( in mixture \(=\frac{(100-x)}{92}\)

since MNO2 = 46 MN2O4=92]

Total number ofmoles ofN02 and N204 in the mixture \(=\frac{x}{46}+\frac{100-x}{92}=\frac{100+x}{92} \cdots(1)\)

Now,molecular mass ofthe mixture = (2 x 38.3) = 76.6

Total number of moles of the mixture \(=\frac{100}{76.6}\)

Now from 1 and 2 \(\frac{100+x}{92}=\frac{100}{76.6} \quad \text { or, } x=20.1\)

So, number of moles of N02 in mixture \(=\frac{20.1}{46}=0.4369\)

Question 7. The vapor density of a gas, relative to air is 1.528. What is the mass of 2L of the gas at 27°C temperature and 750 mm Hg pressure? [Vapour density of air, relative to hydrogen = 14.4.]
Answer: Vapour density of a gas \(=\frac{\text { mass of certain volume of a gas }}{\text { mass of same volume of } \mathrm{H}_2 \text { gas }}\)
Therefore Vapour density of the gas

⇒ \(=\frac{\text { mass of } V \mathrm{~cm}^3 \text { of gas }}{\text { mass of } V \mathrm{~cm}^3 \text { of air }} \times \frac{\text { mass of } V \mathrm{~cm}^3 \text { of air }}{\text { mass of } V \mathrm{~cm}^3 \text { of } \mathrm{H}_2 \text { gas }}\)

[at same temperature and pressure]

=1.528×14.4 =22

Therefore Molecular mass ofthe gas = 2 x vapour density = 44
Again, volume of1 gram-mole of any gas at STP = 22.4 L
So, mass of22.4L of given gas at STP = 44 g
Now, let the volume ofthe gas be V L at STP. i.e.,

P1 = 750 mm; P2 = 760 mm; Vx = 2L; V2 = VL;

Tx =27 °C =(27 + 273) =300 K; T2 = 273 K

⇒ \(\quad \frac{750 \times 2}{300}=\frac{760 \times V}{273} \quad \text { or, } V=\frac{750 \times 2 \times 273}{300 \times 760}=1.796 \mathrm{~L}\)

Now,mass of 22.4 L ofthe gas at STP = 44 g

Therefore Mass of 1.796l of the gas at stp \(=\frac{44 \times 1.796}{22.4}=3.528 \mathrm{~g}\)

Hence, the mass of the gas= 3.258g.

Question 8. Under the same conditions of temperature and pressure, complete combustion of the volume of a gaseous hydrocarbon produces 3 volumes of carbon dioxide and 4 volumes of steam. What is the die formula of die hydrocarbon?
Answer: Volume ofhydrocarbon+ 02 =3 volumes of C02 +4 volumes of H.,0 (steam) [under same conditions of temperature and pressure]

If 1 volume of hydrocarbon contains ‘n’ molecules, then under identical conditions of temperature and pressure 3 volumes of C02 will contain ‘3n’ molecules and 4 volumes of steam will contain ‘4n’ molecules.

Therefore, ‘n’ molecules hydrocarbon = ‘3n’ molecules C02 + ‘4n’ molecules H2O Now, 3 molecules of C02 = 3 atoms of C

[ ∴ 1 atom of C is present in 1 molecule of C02 and 4 molecules of H2O = 8 atoms of H [v 2 atoms of I-I are presentin1 molecule of H2O

So, 1 molecule of hydrocarbon contains 3 atoms of C and 8 atoms of H.

Molecular formula of the hydrogen = C3H8

Question 9. Under the same conditions of temperature and pressure, a gaseous hydrocarbon contains hydrogen which is twice its volume. If the vapor density of that hydrocarbon is 14, then what will be its molecular formula?
Answer: According to a problem, at the same conditions of temperature and pressure, 1 volume of gaseous hydrocarbon contains 2 volumes of hydrogen.

Since n molecules of gaseous hydrocarbon contain 2n molecules of hydrogen or, 1 molecule of gaseous hydrocarbon contains 2 molecules of hydrogen =4 atoms of hydrogen.

(According to Avogadro’s hypothesis)

Therefore Molecular formula hydrocarbon is CXH4

[Where x stands for the number of c-atoms]

The molecular formula of hydrocarbon is CXH4 = 12xx+4

[since the atomic mass of C=12, H=1]

Again, the vapor density of the hydrocarbon = 14

So, molecular formula of the hydrocarbon = 2 x 14 = 28

CxH4 = 14 x 2

therfore, 12x+4=28 or, x=2

The molecular formula hydrocarbon is C2H4.

Question 10. The weight of 350mL of a diatomic gas at 0°C temperature and 2 atm pressure is lg. Calculate the weight of its own atom.
Answer: According to the given condition, the volume of diatomic gas at 0°C and 2 atm pressure = 350 mL.

Let, the volume ofthe gas at 0°C and atm pressure be V mL

Now, according to Boyle’s law, P1 V1 =P2 V2

or, 2 X 350 =1 X V V = 700 mL

i.e, mass of 700mL of the gas at 0°C and 1 atm pressure =1 g

∴ Mass of 22400mL ofthe gas at 0°C and 1 atm pressure

⇒ \(=\frac{22400}{700} \times 1=32 \mathrm{~g}\)

Molar volume of all gases at STP = 22400 mL.

Hence, the gram-molecular mass ofthe given gas = 32 g.

So, the mass of 6.022 x 1023 molecules ofthe given gas= 32 g.

Therefore, the mass of 2 x 6.022 x 1023 atoms ofthe gas= 32 g
[since the gas is diatomic]

Thus, the mass of 1 atom of the given gas

⇒ \(=\frac{32}{2 \times 6.022 \times 10^{23}}=2.656 \times 10^{-23} \mathrm{~g} .\)

Question 11. For complete combustion, 24g of a solid element requires 44.8L of 02 at STP. The gaseous oxide produced in combustion occupies a volume of 4.8 L at STP. What is the molecular mass of the produced gaseous oxide?
Answer: Molar volume of any gas at STP = 22.4L.

∴ 22.4L of 02 at STP =1 gram-molecule of 02 = 32 g 02

∴ Mass of 44.8L of 02 at STP \(=\frac{32}{22.4}\) 44.8 = 64 g 02

Now, 24 g of solid element reacts completely with 64 g of
02 to produce a gaseous oxide.

In this case, the total mass ofthe reactants = (24 + 64) =88 g.

Now According to the law of constant proportion (in the case) an oxide is only formed) or the law of conservation ofmass, the total mass ofthe product will be 88 g.

∴ Mass of 44.8 L ofthe gaseous oxide formed at STP = 88 g.

∴ Mass of22.4L ofthe gaseous oxide at STP = y = 44 g.

Hence, the gram-molecular mass of the gaseous oxide formed = 44 g

∴ The molecular mass ofthe gaseous oxide formed = 44.

Question 12. A sample of hard water contains 20 mg of Ca2+ ions per liter. How many millimoles of Na2C03 would be required to soften the L of the sample? Also, calculate the mass of.Na2C03
Answer: Reaction \(\mathrm{Ca}^{2+}+\mathrm{Na}_2 \mathrm{CO}_3 \rightarrow \mathrm{CaCO}_3+2 \mathrm{Na}^{+}\)

Number of moles ofNa2C03 molecules

= Number of moles of Ca2+ ion \(=\frac{20 \times 10^{-3}}{40}=5 \times 10^{-4}\)

∴ Number of millimoles of Na2C03 required to soften 1L of the sample = 5 x 10-4 x 103 = 0.5

∴ Mass of Na2C03 =5xl0-4xl06 =0.05g

Valency

Valency Definition: The capacity with which an atom of an element combines chemically with the atom(s) of another element is called the combining capacity or valency of the element.

It is determined by the number of hydrogen atoms that combine with an atom of the element or are displaced from a hydrogenated compound by one atom of that element.

There are some elements that do not combine directly with hydrogen or can’t displace hydrogen from any hydrogenated compound.

In such cases, the valency of an element can be determined by the number of atoms ofthe element that combine with an element of known valency.

Elements with different valencies are mentioned in the following table

Class 11 Chemistry Some Basic Concepts Of Chemistry Elements With Different Valencies

Valency of radicals: Like an element, the valency of a radical can also be explained in the same way.

Valency of radicals Definition: Valency of a radical refers to the number of hydrogen atoms with which a radical can combine.

Thus, the valency of nitrate radical (NOJ) is because combines with 1 atom of hydrogen to produce an HN03 molecule. Similarly, sulfate (SO1-) and phosphate (PO1-) radicals exhibit di and tri valencies respectively.

This is because they combine with 2 and 3 atoms of hydrogen to form H2S04 and H3P04 molecules respectively.

Except NH+, other radicals behave like nonmetals. NH+ behaves like a monovalent metal. Like elements, radicals may also be monovalent, divalent, trivalent, etc.

Some Radicals And Their Valencies

Class 11 Chemistry Some Basic Concepts Of Chemistry Some Radicals And Their Valencies

In the case of a binary compound, the ratio of the number of atoms of the constituent elements is the inverse of the ratio of their valencies.

Let, x atoms of element A combine with y atoms of element B to form a compound and the valencies of A and B are a and b respectively.

So, the total valency of A in the compound =xa [For x atoms] and that often that compound =yb [For y -atoms

Now, in the case of a compound composed of two elements, the total valency of one element is equal to that ofthe other.

⇒ \(x a=y b \quad \text { or, } \frac{x}{y}=\frac{b}{a}\)

Thus, the tint formula of the compound formed by the elements A and I will be A;(Hrt.

So, It In evident that In a molecule of a binary compound, the ratio of (lie number of atoms of the constituent elements is Inverse of the ratio of their valencies.

Equivalent Weight Or Equivalent Mass Or Chemical Equivalent Of An Element

Equivalent Weight Definition: The equivalent weight or mass of an element Is the number of parts by mass of the element which combines with 1.008 parts by mass of hydrogen or 8 parts by mass of oxygen or 35.5 ports by mass of chlorine or can displace the same amount of hydrogen, oxygen or chlorine respectively from their compounds.

Thus, the equivalent mass of an element

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& =\frac{\text { mass of the element }}{\text { mass of hydrogen combined or displaced }} \times 1.008 \\
& =\frac{\text { mass of the element }}{\text { mass of oxygen combined or displaced }} \times 8 \\
& =\frac{\text { mass of the element }}{\text { mass of chlorine combined or displaced }} \times 35.5
\end{aligned}\)

The equivalent mass is a ratio of two masses. So it is a Pure number and has no unit.

Alternative Definition: The equivalent weight of an element may be defined as the number of parts by weight of the element which combines with 11.2L of hydrogen or 5.6L of oxygen or 11.2L of chlorine (at STP) or displaces the above-mentioned volume of hydrogen or oxygen or chlorine (at STP) from any compound.

Hence, the Equivalent mass of an element

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& =\frac{\text { mass of the element }(\text { in gram })}{\text { volume of hydrogen combined }} \times 11.2 \\
& \text { or displaced (in L) at STP } \\
& =\frac{\text { mass of the element }(\text { in gram })}{\text { volume of oxygen combined }} \times 5.6 \\
& \text { or displaced (in L) at STP } \\
& =\frac{\text { mass of the element }(\text { in gram })}{\text { volume of chlorine combined }} \times 11.2 \\
& \text { or displaced ( In L) at STP } \\
&
\end{aligned}\)

Gram-equivalent mass (or weight) and gram-equivalent: The equivalent mass of a substance (element, radical, or compound) expressed in gram is called gram-equivalent mass. This particular amount represents 1 gram equivalent of the corresponding substance (element, radical, or compound)

Gram-equivalent mass (or weight) and gram-equivalent Example: The equivalent masses of Na and Mg are 23 and 12 respectively, so their gram-equivalent masses are 23 g and 12 g respectively. Again, 1 gram-equivalent of Na= 23g and 1 gram-equivalent of Mg= 24g.

The number of grams- the equivalent of an element

⇒ \(=\frac{\text { mass of the element (in gram) }}{\text { gram-equivalent mass of the element }}\)

Law of equivalent proportions: Elements combine with one another or displace the other from their compounds in the ratio of their respective equivalent mass or in simple multiples of their equivalent masses.

The law of equivalent proportions Is a direct corollary ofthe type of reciprocal proportions: Both calcium and chlorine combine separately with oxygen to form calcium oxide (CaO) and chlorine monoxide (C120) respectively.

In calcium oxide (CaO), 16 parts by mass of O combine with 40 parts by mass of Ca.

∴ 8 parts by mass of O combine with 20 parts by mass of a. So, equivalent mass of Ca= 20 In chlorine monoxide (C120), 16 parts by mass of O combines with (2 X 35.5) parts by mass of Cl.

∴ 8 parts by mass of nO combines with 35.5 parts by mass of Cl.

So, the equivalent mass ofchlorine = 35.5 From the above data, it is clear that 8 parts by mass of oxygen combine separately with 20 parts by mass of Ca and 35.5 parts by mass of Cl.

So according to the law of reciprocal proportion, if the elements Ca and Cl combine together, the ratio of their masses in the resulting compound will be either 20: 35.5 or any simple multiple of it.

Again according to the law of equivalent proportion, Ca and Cl will combine with each other in the ratio of their equivalent masses i.e., in the ratio of 20: 35.5 (because their equivalent masses are 20 and 35.5 respectively) In practice, it is also found that Ca and Cl combine with each other in the mass-ratio of 20: 35.5 to form calcium chloride (CaCl2).

Class 11 Chemistry Some Basic Concepts Of Chemistry Law of Equivalent Proportions Is a direct corollary

It is thus seen that by using the law of reciprocal proportions and the law of equivalent proportions arrive at the same conclusion regarding the chemical combination of two or more elements. So, these two laws are different versions ofthe same proposition.

Relation Between Equivalent Mass And Atomic Mass Of An Element

Let, the atomic mass of an element =A, its equivalent mass

=E and its valency = V.

We know that the valency of an element indicates the number of hydrogen atoms that combine with one atom of that particular element.

∴ V atoms of hydrogen combine with the atom ofthe element. So, V X 1.008 parts by mass of hydrogen combine with A parts by mass of that element.

∴ 1.008 parts by mass of hydrogen combined with

⇒ \(\frac{A \times 1.008}{V \times 1.008}=\frac{A}{V}\) parts by mass of that element.

Thus, according to the definition of equivalent mass, A/v stands for the equivalent mass ofthe element.

⇒ \(E=\frac{A}{V} \quad \text { or, } \quad A=E \times V\)

The atomic mass of an element = equivalent mass of that element x its valency

If the valency of an element (V) =1, then A = E.

∴ For monovalent elements, atomic mass and equivalent mass are equal.

Example: Atomic mass of Na = 23. As Na is monovalent, the value of its equivalent mass will also be 23.

The equivalent mass of an element can never be more than that of its atomic mass: From equation number (1), A = E=a/v From this equation, it is clear that if the value of E exceeds that of A then the value of V will be less than 1. But valency is always a whole number and its value can never be less than 1.

∴ The equivalent mass of an element can never be more than its atomic mass.

The equivalent mass of an element can never be zero:

  1. From equation no. (1), E = A/v
  2. Now, E will be zero only when A = 0.
  3. But the atomic mass of an element can never become zero.
  4. Hence, the equivalent mass of an element can never be zero.

The equivalent mass of an element is inversely proportional to its valency:

⇒ \(=\frac{\text { atomic mass of the element }(A)}{\text { its valency }(V)}\)

But, for a given element, A = constant.

⇒ \(E=\frac{\text { constant }}{V} \text { or, } E \propto \frac{1}{V}\) Therefore Equivalent mass of an element varies inversely with its valency.

Equivalent Mass Of An Element May Vary

Equivalent mass of an element= \(=\frac{\text { atomic mass of the element }}{\text { valency of that element }}\)

The atomic mass of an element has a fixed value. However, the element may have variable valencies. In such cases, the equivalent mass ofthe elements may vary.

Thus, while mentioning the equivalent mass of an element having variable valencies, the compound that contains the element or the reaction in which the element participates must be mentioned.

Examples: Copper exhibits more than one valency; For Example in cuprous compounds (e.g., Cu20), the valency of Cu is 1 while in cupric compounds (For example CuO), the valency of Cu is 2.

Therefore, the equivalent mass of copper in cuprous compounds

⇒  \(=\frac{\text { atomic mass of } \mathrm{Cu}}{\text { valency }}=\frac{63.5}{1}=63.5\)

And the equivalent mass of copper in cupric compounds

⇒ \(=\frac{\text { atomic mass of } \mathrm{Cu}}{\text { valency }}=\frac{63.5}{2}=31.75\)

Similarly, the valency of metallic iron in ferrous compounds such as FeO, FeCl2, etc., is 2 while in ferric compounds such as Fe203, FeCl3, etc., is 3.

∴ Equivalent mass of Fein ferrous compounds \(=\frac{\text { atomic mass of } \mathrm{Fe}}{\text { valency }}=\frac{55.85}{2}=27.925\)

And the equivalent mass of Fein ferric compounds \(=\frac{\text { atomic mass of Fe }}{\text { valency }}=\frac{55.85}{3}=18.616\)

The equivalent mass of the elements that exhibit variable equivalent masses can be determined if the reactions in which they participate are known.

For example, in the reaction of Fe with HC1, ferrous chloride and H2 gas are produced.

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& \mathrm{Fe}+2 \mathrm{HCl} \longrightarrow \mathrm{FeCl}_2+\underset{2 \times 1.008 \text { parts by mass }}{+\mathrm{H}_2} \\
& 55.85 \text { parts by mass } \\
&\text { Equivalent mass of } \mathrm{Fe}=\frac{55.85 \times 1.008}{2 \times 1.008}=27.925
\end{aligned}\)

Again, red-hot Fe reacts directly with Cl2 to form FeCl3.

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& 2 \mathrm{Fe}+3 \mathrm{Cl}_2 \quad \rightarrow \quad 2 \mathrm{FeCl}_3 \\
& 2 \times 55.85 \text { parts by mass } \quad 3 \times 71 \text { parts by mass } \\
& \text { Here, equivalent mass of } \mathrm{Fe}=\frac{2 \times 55.85 \times 35.5}{3 \times 71}=18.616 \\
&
\end{aligned}\)

Examples of some other elements having variable equivalent mass are Sn, Pb, Hg, Cr, Mn, As, etc. Elements like Na, K, Mg, Ca, etc., are not characterized by variable valencies, and hence their equivalent masses are always fixed.

Thus while mentioning the equivalent masses of such elements, it is not necessary to mention the compound containing the element or the reactionin which the element participates.

Equivalent mass of radicals, acids, bases, salts, oxidants, and reductants

Equivalent mass of radicals: Equivalent mass of a radical denotes the number of parts by mass of a radical which combine with 1.008 parts by mass ofhydrogen, 8 parts by mass of oxygen, or 35.5 parts by mass of chlorine, or one equivalent of any other element or a radical.

Examples:

In HN03, 1.008 parts by mass of hydrogen combine with 62 parts by mass of nitrate (N03) radical, and hence the equivalent mass of nitrate (N03 ) radical = 62. 0 In H2S04, 2 x 1.008 parts by mass of hydrogen remain associated with 96 parts by mass of sulfate (SO2-4) radical.

Hence the equivalent mass of sulphate (SO2-4) radical= =\(\frac{96 \times 1.008}{2 \times 1.008}=48\)

⇒ \(\text { Equivalent mass of a radical }=\frac{\text { formula mass of the radical }}{\text { valency of the radical }}\)

Equivalent mass of an acid: The equivalent mass of an acid is defined as the number of parts by mass of the acid which contains 1.008 parts by mass irreplaceable hydrogen.

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
\text { Equivalent mass of an acid } & =\frac{\text { molecular mass of the acid }}{\begin{array}{l}
\text { no. of replaceable } \mathrm{H} \text {-atoms } \\
\text { present per molecule of the acid }
\end{array}} \\
& =\frac{\text { molecular mass of the acid }}{\text { basicity of the acid }}
\end{aligned}\)

Examples:

Equivalent mass of HN03 = 63/1 = 63

Equivalent mass of H2S04 =98/2 = 49

Basicity of HN03 and H2S04 are1 and 2 respectively]

Equivalent mass of a base (or alkali): The equivalent mass of a base (or alkali) is defined as the number of parts by mass of the base (or alkali) which requires one equivalent mass of an acid for complete neutralization.

Equivalent mass of a base (or alkali)

⇒ \(=\frac{\text { molecular mass or formula mass of the base }}{\text { acidity of the base }}\)

Examples: Equivalent mass of NaOH =40/1= 40

Equivalent mass of CaO =56/2=28

[∴ Acidity of  NaOH and CaO are1 and 2 respectively]

Equivalent mass of salt: The equivalent mass of a normal salt denotes the number of parts by mass of that salt which contains one equivalent mass of active cation or anion.

The equivalent mass of a slat

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& =\frac{\text { molecular mass or formula mass of the salt }}{\text { (number of cations or anions present per molecule }} \\
& \text { of the salt } \times \text { valency of that cation or anion) } \\
& =\frac{\text { molecular mass or formula mass of the salt }}{\text { total valency of the cation or anion in one molecule of the salt }} \\
& =\frac{\text { molecular mass or formula mass of the salt }}{\text { total charge of the cation or anion in one molecule of the salt }}
\end{aligned}\)

Example: In A12(S04)3, the valency of Al3+ =3

∴ Equivalent mass of A12(S04)3 \(=\frac{342}{2 \times 3}=57\)

Similarly, in A12(S04)3, valency of SO2-4 = 2

∴ Equivalent mass of A12(S04)3 \(=\frac{342}{3 \times 2}=57\)

The equivalent mass of salt is also defined as the stun of the equivalent masses ofthe radicals present in that salt

∴ Equivalent mass of ofsalt= equivalent mass of cation + equivalent mass opinion

Examples: 1. Equivalent mass of Na2S04 = Equivalent mass of Na+ + Equivalent mass of SO2-4 =23 + 48 =71

Equivalent mass of A12(S04)3 = equivalent mass of Al3+ +Equivalent mass of SO2-4 =9 + 48 =57

Equivalent mass of Ca3(P04)2

= Equivalent mass of Ca2+ + Equivalent mass ofPO3-4

= 20 + 31.67 =51.67

Equivalent maw of oxidant and reductant: Equivalent muss of oxidant turd reductant tilth In determined by the following two methods. These are:

Electronic method:

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& \text { Equivalent mass of an oxidant } \\
& =\frac{\text { molecular mass or formula mass of the oxldant }}{\text { mumber of electron( } \mathrm{s}) \text { gained per molecule }}
\end{aligned}\)

Examples: Equivalent mass of KMnO4:0 Acidic medium, KMn04 Is reduced by suitable reductant to manganous (Mn2+) salt.

Reactions \(\mathrm{MnO}_4^{-}+8 \mathrm{H}^{+}+5 e \rightarrow \mathrm{Mn}^{2+}+4 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}\)

∴ In an acidic medium, the equivalent mass of KMn04

⇒ \(=\frac{\text { molecular mass of } \mathrm{KMnO}_4}{\text { number of electrons gained }}=\frac{158.1}{5}=31.6\)

In a neutral medium, KMn04 Is reduced by a suitable reductant to Mn02.

Reaction: \(\mathrm{MnO}_4^{-}+2 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}+3 e \rightarrow \mathrm{MnO}_2+4 \mathrm{OH}^{-}\)

∴ In a neutral medium, the equivalent mass of KMn04 Is reduced by a suitable reductant to Mn02.

In a strongly alkaline medium, KMn04 is reduced to K2Mn04.

Reaction: \(\mathrm{MnO}_4^{-}+2 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}+3 e \rightarrow \mathrm{MnO}_2+4 \mathrm{OH}^{-}\)

Therefore In a neutral medium, the equivalent mass of KMn04

⇒ \(=\frac{158.1}{3}=52.7\)

In a strongly alkaline medium, KMn04 is reduced to K2Mn04.

Reaction: \(\mathrm{MnO}_4^{-}+e \rightarrow \mathrm{MnO}_4^{2-}\)

In strongly alkaline medium,

Equivalent mass of KMn04 \(=\frac{158}{1}=158\)

Equivalent mass of K2Cr207: K2Cr207 on reduction by a suitable reductant produces chromic salt (Cr3+).

Reaction: \(\mathrm{Cr}_2 \mathrm{O}_7^{2-}+14 \mathrm{H}^{+}+6 e \rightarrow 2 \mathrm{Cr}^{3+}+7 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}\)

Equivalent mass of K2Cr207 \(=\frac{294.18}{6}=49.03\)

Equivalent Mass Of A Reductant

⇒ \(=\frac{\text { molecular or formula mass of the reductant }}{\text { number of electron(s) lost per molecule }}\)

Examples: In the presence of a suitable oxidizing agent, FeS04 gets oxidized to Fe2(S04)3.

Reaction: \(\mathrm{Fe}^{2+} \rightarrow \mathrm{Fe}^{3+}+e\)

Equivalent mass of FeS04 \(=\frac{151.85}{1}=151.85\)

In the presence of a suitable oxidizing agent, oxalic acid (C2H204 2H20) is oxidized to C02.

Reaction: \(\mathrm{C}_2 \mathrm{O}_4^{2-} \rightarrow 2 \mathrm{CO}_2+2 e\)

Here, the molecular mass of C2H204.2H20 = 126 and number of electrons lost = 2

∴ Equivalent mass of oxalic acid \(=\frac{126}{2}=63\)

Oxidation Mass of oxidant \(=\frac{\text { molecular or formula mass of the oxidant }}{\text { change in oxidation number }}\)

Examples: In the presence of d .H2S04, KMnCO4 Is reduced to manganous sulplutto (MnS04).

∴ \(\stackrel{+7}{\mathrm{KMnO}_4 \rightarrow} \stackrel{+2}{\mathrm{MnSO}_4}\)

Here, change In oxidation number of Mn in KMn04 = 7-2 = 5 units and molecular mass or formula mass of KMn04 =150.

Equivalent mass of KMn04 \(=\frac{158}{5}=31.6\)

In presence of dil. H2S04, K2Cr207 is reduced by a suitable reductant to Cr2(S04)3.

\(\mathrm{K}_2 \stackrel{+6}{\mathrm{Cr}_2 \mathrm{O}_7} \stackrel{+3}{\mathrm{Cr}_2}\left(\mathrm{SO}_4\right)_3\)

Here, change in oxidation number of 2 Cr -atoms in K2Cr2O7 =2x(+6)-2x(+3)=6 units.

Since the Equivalent mass of k2crO7 = 294/6=49

Equivalent mass of a reductant \(=\frac{\text { molecular or formula mass of the reductant }}{\text { change in oxidation number }}\)

Examples: 1 FeS04 is oxidized by an oxidant to Fe2(S04)3.

⇒ \(\stackrel{+2}{\mathrm{FeSO}_4} \stackrel{+3}{\rightarrow} \mathrm{Fe}_2\left(\mathrm{SO}_4\right)_3\)

Here, the change in oxidation number of Fe in FeS04 = 3-2 = 1 unit

∴ Equivalent mass of FeS04 \(=\frac{151.85}{1}=151.85\)

Sodium thiosulphate (Na2S203-5H20) is oxidized by an oxidant to sodium tetrathionate (Na2S406)

⇒ \(2 \mathrm{Na}_2 \stackrel{+2}{\mathrm{~S}_2} \mathrm{O}_3 \rightarrow \mathrm{Na}_2 \mathrm{~S}_4 \mathrm{O}_6+2 \mathrm{Na}^{+}\)

Here, changein oxidation number of4 S-atoms in Na2S203 = 4 X (+2.5)- 4 x (+2) = 18- 8 = 2 units.

∴ Changes in oxidation number for two S-atoms =1 unit Now, molecular mass of Na2S203.5H20 = 248

Equivalent mass of Na2S203-5H20 \(=\frac{248}{1}=248\)

In any chemical reaction, the number of equivalent or gram-equi-valent of reactants and products are always equal: In the chemical reaction, the reacting substances unite together in accordance with their equivalent masses. By analyzing the chemical reaction, it has been observed that the number of equivalents or gram-equivalents of constant(s) and produces) are always equal.

Example 1 \(\begin{aligned}
& \text { (1) } \underset{56 \mathrm{~g}}{\mathrm{Fe}}+\underset{2 \times 36.5 \mathrm{~g}}{2 \mathrm{HCl}} \longrightarrow \underset{129 \mathrm{~g}}{\mathrm{FeCl}_2}+\underset{2 \mathrm{~g}}{\mathrm{H}_2} \\
& 2 \text { gram-eqv. } 2 \text { gram-eqv. } 2 \text { gram-eqv. } 2 \text { gram-eqv. } \\
&
\end{aligned}\)

Generally, if in the case of the reaction, A + B-+C +D, the gram-equivalent of A reacts with .v gram-equivalent of B then, the gram-equivalent of C and .v gram-equivalent of D will be produced.

Methods for the determination of the atomic mass of an element:

Determination of atomic mass by Dulong and Petit’s law: At ordinary temperature, the atomic heat of all the solid elements (except C, B, Si, and Be) is always the same and numerically equal to 6.4 (approximately). The product of atomic mass and specific heat is known as atomic heat.

Hence, atomicmass x specific heat = 6.4 (approx) Approximate atomic mass \(=\frac{6.4}{\text { specific heat }}\)

The approximate atomic mass so obtained is divided by the equivalent mass ofthe element to get its valency. Since the atomic mass is not accurate, the value of valency may be fractional.

So, the nearest whole number should be considered as its valency which on multiplication with equivalent mass gives accurate atomic mass.

Determination of atomic mass of an element by applying Mitscherlich’s law of isomorphism: Let, a salt of an element E be isomorphous with K2S04, and the salt contains a % of E.

The atomic mass of E is to be determined. Let, the atomic mass of E be r. Since the salt of E is isomorphous with K2S04, the formula of the salt, according to Mitscherlich’s law, would be K2E04. Now, the molecular mass of K2E04

= 2×39+x + 4x 16 = 78+X + 64 = 142 + x

∴ Percentage of E in the salt \(=\frac{x}{142+x} \times 100\)

By the above assumption \(\frac{100 x}{142+x}=a\)

As ‘a’ is known, x can easily be calculated.

An alternative method (hy Isomorphous replacement): Experimental results show that different key dementia (l.a, the elements which are different) forming an Isomorphous compound can replace each other, atom for atom, without changing the crystal structure.

Let A and li be the key elements (having atomic masses a and respectively) In a pair of isomorphous compounds.

If W g of 1 is replaced hy W2 g of, then according to the law oflsomorphlsm.

⇒ \(W_1 / a=W_2 / b \text { or, } W_1 / W_2=a / b\)

⇒ \(\text { i.e., } \frac{\text { mass of the substituted element, } A}{\text { mass of the substituting element, } B}=\frac{\text { atomic mass of } A}{\text { atomic mass of } B}\)

This relation can be used to determine the atomic mass of A if that of B is known or vice versa.

Two compounds having the following characteristics are said to be isomorphous crystals:

  1. Both have similar external crystalline structures.
  2. They together can form mixed crystals.
  3. One can form overgrowth on the other if a small crystal of the latter is placed in the saturated solution of the former.

The property by virtue of which isomorphous crystals are formed is called isomorphism (iso: similar, morph: form).

Examples of isomorphous crystals:

White vitriol (FeS04-7H20), Epsom salt (MgS04- 7H20), green vitriol (FeS04-7H20)

Potassium permanganate (KMn04), potassium perchlorate (KC104)

Potash alum [K2S04-A12(S04)3-24H20]; chrome alum [K2S04-Cr2(S04)3-24H20]

It is observed from the formulae of isomorphous crystals that the total number of atoms in their molecules is the same.

Mitscherlich’s law of isomorphism: The same number of atoms combine in the same way to produce isomorphous crystals.

The crystalline form of these crystals depends only on the number of atoms in their molecules and the way by which they combine but is independent of their chemical properties.

Question 1. The atomic mass & equivalent weight of an element are 27 & 9 respectively. Find the formula of its chloride
Answer: Valency of element \(=\frac{\text { atomic mass }}{\text { equivalent weight }}=\frac{27}{9}=3\)

∴ Formula of its chloride = MC13 [since valency of Cl =1]

Question 2. x gram of an element forms y gram of its chloride. Calculate the equivalent weight of the element.
Answer: Mass ofthe chloride =y g and mass of element = x g

Mass of chlorine =(y- x) g

So, (y- x) g of chlorine combines with x g of the element.

∴ 35.5 g ofchlorine combines with \(\frac{35.5 \times x}{y-x} g\)

∴ Equivalent weight ofthe element \(=\frac{35.5 x}{y-x}\)

Example 3. Calculate the relative equivalent weight (£) of copper in cuprous oxide.
Answer: Formula of cuprous oxide = Cu20

∴ 16 g of oxygen combined with 2 x 63.5 g of Cu

So, 8 g ofoxygen combines with 63.5 g of Cu

∴ Equivalent weight (E) = 63.5

Example 4. A metallic oxide contains 60% metal. Calculate the equivalent weight of the metal.
Answer: 100 g of metallic oxide contains 60 g of metal. 100 g of metallic oxide contains (100 – 60) = 40 g of oxygen So, 40 g of oxygen combines with 60 g of metal.

8 g of oxygen combines with \(\frac{60 \times 8}{40}\)

Therefore, the equivalent weight of the metal = 12

Question 5. 0.56 g of metallic oxide contains 0.16 g of oxygen. Determine the equivalent weight of that metal.
Answer: Mass of metallic oxide = 0.56 g and mass of oxygen = 0.16 g

So, mass ofmetalin the metallic oxide = (0.56- 0.16) g = 0.40 g

Equivalent weight of the metal

⇒ \(=\frac{\text { mass of the metal }}{\text { mass of combined oxygen }} \times 8=\frac{0.40 \times 8}{0.16}=20\)

Question 6. Determine the equivalent weight of O carbonate radical Ferrous Sulphate [Fe = 56]
Answer: Formula mass of carbonate radical =12 + 3×16 = 60

Therefore Equivalent weight of carbonate radical

⇒ \(=\frac{\text { formula mass }}{\text { valency }}=\frac{60}{2}=30\)

Formula mass of ferrous sulphate =56 + 32 + 64 = 152

Therefore Equivalent weight formula of ferrous mass sulphate

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& =\frac{\text { formula mass }}{\text { total valency of cation or anion per molecule }} \\
& =\frac{152}{2}=76
\end{aligned}\)

Question 7. When 0.3 g of a metal is dissolved in dilute IIC1 the volume of H2 gas liberated is 1 10mL at 17°C and 755 35.5 g ofchlorine combined with g ofthe element Hg of pressure. [Aqueous tension at 17°C = 14.4 Hg] Determine the equivalent mass of the metal.
Answer: Pressure of dry hydrogen gas= 755.14.4

If the volume of H2 gas produced at STP is VmL, then

⇒ \(\frac{110 \times 740.6}{(273+17)}=\frac{V \times 760}{273}\)

So, \(V=\frac{110 \times 740.6 \times 273}{290 \times 760} \mathrm{~mL}=100.91 \mathrm{~mL}\)

Now,mass of22400 mL of H2 at STP = 2x 1.008g

Mass of100.91 mL of H,2 at STP \(=\frac{2 \times 1.008 \times 100.91}{22400} \mathrm{~g}\)

=0.00908g

So, 0.00908 g of H2 is displaced by 0.3 g of metal.

1.008 g of H2 is displaced by \(\frac{0.3 \times 1.008}{0.00908}\) =33.3 g of mental

Therefore Equivalent mass of the mental=33.3

Question 8. The equivalent mass of a metal is 11.6. When 0.177g of that metal is allowed to react completely with dilute HC1, what will be the volume of H2 gas liberated at 12°C and 766mm Hg pressure?
Answer: The equivalent mass ofthe metal is 11.6.

∴ 11.6 g metal displaces 11200 mL of H2 at STP

0.177 g metal displaces \(\frac{11200 \times 0.177}{11.6}\)=170.89 ml of H2

Let volume by V at 12°C and 760 mm Hg pressure

∴ \(\frac{V \times 766}{(12+273)}=\frac{170.89 \times 760}{273}\)

Or, \(V=\frac{170.89 \times 760}{273} \times \frac{285}{766}=177.0 \mathrm{~mL}\)

Question 9. 20 g of a metal reacts with dilute H2S04 to liberate 0.504 g of H2 gas. Calculate the amount of metal oxide formed from 2.0 g of the metal.
Answer: 0.504 g of H2 is liberated by 20 g of the metal

∴ 1.008 g H2 is liberated by \(\frac{20 \times 1.008}{0.504}\)

So, the equivalent mass ofthe metal = 40

∴ 40 g of metal combined with 8 g of oxygen

So, 2.0 g metal combines with \(=\frac{8 \times 2}{40} g=\) 0.4 of oxygen

∴ Amount of metal oxide = mass of metal + mass of oxygen

= (2.0 4-0.4) = 2.4 g

Question 10. 3.26 g of zinc reacts with acid to liberate 1.12L of hydrogen gas (H2) at STP. Calculate the relative equivalent weight of zinc.
Answer: 1-12L of H2 (at STP) is liberated by 3.26 g of zinc, therefore, 11.2L Of H2 is Liberated By \(\frac{3.26 \times 11.2}{1.12}\) =32.6g of Zinc.

So, the equivalent weight of zinc = 32.6

Question 11. 15 g of an element reacts completely with 30 g of We know, A =Ex V A = 9.02 x V another element. Calculate the specific equivalent weight of A if that of B is 60.
Answer: We know that two elements A and B will react with each other in the ratio of their equivalent weight (EA and EB).

So, in the reaction between A and B Or, 15/30 = Ea/Eb

∴ Ea=1/2 X Eb =1/2 X 60 =30

So, the equivalent weight of A = 30

Question 12. 0.362g of metal is added to an aqueous solution of AgNOs. Consequently, 3.225 g of silver is precipitated. What is the equivalent mass of the metal? [Atomic mass of Ag = 108, valency = 1]
Answer: Equivalent mass of Ag \(=\frac{\text { mass of the metal }}{\text { mass of } \mathrm{Ag}}\) =108/1 =108

Now, the displacement of Ag by the metal from a compound of the metal occurs in proportion to their equivalent masses.

So, \(\frac{\text { equivalent mass of the metal }}{\text { equivalent mass of } \mathrm{Ag}}=\frac{\text { mass of the metal }}{\text { mass of } \mathrm{Ag}}\)

Let the equivalent mass of the metal be E

According to the problem \(\frac{E}{108}=\frac{0.362}{3.225}\)

Or, E=12.12

∴ Equivalent mass ofthe metal =12.12

Question 13. A metallic oxide contains 53% neutral. The vapor density of the chloride of the metal is 66. Find the atomic weight of the metal.
Answer: The metallic oxide contains 53% metal.

∴ The metallic oxide contains (100-53) = 47 % oxygen.

Hence, the equivalent weight (£) of the metal.

⇒\(=\frac{\text { mass of the metal }}{\text { mass of oxygen combined }} \times 8=\frac{53 \times 8}{47}=9.02\)

As given, vapour density of the metallic chloride = 66 Molecular weight ofthe chloride = 2 x 66 =132

since M=2xD

Let, the molecular formula of the metallic chloride be MCIv [where, V = valency of the metal]

∴ Molecular weight of MClv = A 4- 35.5 V [where, A = atomic weight of the metal]

We know, A =Ex V A = 9.02 x V

Hence, 9.02 X V4- 35.5 x V = 132 or, V \(=\frac{132}{44.52} \approx 3\)

So, atomic weight ofthe metal =ExV = 9.02 X 3 = 27.06

Question 14. A metallic chloride contains 20.2% by mass of metal (M). If the atomic mass of the metal is 27. What is the molecular formula of the metallic chloride?
Answer: Metal content in metallic chloride = 20.2 %

∴ Amount ofchlorine in the metallic chloride=(100- 20.2) = 79.8%

So, 79.8 parts by mass of chlorine combined with 20.2 parts by mass of the metal (M)

∴ 35.5 parts by mass of chlorine combined with \(\frac{20.2 \times 35.5}{79.8}\) = 8.986 Parts by mass of the mental.

Hence, the Equivalent mass of mental (M)=8.986

\(\quad V=\frac{A}{E}=\frac{27}{8.986}=3 \text { (approx.) }\)

So, the valency of the metal in the metallic chloride = 3

∴ The molecular formula of the metallic chloride = MC13

[Therefore Valency of chlorine =1]

Question 15. 8.08g of metallic oxide on being reduced by H2, produces 1.8g of water. Find the quantity of Oz In the above oxide and the equivalent mass of the metal.
Answer: Amount of oxygen present in 18 g of water = 16 g

Amount of oxygen present 1.8 g of water = 1.6 g

Oxygen content in 8.08 g ofthe metallic oxide = 1.6 g

[since all of this oxygen comes from the metallic oxide]

Hence, the amount ofthe metal present in that oxide =(8.08-1.6)=6.48g

∴ 1.6g of O2 COmbine with 6.48g of mental

Or, 8g Of O2 Combine with \(\left(\frac{6.48}{1.6} \times 8\right)\) g of the mental

Therefore, the equivalent mass of the metal = \(=\frac{6.48}{1.6} \times 8=32.4\)

Question 16. In the following reaction, determine the equivalent
weight of H3P04.
\(\begin{array}{r} \mathrm{Ca}(\mathrm{OH})_2+\mathrm{H}_3 \mathrm{PO}_4 \rightarrow \mathrm{CaHPO}_4+2 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O} \\{[\mathrm{Ca}=40 ; \mathrm{P}=31] \text { [II 82] }} \end{array}\)
Answer: In this acid-base neutralization reaction, 2 hydrogen atoms of H3P04 are replaced by atoms of calcium.

Equivalent weight of H3P04

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& =\frac{\text { molecular mass of } \mathrm{H}_3 \mathrm{PO}_4}{\text { number of displaced hydrogen atoms }} \\
& =\frac{3 \times 1.008+31+4 \times 16}{2}=49.012
\end{aligned}\)

Question 17. A metallic bromide weighing 1.878 g is heated in a current of hydrogen chloride. Consequently, 1.0 g of metallic chloride is obtained. What is the equivalent mass of the metal?
Answer:

Let the equivalent mass ofthe metal be the Equivalent mass ofthe metallic bromide =E+ 80

[∴ Equivalentmass ofbromine = 80 ] Equivalent mass ofmetallic chloride =E + 35.5

[∴ Equivalent mass ofchlorine = 35.5]

So, the number of gram-equivalent of metallic bromide and metallic chloride is \(\frac{1.878}{E+80} \text { and } \frac{1.0}{E+35.5}\) Respectively.

Now, in any chemical reaction, the gram-equivalents of the reactant and the product are equal.

So, in the reaction, the gram-equivalent of metallic bromide is equal to the gram-equivalent of metallic chloride.

∴ \(\frac{1.878}{E+80}=\frac{1.0}{E+35.5}\)

or, E(1.878-1) = 80-35.5X 1.78 =80-66.669

or, 0.878 x £ = 13.331 or, E= 15.18

∴ Equivalent Mass of mental = 15.18

Question 18. The hydride of element A contains 25% of hydrogen by mass. The percentages of oxygen in two oxides of that element are 57.1 and 72.7 respectively. If the atomic mass of the element is 12 determine the formula of the hydride and the two oxides.
Answer: The quantity of the element A in the hydride of element
A =(100-25)% = 75%

So, in the hydride of element A, 25 parts by mass ofhydrogen combine with 75 parts by mass element A.

∴ 1.008 parts by mass of hydrogen combined with

75/25 X 1.008 = 3.024 Parts by mass of element A

∴ Equivalent mass of ‘A’ anhydride = 3.024
∴ Quantity of A in the first oxide = (100- 57.1) % = 42.9 %

and in the second oxide = (100- 72.7) % = 27.3 %

So, in the first oxide, 57.1 parts by mass ofoxygen combine with

42.9 parts by mass of A

In the first oxide, 8 parts by mass of oxygen combine with

⇒ \(\frac{42.9}{57.1} \times 8\)=60.1 parts of mass of A.

Similarly, in the second oxide, 8 parts by mass of oxygen react with \(\frac{27.3 \times 8}{72.7}=\) = 3 parts by mass of A.

∴ The valency of A in the first hydride.

⇒ \(=\frac{\text { atomic mass of } \mathrm{A}}{\text { equivalent mass of } \mathrm{A} \text { in the hydride }}=\frac{12}{3.024}=4\)

Formula of the hydride = AH4

Valency of A in the first oxide

⇒ \(=\frac{\text { atomic mass of } \mathrm{A}}{\text { equivalent mass of } \mathrm{A} \text { in the first oxide }}\)

=12/6.01 =2

Formula of first oxide = AO [Therefore Valency of oxygen =2]

Valency of A in the second oxide

⇒ \(=\frac{\text { atomic mass of } \mathrm{A}}{\text { equivalent mass of } \mathrm{A} \text { in the second oxide }}\)

=12/3=4

therefore Formula ofthe second oxide = AO2

Question 19. The specific equivalent weight of a solid element is 17.8 and its specific heat is 0.124 cal .K-1. g-1. Find its valency and correct specific atomic mass.
Answer: As perDoulong and Petit’s law, the approximate atomic mass
ofthe solid element = \(\frac{6.4}{\text { specific heat }}=\frac{6.4}{0.124}=51.61\)

therefore Valency of element = \(=\frac{\text { atomic mass (approx) }}{\text { equivalent weight }}=\frac{51.61}{17.8} \approx 3\)

Therefore Correct atomic mass ofthe element

= equivalent weight X valency = 17.8 X 3 = 53.4

Question 20. The specific heat of magnesium is 0.262 and magnesium chloride contains 25.5% by weight of magnesium. Determine the atomic mass, valency of magnesium, and also the formula of magnesium chloride.
Answer: Percentage of magnesium chloride= 25.5

∴ Percentage of chlorine in the salt = 74.5

∴ Equivalent weight of magnesium

⇒ \(=\frac{\text { mass of magnesium }}{\text { mass of chlorine }} \times 35.5\)

⇒ \(=\frac{25.5}{74.5} \times 35.5=12.15\)

According to Dulong and Petit’s law,

Atomic mass ofthe metal x specific heat = 6.4 (approx)

So, approximate atomic mass of magnesium \(=\frac{6.4}{0.62}=24.42\)

∴ Valency of Mg \(=\frac{\text { approximate atomic mass }}{\text { equivalent weight }}\)

Therefore, the atomic mass of magnesium = equivalent weight x valency = 12.15×2 = 24.30, and the formula of magnesium chloride is MgCl2.

Question 21. An aqueous solution contains 0.22 g of metallic chloride. 0.51 g of AgNOa is required for the complete precipitation of chloride from that solution. If the specific heat of the metal is 0.057 then what will be the correct atomic mass of that metal? What is the formula of that metallic chloride?
Answer: S. Let the equivalent mass ofthe metal be E.
Equivalent mass of the metallic chloride =E + 35.5 [ v Equivalent mass ofchlorine = 35.5 ]

Equivalentmass of AgN03

= Equivalent mass of Ag+ + Equivalent mass of N03

= 108 + 62 =170.

In any chemical reaction, the reactants combine together in the proportion of their equivalent masses.

⇒ \(\text { So, } \quad \frac{E+35.5}{170}=\frac{0.22}{0.51} \quad \text { or, } E=37.83\)

Determination of atomic mass ofthe metal: According to Dulong and Petit’s law, the approximate atomic mass of metal

⇒ \(=\frac{6.4}{\text { specific heat }}=\frac{6.4}{0.057}=112.28\)

Therefore Valency of the metal \(=\frac{\text { approx. atomic mass of the metal }}{\text { equivalent mass }}\)

⇒ \(=\frac{112.28}{37.83}=2.968 \approx 3\)

Therefore, the correct atomic mass of M =37.83×3 = 113.49

So, the molecular formula of chloride salt = MC13.

Question 22. The percentage by weight of chromium in green-colored chromium oxide (chromic oxide) is 68.43 and it is isomorphous with ferric oxide. Estimate the = 74.5— X35.5 = 12.15 correct atomic weight of chromium.
Answer: Chromium oxide is isomorphous with Fe203. So, according to Mitscherlich’s law of isomorphism, the formula chromium oxide will be Cr203.

Since the valency of Fe in Fe203 is 3 the valency of Cr in Cr203 will also be 3.

Now, the quantity of chromium in chromium oxide = 68.43 % Quantity of oxygen =(100-68.43) = 31.57 % Equivalent weight of chromium

⇒ \(=\frac{\text { weight of chromium }}{\text { weight of combined oxygen }} \times 8=\frac{68.43}{31.57} \times 8=17.34\)

Hence, the correct atomic weight chromium

= equivalent weight x valency = 17.34 x 3 = 52.02

Question 23. Potassium manganate and potassium chromate (K2Cr04) Percentage of manganese by mass present in potassium manganate is 27.86. Determine the atomic mass of manganese.
Answer: Potassium chromate (K2Cr04) is isomorphous with potassium manganate. So according to Mitscherlich’s law of isomorphism, the formula of potassium manganate should be K2Mn04.

Suppose, the atomic mass of Mn = a

Molecular mass of K2Mn04 = 2×39 + a + 4xl6 = a + 142

Therefore Percentage of Mn in K2Mn04 \(=\frac{a}{a+142} \times 100\)

As given in the question \(\frac{a \times 100}{a+142}=\)

Therefore Atomic mass of manganese = 54.84

Question 24. An element (X) reacts with KOH to form a salt. The salt is isomorphous with potassium permanganate (KMn04). The oxide of the element X contains 61.2% of oxygen. Determine the formula of the oxide and atomic mass of X.
Answer: Percentage of oxygen in the oxide of X = 61.2

Therefore Percentage of X in the oxide of X = (100- 61.2) = 38.8

Therefore \(\text { Equivalent mass of } \mathrm{X}=\frac{\text { mass of } \mathrm{X}}{\text { mass of combined oxygen }} \times 8\)

⇒ \(=\frac{38.8}{61.2} \times 8=5.07\)

In reaction with KOH, the element X produces a salt that is isomorphous with KMn04. Since the valency of Mn in KMn04 is 7, according to Mitscherlich’s law, a formula of the salt produced will be KX04 where the valency of X is 7.

Therefore Atomic mass of X = equivalent mass x valency

∴ = 5.07X7 = 35.49.

∴ The formula of the oxide would be X207

Question 25. Oxides of two metals A and B are isomorphous. The atomic weight of B is 43.5 and the vapor density of its chloride is 75. The amount of oxygen present in 1.02g ofthe oxide of A is 0.48g. Determine the atomic weight of A.
Answer: Determination of equivalent weight of A: Quantity of oxygen present 1.02g of the oxide of A = 0.48 g

So, the quantity of A in that oxide = (1.02- 0.48) = 0.54 g

Equivalent weight of the metal A

\(=\frac{\text { mass of } \mathrm{A} \times 8}{\text { mass of combined oxygen }}=\frac{0.54 \times 8}{0.48}=9\)

Determination of valency of B: Vapour density ofthe chloride metal B = 75

Molecular mass ofthe chloride of metal B = 2 x 75 = 150 If the valency of B is x, then the formula of the chloride

of B = BC1X

Molecular mass ofthe compound BC1X = 43.5 + 35.5 X x

Therefore 43.5 + 35.5 X x = 150 or, x = 3

Therefore Valency of B = 3 and the formula of its oxide is B203

Determination of valency of A: Oxides of A and B are isomorphous. So according to the law of isomorphism, the formula ofthe oxide of A is A203 and the valency of A is 3. Hence, the atomic mass of A.

= equivalent weight x valency = 9×3 = 27

Quantity of water associated with 1 11 g or 1 mol of the anhydrous salt \(=\frac{1.48 \times 111}{1.52}=108.07 \mathrm{~g}\)

Therefore, the quantity of water associated with 1 mol of anhydrous CaCl2 is 108.07g.

Percentage Composition Empirical And Molecular Formula

Percentage Composition

The percentage composition of a compound means the parts by mass of each of the constituent elements in every 100 parts by mass of that compound.

Chemical analysis of water reveals that in every 100 parts by mass of water, 11.1 parts by mass of hydrogen, and 88.9 parts M1 Gram-formula mass of Ca3(P04)2 by mass of oxygen is present the percentage composition of water is: hydrogen (H) = 11.1 % and oxygen (O) = 88.9%.

Hence, it is clear that the percentage composition of the = [3 X 40 + 2(31 + 64)] = 310g
Ca3(P04)2 can be regarded as constituent elements in a compound independent of the Gram-molecular mass of P205 = (2 X 31 + 5 x 16) = 142g quantity of the compound taken.

For example, irrespective of the quantity of water taken % of P2O5 in calcium phosphate = x 100 = 45.8 (say 4g or 18g or 50g, etc.), the percentage of hydrogen and
oxygen by mass will always be 11.1 and 88.9 respectively.

Percentage composition from the molecular formula:

  1. The molecular mass or formula mass of the compound is first calculated from its molecular formula.
  2. The mass of each element or radical present in 1 gram ofthe compound is then calculated separately.
  3. Finally, the percentage of the mass of each element present in the compound is computed separately.

% of an element or radical present in the compound

\(\begin{aligned}
& \text { mass of the element or radical in } 1 \text { gram-mole } \\
& =\frac{\text { of the compound }(\mathrm{g})}{\text { gram-molecular mass or gram-formula mass }} \times 100 \\
& \text { of the compound (g) } \\
&
\end{aligned}\)

Question 1. 3 g of hydrated calcium chloride yields 1.52 g of the anhydrous salt on heating. What is the percentage of water present in the hydrated salt? Find the quantity of water associated per mole ofthe anhydrous salt.
Answer: Amount of water present in 3g of hydrated calcium chloride =(3- 1.52) =1.48g

∴ Percentage of water in hydrated salt= \(\frac{1.48}{3} \times 100\) 100 = 49.33 

Gram-formula mass of any. CaCl2 =(40 + 2 x 35.5) = 392 = 111g

Quantity of water associated with 1. 52g anhydrous =1.48g

∴ Quantity of water associated with 1 11 g or 1 mol of the anhydrous salt \(=\frac{1.48 \times 111}{1.52}=108.07 \mathrm{~g}\)

∴ The quality of water associated with 1 month 1 mol of anhydrous CaCl2 is 108.07g

Question 2. What is the percentage of P205 in calcium phosphate [Ca3(PO4)2]?
Answer: Gram-formula mass of Ca3(P04)2 = [3 X 40 + 2(31 + 64)] = 310g

Ca3(P04)2 can be regarded as [3CaO P205]

Gram-molecular mass of P205 = (2 X 31 + 5 x 16) = 142g

∴ % of P2O5 in calcium phosphate \(=\frac{142}{310} \times 100=45.8\)

Question 3. A compound contains 28% of nitrogen and 72% of metal mass. In the compound, 3 atoms of the metal remain combined with two atoms of nitrogen. Find the atomic mass of the metal.
Answer: The formula of the compound is M3N2. [metal =M]

∴ Molar mass of M3N2 =3a + 28 [a = atomic mass ofM]

So, percentage of metal in the compound \(=\frac{3 a}{3 a+28} \times 100\)

∴ \(\left(\frac{3 a}{3 a+28}\right) \times 100=72 \text {, or } a=24\)

Therefore, the atomic mass of the metal = 24

Question 4. Give the percentages of ammonium and sulfate radicals in Mohr salt [(NH4)2S04 -FeS04 -6H20 ].
Answer: Molecular mass of Mohr salt = (2 X 18) + 96 + 56 + 96 + (6 x 18) =392

In each mole of Mohr salt, the amount of ammonium

⇒\(\left(\mathrm{NH}_4^{\oplus}\right)\)

radical=2×18 =36g and amount of sulphate \(\left(\mathrm{SO}_4^{2-}\right)\) radical

= 2×96 = 192g

∴ Percentage of ammonium \(\left(\mathrm{NH}_4^{\oplus}\right)\) radical in mohar salt.

\(=\frac{36 \times 100}{392}=9.18\)

Percentage of sulphate \(\left(\mathrm{SO}_4^{2-}\right)\) radical in Mohr Salt \(=\frac{192 \times 100}{392}=48.98\)

Question 5. Haematite (Fe203) contains some water in addition to Fe203. 4.0 kg of this mineral contains 2.5 kg of iron. Find the purity of Fe2Os in the mineral.
Answer: Gram-molecular mass of Fe203 =2×55.85 + 3×16 =159.7g

Now, (2 x 55.85) g Fe= 159.7 g Fe2O3

∴ 2500g Fe = \(\frac{159.7 \times 2500}{2 \times 55.85} \mathrm{~g} \mathrm{Fe}_2 \mathrm{O}_3=3574 \mathrm{~g} \mathrm{Fe}_2 \mathrm{O}_3\)

So, 4000 g mineral contains 3574 g of pure Fe203.

∴ Purity of Fe203 in haematite \(=\frac{3574 \times 100}{4000}=89.35 \%\)

Empirical And Molecular Formula

Empirical formula: The empirical formula of a compound indicates the number of atoms of different elements present in a molecule of the compound, expressed in a simple whole number ratio.

The empirical formula merely indicates the ratio of the atoms of elements constituting the molecule of a compound. Thus, this formula may not represent the actual number of atoms in the molecule of a compound.

Example: The empirical formula of glucose is CH2O. This shows that in the molecule of glucose, C, H, and O-atoms are present in the simplest ratio of 1:2: 1.

Molecular formula: The molecular formula of a compound indicates the actual number of atoms of various constituent elements present in a molecule of the compound.

The molecular formula represents the actual formula of the molecule of a compound as it gives the actual number of atoms constituting the molecule.

Example: The molecular formula of glucose is C6H1206. This shows that a molecule of glucose consists of six C-atoms, twelve H-atoms, and six O-atoms.

However, in certain cases, the empirical formula and the molecular formula may be identical. For example, formaldehyde has both empirical and molecular formula CH20.

Relation between empirical formula and molecular formula: The molecular formula of a compound is a whole number multiple ofthe empirical formula of that compound.

Molecular formula of a compound = (empirical formula)n

[where n = 1, 2, 3, etc. are simple whole numbers]

Example: The empirical formula of glucose is CH20 while its molecular formula is C6H1206 or CH12O6 When n — 1, both the empirical formula and the molecular formula will be the same.

In the case of formaldehyde, the empirical formula i.e., CH20 and the molecular formula [i.e., CH20 (HCHO)] are the same.

The sum of the atomic masses of the constituent elements present in the molecular formula of a compound indicates the molecular mass of that compound.

On the other hand, the sum of the atomic masses of the constituent elements present in the empirical formula of a compound indicates the empirical formula mass of that compound.

The molecular formula of a compound is either equal to or is a simple multiple of its empirical formula mass Molecular mass of a compound =n x empirical formula mass.

Now, if n is 1, i.e., molecular mass = empirical formula mass of a compound, then the empirical formula and the molecular formula ofthe compound would be identical.

Basis of determination of the empirical formula of a compound: Let the molecular mass of a compound, composed of two elements A and B, is M and the percentage composition by mass of A and B in that compound are x and y respectively.

Therefore Amount of A in M gram i.e., 1 gram-mole compound \(=\frac{x \times M}{100}\) gram. Similarly, the amount of B in Mgram i.e., 1 gram-mole ofthe compound gram.

Let, the atomic masses of A and B be a and b respectively.

∴ Number of gram-atoms of A in 1 gram-mole of the \(=\frac{x \times M}{100 \times a} .\)atoms of B in1 gram-mole of the compound \(=\frac{x \times M}{100 \times a}: \frac{y \times M}{100 \times b}=\frac{x}{a}: \frac{y}{b}\)

In 1 molecule of the compound, the ratio of the number of atoms of A and B

Hence, in a molecule of the compound, the ratio of the number of atoms of A to the number of atoms of B \(=\frac{\text { mass of } \mathrm{A} \text { in the compound }(\%)}{\text { atomic mass of } \mathrm{A}}: \frac{\text { mass of } \mathrm{B} \text { in the compound }(\%)}{\text { atomic mass of } \mathrm{B}}\)

Similarly, the number of grams of A in the compound(%). mass of B in the compound(%) atomic mass of A atomic mass of B

Therefore, the ratio of the quotients, obtained by dividing the percentage mass of each constituent element by its corresponding atomic mass, gives the ratio of the atoms of the elements present in a molecule of that compound. From this ratio, the empirical formula can be determined.

Determination of the empirical formula of a compound: The empirical formula ofany compound can be determined the following steps

The percentage by mass of each element in the compound is accurately evaluated by suitable methods.

The percentage by mass of each element is divided by its atomic mass in order to get the relative number of different types of atoms present in the molecule.

Each of the numbers obtained is divided by the smallest of these numbers to get the simplest ratio of atoms.

In determining the ‘simplest ratio of atoms; the ‘rule of approximation’ is followed. For example, if the quotient is 2.99 or 4.01, then the nearest whole numbers, i.e., 3 or 4 respectively are accepted as the required quotient.

But when the ‘rule approximation’ cannot be applied, e.g., if any quotient is 1.5 or 1.6, each of the quotients obtained is to be multiplied with a suitable factor so as to convert all the quotients into lowest whole numbers.

The ratio, thus obtained, expresses the ratio of the number of atoms of the elements constituting a molecule and thus gives the empirical formula of the compound.

Example: In an acetic acid molecule, constituent atoms are C, H, and O. The ratio of the number of atoms is 1:2:1 as determined by the preceding steps. Thus, the empirical formula acetic acid will be CH20.

Method of determination of molecular formula:

  1. The empirical formula of a compound is first determined. by the method described above.
  2. The molecular mass of the compound is determined experimentally.
  3. In the case of volatile compounds, the molecular mass is evaluated using the equation, M = 2D, where D = experimentally determined value of the vapor density of the compound.
  4. [It is to be noted that the equation, M = 2D is applicable only in the case of those stable compounds that do not undergo dissociation or decomposition reaction in the vapor state.
  5. From the empirical formula of the compound, the empirical formula mass is calculated.
  6. The empirical formula mass of any compound is the sum of the atomic masses of atoms of different elements represented by the empirical formula.
  7. The molecular mass of the compound. n x empirical formula mass
  8. So, in order to evaluate ‘n ’, the molecular mass of the compound is to be divided by its empirical formula
  9. Finally, the empirical formula ofthe compound multiplied by n ’, gives the molecular formula of the compound.

Numerical Examples 

Question 1. A compound of carbon, hydrogen, and oxygen contains 40% of carbon and 6.67% of hydrogen. The vapor density of the compound, when vapourised, is 2.813 times the vapor density of oxygen. Determine the empirical formula and molecular formula of the compound.
Answer: 

In the compound, C = 40%, H = 6.67% and thus O = [100 -(40 + 6.67)]% =53.33%

Now, the ratio of the number of atoms of C: H:O in the compound, \(\mathrm{C}: \mathrm{H}: \mathrm{O}=\frac{40}{12}: \frac{6.67}{1}: \frac{53.33}{16}\)

Therefore Atomic masses of C, H, and O are 12, 1, and 16 respectively]

= 3.33: 6.67: 3.33 as 1: 2: 1

[dividing by the lowest number 3.33 ]

Therefore Empirical formula ofthe compound = CH20.

Molecular formula =(CH20) n [where n is an integer]

∴ Molecular mass ofthe compound=(12 + 2 + 16)n =30 n.

Again, the vapor density (D) of the compound

= vapour density of oxygen x 2.813 = 16 x 2.813 = 45.008

∴ The molecular mass of the compound =2 x D

= 2×45.008 =90.016

Hence, 30n= 90.016 i.e., n=3

∴ Molecular formula =(CH20)3 = C3Hg03.

Question 2. A gaseous hydrocarbon contains 75% carbon by moss, 100 cm3 of this gas at STP weighs 0.072 g. What is the molecular formula of the hydrocarbon? [Weight of litre hydrogen at STP = 0.09 g]
Answer: Hydrocarbon consists ofhydrogen and carbon only.

Let, in the hydrocarbon, the mass of carbon = 75 g The mass ofhydrogen = ( 100- 75) g = 25 g Ratio of the number of carbon (C) atoms and hydrogen (H) atoms in the compound, C: H \(=\frac{75}{12}: \frac{25}{1}\)

or, C: H =6.25: 25 =1:4

∴ The empirical formula of the hydrocarbon = CH4

∴ Its molecular formula = (CH4)n

Molecular mass of hydrocarbon = (12 + 4)n = 16n

Vapor density (D) of hydrocarbon

\(=\frac{\text { mass of } 100 \mathrm{~cm}^3 \text { hydrocarbon at STP }}{\text { mass of } 100 \mathrm{~cm}^3 \text { hydrogen at STP }}\) \(=\frac{0.072}{0.009}=8\)

Molecular mass hydrocarbon =2×0 =2×8 =16

So, 16n = 16 or, n = 1

Molecular formula ofthe hydrocarbon = (CH4)1 = CH4

Question 3. A compound on analysis gives the following percentage composition: K=31.83, CI= 28.98, and 0=39.19. Find the molecular formula of the compound if its molecular mass is 122.5
Answer: Empirical formula of the compound = KC103, molecular formula =(KC103)n

Molecular mass = n X (39 + 35.5 + 48) = 122.5 x n 122.5 x n = 122.5 or, n = 1

So, the molecular formula ofthe compound = KC103.

Question 4. 0.93 g of a compound containing C, H, and N, on C : H: N = burning, produces 2.64 g C02 and 0.63 g HzO. In another experiment, 0.186 g of that compound yields 24.62 cm3 of nitrogen at 1 atmospheric pressure at 27°C. Molecular weight ofthe compounds 93. What is its molecular formula?
Answer: Molecular masses: C02 =44 and H20 = 18

Quantity of carbon in 44g of C02 = 12 g

Quantity ofcarbon in 2.64g of C02= \(=\frac{12 \times 2.64}{44}=0.72 \mathrm{~g}\)

Again, quantity of H2 in 18g of H20 =2g

Quantity of H2 in 0.63g of H2O \(=\frac{2}{18} \times 0.63=0.07 \mathrm{~g}\)

Therefore, 0.93g ofthe compound contains 0.72g carbon and 0.07g hydrogen.

In another experiment, it was found that the volume of N2 produced at 1 atm pressure and 27°C temperature from 0.186g of that compound is 24.62 cm3.

Let, the volume ofthe gas at STP be V2 cm3.

As given in the question,

P1 = 1 atm, Kj = 24.62cm3, P2 = 1 atm

T1 = (273 + 27) = 300 K, T2 = 273 K, V2 = ?

we know \(\frac{P_1 V_1}{T_1}=\frac{P_2 V_2}{T_2}\)

∴ \(V_2=\frac{P_1 V_1 T_2}{P_2 T_1}=\frac{1 \times 24.62 \times 273}{1 \times 300}\) = 22.4 cm3

1 mol or 22400 cm3 of nitrogen at STP weighs 28 g

∴ 22.4 cm3 of nitrogen at STP weighs \(\frac{28 \times 22.4}{22400}\) = 0.08g

So, the mass of nitrogen obtained from 0.186 g of the compound = 0.028 g

∴ Mass of nitrogen obtained from 0.93 g of compound

⇒ \(=\frac{0.028 \times 0.93}{0.186}=0.14 \mathrm{~g}\)

Hence, the mass of C, H, and N in 0.93 g of the compound is 0.72, 0.07, and 0.14 g respectively.

In the given compound,

Percentage of C by mass =(0.72/0.93) x 100 =77.42,

percentage of by mass = (0.07/0.93) X 100 = 7.52,

percentage ofN by mass = (0.14/0.93) x 100 = 15.05 .

The ratio of the number of atoms of C, H, and N,

⇒ \(C: H: N=\frac{77.42}{12}: \frac{7.52}{1}: \frac{15.05}{14}\)

= 6.451:7.52:1.075 =6:7:1 [dividing by the lowest number 1.075 ]

∴ Empirical formula compound = C6H7N

∴ Molecular formula =(C6H2N)n [where n is an integer]

∴ Molecular mass = (6 X 12 + 7 x 1 + 1 x 14)/t = 93 n

According to the given condition, 93n = 93 n = 1

Therefore Molecular formula of compound =(C6H7N)1 = CgH7N

Question 5. A compound composed of carbon, hydrogen, and chlorine contains C = 10.04% and Cl = 89.12%. The vapor density of the compound is 59.75. Determineitsmolecular formula.
Answer: Amount of hydrogen in the compound = 100- (10.04 + 89.12) = 0.84% Ratio of number of atoms of carbon (C), hydrogen (H) and chlorine (Cl) in the compound,

\(\begin{aligned}
\mathrm{C}: \mathrm{H}: \mathrm{Cl} & =\frac{10.04}{12}: \frac{0.84}{1}: \frac{89.12}{35.5} \\
& =0.836: 0.84: 2.510 \approx 1: 1: 3
\end{aligned}\) dividing by the lowest number 0.836 ]

∴ Empirical formula compound = CHC13

∴ Molecular formula ofthe compound = (CHC13)n

Molecular mass ofthe compound = (12 +l + 3x 35.5)n = 119.5n

Again, vapour density (D) ofthe compound =59.75

Molecular mass (Af) = 2 x D = 2 x 59.75 = 119.5

Hence, 119.5n = 119.5

∴ n = 1

Molecular formula of compound = (CHC13)1 = CHC13

Question 6. lg of phosphorus on combustion produces 1.77g oxide. What is the empirical formula of the compound? If the vapour density ofthe compound is 110, what is its molecular formula?
Answer: Quantity of phosphorus (P) in 1.77g of oxide =1 g The percentage-mass of phosphorus in its oxide

⇒ \(=\frac{1}{1.77} \times 100\) = 46.49 and that of oxygen in the oxide

= 100-56.49 =43.51

The ratio of the number of atoms of P and O in 1 molecule of the oxide
\(P: O=\frac{56.49}{31}: \frac{43.51}{16}\)

=1.822: 2.719

=1: 1.492 [dividing by the lowest number]

=2:3 [to get the lowest whole number, the

the ratio is multiplied by 2]

1.24 X 100

= 40%

∴ The empirical formula of compound = (P203)n, where n is an integer.

So, molecular mass of compound =(2 x 31 + 3 X 16)n = 110 n

Now, the vapour density (D) ofthe oxide = 110

Therefore The molecular mass (M) ofthe oxide = 2 X D

= 2 x 110 = 220

So, HOn = 220

∴ n =2

Thus, molecular formula ofthe compound = (P203)2 or P4Og

Question 7. The empirical formula of a gaseous compound is CH2C1.0.12 g ofthe compound occupies 37.20 cm3 at 105°C 12 1 16 Empirical formula of compound = CH20 temperature and 768 mmHg pressure. Find the molecular formula of the compound.
Answer: The volume of 0.12 g of the compound is 37.20 cm3 at 105°C and 768 mm pressure. Let, the volume of 0.12 g ofthe compound be V cm3 at STP.

⇒ \(\text { So, } \frac{768 \times 37.20}{(273+105)}=\frac{760 \times V}{273} \quad \quad V=27.15 \mathrm{~cm}^3\)

Again, mass of 27.15 cm3 of gaseous compound at STP = 0.12 g

Therefore Mass of 22400 cm3 i.e., 1 mol ofthe compound at STP

⇒ \(=\frac{0.12 \times 22400}{27.15}=99 \mathrm{~g}\)

[Since the volume of 1 gram-mole of gas at STP = 22400 cm3 ] The molecular mass ofthe compound = 99 Now, the empirical formula ofthe compound = CH2C1.

The molecular formula of the compound = (CH2Cl)n.

[where n is a whole number]

Its molecular mass = (12+1×2 + 35.5)n = 49.5n

So, 49.5n = 99 or, n = 2

Molecular formula ofthe compound =(CH2C1)2 = C2H4C12

Question 8. An organic compound contains C, H, and O as its constituents. On heating in the absence of air, 3.10 g of this compound, produces 1.24g of carbon. But if 0.5 g of the compound is burnt in the presence of air, 0.3 g of H2O is formed. 0.05 gram-mole of the compound contains 4.8 g of oxygen. What is the molecular formula ofthe compound?
Answer: 3.10 g of the compound when heated in the absence of air, produces 1.24 g of carbon.

∴ Carbon content of the compound \(=\frac{1.24 \times 100}{3.1}=40 \%\)

Again, 0.5 g ofthe compound yields 0.3 g of H20

Now, amount of hydrogen in 18 g of H20 = 2 g

∴ 0.3 g of H2O contains,\(=\frac{2 \times 0.3}{18}\) = 0.033 g

∴ Hydrogen content ofthe compound \(=\frac{0.033 \times 100}{0.5}=6.6 \%\)

∴ Oxygen content ofthe compound = 100- (40 + 6.6) = 53.4%

The ratio of the number of atoms of C, H, and O in a molecule ofthe compound

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& =\frac{40}{12}: \frac{6.6}{1}: \frac{53.4}{16} \\
& =3.33: 6.6: 3.33=1: 2: 1
\end{aligned}\)

∴ The empirical formula of the compound = CH2O

Let, the molecular formula of the compound be (CH2O)n, where n is an integer.

So, molecular mass of the compound = (12 + 2 + 16)n =30n

∴ Its gram-molocular mass = 30n g

Mass of O2 present In 1 gram-mole ofthe compound = 16n g. Now, most of 02 In 0.05 gram-mole ofthe compound =4.0 g. Mass of 02 in 1 gram-mole of compound = 96 g.

Hence, 16 n – 96 i.e., n = 6.

∴ Molecular formula = (CH20)G = C6H1206.

Question 9. A hydrocarbon contains 10.5 g of carbon and lg of hydrogen. The weight of 1 liter of the hydrocarbon at 127°C and atm pressure is 2.8 g. Determine the molecular formula ofthe compound.
Answer: Let, V Lbe the volume of the gas at STP

Thus \(\frac{1 \times 1}{(273+127)}=\frac{V \times 1}{273}\)

therefore V=0.6825l

Now, the mass of 0.6825 L of hydrocarbon at STP = 2.8 g

Therefore Mass of 22.4 L of hydrocarbon at STP= \(\frac{2.8 \times 22.4}{0.6825}=91.9 \mathrm{~g}\)

Therefore Molecular mass ofthe compound = 91.9

The ratio of the number of atoms of C and H in a molecule of the compound \(=\frac{10.5}{12}: \frac{1}{1}\) = 0.875:1 =1:1.143 =7:8

[subsequently dividing by the smallest number and then multiplying by 7]

∴ The empirical formula ofthe compound = C7H8

∴ Molecular formula ofthe compound = (C7H8)n

∴ Molecular mass = (7 X 12 + 8 x l)n =92 n

Hence, 92n = 91.9 \(\text { or, } n=\frac{91.9}{92} \approx 1\)

Molecular formula of the compound =(C7H8)1 = C7H8

Question 10. Combustion of 0.2 g of a monobasic organic acid produces 0.505 g C02 and 0.0892 g HzO. 0.183 g of the above acid requires 15 cm3 of (N/10) NaOH solution for complete neutralization. Determine the molecular formula ofthe organic acid.
Answer: 15 cm3 0.1(N)NaOH= 0.183g of acid

Therefore 1000 cm3 1(N) NaOH \(\equiv \frac{0.183 \times 1000}{15 \times 0.1}\) =122 g of acid.

So, the equivalent mass of acid = 122

As the acid is monobasic, its molecular mass will be equal to its equivalent mass.

∴ The molecular mass ofthe acid =122

Again, 0.2 g of the acid on combustion produces 0.505 g of C02 and 0.0892 g of H20.

∴ 0.505 g of C02 contains = \(=\frac{12 \times 0.505}{44}\) = 0.1377g carbon

[ 44 g of C02 contains 12 g carbon] and the amount of hydrogen present in 0.0892 g of \(\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}=\frac{2 \times 0.0892}{18}\)

= 9.911 X 10-3 g [ V 18 g of H20 contains 2 g of H2].

Therefore 0.2 g of the acid contains 0.1377 g of carbon and 9.911 x 10-3 g of hydrogen.

Therefore In the acid, mass percent of C \(=\frac{0.1377 \times 100}{0.2}\) = 68.85

and mass percent of H \(=\frac{9.911 \times 10^{-3} \times 100}{0.2}=26.2\)

Therefore Percentage of O in the acid = 100- (68.25 + 4.95) = 26.2

∴ The Ratio of the number of atoms of C, H, and O in 1 molecule ofthe acid, C : H: O
\(=\frac{68.85}{12}: \frac{4.95}{1}: \frac{26.2}{16}\)

= 5.7375 : 4.95: 1.6375

= 3.5: 3.02: 1 a: 7: 6: 2

[Multiplication by 2 gives whole numberration]

Therefore Empirical formula ofthe acid = C7Hg02

Let the molecular formula of the acid be (C7H602)

Molecular mass ofthe acid =(7xl2 +6xl + 2x 16)n

= 122 n

Therefore 122n = 122/122 or, n = = 1

∴ Molecular formula of the acid = (C7H602)1 = C7H602

Chemical Calculations Based On Chemical Equations: Stoichiometry Calculations based on the quantitative relationship between the reactants [substance(s) participated in a chemical reaction] and products [substance(s) produced in the chemical reaction] in terms of their mole numbers, masses, and volumes in any chemical transformation, are known as stoichiometry.

Now, the quantity of reactants or products is expressed in terms of mass or volume (if gaseous). Thus in any chemical reaction, there exists three types of relationship between the reactants and the products, viz.

  1. Mass-mass
  2. Mass-volume and
  3. Volume volume.

Naturally, there can be three possible modes of calculations on the basis of chemical equations. These are

Calculations involving mass-mass relationship: In these calculations, the mass of product(s) formed from a given; mass of reactant(s) or the mass of reactant(s) required to produce a certain mass of product(s) can be determined. For example, carbon burns produce carbon dioxide gas.

⇒ \(\mathrm{C}(12 \mathrm{~g})+\mathrm{O}_2(32 \mathrm{~g}) \rightarrow \mathrm{CO}_2(44 \mathrm{~g})\)

Evidently, 44 parts by mass of C02 are produced from 12 parts by mass of C, or in other words, 12 parts by mass of C is to be burnt to obtain 44 parts by mass of C02.

Calculations involving mass-volume relationship: In these calculations, any unknown volume of product that is produced from a given mass of reactant or any unknown mass of reactant required to obtain a known volume of product can be determined. For example, when KC103 is heated, oxygen gas (O2) is liberated.

⇒ \(\underset{245 \mathrm{~g}}{2 \mathrm{KClO}_3} \longrightarrow 2 \mathrm{KCl}+\underset{3 \times 22.4 \mathrm{~L} \text { (at STP) }}{30_2}\)

So, 67.2 L of 02 at STP is produced from the decomposition of 245 g of KC103, or in other words, 245 g of KCIO3 is required to yield 67.2 L of Oz at STP.

Calculations involving volume-volume relationship: If both the reactants and products are in the gaseous state, such calculations are done.

For example, carbon monoxide on burning produces carbon dioxide.

⇒ \(\underset{2 \text { volume }}{2 \mathrm{CO}}+\underset{\text { 1 volume }}{\mathrm{O}_2} \longrightarrow \underset{2 \text { volume }}{2 \mathrm{CO}_2}\)

The above equation shows that under the same conditions of temperature and pressure, 2 volumes of CO combine with 1 volume of O2 to produce 2 volumes of CO2.

Some Significant Information Regarding Chemical Calculations

During chemical reactions, reactant molecules interact with each other in a simple ratio of whole numbers.

The product molecules also bear a simple whole-number ratio with the reactant molecules.

The whole numbers representing the moles of reactants and products involved in a chemical equation are called stoichiometric coefficients.

The simplest whole number ratio of moles reactants and products involved in the reaction is called stoichiometric ratio.

Density (d)= \(\frac{\text { mass of the substance }(\mathrm{m})}{\text { volume of the substance }(\mathrm{V})}\)

Relative Density \(=\frac{\text { mass of the substance }}{\text { mass of equal volume of water at } 4^{\circ} \mathrm{C}}\)

In the CGS unit, relative density or specific gravity of the substance = density of the substance So in the CGS unit, the mass of a substance

=relative density of the substance x the volume of the substance

Mass of 1 L hydrogen gas at STP = 0.089 g

Molecular mass (M) of any gas =2 X vapor density (D)

Mass of 1 L of any gas at STP

= vapour density ofthe gas x mass of1 L ofhydrogen gas

at STP = vapour density of the gas x 0.089 g

Percentage: The percentage of a constituent in a mixture refers to the amount of that constituent by parts present in 100 parts of the mixture.

For a solid mixture, percentage denotes percentage by mass. For example, an alloy of copper contains 70% copper. It means that 70 parts by mass of copper are present in 100 parts by mass ofthe alloy.

For a liquid mixture or solution, the percentage is expressed in terms of mass or volume. In other words, the percentage indicates parts by mass of the substance dissolved in 100 parts by mass or 100 cm3 of the liquid or solution. For example, 10% H2S04 by mass means.

10g of H2S04 is dissolved in 100 g of H2S04 solution. Again, 10% H2S04 by volume means 10g of H2S04 is dissolved in 100 cm3 of H2S04 solution.

For a gas mixture, percentage means the percentage by volume.

In all chemical calculations, similar types of units are used.

The general method of calculation on the basis of chemical equations involves the following steps:

A balanced chemical equation is to be written first.

The relative number of moles of the relative masses (gram-atomic or gram-molecular masses) of gaseous reactants and products are written below their formulae.

Relative volumes (in multiples of 22.4 L at STP) of gaseous reactants and products are written below their formulae.

Unitary methods applied for calculations.

Mass-mass calculations

At the time of calculations involving masses, the points mentioned below should be kept in mind.

A properly balanced equation of the corresponding chemical reaction should be written.

The respective relative masses (sometimes gram-mole or mole-number) of each of the reactants and products that appear in the equation should be written below their corresponding formulae.

The molecular mass of the reactant or product when multiplied by gram-mole or mole number, gives their relative mass.

For monoatomic substances, atomic mass when multiplied by the number of gram-atoms gives the relative mass.

From the relative masses or gram-moles of the reactants and the products in the equation, a quantitative relationship between the reactants and the products is obtained. From this relationship and the given data, the desired mass can be calculated.

Limiting reagent: Sometimes in chemical reactions, one ofthe participating reactants is taken in excess of the stoichiometric requirement according to the balanced chemical equation to ensure the completion of the reaction. In such cases, the amount ofthe product formed is divided by the reactant which is present in the least amount (i.e., the reactant which is consumed completely during the reaction).

This reagent is called the limiting reagent. It is so-called since it makes the participation of the other reactants and also the amount of products formed in the reaction limited. The reactants that are taken in excess are partially left behind at the end of the reaction.

Limiting reagent Definition: The Reagent that is present in the least proportionate amount (in the reaction mixture) and hence gets completely consumed in the chemical reaction under consideration, is called the limiting reagent.

On the basis of the amount of the limiting reagent, the product and the reactant left unreacted can be quantitatively estimated.

Example: N2 and H2 gases react to form NH3 gas.

The corresponding reactions: N2 + 3H2→NH3 According to the above equation, 1 mol of N2 reacts with 3 mol of H2 to produce 2 mol of NH3.

Now, let us consider that the reaction has been initiated by taking 2 mol of N2 and 4 mol of H2. According to the above equation, for 2 mol of N2, 6 mol of H2 is required.

Here, only 4 mol of H2 has been used. So, the limiting reagent, in this case, is H2.

Here, the amount ofthe product is to be calculated on the basis ofthe amount of H2. According to the equation, 4 mol of H2 given \(\left(\frac{2}{3} \times 4\right)=\frac{8}{3}\) mol of NH3.

Again, 4/3 mol of H2 combine with| mol of N2.

∴ At the end of the reaction, amount of N2 left unreacted \(=\left(2-\frac{4}{3}\right)=\frac{2}{3} \mathrm{~mol} \text {. }\)

Numerical Examples 

Question 1. How many grams of carbon is to be burnt to produce 33g of CO2?
Answer: Carbon burns in oxygen to produce C02 gas.

Reaction: C (12g) + O2 (32g)→CO2 (44g)

The reaction shows that for the production of44g of CO2,

Amount of carbon required = 12 g

∴ For the production of 33 g of CO2, the amount of carbon required

⇒ \(=\frac{12 \times 33}{44}=9 \mathrm{~g}\)

Question 2. Find the mass of CaO obtained by heating 100 g of a reactant which sample of CaC03 is 95%pure.
Answer: The thermal decomposition of CaCO3 into CaO and CO2 can be represented by the equation—

∴ \(\begin{array}{cc}
\mathrm{CaCO}_3(s) & \mathrm{CaO}(s) \\
(40+12+48) \mathrm{g} & (40+16) \mathrm{g} \\
=100 \mathrm{~g} & =56 \mathrm{~g}
\end{array}\)

According to the given condition, CaCO3 is 95% pure. So, 100 g of the sample contains 95 g of pure CaCO3.

The above reaction shows that the amount of CaO that can be obtained from 100 g of pure CaCO3 = 56 g

Amount of CaO that can be obtained from 95 g pure

⇒ \(\mathrm{CaCO}_3=\frac{56}{100} \times 95=53.2 \mathrm{~g}\)

∴ A sample of 100 g of CaC03 which is 95% pure, on heating, produces 53.2 g of CaO.

Question 3. Calculate the volume of C02 (at STP) that can be obtained from 2kg CaC03.
Answer: CaC03 decomposes as follows:

⇒ \(\begin{array}{cc}
\mathrm{CaCO}_3(s) \longrightarrow & \mathrm{CaO}(s)+\mathrm{CO}_2(\mathrm{~g}) \\
100 \mathrm{~g} & 22.4 \mathrm{~L}(\text { at STP) }
\end{array}\)

So at STP volume of C02(at STP) obtained from 2 kg or 2000 g of CaC03
\(=\frac{22.4}{100} \times 2000=448 \mathrm{~L}\)

Question 4. How much KC103 must be heated to produce as much oxygen as that would be obtained from 200g of HgO? [Hg= 200.5,K= 39]
Answer: HgO when heated produces O2

⇒ \(\underset{(2 \times 216.5) \mathrm{g}}{2 \mathrm{HgO} \longrightarrow 2 \mathrm{Hg}}+\underset{\mathrm{O}_2}{32 \mathrm{~g}}\)

Therefore Amount of 02 obtained from 200g of HgO \(=\frac{32 \times 100}{2 \times 216.5} \mathrm{~g}\)

Preparation of O2 from KC103 \(\begin{aligned}
& 2 \mathrm{KClO}_3 \\
& (2 \times 122.5) \mathrm{g}
\end{aligned} \longrightarrow 2 \mathrm{KCl}+{ }_{96 \mathrm{~g}}^{3 \mathrm{O}_2}\)

96 g 02 is obtained by heating 2 x 122.5 g of KC103

therefore \(\frac{32 \times 200}{2 \times 216.5} \text { g O }_2\) O2 Is obtained by heating

⇒ \(\frac{2 \times 122.5}{96} \times \frac{32 \times 200}{2 \times 216.5} \mathrm{~g}=\) 37.72g of KCLO3

Question 5. A solution of nitric acid contains 60% nitric acid. The specific gravity of the solution is 1.46. How many grams of HN03 solution will be required to dissolve 5 g of copper oxide?
Answer: The reaction between CuO and HN03 takes place as per the following equation—

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& \mathrm{CuO}+2 \mathrm{HNO}_3 \longrightarrow \mathrm{Cu}\left(\mathrm{NO}_3\right)_2+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O} \\
& (63.5+16)=79.5 \mathrm{~g} \quad 2(1+14+48)=126 \mathrm{~g} \\
&
\end{aligned}\)

∴ Amount of HN03 required to dissolve 79.5 g CuO = 126g

∴ Amount of HNO3 required to dissolve 5 g of CuO

⇒ \(=\frac{126}{79.5} \times 5=7.924 \mathrm{~g}\)

As given in the problem, 100 cm3 HNO is a solution containing 60 g of pure HN03.

The specific gravity of IIN03 = 1.46

Mass of100 cm3 HN03 solution = 100 x 1.46 = 146 g

Thus, 60 g of HN03 is present in 146 g IINO., solution.

∴ 7.924 g HN03 is present in \(\frac{146 \times 7.924}{60} \mathrm{~g}\) g of HNO3 solution /.e., 19.282 g ofHN03 solution.

19.282 g HN03 solution will be required for the dissolution of 5 g of CuO

Question 6. How much water will be produced when the electric spark is passed through a mixture of 20 g ofhydrogen and 200g of oxygen? What amount of oxygen will remain unreacted?
Answer: The corresponding reaction is:

⇒ \(2 \mathrm{H}_2+\mathrm{O}_2 \longrightarrow 2 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}\)

In this reaction, 4 g of H2 produces 36 g of water.

⇒ 20 g of H2 will produce \(\frac{36 \times 20}{4}\)= 180 g of water

Again, 4 g of H2 reacts with 32 g of 02

20 g of H2 reacts with \(\frac{32 \times 20}{4}\) = 160 g of 02

⇒ Amount of O2 left unreacted = (200- 160)g = 40 g

Question 7. An astronaut needs 34 g of sucrose per hour to maintain his physical strength. What quantity of oxygen should he carry if he has to stay 1 day in the spacecraft?
Answer: The energy obtained due to the oxidation of sucrose serves as the source of energy for the astronaut. The oxidation reaction of sucrose is-

\(\begin{gathered}
\mathrm{CaCO}_3+2 \mathrm{HCl} \longrightarrow \mathrm{CaCl}_2+\mathrm{CO}_2+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O} \\
2 \mathrm{~mol} \\
2(1+35.5)=73 \mathrm{~g}
\end{gathered}\)

Amount of sucrose required per day =34×24 = 816g

[since Requirement of sucrose per hour= 34 g]

According to the reaction, the amount of 02 required for the oxidation of 342 g of sucrose = 384 g Amount of 02 required for the oxidation of 816 g of sucrose
\(=\frac{384 \times 816}{342}=916.2 \mathrm{~g}\)

Therefore, the astronaut will have to carry 916.2 g of 02 if he has to stay in the spacecraft for 1 day.

Question 8. 25.4g of I2 and 14.2g of Cl2 react together to form a mixture of IC1 and IC13. What is the ratio of the number of moles of IC1 and IC13 in the product mixture?
Answer: 25.4 g of I2 \(=\frac{25.4}{254}=\) 0.1 mol and 14.2 g of Cl2 \(=\frac{14.2}{71}\)

= 0.2 mol [ v = 254, = 71 ]

The reaction between, and Cl2 is—

⇒ \(\underset{1 \mathrm{~mol}}{\mathrm{I}_2}+\underset{2 \mathrm{~mol}}{2 \mathrm{Cl}_2} \longrightarrow \underset{1 \mathrm{~mol}}{\mathrm{ICl}}+\underset{1 \mathrm{~mol}}{\mathrm{ICl}_3}\)

The reaction indicates that 1 mol of I2 and 2 mol of Cl2 react together to form 1 mol of each IC1 and ICI3.

So, 0.1 mol of, and 0.2 mol of Cl2, will react together to form 0.1 mol of IC1 and 0.1 mol of IC13.

The ratio of number of moles of IC1 and IC13 in the resultantmixture= 0.1: 0.1 =1:1

Question 9. 1L of a sample of hard water contains 1 mg of each of CaCÿ and MgCl2. Express the hardness of the sample in ppm, in terms of CaC03.
Answer:

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
1 \mathrm{mg} \mathrm{CaCl}_2 & \equiv \frac{1 \times 10^{-3}}{111} \mathrm{~mol} \mathrm{CaCO}_3 \\
& =\frac{10^{-3} \times 100}{111} \mathrm{~g}=0.9009 \times 10^{-3} \mathrm{~g} \mathrm{CaCO}_3 \\
1 \mathrm{mg} \mathrm{MgCl}_2 & \equiv \frac{1 \times 10^{-3}}{95} \mathrm{~mol} \mathrm{CaCO}_3=\frac{10^{-3} \times 100}{95} \mathrm{~g}^2
\end{aligned}\)

∴ Amount of CaC03 equivalent to (1 mg of CaCl2 + 1 mg ofMgCl2) = (0.9009 + 1.052) x 10-3 g = 1.9529 X 10-3 g

Hardness of water \(=\frac{1.9529 \times 10^{-3}}{1000} \times 10^6=1.9529 \mathrm{ppm}\)

(1 Lwater = 1000 g water; density of water =lg-mL-1)

Question 10. What amount of calcium oxide will react with 852g of P4 O10?
Answer: The reaction of P4O10 with CaO is

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& 6 \mathrm{CaO}+\mathrm{P}_4 \mathrm{O}_{10} \longrightarrow 2 \mathrm{Ca}_3\left(\mathrm{PO}_4\right)_2 \\
& 6 \times 56 \mathrm{~g} \quad 284 \mathrm{~g}
\end{aligned}\)

284 g P4O10 reacts with 6 x 56 g of CaO

So, 852 g P4 O10 reacts with \(\frac{6 \times 56 \times 852}{284}\) =1008 g of CaO.

Question 11. What percent by mass of lead nitrate [Pb(N03)2] is reduced when heated strongly?
Answer:

⇒ \(\begin{array}{cl}
2 \mathrm{~Pb}\left(\mathrm{NO}_3\right)_2 \longrightarrow & 2 \mathrm{PbO}+4 \mathrm{NO}_2 \uparrow+\mathrm{O}_2 \uparrow \\
2(207+2 \times 14+6 \times 16) & 2(207+16) \\
=662 \mathrm{~g} & =446 \mathrm{~g}
\end{array}\)

On strong heating, Pb(N03)2 loses its mass as N02 and 02 escape out as gases, and only PbO is left behind as solid residue (yellow colored).

The above equation shows that 446 g of PbO is left behind as residue when 662 g of Pb(N03)2 is strongly heated.

∴ Loss in mass = (662- 446) g = 216 g.

∴ Percentage of loss by mass \(=\frac{216}{662} \times 100=32.62\)

Question 12. When a mixture of KI and KC1 is heated repeatedly with H2S04, iodine escapes completely and K2S04 is produced quantitatively. In the case of such a mixture, it is observed that the mass of K2S04 is equal to the mass of the mixture of K3 and KC1 taken. What is the ratio ofthe masses of KI and KC1 in this mixture?
Answer: Let, the masses of KI and KC1 in the mixture be x g and y g respectively. Now, the reactions ofKI and KC1 with H2S04 are as follows

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& 2 \mathrm{KI}+2 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{SO}_4 \longrightarrow \mathrm{K}_2 \mathrm{SO}_4+\mathrm{I}_2+\mathrm{SO}_2+2 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O} \\
& 2 \times(39+127) \quad 174 \mathrm{~g} \\
& =332 \mathrm{~g} \\
&
\end{aligned}\)

Therefore \(x \mathrm{~g} \text { KI produces }\left(\frac{174}{332} \times x\right) \text { g of } \mathrm{K}_2 \mathrm{SO}_4\)

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& \underset{2 \times(39+35.5)}{2 \mathrm{KCl}}+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{SO}_4 \longrightarrow \underset{2}{\mathrm{~K}_2 \mathrm{SO}_4+2 \mathrm{HCl} \uparrow} \\
& =149 \mathrm{~g}
\end{aligned}\)

∴ y g KC1 produces \(\left(\frac{174}{149} \times y\right)\)g of K2SO4

∴ Total amount of K2S04 produced from x g of KI and y g of KCl

\(=\frac{174 \times x}{332}+\frac{174 \times y}{149}\)

As given in the question \(\frac{174 x}{332}+\frac{174 y}{149}=x+y\)

\(\text { or, } \quad \frac{158}{332} x=\frac{25}{149} y \text { or, } \frac{x}{y}=\frac{25 \times 332}{158 \times 149} \text { or, } x: y=1: 2.836\)

∴ The ratio ofthe masses of KI and KCl in the mixture is 1: 2.836

Question 13. How much of 5% impure NaN03 and 98% H2S04 will be required to produce 7.5kg nitric acid by the chemical reaction between them?
Answer: The reaction between NaN03 and H2S04 is—

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& 2 \mathrm{NaNO}_3+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{SO}_4 \rightarrow \mathrm{Na}_2 \mathrm{SO}_4+2 \mathrm{HNO}_3 \\
& 2(23+14+48)=170 \mathrm{~g} \quad(2+32+64)=98 \mathrm{~g} \quad(2 \times 63)=126 \mathrm{~g} \\
&
\end{aligned}\)

7.5 kg or 7500 g HN03 is produced from

⇒ \(\frac{170}{126}\) X 7500 = 10119 g ofpure NaN03

Therefore Amount of impure NaN03 required to produce

7.5kg HN03 = 10119 =10651 g = 10.651 kg

7.5 kg or 7500 g HN03 is produced from

7500 =5833.33 g ofpure H2S04.

∴ Amount of 98% H2S04 required to produce 7.5 kg of HN03 =\(\frac{100}{98} \times\) 5833.33 g = 5952 g = 5.952 kg

Question 14. 3 g of HCl is present per liter of gastric juice produced in the human body. If a person produces 2.5 L gastric juice per day, then how many antacid tablets are required to neutralize HCI produced per day? [Assume that each tablet contains 400mg of Al(OH)3]
Answer: 1 L gastric juice contains 3 g of HCI Molecular mass of P4Og = 4 x 31 + 6 X 16

Therefore 2.5 L gastric juice contains (3 X 2.5)g = 7.5HCL

The reaction between Al(OH)3 and HCI is as follows—

⇒ \(\begin{array}{cc}
\mathrm{Al}(\mathrm{OH})_3 & +3 \mathrm{HCl} \\
\begin{array}{c}
1 \mathrm{~mol} \\
(27+3 \times 17)=78 \mathrm{~g}
\end{array} & \begin{array}{c}
3 \mathrm{~mol} \\
(3 \times 35.5)
\end{array}=106.5 \mathrm{~g}
\end{array}\)

Evidently, 106.5gofHCI is neutralised by78gof Al(OH)3

Therefore 7.5 g HCI is neutralised by \(\frac{78 \times 7.5}{106.5}\) = 5.493 g

= 5493 mg AL(OH)3

Now, 400 mg of Al(OH)3 is present in 1 tablet.

Therefore 5493 mg Al(OH)3 will be present in \(=\frac{1 \times 5493}{400}\)

=13.73 14 tables.

∴ 14 tablets are needed to neutralize HCI produced per day.

Question 15. (C2P4)n is a polymeric substance where n is a large number. It is prepared by polymerization in the presence of a sulfur catalyst. The final product is found to contain 0.012% of S. Find the value of n if the polymeric molecule contains three S-atoms.
Answer: Since 1 molecule of the polymer contains 3 atoms of S, 1 gram-mole of the polymer should contain 3 gram-atoms or 3 x 32 g of sulfur.

Now, 0.01 2 g of sulfur is present in 100 g of polymer.

therefore 3 x 32 g of sulphur is present in \(\frac{100 \times 3 \times 32}{0.012}\)

= 8 x 10s g of polymer

Therefore Molecular mass of the polymer = 8 x 105

Again, the molecular formula of the polymer = (C2F4)n

∴ Molecular mass =n(2 x 12 + 4 x 19) = 100n

or, 100n =8 x 105

∴ n = 8000

Question 16. Calculate the number of moles of NaOH required to neutralize the solution produced by dissolving l.lg P406 in water. Use the following reactions:
Answer:

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& \mathrm{P}_4 \mathrm{O}_6+6 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O} \rightarrow 4 \mathrm{H}_3 \mathrm{PO}_3 \\
& 2 \mathrm{NaOH}+\mathrm{H}_3 \mathrm{PO}_3 \rightarrow \mathrm{Na}_2 \mathrm{HPO}_3+2 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}
\end{aligned}\)

Molecular mass of P4Og = 4 x 31 + 6 X 16 = 124 + 96 = 220 g-mol-1

Number of moles of P4Og \(=\frac{1.1 \mathrm{~g}}{220 \mathrm{~g} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1}}=\frac{1}{200}\)

4 mol H3PO3 is produced by 1/200 mol P4O6

1 mol H3PO3 is produced by \(=4 \times \frac{1}{200}=\frac{1}{50} \mathrm{~mol} \mathrm{P}_4 \mathrm{O}_6\)

1/200 mol P4O6 Produce 4x 1/200 mol H3PO3

Also, 1 mol of H3PO3 requires 3 mol of NaOH.

1/50 mol H3PO3 requires = 2x 1/50 =1/25 = 0.04 mol NaOH

Mass-volume calculations

In a chemical reaction, if any substance (reactant or product or both) exists in the gaseous state, then the following procedure of calculation is considered.

Important points, relevant to this type of calculation, are given below—

A properly balanced equation representing the chemical reaction should be written first.

The relative mass (or mole number) ofthe solid reactant or product is to be written under each formula.

Molecule mass multiplied by mole number gives the relative mass. In the case of monoatomic substances, relative mass is the product of atomic mass and the number of gram-atoms.

The amount of a gaseous substance is generally expressed by its volume. If the volume at STP is not given, then the volume at STP can be calculated as follows-

⇒ \(\frac{P_1 V_1}{T_1}=\frac{P_2 V_2}{T_2}\)

The volume of 1 gram-mole or molar volume of any gas at STP = 22.4L.

If the conditions of the gaseous reaction (i.e., temperature and pressure) are not mentioned, then the reaction is assumed to have occurred at STP.

Mass of 1 L of gas at STP = 0.089 g.

Mass of 1L of a gas at STP = vapor density x 0.089 g.

At any given temperature and pressure, the mass of a certain volume of gas, or the volume ofthe gas from its mass, can be calculated with the help ofthe equation:

Where w and M are the mass and molecular mass ofthe gas respectively. The relation between the volume or mass of the reactant and the volume or mass ofthe products can be determined from a chemical equation. The value of an unknown quantity can also be determined from this obtained data.

Numerical Examples 

Question 1. A balloon of 1000 L capacity is to be filled up with hydrogen gas at 30°C and 750mm pressure. What amount of iron will be required to generate the required volume of hydrogen?
Answer: Let 1000 L H2 gas which is required to fill up the balloon of 1000L capacity occupy V L at STP (at given condition).

∴ \(\frac{750 \times 1000}{(273+30)}=\frac{760 \times V}{273}\)

∴ \(V=\frac{750 \times 1000 \times 273}{760 \times 303}=889.13 \mathrm{~L}\)

Generally, H2 gas is produced by reacting iron with steam (H20). (Consumption of Fe will be more acid is used).

⇒ \(\begin{gathered}
3 \mathrm{Fe}+4 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O} \rightarrow \mathrm{Fe}_3 \mathrm{O}_4+4 \mathrm{H}_2 \\
(3 \times 55.85)=167.55 \mathrm{~g}
\end{gathered}\)

The reaction shows 4×22.4L of H2 gas at STP is produced from 167.55 g of Fe.

889.13L of H2 gas at STPis produced from

⇒ \(\frac{167.5}{4 \times 22.4} \times 889.13=1662.15 \mathrm{~g} \text { of } \mathrm{Fe}\)

1662.15 g Fe is required to produce the desired volume of H2.

Question 2. The volume of oxygen liberated at 26°C and 714mm pressure due to the thermal decomposition of xg of KC103 and collected over water is 760mL. What is the value of x? [Given that aqueous tension at 26°C = 26mm; K = 39;Cl =35.5; O =16]
Answer: Actual pressure of 02 =(714- 26) = 688mm.

Let the volume ofthe given oxygen gas at STP be V L.

⇒ \(\quad \frac{688 \times 760}{(273+26)}=\frac{760 \times V}{273}\)

Or, \(V=\frac{688 \times 760 \times 273}{299 \times 760}\)

= 628.17mL = 0.62817L

The reaction of thermal decomposition of KC103 is—

⇒ \(\begin{array}{cc}
2 \mathrm{KClO}_3 \longrightarrow 2 \mathrm{KCl} & +3 \mathrm{O}_2 \\
2 \mathrm{~mol} & 3 \mathrm{~mol} \\
2(39+35.5+48)=245 \mathrm{~g} & 3 \times 22.4 \mathrm{~L}(\mathrm{STP})
\end{array}\)

Now, the mass of KC103 required to produce 3 x 22.4 L

of 02 at STP =245 g

⇒ At STP, KCIO3 is required to produce 0.62817 L of 02

⇒ \(=\frac{245 \times 0.62817}{3 \times 22.4}=2.29 \mathrm{~g}\)

⇒ x= 2.29

Question 3. What volume of gas will be formed at 523K and 1 atm pressure by the explosive decomposition of 5g of ammonium nitrate, according to the given equation? 2NH4N03(s) = 2N2(g) + O2(g) + 4H2Q(g)
Answer:

⇒  \(\begin{array}{cccc}
2 \mathrm{NH}_4 \mathrm{NO}_3(s) & 2 \mathrm{~N}_2(g) & \mathrm{O}_2(g) & +4 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(\mathrm{g}) \\
2 \mathrm{~mol} & 2 \mathrm{~mol} & 1 \mathrm{~mol} & 4 \mathrm{~mol} \\
2(14+4+14+48) & 2 \times 22.4 \mathrm{~L} & 22.4 \mathrm{~L} & 4 \times 22.4 \mathrm{~L} \\
=160 \mathrm{~g} & \text { (at STP) } & \text { (at STP) } & \text { (at STP) }
\end{array}\)

⇒ Total volume ofthe gases produced by the decomposition Of 160g of NH4NO3 = 7 X 22.4 L at STP.

Let, 7 x 22.4 L ofthe gas at STP occupy a volume of V L at 523K and 1 atm pressure.

⇒ \(\frac{1 \times(7 \times 22.4)}{273}=\frac{1 \times V}{523}\)

⇒ \(V=\frac{1 \times 7 \times 22.4 \times 523}{1 \times 273}=300.39 \mathrm{~L}\)

Thus, at 523K and 1 atm pressure, 160 g of NH4N03 produces 300.39L of gas.

At 523 K and1 atm pressure, 5 g ofNH4N03 produces

⇒ \(=\frac{300.39 \times 5}{160}=9.387 \mathrm{~L} \text { of gas. }\)

Question 4. Ignition of a wooden match stick involves the combustion of P4S3 in the oxygen of the air to produce a white smoke of P4O10 and gaseous sulfur dioxide (S09). Calculate the volume of SO., formed at 27°C and 770mm Hg pressure from the combustion of 0.0546 g of P4S3. [P= 31, S = 32, 0 = 16]
Answer: The equation for combustion reaction:

⇒ \(\mathrm{P}_4 \mathrm{~S}_3+8 \mathrm{O}_2 \rightarrow \mathrm{P}_4 \mathrm{O}_{10}+3 \mathrm{SO}_2\)
The molecular mass of P4S3 = 4×314-3×32 = 220.

Now, 220 g of P4S3 produces 3 x 22.4 L of S09 at STP.

At STP, 0.0546g of P4S3 produces \(\frac{3 \times 22.4}{220} \times 0.0546\)

= 0.0166L of S02

Let. 0.0166 L of S09 at STP occupy a volume of PL at 27°C and 770 mmHg pressure.

⇒ \(\frac{770 \times V}{(273+27)}=\frac{760 \times 0.0166}{273} \text { or, } V=\frac{760 \times 0.0166 \times 300}{770 \times 273}\)

V = 0.018 L

Therefore, the volume of S09 formed from the combustion of 0.0546 g of P4S3 at 27°C and 770 mm Hg is 0.018 L

Question 5.5 g of a pure sample of FeS reacts with dil. H9S04. H9S gas produced is then completely burnt in the air. Find the volume of SO, thus obtained, measured at 25°C and 750mm pressure of Hg.
Answer: FeS reacts with H9S04 to liberate HH2S gas—

⇒ \(\begin{array}{cc}
\mathrm{FeS}+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{SO}_4 \longrightarrow \mathrm{FeSO}_4+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{~S} \\
1 \mathrm{~mol} \\
\begin{array}{c}
1 \mathrm{~mol} \\
(55.85+32)=87.85 \mathrm{~g}
\end{array} & 22.4 \mathrm{~L}(\text { at STP })
\end{array}\)

Now, 87.85 g of FeS produces 22.4 L of H2S at STP.

⇒ 5.5 g of FeS produces \(\frac{22.4 \times 5.5}{87.85}\) = 1.402 L of H2S at STP.

Reaction takes place when H and S burn in the air.

So at STP, 2 x 22.4 L of H2S produces 2 x 22.4 L of S02.

At STP, 1.402 L of H9S produces 1.402 L of S02.

Let, 1.402 L of S02 at STP occupies a volume of VL at 25°C and 750 mm pressure of Hg.

Thus, \(\frac{V \times 750}{(273+25)}=\frac{1.402 \times 760}{273}\)

Hence, at 25°C and 750 mm pressure, the volume of S02 produced = 1.550 L.

Question 6. 1.78 L of chlorine gas at STP is prepared by using 40% HC1 by weight according to the following reaction— Mn02 + 4HCl→MnCl2 + 2H20 + Cl2. Find the volume of hydrochloric acid and mass of Mn02 required to produce this amount of chlorine gas. [Specific gravity of the HC1 solution= 1.12]
Answer: The corresponding ingreaction is:

⇒ \(\begin{array}{ccr}
\mathrm{MnO}_2+4 \mathrm{HCl} \longrightarrow \mathrm{MnCl}_2+2 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}+\mathrm{Cl}_2 \\
1 \mathrm{~mol} & 4 \mathrm{~mol} & 1 \mathrm{~mol} \\
(54.94+32) & 4 \times 36.5 & 22.4 \mathrm{~L} \\
=86.94 \mathrm{~g} & =146 \mathrm{~g} & \text { (at STP) }
\end{array}\)

According to the reaction, the amount of Mn09 required for the production of 22.4 L of Cl9 at STP = 86.94 g.

Since Amount of Mn02 required for production of 1.78 L of Cl2 at STP \(=\frac{86.94 \times 1.78}{22.4}\)

Similarly, the amount of HC1 required for the preparation of 22.4L of Cl9 gas at STP = 146 g.

⇒ Amount of HC1 required for the preparation of 1.78 L of Cl9 gas at STP \(=\frac{146 \times 1.78}{22.4}=11.6 \mathrm{~g}\)

Now, 100 g HC1 solution contains 40 g of HC1.

∴ 11.6 g HC1 solution contains \(\frac{100 \times 11.6}{40}=29 \mathrm{~g} \text { of } \mathrm{HCl}\)

The specific gravity of the HC1 solution =1.12

Required volume ofthe HC1 solution

⇒ \(=\frac{\text { mass of acid solution }}{\text { specific gravity }}=\frac{29}{1.12}=25.89 \mathrm{~mL}\)

Question 7. If a particular HCl solution contains 22% of the acid by weight, then how much quantity of this acid solution will be required to produce 1L C02 gas at 27°C & 760mmpressure from pure CaC03?
Answer: Reaction between CaC03 and HCI is given by:

⇒ \(\begin{gathered}
\mathrm{CaCO}_3+2 \mathrm{HCl} \longrightarrow \mathrm{CaCl}_2+\mathrm{CO}_2+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O} \\
2 \mathrm{~mol} \\
2(1+35.5)=73 \mathrm{~g}
\end{gathered}\)

If the volume of 1L of C02 at27°C and 760 mm pressure is VLatSTP, the

⇒ \(\frac{760 \times 1}{(273+27)}=\frac{760 \times V}{273}; V=\frac{760 \times 273}{760 \times 300}=0.91 \mathrm{~L}\)

Now at STP, 22.4L of C02 is produced by 73 g of

At STP, 0.91L C02 is produced from \(\frac{73 \times 0.91}{22.4}=2.965 \mathrm{~g}\) of HCI solution.

Now, 22gHCI is present in lOOg of the given HCI solution

2.965 g ofHCI will be present in \(\frac{100 \times 2.965}{22}\) =13.48 g of HCL. solution.

So, 13.48 g ofthe given acid solution will be required.

Question 8. 1.5g of a mixture of CaC03 and MgCOs, ignition produces 360 mL of C02 at STP. Calculate the percentage composition of the mixture.
Answer: Let the mixture contains xg of CaC03 and (1.5- x) g of MgC03

The decomposition reactions involved are—

⇒ \(\underset{100 \mathrm{~g}}{\mathrm{CaCO}_3(s)} \underset{22400 \mathrm{~mL}(\mathrm{STP})}{\longrightarrow} \mathrm{CaO}(s)+\mathrm{CO}_2(g)\)

⇒ \(\begin{gathered}
\mathrm{MgCO}_3(s) \longrightarrow \mathrm{MgO}(s)+\mathrm{CO}_2(g) \\
84 \mathrm{~g} \\
22400 \mathrm{~mL} \text { (at STP) }
\end{gathered}\)

Volume of CO2 (at STP) Produced From xg OF CaCO3 \(=\frac{22400}{100} \times x=224 x \mathrm{~mL}\)

The volume of COz (at STP) produced from (1.5- x) g of

⇒ \(\mathrm{MgCO}_3=\frac{22400}{84}(1.5-x)=266.66(1.5-x)\)

Now according to the given data,

224x + 266.66(1.5- x) = 360 or, x = 0.9376

So, the given mixture contains: CaC03 = 0.9376 g

and MgC03 = 1.5- 0.9376 = 0.5624 g

In the mixture,

Percentage of CaC03 \(=\frac{0.9376}{1.5} \times 100=62.5 \text { and }\)

Percentage of MgCO3 \(=\frac{0.5624}{1.5} \times 100=37.5\)

Question 9. Air contains 21% of oxygen by volume. What volume of that air at 27°C and 750mm pressure of Hg will be required for the complete combustion of 60 g of a candle? The candle contains 80% of carbon and 20% of hydrogen by mass.
Answer: Amount of Cin 60 g of a candle \(=\frac{80}{100} \times 60=48 \mathrm{~g}\)

Therefore Amount of H \(=\frac{20}{100} \times 60=12 \mathrm{~g}\)

During the combustion of the candle, C and present are oxidized to give C02 and H20. The relevant reactions are

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& \mathrm{C}+\mathrm{O}_2 \longrightarrow \mathrm{CO}_2 ; \mathrm{H}_2+\frac{1}{2} \mathrm{O}_2 \longrightarrow \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O} \\
& 12 \mathrm{~g} \begin{array}{c}
22.4 \mathrm{~L} \\
\text { (at STP) }
\end{array} \quad 2 \mathrm{~g} \quad \frac{1}{2} \times 22.4 \mathrm{~L} \text { (at STP) } \\
&
\end{aligned}\)

Therefore At STP, the volume of 02 required for combustion of 48 g of c \(=\frac{22.4 \times 48}{12}=4 \times 22.4 \mathrm{~L}\)
and volume of oxygen required for combustion of 12 g of hydrogen = \(\frac{22.4 \times 12}{2 \times 2}=3 \times 22.4 \mathrm{~L}\)

The volume of 02 at STP required for combustion of 60 g of candle = (4 x 22.4 + 3 x 22.4) = 156.8L.

Let, 156.8 L of 02 at STP occupy V volume at 27°C and 750mm pressure.

⇒ \(\quad \frac{V \times 750}{300}=\frac{156.8 \times 760}{273} \text { or, } \quad V=174.6 \mathrm{~L}\)

Volumetrically air contains 21% of 02.

Therefore Volume of air containing 174.60 of O2 =\(=\frac{100}{21} \times 174.60\)

Hence, for complete combustion of 60 g of a candle, 831.42L of air will be required at 27°C and 750mm pressure.

Volume-volume calculations

This type of calculation finds application in gaseous reactions. The reaction in which both the reactants and the products are in the gaseous state is called a gaseous reaction.

Eudiometry: A calculation involving the volumes of gases participating in a reaction is called eudiometry.

Eudiometry furnishes the following information:

  1. Volumetric relationship between the reactants and the products in any gaseous reaction.
  2. Volumetric composition of different constituents of the gas mixture produced in a gaseous reaction.
  3. The molecular formula of gaseous substances, particularly that of hydrocarbons.

Principle Of eudiometry: The principle of eudiometric calculations is based on Gay-Lussac’s law of gaseous volumes and Avogadro’s hypothesis. Now let us see how Gay-Lussac’s law of gaseous volumes and Avogadro’s hypothesis can be utilized in eudiometric calculations.

Example: In the reaction between hydrogen and chlorine gas, hydrogen chloride (HC1) gas is produced.

The reaction is:  H2 + Cl2→2HC1

According to the equation, 1 molecule of H2 and 1 molecule of Cl2 react to form 2 molecules of HC1 gas, or 1 gram-mole of H2 and 1 gram-mole of Cl2 combine together to produce 2 gram-moles of HC1 gas.

If the volumes are measured at STP, 2 x 22.4 L HC1 gas is produced by the combination of 22.4 L of H2 and 22.4 L of Cl2 [ v molar volume of any gas at STP = 22.4 L].

The reaction can be expressed in terms of molecule gram-mole or volume in the following way:

⇒ \(\begin{array}{ccc}
\mathrm{H}_2 & \mathrm{Cl}_2 & 2 \mathrm{HCl} \\
1 \text { molecule } & 1 \text { molecule } & 2 \text { molecules } \\
1 \text { gram-mole } & 1 \text { gram-mole } & 2 \text { gram-mole } \\
1 \text { volume }(22.4 \mathrm{~L}) & 1 \text { volume }(22.4 \mathrm{~L}) & 2 \text { volume }[2 \times 22.4 \mathrm{~L}(\mathrm{STP})]
\end{array}\)

The ratio ofthe number ofmolecules or gram-mole of H2, Cl2 and HC1 is given by: H2: Cl2: HC1 =1:1:2 At STP, the ratio of the volumes of H2, Cl2 and HC1 = 22.4:22.4:2×22.4 =1:1:2

Hence, in the gaseous reaction, the ratio of the number of gram-moles (or molecules) of the reactants and products is the same as the ratio of their volumes, measured under the same conditions of temperature and pressure.

In order to compare the volumes of different appearing in the equation of gaseous reaction, the volume of 1 gram-mole of gas is often taken volume.

The actual value of volume is 22.4L at STP.

Eudiometer:

An eudiometer is an apparatus that can be used to carry out gaseous reactions and to measure the volumes of gaseous reactants and their products.

This apparatus consists of a U-shaped glass tube one end of which is closed and the other end is kept open.

Two platinum wires are fused inside the closed end of the tube and these are used for electric sparking which brings about the required reaction between the gaseous reactants.

The reaction usually occurs with a little explosion. For measuring the volumes of gases, the arm with closed end is graduated.

Before starting the experiment, the tube is filled with mercury. Then the reacting gas is introduced into the closed end through the open end of the tube by the displacement of mercury.

Class 11 Chemistry Some Basic Concepts Of Chemistry Eudiometer

There is a stop-cock towards the lower part of the limb with an open end.

By removing mercury with the help of this stop-cock, the levels of mercury in both the limbs are made equal and the volume of the gas collected in the graduated closed limb is measured.

Similarly volume of each of the reacting gases, introduced one after another in the closed limb, is recorded.

Then these gases are made to react by passing an electric spark through the platinum wires. After the completion of the reaction, the tube is cooled down to room temperature.

If there is any contraction in volume due to cooling, the observed volume is recorded from the graduations in the closed limb. This contraction is known as the first contraction.

If there is a suitable absorbent for any gas in the gas mixture (For example KOH for C02, alkaline pyrogallate for 02, etc.), then it is introduced into the gas mixture.

As a result, the gas involved gets absorbed and the mixture again suffers contraction in volume. This is called a second contraction.

Tills contraction is recorded from the graduation of the From these experimental data regarding volume, audiometric calculation is done.

In this context, it is to be noted that all volumetric measurements are always made at the same temperature and pressure.

Some important points regarding calculations of audiometry:

A properly balanced equation of the gaseous reaction Is to be used.

Under similar conditions of temperature and pressure, the ratio of the volumes and number of gram-moles of gaseous reactant(s) and product(s) must be the same.

At STP, the volume of mole of any gas is equal to 22.4 L. At the time of comparing the volumes of gases, the volume of 1 gram-mole of any gas is considered to be 1 volume. At STP, ) volume = 22.4 L

The mass of 22.41. of a gas at STP expressed in grains is equal to the gram-molecular mass of the compound.

The volume of any solid or liquid reactant or product Involved in the gaseous reaction is considered to be zero.

In the absence of drastic conditions, nitrogen present in air generally does not take part in the gaseous reaction.

During eudiometric calculations, air Is considered to be a mixture of ()2 and N2 gases. (02 = 21% ; N2 = 79% )

In most cases, contraction in volume occurs on cooling the gas mixture produced In the eudiometer tube, to mom temperature. Expansion in volume may also occur ill some cases. Further, in some reactions, no perceptible.

limb, if there is any residual gas in the eudiometer rube after the first and second contraction, the volume of the gas left Is also recorded Change in volume is observed.

In the following table, some relevant observations have been recorded—

Class 11 Chemistry Some Basic Concepts Of Chemistry Combustion Of Hydrocarbon in ediometer

If the addition of an absorbent to u gas mixture produced in the gaseous reliction causes contraction In volume, then the gas can be Identified from the nature of the absorbent used and the volume of the gas may be determined from the magnitude of contact.

For this reason, prior to the addition of absorbent, the volume of the mixture is measured, if there is any contraction In volume after the addition of absorbent, then the volume of the gas mixture is again measured.

Ibe difference between the two readings gives the volume of the gas absorbed.

In this way, different gaseous constituents are removed one after another from the gas mixture by the successive addition of suitable absorbents and as a result, the contraction in volume in each case gives the measure of the volume of the absorbed gas concerned.

Numerical Examples 

Question 1. 60 mL of a mixture of CO and H2, mixed with 40 ml, of 02, are subjected to explosion in a eudiometer tube. On cooling the gas mixture after the end of the reaction, the volume is reduced to 30 mL.

Determine the composition of the gas mixture Initially taken. [All volumes arc measured at the same temperature and pressure.

Answer: Let the volume of CO in the initial mixture = x mL

Volume of H2 = (60- x) mL

Reactions taking place in the eudiometer tube—

⇒ \(\underset{\substack{2 \text { volume } \\ x \mathrm{~mL}}}{2 \mathrm{CO}}+\underset{\substack{1 \\ \text { volume } \\ \frac{x}{3} \mathrm{~mL}}}{\mathrm{O}_2} \longrightarrow \underset{x \mathrm{~mL}}{2 \text { volume }} \underset{x \mathrm{CO}_2}{\longrightarrow}\)

Therefore Contraction in volume \(=\left(x+\frac{x}{2}-x\right)=\frac{x}{2} \mathrm{~mL}\)

⇒ \(\begin{array}{ccc}
2 \mathrm{H}_2 & +\mathrm{O}_2 & \underset{2}{2} \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O} \\
2 \text { volume } & 1 \text { volume } & 2 \text { volume } \\
(60-x) \mathrm{mL} & \frac{1}{2}(60-x) \mathrm{mL} & 0
\end{array}\)

[as water vapor on cooling gets condensed, its volume is taken as zero]

Contraction in volume \(\begin{aligned}
& =\left[(60-x)+\frac{1}{2}(60-x)-0\right] \\
& =\frac{3}{2}(60-x) \mathrm{mL}
\end{aligned}\)

Before the reaction, the volume of the mixture = volume of the mixture of CO and Il2 + volume of 02 = (60 + 40) = 100 mL Volume of the mixture after the reaction = 30 mL.

Therefore Contraction in volume in the reaction =100- 30 = 70 mL

From reactions 1 and 2, the total contraction in volume.

⇒ \(\left[\frac{x}{2}+\frac{3}{2}(60-x)\right]=(90-x) \mathrm{mL} \quad \text { or, } 90-x=70 x=20 \mathrm{~mL}\)

In the initial mixture, volume of CO = 20 mL and volume of H2 =(60-20) = 40mL.

Question 2. 30 mL of a mixture of CO and C02, mixed with 10 mL of oxygen, was exploded by an electric spark. The gas mixture produced was mixed with KOH solution and thoroughly shaken.

5mL of oxygen was left behind. What was the composition of the original mixture? [Volume was measured at STP.
Answer: Let. the volume of CO in 30 ml, in the mixture = xmL.

∴ Volume of carbon dioxide (C02) = (30 – x) ml.

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& \text { Reaction involved- } \mathrm{CO}+\frac{1}{2} \mathrm{O}_2 \longrightarrow \mathrm{CO}_2 \\
& 1 \text { volume } \frac{1}{2} \text { volume } 1 \text { volume } \\
& x \mathrm{~mL} . \quad \frac{x}{2} \mathrm{~mL} . \quad x \mathrm{~mL} . \\
&
\end{aligned}\)

The reaction shows that the volume of ()., used \(=\frac{x}{2}\) mL

Volume of O2 used = volume of O2 taken – volume of O2 unused =(10-5) = 5ml..

Therefore \(\frac{x}{2}=5\)

Hence, the volume of CO in the original mixture = 10 ml.

Volume of C02 in the mixture = (30- 10) = 20 ml.

Question 3. 1 L of a mixture of CO and C02, when passed through a red hot tube containing charcoal, tire volume becomes 1.6L. All volumes are measured under the same conditions of temperature and pressure. Find the Composition of the mixture.
Answer: Volume of the mixture of CO and CO., 11.

Let, the volume of CO= xl

∴ Volume of CO2= (l-x)I.

The reaction involved CO2 +C→2CO

The volume of the mixture after passing over carbon = 1.6 L

∴ Total volume of CO =[x + 2(1 – x) ) = (2- v)L

According to the given data, 2 -x = 1.6 or, x = 0.4

∴ Volume Of Co In1 L Mixture = 0.4 L = 400 Ml And Volume

Of CO2 In 1 L Mixture = 0.6 L = 600 Ml.

Question 4. A mixture contains CO, CH4, and nitrogen. 25 cm3 of the mixture on oxidation in the presence of excess oxygen, resulted in a decrease in volume by 16 cm3. A further contraction of 17 cm3 was observed when the residual gas was treated with a KOH solution. What was the composition of the original gaseous mixture of 25 cm3 volume? [All volumes are measured at the same temperature and pressure.]
Answer: In the oxidation reaction, CO2 is obtained from CO while CH4 produces CO2 and water vapor but N2 remains unaffected by the process.

Let, the volume of CO in the original mixture = x cm3 and the volume of CH4 in the original mixture =y cm3

∴ Volume of N2 = [25- (x + y)] cm3

The reactions involved in this case are

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& \mathrm{CO}+\frac{1}{2} \mathrm{O}_2 \longrightarrow \mathrm{CO}_2 \\
& 1 \text { volume } \frac{1}{2} \text { volume } 1 \text { volume } \\
& x \mathrm{~cm}^3 \quad \frac{x}{2} \mathrm{~cm}^3 \quad x \mathrm{~cm}^3 \\
&
\end{aligned}\)

Therefore Contraction in volume \(=\left[\left(x+\frac{x}{2}\right)-x\right]=\frac{x}{2} \mathrm{~cm}^3\)

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& \mathrm{CH}_4+2 \mathrm{O}_2 \longrightarrow \mathrm{CO}_2+2 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O} \\
& 1 \text { volume } 2 \text { volume } 1 \text { volume } 0 \\
& y \mathrm{~cm}^3 \quad 2 y \mathrm{~cm}^3 \quad y \mathrm{~cm}^3 \quad 0 \\
&
\end{aligned}\)

[Water vapor condenses to liquid on cooling. So, its volume is taken as zero.]

Contraction in volume this reaction = (y + 2y- y) = 2y cm3 Total contraction in volume =\(=\left(\frac{x}{2}+2 y\right) \mathrm{cm}^3\)

This contraction is equal to the first contraction i.e., \(\frac{x}{2}+2 y=16\)

The second contraction resulted from treatment with a KOH

volume of CO2 produced by the oxidation process -gift

= 17cm3. The total volume of CO2 produced by the first and second reactions = (x + y)cm3 i.e., x + y = 17 By solving [1] & [2] we have, x = 12 and y = 5.

Volume of CO in 25 cm3 of the mixture = 12cm3 and

volume of CH4 = 5cm3

∴ Volume of N2 = [25- (12 + 5)] = 8cm3

Question 3. 100 cm3 of a mixture of CO, C2H6, and N2 is exploded in the presence of excess O2. On cooling, the observed contraction in volume and the volume of C02 formed are both equal to the volume of the original mixture. Find the volumetric composition of the original mixture.
Answer: Let, the volumes of CO, C2Hg, and N2 be x, y, and z mL respectively in the mixture.

Reactions due to explosion—

⇒ \(\begin{array}{ccc}
\mathrm{CO} & +\quad \frac{1}{2} \mathrm{O}_2 & \longrightarrow \mathrm{CO}_2 \\
\text { 1volume } & 1 / 2 \text { volume } & 1 \text { volume } \\
x \mathrm{~mL} & x / 2 \mathrm{~mL} & x \mathrm{~mL}
\end{array}\)

⇒ Contration in volume \(\left(x+\frac{x}{2}-x\right)=\frac{x}{2} \mathrm{~mL}\)

Contraction in volume in volume = \(\left(y+\frac{7 y}{2}-2 y\right)=\frac{5 y}{2} \mathrm{~mL}\)

N2 remains unaffected by the explosion.

⇒ total contraction in volume \(=\left(\frac{x}{2}+\frac{5 y}{2}\right) \mathrm{mL}\)

After the explosion, the volume of C02 produced = (x + 2y) mL. According to the given condition, observed contraction in volume after explosion = volume of the original mixture.

⇒ \(\text { i.e., } \frac{x}{2}+\frac{5 y}{2}=x+y+z\)

Volume of C02 produced due to explosion = volume of the original mixture i.e.,x + 2y = (x + y + z) or, y = z

Substituting y = z in'[l] we have,\(\frac{x}{2}+\frac{5 z}{2}\) (x + z + z)

or, x + 5z = (2x + 4z) or, x = z. Hence, x = y = z

⇒ In the mixture, vol. ofCO = vol. of C2H6 = vol. of N2.

⇒ % of each constituent in the mixture = 100/3 = 33.3

Question 6. A gaseous mixture contains 50% of H2, 40% of CH4, and 10% of 02. What additional volume of 02 at STP will be required to completely burn 200 cc of this -[2] gaseous mixture at 27°C and 750mm pressure?
Answer: In 200 cm3 of gaseous mixture, volume of H2 ,\(=\frac{50}{100} \times 200=100 \mathrm{~cm}^3 \text {; }\)

Volume of CH4 \(=\frac{40}{100} \times 200=80 \mathrm{~cm}^3 \text { and }\)

Volume Of O2 \(=\frac{10}{100} \times 200=20 \mathrm{~cm}^3\)

Now, relictions due to combustion—

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& 2 \mathrm{H}_2+\mathrm{O}_2 \longrightarrow 2 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O} \text { and, } \\
& 2 \text { volume } \quad \begin{array}{l}
\text { I volume } \\
100 \mathrm{~cm}^3 \\
50 \mathrm{~cm}^3
\end{array}
\end{aligned}\)

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& \mathrm{CH}_4+2 \mathrm{O}_2 \longrightarrow \mathrm{CO}_2+2 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O} \\
& 1 \text { volume } 2 \text { volume } \\
& 80 \mathrm{~cm}^3 \quad 160 \mathrm{~cm}^3 \\
&
\end{aligned}\)

Volume of the 02 required for complete burning of II2 and (111,| =(50+160) = 210cm3 Again, the volume of the 02 present in the mixture at 27C(! and 750 mm pressure = 20cm3.

Therefore, the additional volume of 02 required for complete combustion = (210- 20) = 190cm3.

Let, the volume ofadditional 02 he V cm3(atSTP)

⇒ \(\quad \frac{750 \times 190}{(273+27)}=\frac{760 \times V}{273}\)

Or, \(V=\frac{750 \times 190 \times 273}{300 \times 760}=170.625 \mathrm{~cm}^3\)

Therefore, the additional volume of 02 required at STP will he = 170.625cm3

Question 7. 25 ml, of a mixture containing nitrogen and nitric oxide is passed over heated copper. The volume of the gaseous mixture becomes 20mL. What is the percentage composition of the original mixture. [All volumes are measured at the same temperature and pressure.]
Answer: When the mixture of N2 and NO is passed over heated copper, NO is reduced to N2 but N2 remains unaffected in the reaction.

Let, the volume of NO in the original mixture =rmL

∴  The volume of N2 in the original mixture = (25- x) mL

⇒ \(\begin{array}{cc}
\mathrm{Cu}+ & \mathrm{NO} \longrightarrow \mathrm{CuO} \\
\begin{array}{c}
1 \text { volume } \\
x \mathrm{~mL}
\end{array} & \frac{1}{2} \mathrm{~N}_2 \\
& 1 / 2 \text { volume } \\
& x / 2 \mathrm{~mL}
\end{array}\)

Volume of the gas mixture at the end ofreduction = volume of N2 produced by reduction of NO + volume of N2 already present in the mixture \(=\left(\frac{x}{2}+25-x\right)=\left(25-\frac{x}{2}\right) \mathrm{mL} .\)

According to the given data, volume of the gaseous mixture at the end ofreduction =20 mL.

∴ \(\quad 25-\frac{x}{2}=20 \quad \text { or, } x=10\)

In the original mixture, the volume of NO = 10 ml, and the volume of N2 = (25- 1 0) =15 mL.

In the original mixture, percentage of NO \(=\frac{10}{25} \times 100=40\)

Therefore In the original mixture, percentage \(\mathrm{NO}=\frac{10}{25} \times 100=40\) and percentage of N2 \(=\frac{15}{25} \times 100=60 .\)

Question 8. Combustion of 1 volume of a compound (contains of C,H and N)In air produces 3 volumes of C02 and 4.5 volumes water vapour and 0.5 volume of N2. Calculate the molecular formula of the compound. [All volumes are measured at same temperature and pressure].
Answer: Let the formula of the compound be CxHyNz. It undergoes combustion according to the following equation

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& \mathrm{C}_x \mathrm{H}_y \mathrm{~N}_z+\left(x+\frac{y}{4}\right) \mathrm{O}_2 \longrightarrow x \mathrm{CO}_2+\frac{y_2}{2} \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}+\frac{z}{2} \mathrm{~N}_2 \\
& 1 \text { volume }\left(x+\frac{y}{4}\right) \text { volume } x \text { volume } \quad \frac{y_2}{2} \text { volume } \frac{z}{2} \text { volume }
\end{aligned}\)

∴ x = 3,y=9,z=l

So, formula of the compound is: C3H9N

Determination of molecular formula of gaseous hydrocarbons from eudiometry

A known volume of the gaseous hydrocarbon is mixed with an excess of oxygen and exploded by sparking inside the closed limb of an eudiometer tube.

As a result, the hydrocarbon suffers oxidation to produce carbon dioxide (C02) and steam (H2O ).

As the combustion is completed, the gas mixture is cooled down to room temperature under atmospheric pressure.

As a result, steam condenses to water (liquid) but gaseous C02 and unused Oz remain unchanged.

At this stage, there usually occurs a contraction in volume of the gas mixture. This is called first contraction.

Such contraction in volume is due to two reasons—

On coolingdown the reaction mixture, steam condenses to water (having negligible volume).

Due to reaction between hydrocarbon and oxygen, the entire amount of the hydrocarbon and a majorportion of the oxygen disappear.

Then cone. KOH (or NaOH) solution is added to the reaction mixture. As a result, a second contraction in volume takes place because the whole amount of C02 is absorbed by the KOH solution.

∴ \(2 \mathrm{KOH}+\mathrm{CO}_2 \rightarrow \mathrm{K}_2 \mathrm{CO}_3+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O} .\)

The second contraction in the volume is equal to the volume of C02 produced by the combustion of the hydrocarbon.

Now, the unused oxygen is the only gas left in the eudiometer. The volume of unused oxygen is measured by absorbing it with alkaline pyrogallatc solution.

If the above experiment is carried out with a compound composed of carbon, hydrogen and nitrogen instead ofa hydrocarbon, then the gas left in the eudiometer after second contraction consists ofnitrogen (N2) and unused oxygen (O2).

Volumes of all gases are measured at the same temperature and pressure.

The empirical formula of the hydrocarbon is determined

From the knowledge of the following quantities:

  1. initial volume of the gas mixture
  2. magnitude of first contraction and
  3. Magnitude Of Second Contraction.

It should be remembered that the volume of 02 consumed is equal to the volume of C02 produced.

Furthermore, the volume of hydrogen required to form water is twice the volume of 02 consumed. This hydrogen originates from die hydrocarbon.

Calculation: Volume of hydrocarbon + volume of 02 taken volume of C02 + volume of unused 02 + H20 (becomes liquid on cooling)

First contraction in volume =Total volume of gas mixture before electric sparking-total volume of gas mixture (under cold condition) after electric sparking.

= (Volume of hydrocarbon + volume of 02 taken) – (volume of C02 generated by oxidation + volume of unused oxygen) [volume ofwater (liquid) is taken as zero].

= Volume of hydrocarbon + (volume of 02 takenvolume ofunused oxygen)- volume of C02 generated by the oxidation = (Volume of hydrocarbon + volume of oxygen consumed) -volume of C02 generated.

Again, second contraction in volume = volume of C02 generated by oxidation.

So, first contraction = (volume of hydrocarbon + volume of 02 consumed)- second contraction.

1st contraction + 2nd contraction = volume of hydrocarbon + volume of 02 consumed or, volume of 02 consumed = 1st contraction + 2nd contraction- volume ofhydrocarbon.

Example Let the formula of a hydrocarbon is Cxliy. The oxidation reaction ofthe hydrocarbon is represented as—
Answer:

⇒ \(\begin{array}{ccc}
\mathrm{C}_x \mathrm{H}_y+\left(x+\frac{y}{4}\right) \mathrm{O}_2 & x \mathrm{CO}_2+\frac{y_{\mathrm{H}_2} \mathrm{O}}{2} \\
\text { 1 volume } \quad\left(x+\frac{y}{4}\right) \mathrm{mol} & x \mathrm{~mol} & \frac{y}{2} \mathrm{~mol} \\
\text { 1volume } \quad\left(x+\frac{y}{4}\right) \text { volume } & x \text { volume } & 0 \\
v \text { volume } v\left(x+\frac{y}{4}\right) \text { volume } & v x \text { volume } & 0
\end{array}\)

[The volume ofwaterin the liquid state = 0 ] Hence, volume of 02 required for complete combustion of v volume ofthe hydrocarbon \(=v\left(x+\frac{y}{4}\right)\)

Now, the volume of 02 used= (firstvolume contraction + second volume contraction)-volume ofthe hydrocarbon therefore \(v\left(x+\frac{y}{4}\right)\) = first volume contraction =second volume contraction)-V

Volume of the C02 produced by complete combustion of v volume of the hydrocarbon —vx= second contraction.

Therefore, if first volume contraction and second volume contraction as well as the volume of the gaseous hydrocarbon are known, x and y may be evaluated from equations 1 and 2 and hence the formula of the hydrocarbon (CxHy) can be determined easily.

Sometimes in the determination ofmolecular formula of a gaseous hydrocarbon by eudiometric method, the empirical formula ofthe compound is obtained from the experimental results.

In such a case, the molecular formulais determined by ascertaining the vapour density or molecular mass ofthat compound.

General equations for combustion reaction of different compounds.

The problems related to determination of molecular formula of gaseous hydrocarbons with the help of eudiometry are of three types. These are explained separately with examples.

Type-1: When first and second contractions and volume of mixed oxygen are known.

Question 1. 20cm3 of a hydrocarbon mixed with 66cm3 of oxygen is exploded. After cooling the gaseous mixture, the volume becomes 56cm3. The volume of this mixture when shaken with KOH solution reduces to 16cm3. Determine the formula of the hydrocarbon. [All volumes are measured at the same temperature andpressure.
Answer: Let, the formula ofthe hydrocarbonis. The reaction takes place due to explosion—

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& \mathrm{C}_x \mathrm{H}_y+\left(x+\frac{y}{4}\right) \mathrm{O}_2 \longrightarrow x \mathrm{CO}_2+\frac{y_2}{2} \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O} \\
& \begin{array}{llll}
1 \text { volume } & \left(x+\frac{y}{4}\right) \text { volume } & x \text { volume } & 0 \\
20 \mathrm{~cm}^3 & 20\left(x+\frac{y}{4}\right) \mathrm{cm}^3 & 20 x \mathrm{~cm}^3 & 0
\end{array} \\
&
\end{aligned}\)

since the volume ofwaterin the liquid state is zero.

∴ First contractionin this reaction \(=\left[20+20\left(x+\frac{y}{4}\right)-20 x\right]\)

As given, first contraction = (20 + 66)- 56 = 30 cm3.

(20 + 5y) = 30 or, y = 2

Now, second contraction = (56- 16) = 40cm3 = volume of C02 produced. Therfore 20x = 40 or, x = 2

∴ The formula ofthe hydrocarbon is C2H2.

Type-2: When first and second contractions are known but volume ofmixed oxygen is unknown.

Question 2. 20cm3 ofa gaseoushydrocarbon mixed with excess of oxygen is exploded. A contraction in the volume of 30cm3 takesplace. On treating theproduced gaseous mixture with KOH solution, it suffers a further contraction of 40cm3. Determine the molecular formula of the hydrocarbon. [All volumes are measured at the same temperature andpressure.]
Answer: Let the formula ofthe gaseous hydrocarbon = Cxliy. The reaction involvingits oxidation

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& \mathrm{C}_x \mathrm{H}_y+\left(x+\frac{y}{4}\right) \mathrm{O}_2 \rightarrow x \mathrm{CO}_2+\frac{y_2}{\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}} \\
& \begin{array}{llll}
1 \text { volume } & \left(x+\frac{y}{4}\right) \text { volume } & x \text { volume } & 0 \\
20 \mathrm{~cm}^3 & 20\left(x+\frac{y}{4}\right) \mathrm{cm}^3 & 20 x \mathrm{~cm}^3 & 0
\end{array} \\
&
\end{aligned}\)

since water occupies negligiblevolume., i.e., zero]

In this reaction, contractionin volume.

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& =\left[20+20\left(x+\frac{y}{4}\right)-20 x\right] \\
& =(20+5 y) \mathrm{cm}=\text { first contraction }
\end{aligned}\)

According to the given data, first contraction = 30 cm3
20 + 5y = 30 or y=2

Again, second contraction = 40cm3 = volume of CO,. Now, from the equation, it can be seen that volume of C02 evolved = 20x cm3.

therefore 20x = 40

therefore x=2

Hence, formula ofthe hydrocarbon is C2H2.

Type-3: When first contraction and vapour density of hydrocarbon are knownbut second contraction and volume ofmixed oxygen areunknown.

Question 3. 3cm3 of a gaseous hydrocarbon is exploded with excess of oxygen. On cooling the mixture, the observed contraction is found to be 6cm3. Vapour density of the hydrocarbon is 14. What is the molecular formula ofthehydrocarbon?
Answer: Let the formula ofthe hydrocarbon be Reaction due to explosion—

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& \mathrm{C}_x \mathrm{H}_y+\left(x+\frac{y}{4}\right) \mathrm{O}_2 \rightarrow x \mathrm{CO}_2+\frac{y_2}{2} \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O} \\
& \text { 1 volume }\left(x+\frac{y}{4}\right) \text { volume } x \text { volume } \quad 0 \\
& \begin{array}{llll}
3 \mathrm{~cm}^3 & 3\left(x+\frac{y}{4}\right) \mathrm{cm}^3 & 3 x \mathrm{~cm}^3 & 0
\end{array} \\
&
\end{aligned}\)

Therefore On cooling, water vapour is condensed to liquid (water) whose volume is assumed to be zero.]

∴ Contractionin this reaction = \(\begin{aligned}
& =\left[3+3\left(x+\frac{y}{4}\right)-3 x\right] \\
& =3+\frac{3 y}{4} \mathrm{~cm}^3=1 \text { st contraction }
\end{aligned}\)

∴ \(3+\frac{3 y}{4}=6\) or y=4

Its molecular mass = 2 x 14 =28

since V.D = 14

The molecular formula ofthe hydrocarbon = CXH4.

Its molecular mass =(12x+ 4)

Hence, 12x+ 4 = 28 or, x = 2

Therefore, formula of the hydrocarbon is C2H4.

Question 1. A gaseous hydrocarbon of volume 10mL at STP is mixed with 80mL of 02 and burnt completely. As a result, the volume of the gaseous mixture was reduced to 70mL. On treating the obtained gaseous mixture with KOH solution, the volume becomes 50mL. Determine the molecular formula of the hydrocarbon.
Answer: At STP, 10 mL ofa gaseous hydrocarbon mixed with 80 mL
of 02 is burnt completely. The following reaction takes place—

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& \mathrm{C}_x \mathrm{H}_y+\left(x+\frac{y}{4}\right) \mathrm{O}_2 \rightarrow x \mathrm{CO}_2+\frac{y_2}{2} \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O} \\
& \text { 1 volume }\left(x+\frac{y}{4}\right) \text { volume } x \text { volume } \quad 0 \\
& 10 \mathrm{~mL} \quad 10\left(x+\frac{y}{4}\right) \mathrm{mL} \quad 10 x \mathrm{~mL} \quad 0 \\
&
\end{aligned}\)

since volume of water in the liquid state is assumed to be zero.

therefore volume contraction in this reaction

⇒ \(=10+10\left(x+\frac{y}{4}\right)-10 x=10+2.5 y \mathrm{~mL}=\text { first contraction }\)

In this case, first contraction =[(10 + 80)- 70] = 20 mL

∴ 10 + 2.5y = 20 or, y = 4.

Again, second contraction= volume of C02 produced.

So, second contraction = (70- 50) mL = 20 mL 10x = 20 i.e., x = 2 Hence, the formula ofthe hydrocarbonis C2H4.

Question 2. Volume of a gaseous hydrocarbon is 1.12L at STP. Whenitis completelyburntin air, 2.2 gof C02 & 1.8 g of water are formed. Find the volume of required at STP and also mass of the compound taken. Give the molecular formula of hydrocarbon.
Answer: Let the formula of the hydrocarbon be CzUy.

The concerned reaction of combustion is—

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& \mathrm{C}_x \mathrm{H}_y+\left(x+\frac{y}{4}\right) \mathrm{O}_2 \longrightarrow x \mathrm{CO}_2+\underset{2}{\chi_2} \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O} \\
& 1 \mathrm{~mol} \quad\left(x+\frac{y}{4}\right) \mathrm{mol} \quad x \mathrm{~mol} \quad y_2 \mathrm{~mol} \\
&
\end{aligned}\)

Now, the volume of the hydrocarbon = 1.12 L.

No. ofmoles ofhydrocarbon in 1.12L at STP \(P=\frac{1 \times 1.12}{22.4}=0.05\)

From reaction it is found that 1 mol of gaseous hydrocarbon produces x mole of C02 and y/2 mole of H20.

therefore 0.05mol ofhydrocarbon produces 0.05x mol of C02 and \(\frac{0.05 y}{2}\) mol of H2O. Now 0.05x mol of C02= 0.05* x 44g= 2.2xg of C02 and \(\frac{0.05 y}{2}\) X 18g = 0.45g mol H2O

According to the given data, 2.2x = 2.2 , 0.45y =1.8 y = 4 and x = 1; the formula ofthe hydrocarbon = CH4 ixnoi Now at STP, 1.12L ofhydrocarbon =0.05 mol

Mass ofthe hydrocarbon taken = (0.05 x 16) = 0.8 g [ v Molecular mass ofhydrocarbon, CH4 = 16]

Again, the amount of 02 required for the combustion of 1 mol of hydrocarbon \(=\left(x+\frac{y}{4}\right) \mathrm{mol}=\left(1+\frac{4}{4}\right) \mathrm{mol}=2 \mathrm{~mol}\)

O2 required for combustion of 0.05 mol ofhydrocarbon = (0.05 x 2) = O.lmol

Now, Volume of1 mol of 02 at STP = 22.4 L

Therefore Volume of 0.1 mol of 02 at STP = 2.24 L. So, the volume

of 02 required for combustion ofhydrocarbon is 2.24 L.

Question 3. 5 mL of a gas composed of hydrogen and carbon is mixed with 30mL of oxygen and exploded with electric sparking. The volume of the gas mixture, obtained by explosion is found to be 25 mL. KOH is then added to the mixture and as a result, its volume is reduced to 15 mL. The residual gas is purely oxygen. All volumes have been measured at STP. Whatis the molecular formula ofthe gas?
Answer: Assuming the formula ofthe gas to be CÿHÿ, the reaction occured during explosion is represented as

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& \mathrm{C}_x \mathrm{H}_y+\left(x+\frac{y}{4}\right) \mathrm{O}_2 \longrightarrow x \mathrm{CO}_2+\frac{y_2}{2} \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O} \\
& \begin{array}{cccc}
1 \text { volume } & \left(x+\frac{y}{4}\right) \text { volume } & x \text { volume } & 0 \\
5 \mathrm{~mL} & 5\left(x+\frac{y}{4}\right) \mathrm{mL} & 5 x \mathrm{~mL} & 0
\end{array} \\
& {[\text { volume of water (liquid) }=0 \text { ] }} \\
&
\end{aligned}\)

since volume of water liquid)=0]

First contraction \(=\left[5+5\left(x+\frac{y}{4}\right)-5 x\right]=(5+1.25 y) \mathrm{mL}\)

As per given data, first contraction = (5 + 30)- 25 =10 mL

Therefore 5 + 1.25y = 10 or, 1.25y = 5

Second contraction = volume of the C02 formed = 5x mL According to the given condition, second contraction = (25- 15) = 10 mL.

Therefore, 5x = 10 or, x = 2

Thus, formula oftire gaseous compound = C2H

Question 4. 10 mL of a gaseous organic compound composed of carbon, hydrogen and oxygen is mixed with 100 mL of oxygen and subjected to explosion. Volume of tire mixtureproducedby explosion when cooledbecomes 90mL. On treatment with KOH, the volume is reduced by 20mL. Mass of1 L ofgaseous organic compound is 2.053 g at STP. Determine the molecular formula.
Answer: Let, the formula ofthe organic compound =

The mass of 1 L ofgaseous organic compound at STP = 2.053 g

Mass of 22.4L ofgaseous organic compound at STP = (2.053X22.4) =45.9872 g.

The reaction involved is as follows—

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& \mathrm{C}_x \mathrm{H}_y \mathrm{O}_z+\left(x+\frac{y}{4}-\frac{z}{2}\right) \mathrm{O}_2 \rightarrow x \mathrm{CO}_2+\frac{y_2}{2} \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O} \\
& 1 \text { volume. }\left(x+\frac{y}{4}-\frac{z}{2}\right) \text { volume } x \text { volume } 0 \\
& 10 \mathrm{~mL} \quad 10\left(x+\frac{y}{4}-\frac{z}{2}\right) \mathrm{mL} \quad 10 x \mathrm{~mL} \quad 0 \\
&
\end{aligned}\)

In the reaction, volume contraction= 10 + 10 \(\left(x+\frac{y}{4}-\frac{z}{2}\right)-10 x\)

= (10 + 2.5y- 5z) mL = first contraction x mL

In this case, first contraction = [(10 + 100)- 90] = 20 mL.

Therefore, 10 + 2.5y-5z = 20 or, 2.5y-5z =10 – [l]

Again, the second contraction in the mixture =20mL

= the volume of the C02 formed. From the equation, it is observed that the volume ofthe C02 produced = lOx.

Therefore, lOx = 20 or, x = 2

Now, the molecular mass of CxHy02 =(12x+ y+ 16z)

12.v+ y + 16z =45.9072 or, 12×2+y+16z =45.9872

or, y + 16z = 21.9072

Solving equations 1 & 3 we have, y = 6 and z = 1

Therefore The formula ofthe organic compound is C2H60.

Question 5. When 3 volume of a gaseous organic compound of carbon, hydrogen & sulphur mixed with excess oxygen is exploded, 3 volumes of carbon dioxide, 3 volumes of sulphur dioxide and 6 volumes of water vapour arc produced. What is the formula of the compound?
Answer: Let, the formula of the organic compound is On combustion, the following reaction takes place—

⇒ \( \mathrm{C}_x \mathrm{H}_y \mathrm{~S}_z+\left(x+\frac{y}{4}+z\right) \mathrm{O}_2 \rightarrow x \mathrm{CO}_2+\frac{y_2}{2} \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}+z \mathrm{SO}_2\)

⇒ \(1 \text { volume }\left(x+\frac{y}{4}+z\right) \text { volume } x \text { volume } \frac{y}{2} \text { volume } z \text { volume }\)

⇒ \(3 \text { volume } 3\left(x+\frac{y}{4}+z\right) \text { volume } 3 x \text { volume } \frac{3 y}{2} \text { volume } 3 z \text { volume }\)

According to the given condition, 3x = 3 or, x = 1; \(\frac{3 y}{2}\)

= 6 or, y = 4 and 3z = 3 or, z = 1

The formula ofthe organic compound = CH4S.

Question 6. When an acetylenic hydrocarbon, in presence of excess oxygen is exploded, it shows a contraction in volume by 50mL. A further contraction of 75mL is observed when the obtained gas mixture comes in contact with KOH solution. Determine the molecular formulaofthe compound.
Answer: Let the formula be CnH2 and its volume = x mL

Reaction of the acetylenic compound with O2

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& \mathrm{C}_n \mathrm{H}_{2 n-2}+\left(\frac{3 n-1}{2}\right) \mathrm{O}_2 \longrightarrow n \mathrm{CO}_2+(n-1) \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O} \\
& 1 \text { volume }\left(\frac{3 n-1}{2}\right) \text { volume } n \text { volume } 0 \\
& x \mathrm{~mL} \quad x\left(\frac{3 n-1}{2}\right) \mathrm{mL} \quad n x \mathrm{~mL} \quad 0 \\
&
\end{aligned}\)

Contraction in volume in this reaction

⇒ \(=x+x\left(\frac{3 n-1}{2}\right)-n x=\frac{x+n x}{2}=\frac{x(1+n)}{2} \mathrm{~mL}\)

This volume contraction is equal to the first contraction of the mixture. Therefore, \(\frac{x(1+n)}{2}\) = 50 or, x+nx=100

As per given data, the second contraction of the mixture = 75 mL =the volumeofthe C02 formed. So, nx= 75

From equations 1 and 2 we have, x = 25 and from equation 2 putting x = 25 we have, n = 3.

Formula ofthe acetylenic compound = C3H6-2 = C3H4

Determination Of Molecular Formula Of Other Gaseous Compounds With The Help Of Eudiometry

Type-1: When two elementary gases of known atomicity react together to form a gaseous compound, the molecular formula of that compound may be ascertainedif the volumes of the reacting gases and the product at STP are known.
Let, 1 L of A2 gas (diatomic) and 1 L of B2 gas (diatomic) react to produce 2L of a gaseous compound X at STP. So,

⇒ \(\begin{array}{ccc}
\mathrm{A}_2 & \mathrm{~B}_2 & 2 \mathrm{X} \\
1 \mathrm{~L} & 1 \mathrm{~L} & 2 \mathrm{~L} \text { (at STP) } \\
n \text { molecules } & n \text { molecules } & 2 n \text { molecules } \\
1 \text { molecule } & 1 \text { molecule } & 2 \text { molecules } \\
1 \text { atom } & 1 \text { atom } & 1 \text { molecule } \\
& \text { [according to Avogadro’s hypothesis] }
\end{array}\)

Hence, in 1 molecule of X, 1 atom of each A2 and B2 are present.

∴ The molecular formula of the compound is AB.

Suppose, 1 L of X2 gas (diatomic) and 2L of Y2 gas (diatomic) react to produce1 L of Z gas at STP. So,

⇒ \(\begin{gathered}
\mathrm{X}_2 \\
1 \mathrm{~L}
\end{gathered}+\underset{2 \mathrm{~L}}{2 \mathrm{Y}_2} \longrightarrow \mathrm{Z} \underset{\mathrm{L}(\text { at STP) }}{\mathrm{Z}}\)

⇒ \(\begin{array}{ccc}
n \text { molecules } & 2 n \text { molecules } & n \text { molecule } \\
1 \text { molecule } & 2 \text { molecules } & 1 \text { molecule } \\
2 \text { atoms } & 4 \text { atoms } & 1 \text { molecule }
\end{array}\)

Therefore in 1 molecule of Z gas, 2 atoms of X2 and 4 atoms of Y2 are present.

Molecular formula of Z gas is X2Y4.

Type 2. If the atomicity of the elementary gases produced by the decomposition of any gaseous compound and also the volumes of the reactants and the products at STP are known, the molecular formula of the gaseous compound maybe determined.
Example: Suppose at STP, 2 L of a gaseous compound decomposes to form1 L of A2 gas and 3 L of B2 gas (both A2 and B2 are diatomic).

∴ \(\begin{gathered}
2 \mathrm{X} \\
2 \mathrm{~L}
\end{gathered} \longrightarrow \underset{1 \mathrm{~L}}{\mathrm{~A}_2}+\underset{3 \mathrm{~L}}{3 \mathrm{~B}_2}\)

∴ \(\begin{array}{ccc}
\text { 2n molecules } & \text { n molecules } & 3 \text { n molecules } \\
2 \text { molecules } & 1 \text { molecule } & 3 \text { molecules } \\
1 \text { molecule } & \frac{1}{2} \text { molecules } & \frac{3}{2} \text { molecules } \\
1 \text { molecule } & 1 \text { atom } & 3 \text { atoms }
\end{array}\)

since A2 and B2 are diatomic]

So,1 molecule of X gas contains1 atom of A2 and 3 atoms of B2 gas. Hence, the molecular formula of X gas is AB3.

Numerical Examples 

Question 1. At high temperature, gaseous compound, S4N4 decomposes to produce N2 and sulphur vapour. 1 vol. of S4N4 on decomposition gives 2.5 vol. of gaseous mixture at STP. Determine formula of sulphur.
Answer: Thermal decomposition: S4N4→2N2 + sulphur vapour 1 vol. of S4N4 produces 2.5 vol. of gaseous mixture.

From the equation,itis observed that 2 volumes of N2 are produced from 1 volume of S4N4 at STP. So, during thermal decomposition at STP, volume of the sulphur vapour produced = (2.5- 2) = 0.5 volumes. At STP, decomposition of 1 volume S4N4 results in evolution of2volumes N2 and 0.5 volumes sulphur vapour.

or, 1 molecule of S4N4 on decomposition gives 2 molecules of N2 and 0.5 molecules of sulphur.

1 molecule of S4N4 produces 4 N-atoms and 4 S-atoms.

∴ In 0.5 molecule ofsulphur, number of S-atoms = 4

∴ In 1 molecule of sulphur, number ofS-atoms = 8

Therefore Formula of sulphur = S8.

Question 2. When 100mL of ozonised oxygen is shaken with turpentine oil, volume decreases by 20mL. When lOOmL of the same sample is heated, the mixture occupies a volume of 110mL. Determine the molecular formula of ozone. [All volumes are measuredunder same temperature andpressure.]
Answer: Turpentine oil when added to ozonised oxygen, absorbs ozone and oxygen is leftbehindin the mixture.

∴ Volume of ozone in 100mL ofozonised oxygen = 20 mL.

∴ Volume of oxygenin 100 mL of ozonised oxygen = 80 mL

When Ozone Mixed With O2 is heated, it undergoes thermal decomposition to produce 02.

Volume of the gas obtained by heating 100mL of ozonised oxygen 110mL of this gas, (110-80) = 30 mL of 02 have been obtained by decomposing 20 mL of ozone.

Under the same conditions of temperature and pressure, 20mL ozone produces 30mL of 02.

i.e., 2 volumes of ozone produce 3 volumes of 02.

So, 2 molecules ofozone produce 3 molecules of  O2 .

∴ 1 molecule of ozone produces 3/2 molecule of oxygen or [ v oxygen is diatomic]

Hence,1 molecule ofozone contains 3 oxygen atoms.

∴ Molecular formula of ozone is 03.

Calculations Involving Reactions Occurring In Solution

Methods of expressing concentration of solutions

A solution is a homogeneous mixture of two or more substances which do not react chemically with each other.

A solution consisting of only two components is called a binary solution. Some important modes of expressing concentration ofsolutions are indicated below.

Percentage strength It is defined as the amount of solute in grams presentin lOOg of the solution.

⇒ \(\%(W / W)=\frac{\text { mass of solute }(\mathrm{g})}{\text { mass of solution }(\mathrm{g})} \times 100\)

Example: Percentage strength (W/W) of a glucose solution is 10 indicates that lOg glucose is presentin lOOg ofsolution.

Strength in gram per litre: The strength of a solution is defined as the amount of the solute in grams present per litre ofthe solution.

Unit: g/L or g/dm3, i.e., g-L-1 or g-dm-3.

Example: If 4.0g of sodium carbonate is dissolved in 1L of sodium carbonate solution, the strength of the solution willbe 4.0 g-L-1 or 4.0 g-dm-3 Temperature, strengthin g-L 1 depends on temperature.

Mole fraction: The mole fraction of any componentin the solution is equal to the number of moles of that component dividedby the total number ofmoles of all the components.

Let us consider, n2 moles of a solute dissolvedin n 4 moles of a solvent.

Mole fraction of the solute and mole fraction ofUie solvent in the solution respectively.

⇒ \(x_2=\frac{n_2}{n_1+n_2} \& x_1=\frac{n_1}{n_1+n_2}\)

⇒ \(\text { Now, } x_1+x_2=\frac{n_1}{n_1+n_2}+\frac{n_2}{n_1+n_2}=\frac{n_1+n_2}{n_1+n_2}=1\)

The sum of mole fractions ofthe components is equal to 1.

Therefore mole fraction ofthe solvent, xx = l-x2

mole fraction of the solute, x2 = 1- x1

Effect of temperature: As mole fraction is a number, it is independent oftemperature.

PPm (partspermillion): The concentration ofvery dilute solution is expressed in terms of parts of the solute by mass present in million parts by mass of the solution (or ppm), i.e., ppmx \(=\frac{\text { mass of } x}{\text { Mass of solution }} \times 10^6\)

Pollution of the atmosphere is also expressed in terms of ppm but in that case we use volumes in place of masses i.e., volume (in cm3) of the harmful gases (i.e., S02 etc.) presenti n 106 cm3 ofthe air.

Molarity (M): It is a defined as the number ofgram-moles ofthe solute presentin1 L (or, 1000 mL) of the solution.

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& \text { Molarity }(\mathrm{M}) \text { of solution }=\frac{\text { number of moles of solute }}{\text { volume of the solution (in } \mathrm{L})} \\
& =\frac{\text { mass of the solute }(\mathrm{g})}{\text { gram-molecular mass of solute } \times \text { volume of solution (in } \mathrm{L})}
\end{aligned}\)

Example: If three different solutions are such that1 L of each of these solutions contain 1 mol, 0.5 mol and 0.1 mol of a dissolved solute then the molarity of the solutions will be 1, 0.5 and 0.1 respectively. Similarly, if 5L of a glucose solution contains 4 gram-moles of glucose then molarity ofthe solution will be,

⇒ \(\frac{\text { number of moles of glucose }}{\text { volume of the solution }(\mathrm{L})}=\frac{4}{5}=0.8(\mathrm{M})\)

Units ofmolarity: moles perlitre (mol-L-1 ) or moles per cubic decimetre (mol-dm’3 ) [1L = 1000 cm3 = 1dm3 ]

Molar solution: A molar solution is defined as a solution, 1 L ofwhich contains 1 gram-mole ofthe solute.

Example: 1L of sulphuric acid (H2S04) solution containing 98 g (i.e., 1 gram-mole) of H2S04 is called 1(M) H2S04 solution.

Similarly, 1 L of1(M) Na2C03 solution contains 106 g (i.e., 1 gram-mole) ofsodium carbonate. Molar, semi-molar, deci-molar and centi-molar solutions are denoted by1(M

⇒ \(\left(\frac{\mathrm{M}}{2}\right),\left(\frac{\mathrm{M}}{10}\right) \text { and }\left(\frac{\mathrm{M}}{100}\right)\) respectively.

Effect of temperature on the molarity of a solution: The mass of solute is independent of temperature but the volume of solution is dependent on temperature and hence the molarity of a solution depends on temperature.

Formality (F): It is defined as the number of gramformula mass of the dissolved solute present per litre of the solution.

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& \text { Formality }(F)=\frac{\text { number of gram-formula mass of solute }}{\text { volume of the solution (in } \mathrm{L} \text { ) }} \\
& =\frac{\text { mass of the solute }(\mathrm{g})}{\text { gram-formula mass of solute } \times \text { volume of solution (in } \mathrm{L})}
\end{aligned}\)

Example: If1 L of a magnesium chloride solution contains 190 g of MgCl2 then this solution is said to be 2.0 formal solution (t.e., 2.0 F solution) because the formula mass of MgCl2 is 95.

Formal solution: It is defined as a solution, 1 L of which contains 1 gram-formula mass of the solute.

Example: 1 L of 1(F) solution of calcium chloride (CaCI2) contains lllg {i.e., 1 gram-formula mass) of calcium chloride.

Effect of temperature on the formality of solution: The mass of a solute is independent of temperature but the volume of solution is dependent on temperature and hence the formality of a solution depends on temperature.

Molality (m): The molality of a solution is defined as the number of gram-moles of the solute dissolved in 1000 g {i.e., 1 kg) ofthe solvent.

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& \text { Molality }(\mathrm{m}) \text { of solution } \\
& =\frac{\text { number of moles of dissolved solu }}{\text { mass of the solvent }(\mathrm{kg})} \\
& =\frac{\text { number of moles of solute } \times 10}{\text { mass of the solvent }(\mathrm{g})} \\
& =\frac{\text { mass of solute }(\mathrm{g}) \times 1000}{\text { gram-molecular mass of solute } \times \text { mass of solvent }(\mathrm{g})}
\end{aligned}\)

Example: If 40 g of NaOH [i.e., 1 g-mole NaOH) is dissolved in lOOOg of water, then the resulting solution is said to be 1 molal solution [i.e., l(m) solution] of NaOH. Again, dissolution of 4g ofNaOH {i.e., 0.1 g-mole NaOH) in 1000 g water gives 0.1 molal [i.e., 0.1 (m)] solution of NaOH.

Unit of molality: moles perkilogram ( mol-kg-1)

Effect of temperature on molality of a solution: As the masses of substances are independent of temperature, so the molality ofa solution does not depend on temperature.

Molal solution: A molal solution is defined as a solution, which is prepared by dissolving 1 gram-mole of solute in 1000 g of solvent.

Example: If 98 g(i.e., 1 gram-mole) ofsulphuric acid is dissolved in 1000 g of water, then a molal solution of H2S04 [i.e., l(m) H2S04 solution] is o btained.

Molal, semimolal, deci-molal and centi-molal solutions denoted by l(m)

⇒ \(\left(\frac{\mathrm{m}}{2}\right),\left(\frac{\mathrm{m}}{10}\right) \text { and }\left(\frac{\mathrm{m}}{100}\right)\)

Normality (N): Normality of a solution is defined as the number ofgram-equivalents of the solute presentin1 L (or 1000 mL) of the solution.

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& \text { Normality }(\mathrm{N}) \text { of a solution } \\
& =\frac{\text { number of gram-equivalents of solute }}{\text { volume of solution }(\mathrm{L})} \\
& =\frac{\text { mass of the solute }(\mathrm{g})}{\text { gram-equivalent mass of solute } \times \text { volume of solution (L) }}
\end{aligned}\)

If 1 L of H2S04 solution contains 2 gram-equivalent (i.e.,98 g) of pure H2S04 the strength of the solution will be 2(N).

Similarly, if 1 L of Na,C03 solution contains 0.1 gram-equivalent (i.e., 5.3 g) of Na2C03 the strength of the solution will be 0.1(N).

Effect of temperature on normality ofa solution: Mass of solute is independent of temperature but volume of a solution depends on it. So, normality of a solution is dependent on temperature.

Normal solution: A normal solution is defined solution, 1 L (or 1000 mL) of which contains 1 equivalent of the solute.

Examples: 1 L of a normal solution of H,S04 contains 1 gramequivalent or 49 g H2SO4 . 1 L of a normal solution of NaOH contains 1 gram-equivalent or 40 g NaOH.

Normality Equation

Let Vx mL of a solution of normality A/j be diluted to V2 mL so that its normality changes to N2. Since number of gram-equivalents of solute before and after dilution is ame, we can write, V1 X N1 =V2XN2. This is called normality equation.

Let V1 mL of a solution of compound ‘ A ’ having normality Nx reacts completely with V2 mL of a solution of compound ‘B’ having normality N2. Since the ompounds react with each other in equivalent amounts we can write, V1 X N1 = V2XN2 This is another normality equation.

Molarity equation

Let V1 mL of a solution of molarity M1 be diluted to V2 mL so that its molarity changes to M2.

Since number of gram-moles of solute before and after dilution is same, we can write, V1 X M1 = V2 X M2 This is molarity equation.

Let V1 mL of a solution of molarity be mixed with V2 mL ofanother solution (complex ofsame components) having molarity M2. If M be the molarity of the mixed solution, (V1 + V2 ) M=V1 x M1 + V2 X M2

This is a second molarity equation.

Let V1 mL of a solution of compound ‘A ‘ having molarity M2 reacts completely with V2 mL of another solution of compound having molarity M2 according to the equation: xA(aq) + yB(aq)pC(aq) + qD(aq)

It can be shown that \(\frac{V_1 \times M_1}{x}=\frac{V_2 \times M_2}{y}\)

This is a thirdmolarity equation.

Relationship between molarity and normality of the solution ofan acid ora base: Normality of solution of an acid =Molarity x Basicity ofthe acid.

Normality of a base = Molarity x Acidity ofthe base. e.g., 1 (M) H2S04 Solution = 2 (N) H2S04 solution 1 (M) Ca(OH)2 solution = 2 (N) Ca(OH)2 solution.

Normality= No. ofg- eq L-1 = Number ofmilli eq mL-1 Molarity of a solution = Number ofmoles perlitre = Number of millimoles per litre.

Numerical Examples

Question 1. NaOH is dissolved in water and the solution is madeupto 500mL. Find themolarity of solution.
Answer: Number ofmoles of NaOH = \(\frac{\text { given mass }}{\text { molecular mass }}=\frac{8}{40}=0.2\)

∴ Molarity(M) = \(=\frac{\text { number of moles of } \mathrm{NaOH}}{\text { volume of solution }(\mathrm{L})}=\frac{0.2}{0.5}=0.4\)

Question 2. The density of 3(M) solution ofNaCl is 1.25 g • cm 3. Calculate themolarityofthe solution.
Answer: Amount ofNaN03 in 1L solution=3 mol=3×58.5g

Mass of 1 L solution= 1000 x 1.25 g = 1250 g

Mass of the solvent [i.e., water) in 1L ofthe solution

= (1250-175.5)= 1074.5g

∴ Molality \(=\frac{\text { no. of moles of solute }}{\text { mass of solvent }(\mathrm{kg})}=\frac{3}{1.0745}=2.79(\mathrm{M})\)

Question 3. Calculate the volume of 0.5(M) H2S04 solution required to dissolve 0.5 g ofcopper(2) carbonate.
Answer: Reaction \(\underset{1 \mathrm{~mol}}{\mathrm{CuCO}_3}+\underset{1 \mathrm{~mol}}{\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{SO}_4} \rightarrow \mathrm{CuSO}_4+\mathrm{CO}_2+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}\)

∴ 1 mol CuC03 = 63.5 + 12 + 48 = 123.5 g

∴ 1 mole of H2S04 is required to dissolve 123.5 g of CuC03

∴ Amount of H2S04 required to dissolve 0.5 g of CuC03

⇒ \(=\frac{1 \times 0.5}{123.5}=0.004 \mathrm{~mol}\)

Now, 0.5 mol of H2S04 is present in 1000 mL solution.

∴ 0.004 mol H2SO4 is present \(\frac{1000 \times 0.004}{0.5}\) = 8ml. given H2S04 solution. So, volume of H2S04 required= 8 mL.

Question 4. Calculate the volume of H2 gas (at STP) liberated by thereaction ofexcessZnwith 500mL 0.5(N) H2S04.
Answer: Reaction involved \(\mathrm{Zn}+\underset{98 \mathrm{~g}}{\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{SO}_4} \rightarrow \underset{22400 \mathrm{~mL}}{\mathrm{ZnSO}_4}+\underset{\mathrm{H}_2}{\mathrm{H}_2}\)

H2S04 presentin 1000 mL of0.5(N) H2S04 =0.5 g-eqv.

∴ Amount of H2S04 present in 500 mL of 0.5(N) H2S0 solution \(=\frac{0.5 \times 500}{1000}\) g-equiv \(=\frac{0.5 \times 500 \times 49}{1000} \mathrm{~g}=12.25 \mathrm{~g}\)

98gH-,S04 reacts withZn to liberate 22400mLH, (STP).

∴ 12.25 g H,S04 reacts with zinc to liberate \(\frac{22400 \times 12.25}{98}=2800 \mathrm{~mL} \mathrm{H}_2 \text { (at STP) }\)

Density of 3 molal NaOH solution is 1.110 g mL-1. Calculate themolarity ofthe solution.

3 molal NaOH solution means 3 moles of NaOH are dissolvedin1 kg solvent. So, the mass ofsolution = 1000g solvent + 120g NaOH =1120g [v Molar mass of NaOH =(23 + 16 + 1) =40]

Volume of solution = \(=\frac{\text { Mass of solution }}{\text { Density of solution }}\)

or, Volume of solution \(=\frac{1120}{1.110 \mathrm{~g} \cdot \mathrm{mL}^{-1}}=1009 \mathrm{~mL}\)

∴ \(=\frac{\text { Mole of solute } \times 1000}{\text { Vol. of solution }(\mathrm{mL})}=\frac{3 \times 1000}{1009}=2.973(\mathrm{M})\)

Question 6. If 4 g of NaOH dissolvesin 36g of H2O, then calculate the mole fraction of each component in the solution. Also, determine the molarity of the solution (specific gravityofsolutionis1 g.mL-1 ).
Answer: \(n_{\mathrm{NaOH}}=\frac{4}{40}=0.1 \mathrm{~mol} ; n_{\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}}=\frac{36}{18}=2 \mathrm{~mol}\)

⇒ \(x_{\mathrm{NaOH}}=\frac{0.1}{0.1+2}=0.0476 ; x_{\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}}=\frac{2}{0.1+2}=0.9524\)

Total mass ofsolution= (4 + 36) = 40 g

Volume of solution \(=\frac{40 \mathrm{~g}}{1 \mathrm{~g} \cdot \mathrm{mL}^{-1}}=40 \mathrm{~mL}\)

Molarity \(=\frac{\text { Mole of solute } \times 1000}{\text { Vol. of solution }(\mathrm{mL})}\)

⇒ \(=\frac{0.1 \times 1000}{40}=2.5(\mathrm{M})\)

Question 7. 1L ofa (N/2) HC1 solution was heated in a beaker and it was observed that when the volume of solution got reduced to 600 mL, 3.25 g of HC1 was lost. Calculate the the normality of the resulting solution.
Answer: Normality \(\frac{\text { Mass of } \mathrm{HCl}}{\text { Equivalent mass } \times \text { Volume of solution (L) }}\)

⇒ \(\text { or, } \quad 0.5 \mathrm{eqv} \cdot \mathrm{L}^{-1}=\frac{\text { Mass of } \mathrm{HCl}}{36.5 \mathrm{~g} \cdot \mathrm{eqv}^{-1} \times 1 \mathrm{~L}}\)

Mass of HCl=0.5 eqv L-1 X 36.5 g – eqv-1 x 1L= 18.25g

Mass of HC1 left after heating = 18.25- 3.25 = 15.0 g

Volume of the resulting solution = 600ml \(=\frac{600}{1000}=0.6 \mathrm{~L}\)

therefore normality \(=\frac{15.0 \mathrm{~g}}{36.5 \mathrm{~g} \cdot \mathrm{eqv}^{-1} \times 0.6 \mathrm{~L}}=0.685\)

Long Question And Answers

Question 1. Two substances A are B are of equal masses and = 29.28 their molecular masses are in the proportion of 2:3. What is the ratio of the numbers of their molecules?
Answer:

From the question, MA: = 2:3; where MA and MB are the molecular masses of A and B respectively. Now, let the mass of A = mass of B = W g

Number of molecules present in gram-mole of any substance

= 6.022 x1023

Number of molecules in w g of A \(A=\frac{W}{M_A}\)= x 6.022 x 1023 and that in W g of B \(=\frac{W}{M_B}\)= x 6.022 x 1023

∴ \(\frac{\text { Number of molecules in } W \mathrm{~g} \text { of } A}{\text { Number of molecules in } W \mathrm{~g} \text { of } B}\)

\(=\frac{W}{M_A} \times 6.022 \times 10^{23} \div \frac{W}{M_B} \times 6.022 \times 10^{23}=\frac{M_B}{M_A}=\frac{3}{2}\)

Question 2. Show that, the ratio ofthe masses of equal volumes of two gases at the same temperature and pressure is directly proportional to the ratio of their molecular masses.
Answer:

Let the molecular masses of two gases, A and B be MA and MB respectively, and WA, and WB be their respective masses.

Now, number of moles of gas A = WA/MA

Number ofmoleculesin gas A = \(A=\frac{W_A}{M_A} \times\) x 6.022 x 1023

Again, number ofmoles ofgas B = WB/MB

Number of molecules in gas B = x 6.022 x 1023

Since the gases (having equal volumes) are at the same temperature and pressure, according to Avogadro’s hypothesis they will contain the same number of molecules.

∴ \(\frac{W_A}{M_A} \times 6.022 \times 10^{23}=\frac{W_B}{M_B} \times 6.022 \times 10^{23} \text { i.e., } \frac{W_A}{W_B}=\frac{M_A}{M_B}\)

Question 3. Which are heavier and lighter than air: O2, CO2, CH4, NH3, Cl2 ? [Volumetric composition of air N2 = 74%, O2 = 24%, CO2=2%
Answer:

Vapour density of a gas \(=\frac{\text { molecular mass of gas }}{\text { molecular mass of air }}\)

Volumetric composition of air: \(=\frac{(28 \times 74)+(32 \times 24)+(2 \times 44)}{100}=29.28\)

Therefore, concerning air, vapor densities of

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& \mathrm{O}_2=\frac{32}{29.28}>1 ; \mathrm{CO}_2=\frac{44}{29.28}>1 ; \mathrm{CH}_4=\frac{16}{29.28}<1 ; \\
& \mathrm{NH}_3=\frac{17}{29.28}<1 \text { and } \mathrm{Cl}_2=\frac{71}{29.28}>1
\end{aligned}\)

Therefore Gases lighter than air are CH4 and NH2 whereas gases heavier than air are O2, CO2, and CI2.

Question 4. The mass of a sulfur atom is twice that of an oxygen atom. Hence, the vapor density of sulfur will be twice that of the vapor density of oxygen—justify’.
Answer: The mass of an S-atom is twice that of an O-atom. So, the
atomic mass of sulfur is twice that of oxygen.

Now, Molar mass =n x atomic mass [n = atomicity ofmolecule] and vapor density

⇒ \(=\frac{\text { molecular mass }}{2}=\frac{n \times \text { atomic mass }}{2}\)

Therefore Vapour density of sulphur \(=\frac{n \times \text { atomic mass of sulphur }}{2}\)

Vapour density of oxygen \(=\frac{2 \times \text { atomic mass of oxygen }}{2}\)

since atomicity of oxygen molecule =2

⇒ \(\quad \frac{\text { Vapour density of sulphur }}{\text { Vapour density of oxygen }}\)

⇒ \(=\frac{n \times \text { atomic mass of sulphur }}{2 \times \text { atomic mass of oxygen }}=\frac{n}{2} \times 2=n\)

since the atomic mass of sulfur is twice of that of oxygen] or, Vapour density of sulfur =n x vapor density of oxygen.

Thus, it is quite logical to conclude that depending on the atomicity (n), the vapor density of sulfur maybe 2, 4, 6, or 8 times the vapor density of oxygen.

Question 5. How many significant figures are there in each of the following numbers:

  • 0.437
  • 935100
  • 2.158 x 104
  • 0.00839
  • 207.39
  • 17.00
  • 2.0100 x 104
  • 6.0 x 1023
  • 0.00070

Answer:

  1. 3 significant figures (4, 3, 7);
  2. 4 significant figures (9, 3, 5, 1);
  3. 4 significant figures (2, 1, 5, 8);
  4. 3 significant figures (8, 3, 9);
  5. 5 significant figures (2, 0 7, 3, 9);
  6. 4 significant figures (1, 7, 0, 0);
  7. 5 significant figures (2, 0, 1, 0, 0);
  8. 2 significant figures (6, 0);
  9. 2 significant figures (7,0)

Question 6. Express the following up to three Significant figures:

  • 4.309251
  • 49.793500
  • 0.005728
  • 7000
  • 2.67876 x 103
  • The decimal equivalent of 2/3,
  • one-millionth of one.

Answer: The digit in the second decimal place is increased by 1 unit and the remaining digits after that are dropped. Hence the number obtained is 4.31.

The digit in the first decimal place is increased by 1 unit and the remaining digits are dropped. The number obtained is 49.8.

The digit in the fifth decimal place is increased by 1 unit and the remaining digits are dropped. The number obtained is 0.00573.

The given no. is first expressed in the exponential form i.e. 7000 = 7.000 X 103. Then the third digit after the decimal point of the tire’s first factor is dropped. Thus the number obtained is 7.00 X 103.

The given number is in the exponential form. Thus the digit at the second decimal place is increased by 1 and all other digits of its right side are dropped. Thus the number obtained is 2.68 x 103.

The given fraction is first expressed in the decimal form. The digit at the third decimal place is increased by 1 and all other digits on its right side are dropped. This gives the number as 0.667.

The given number is first expressed in the exponential form. Then all the digits after the second decimal place are dropped. This gives the number 1.00 x 10~6, which has three significant.

Question 7. On heating of 4.9 g of KC103, 1.92g of 02 is evolved and 2.97 g of KC1 is obtained as a residue. Show that these data illustrate the law of conservation of mass.
Answer: ,\(\text { Reaction: } 2 \mathrm{KClO}_3 \rightarrow \quad \begin{gathered}
12 \mathrm{KCl}+3 \mathrm{O}_2 \uparrow \\
4.9 \mathrm{~g}
\end{gathered} \quad \begin{gathered}
2.97 \mathrm{~g} \quad 1.92 \mathrm{~g}
\end{gathered}\)

Total mass ofthe products 02 + KC1 = (1.92 + 2.97)g

= 4.89g

Difference in mass between the reactant and products

= (4.9 -4.89)g =0.01g.

This small difference is due to experimental error. Otherwise, these data illustrate the law of conservation of mass.

Question 8. 10.1 g o/HCl is mixed with 6.3 g of NaHC03. Calculate the mass ofCO2 released if the residual mixture is found to weigh 12.1 g
Answer: \(\text { Reaction: } \mathrm{HCl}+\mathrm{NaHCO}_3 \rightarrow \underset{10.1}{6.3 \mathrm{~g}} \rightarrow \underset{12.1 \mathrm{~g}}{\mathrm{NaCl}+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}}+\mathrm{CO}_2\)

According to the law of conservation of mass, the mass of
(HC1 + NaHC03) = mass of(NaCl + H20 + C02)

or, (10.1 + 6.3)g = mass of(NaCl + H20 + C02)

or, 16.4g = 12.1g + mass of C02 /. massofC02 = 4.3g

Question 9. Calculate the number of gram-atom present in 2.1 g of nitrogen and 0.23 g of sodium.
Answer: One gram-atom of nitrogen means 14g of nitrogen.

No. of g-atom present in 2.1 g of nitrogen \(=\frac{2.1}{14}=0.15\)

Again, One g-atom of sodium means 23g of sodium

No. of g-atom present in 0.23g of Na \(=\frac{0.23}{23}=0.01\)

Question 10. Give an example of a tetra-atomic element and calculate its molecular mass.
Answer: Tetra-atomic element: P4 molecular mass of P4 = atomic mass of P x its atomicity

= 31 x4 = 124

Question 11. ‘1-mole oxygen = 2 gram-atom oxygen’—justify.
Answer: 1 g-atom of oxygen means 16g of oxygen

∴ 2 g-atom of oxygen = 32g

∴ 1 mol oxygen = 2 g-atom oxygen [proved].

Question 12. Which one is the volume of 2.8g of ethylene gas at STP?

  • 2.24L
  • 22.4L
  • 224 L
  • 0.224 L.

Answer:  Gram-molecular mass of ethylene gas = 28g

∴ At STP 28g of ethylene gas occupies a volume of 22.4 L

∴ At STP, 2.8g ethylene gas occupy \(\frac{22.4 \times 2.8}{28}=2.24 \mathrm{~L}\)

∴ The volume of 2.8g of ethylene gas at STP is 2.24L

Question 13. Which one is the volume of lg of oxygen gas at STP?

  1. 0.7 L
  2. 4.8 L
  3. 1.4L
  4. 1.2 LW.

Answer: Gram-molecular mass ofoxygen gas at STP is 32g

At STP, volume 32 g ofoxygen gas = 22.4L

At STP volume of1 g of oxygen gas \(=\frac{22.4}{32} \mathrm{~L}=0.7 \mathrm{~L}\)

Question 14. Calculate the number of O-atoms in 0.5 mol of S02.
Answer: No. ofmolecules presentin1 mol S02 = 6.022 x 1023.

Number of molecules present in 0.5 mol S02

= 0.5 x 6.022 x 1023 =3.011 x 1023

2 oxygen atoms are present in each S02 molecule.

∴ The number of oxygen atoms present in 0.5mol of S02

= 3.011 X 1023 X 2 = 6.022 X 1023

Question 15. Calculate the mass o/lmol of electrons if the mass of one electron be 9.11 x 10-31 kg.
Answer: 1 mol of electrons = 6.022 x 1023 number of electrons.

Mass of one electron = 9.11 x 10-31kg

therefore The mass of 1 mol of electrons

= 6.022 x 1023 x 9.11 x 10-31kg = 5.486 x 10-7kg

Question 16. At a temperature of 273 K and 1 atm pressure, 1 L of a gas weighs 2.054 g. Calculate its molecular mass.
Answer: 22.4L of any gas at STP contains 1 mol of that gas.

1L of a gas weighs 2.054g

∴ 22.4L ofthe gas weighs = 2.054 X 22.4g = 46g

∴ Molecular mass ofthe gas is 46

Question 17. At the same temperature & pressure, two flasks of equal volume contain NH3 & S02 gas respectively. Identify the flask having a greater number of molecules of gaseous substance with greater mass and a greater number of atoms.
Answer: According to Avogadro’s hypothesis, at temperature and pressure equal volume of all gases contains an equal number of molecules.

At the same temperature & pressure, two flasks having equal vol. contain equal no. of NH3 & S02 molecules.

(H) NH3 = 17 and S02 = 64.

The flask containing S02 gas has a greater mass.

NH3 is a tetra-atomic and S02 is a triatomic molecule.

So, the flask with NH3 contains a greater no of atoms.

Question 18. Choose the correct options: The vapor density of carbon dioxide is—

  1. 22
  2. 22g.cm3
  3. 22g.l-1
  4. 44

Answer: Vapour density of a gas =1 /2 x its molecular mass

∴ Vapour density of C02 =(1/2) x 44 =22

Question 19. The equivalent mass of an element can never be zero explained.
Answer: Vapour density ofoxygen (D) = 32/2 = 16.

∴ Vapour density ofthe gaseous element =5×16 = 80.

∴ Molecular mass ofthe gaseous element = 2 x 80 = 160.

Relative atomic mass ofthe element

⇒ \(=\frac{\text { molecular mass of the element }}{\text { its atomicity }}=\frac{160}{2}=80\)

Question 20. Calculate the percentage composition (by mass) of the constituent elements of sodium sulfate (Na2S04).
Answer: Gram-molecular mass of Na2SO4 = 142g

mass% of Na in Na2SO4 = \(\frac{2 \times 23}{142} \times 100=32.39\)

mass % of S in Na2SO4 =\(\frac{32}{142}\) x 100 = 22.54

∴ mass % of O in Na2SO4 = \(\frac{64}{142}\)x 100 = 45.07

Question 21. An oxide of iron is found to contain 69.9% iron and 30.1% dioxygen (02) by mass. Calculate its empirical formula.
Answer: Fe = 69.9% and 02 = 30.1%. Now, the ratio of the number of atoms of Fe and Oin the compound, \(\text { Fe }: O=\frac{69.9}{55.85}: \frac{30.1}{16}=1.25: 1.88=1: 1.5=2: 3\)

Its empirical formula is Fe203.

Question 22. Calculate the amount of sodium hydroxide present in 100 mL of 0.1(M) NaOH solution.
Answer: 1000 ml 1 (M) NaOH solution contains 40gNaOH

Therefore 100mL 0.1 (M) NaOH solution contains

⇒ \(\frac{40 \times 100 \times 0.1}{1000} \mathrm{~g} \text { of } \mathrm{NaOH}=0.4 \mathrm{~g} \text { of } \mathrm{NaOH}\)

Question 23. 100 mL of 3 (N) Na2C03 solution is diluted to 300 mL by adding water. Calculate the normality of this solution.
Answer: Let S be the normality of the diluted solution. As given in the question, 100 x 3 = 300 x S S = 1

Question 24. Find the volume (in mL) of 0.2 (N) NaOH solution required to neutralize 25mL of 0.2(N) H2S04 solution.
Answer: Volume of H2SO4 solution V1 =25mL Normality of H2S04 solution S1 =0.2(N) Volume of NaOH solution = xmL Normality of NaOH solution S2 = 0.2(N) Now, V1S1 = V2S2 or, 25 X 0.2 = x x 0.2

∴ x =25

Question 25. Give the relation between normality & molarity of a solution.
Answer: Normality of an acid = Molarity x Basicity ofthe acid.

  • Normality of a base = Molarity x Acidity of the base.
  • Solution Of Warm Up Exercises
  • Mixture (homogeneous);
  • Mixture (homogeneous);
  • Mixture (homogeneous);
  • Compound;
  • Mixture (heterogeneous);
  • Element;
  • Mixture (homogeneous);
  • Mixture (heterogeneous);
  • Compound;
  • Mixture (homogeneous);
  • Mixture (heterogenous)

Answer: Normality of an acid = Molarity x Basicity ofthe acid. Normality of a base = Molarity x Acidity of the base.

Question 26. The reactant which is entirely consumed in any reaction is known as the limiting reagent. In the reaction, 2A + 4B → 3C + 4D, if 5 moles of A react with 6 moles of B, then

  • Which is the limiting reagent?
  • Calculate the amount of C formed.

Answer: Reaction: 2A + 4B → 3C + 4D

  • Here, 2 moles of A reacts with 4 moles of B.
  • Therefore, 5 moles of A reacts with= \(\frac{4}{2} \times 5=10\) moles of B.
  • But, we have 6 moles of B participating in the reaction.
  • It means B is the limiting reagent.
  • 4 moles of produce 3 moles of C.
  • Hence, 6 moles ofB gives =(3/4) x 6 = 9/2 = 4.5 moles of C.

Question 27. A granulated sample of aircraft alloy (Al, Mg, Cu) weighing 8.72 g was first reacted with alkali and then with very dilute HC1, which left behind a residue. The residue after boiling with alkali weighed 2.10 g and the acid-insoluble residue weighed 0.69 g. What is the composition of the alloy?
Answer: Let us suppose, the amount of Al, Mg, and Cu in the sample box, y, and z g respectively.

Reactions:

⇒ \(2 \mathrm{Al}+2 \mathrm{NaOH} \stackrel{2 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}}{\longrightarrow} 2 \mathrm{NaAlO}_2+3 \mathrm{H}_2\)

⇒ \(\mathrm{Mg}+2 \mathrm{HCl} \rightarrow \mathrm{MgCl}_2+\mathrm{H}_2, \mathrm{Cu}+\mathrm{HCl} \rightarrow \text { No reaction }\)

i.e., only Al reacts with NaOH and only Mg reacts with HC1.

Therefore + y+ z = 8.72 andy+ z = 2.10 (Residue left after alkali treatment)
z = 0.69 (Residue left after acid treatment)

therefore x = 6.62 g and y = 2.10- 0.69 = 1.41 g

∴ \(\% \text { of } \mathrm{Al}=\frac{6.62}{8.72} \times 100=75.9\)

⇒ \(\% \text { of } \mathrm{Mg}=\frac{1.41}{8.72} \times 100=16.2\)

⇒ \(\% \text { of } \mathrm{Cu}=\frac{0.69}{8.72} \times 100=7.9\)

Question 28. The equivalent mass of metal M is E and the formula of its oxide is MxOy. Show that the valency and atomic mass of metal M are 2y/x and 2yE/x respectively.
Answer: Let the atomic mass ofthe metal M be a

So, the molecular mass ofthe compound, MxOy = ax + 16y

Therefore Equivalent mass (E) ofthe metal M in the compound

⇒ \(\mathrm{M}_x \mathrm{O}_y, \mathrm{E}=\frac{a x}{16 y} \times 8=\frac{a x}{2 y}\)

∴ Atomic mass of M (a) = 2yE/x

Hence, valency of M = \(\frac{\text { atomic mass }}{\text { equivalent mass }}\)

∴ \(=\frac{\frac{2 y E}{x}}{E}=\frac{2 y}{x}\)

The valency of an element in its oxide = 2 x the number of oxygen atoms combined with 1 the atom ofthe element.

In atoms of M combine with y no. of O-atoms.

With 1 atom of, no. of oxygen atoms combined = y/x

Valency of M = 2 x (y/x) = 2y/x

Question 29. Two gases, A and B having equal mass are kept in two separate vessels under identical conditions of temperature and pressure. If the ratio of their molecular masses is 2 : 3, find the ratio of the volumes of the vessels.
Answer: Let, MA &Mfi be the molasses of A Ik B respectively.

As per given data, MA: MB =2:3

therefore \(M_A=\frac{2}{3} \times M_B\)

Here, mass of A = mass of B = Wg (say)

Therefore In Wg of each A and B, the ratio number of moles,

⇒ \(n_A: n_B=\frac{W}{M_A}: \frac{W}{M_B}=\frac{M_B}{M_A}=\frac{M_B}{\frac{2}{3} \times M_B}=\frac{3}{2}=3: 2\)

Question 30. Since under the identical conditions of temperature and pressure, the volumes of gases are directly proportional to their number of moles, [because according to Avogadro’s law, V at the same temperature and pressure.] the ratio of volumes of two gases, i.e., the ratio of volumes of two vessels, \(V_A: V_B=n_A: n_B=3: 2.\)
Answer: Here, 1 L of X combines with 2L of Y to form 1L of a gaseous compound.

Let, n be the number of molecules present per liter ofthe gas under the same temperature and pressure.

So according to Avogadro’s hypothesis, n molecules of X react with 2n molecules of Y to form n molecules of gaseous product.

i.e., 1 molecule of X + 2 molecules of Y =1 molecule of the gaseous productor, 2 atoms of X + 4 atoms of Y =1 molecule of the gaseous compound [since the reactants are diatomic]

Molecular formula ofthe compounds X2Y4.

Question 31. The vapor density of a gas at 25°C is 25. What will be its vapor density at 50°C?
Answer: Vapour density of gas \(=\frac{\text { mass of certain volume of gas }}{\text { mass of equal volume of } \mathrm{H}_2 \text { gas }}\)

[under similar conditions of temperature and pressure]

Now, an increase in temperature will result in a proportionate increase in the volume of both hydrogen and the given gas as all gases expand equally due to an equal rise in temperature irrespective of their chemical nature.

So, the vapor density ofthe gas does change with any change in temperature.

Thus, the vapor density of the gas at 50° C will be equal to the vapor density measured at 25°C. So, the vapour density ofthe gas at 50°C will also be 25.

Question 32. Do 1 mol 02 and 1 mol O signify the same quantity?
Answer: 1 mol 02 and 1 mol O do not signify the same quantity.

  1. 1 mol 02 =1 gram-mole 02
  2. = 2 gram-atom O =2×16 = 32 g oxygen.
  3. 1 mol O =1 gram-atom O =1 x 16 = 16 g oxygen.

Question 33. The experimental values of the vapor density of either NHÿCl or PCI- is less than that obtained from the equation D = M/2. Explain.
Answer: At the experimental temperature, both NHÿCl and PC15 undergo thermal dissociation.

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
\mathrm{NH}_4 \mathrm{Cl}(\text { vap }) & \rightleftharpoons \mathrm{NH}_3(g)+\mathrm{HCl}(g) \\
\mathrm{PCl}_5(\text { vap }) & \rightleftharpoons \mathrm{PCl}_3(g)+\mathrm{Cl}_2(g)
\end{aligned}\)

Due to such dissociation, the number of molecules in NH4C1 vapor or PC15 vapor increases.

This causes an increase in volume because, at a certain temperature and pressure, the volume of a gas is proportional to die number of molecules. As die mass is fixed, an increase in volume causes a decrease in the value of vapor density measured experimentally.

Question 34. There are two natural isotopes of hydrogen ( 1H > 99 %; 2H < 1 ). Chlorine also has two natural isotopes (35C1 = 75%; 37C1 = 25%). How many different molecules of HC1 are possible? Arrange them in the decreasing order of their relative abundance.
Answer: The possible HC1 molecules are 1H35Cl,2H35C1, 1H37CI and 2H37CI. Since the abundance of the 1IT isotope of 35 hydrogens and ‘ Cl isotope of chlorine are maximum, the 1 35 1 abundance of IT Cl will also be Since the abundance of 2H and 37C1 isotopes is much less, 2I I37C1 will be the least abundant.

So, the order of different molecules of HC1 arranged in the decreasing order of their relative abundance will be—

\({ }^1 \mathrm{H}^{35} \mathrm{Cl}>{ }^1 \mathrm{H}^{37} \mathrm{Cl}>{ }^2 \mathrm{H}^{35} \mathrm{Cl}>{ }^2 \mathrm{H}^{37} \mathrm{Cl}\)

Question 35. At the same temperature and pressure, a gaseous hydride contains twice of Its own volume of hydrogen. The vapor density of the hydride is 14. What is its molecular formula?
Answer: Let, at the same temperature and pressure, 2 volume of hydrogen is present in 1 volume of hydride.

According to Avogadro’s hypothesis, at the same temperature and pressure, if no. of molecules is present in 1 volume of hydride, the no. of hydrogen molecules in this hydride is 2n.

Therefore 4 hydrogen atoms or 2 molecules of hydrogen are present in 1 hydride molecule,| v hydrogen is diatomic.

Let, the number of carbon atoms in a hydride molecule he x. Therefore, the molecular formula of the hydride is CX.H4.

Molecular mass of the hydride = 2 x 14 = 28

Now, the molecular mass of CVH,1 = 12x + 4

Therefore, 12x + 4 = 28 or,x=2

Therefore Molecular formula of the hydride C2H4.

Question 36. According to Avogadro’s hypothesis, at the same temperature and pressure equal volume of all guscs contains an equal number of molecules. Can it be concluded from the given statement that all molecules have equal volume”?
Answer: Avogadro’s hypothesis states that dial equal volumes of all gases under similar conditions of temperature and pressure, contain equal numbers of molecules. This does not signify that the actual volumes of one molecule of different gases are the same.

Experimental studies have shown that the molecular diameters of different gases differ from each other depending on the molecular composition of the gas.

in fact, the total volume of any gas (i.e., the volume of the container in which the gas is enclosed) is equal to the sum of the volume of all gas molecules and the volume of the empty space which is available for free movement of the gas molecules.

Question 37. A mixture of formic acid and oxalic acid is heated with concentrated H2SO4. The gas evolved is collected and treated with KOH solution. The volume of the solution decreases by 1/H th of Its original volume. Find the molar ratio of the two acids in the original mixture.
Answer: Let, the mixture of a moles of oxalic acid and b moles of formic acid be heated with concentrated H2S04.

The concerned reactions are as follows :

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& (\mathrm{COOH})_2 \stackrel{\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{SO}_4 / \text { heat }}{\longrightarrow} \mathrm{CO}(\mathrm{g})+\mathrm{CO}_2(\mathrm{~g})+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(I) \\
& a \mathrm{~mol} \quad a \mathrm{~mol} \quad a \mathrm{~mol} \\
&
\end{aligned}\)

⇒ \(\underset{b \mathrm{~mol}}{\mathrm{HCOOH}} \stackrel{\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{SO}_4 / \text { heat }}{\longrightarrow} \underset{b \mathrm{~mol}}{\mathrm{CO}}(g)+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l)\)

Total number of moles ofthe gaseous mixture

= number of moles of CO + number of moles of C02
=(a + b) mol + a mol = (2a + b) mol

Now, KOH absorbs only moles of C02, and the volume

ofthe solution decreases by l/6th of its initial volume.

According to Avogadro’s law

⇒ \(\frac{\text { number of moles of } \mathrm{CO}_2}{\text { number of moles of gas mixture }}=\frac{a}{(2 a+b)}=\frac{1}{6}\)

or, 6a = 2a + b or, 4a – b or, b/a = 4

Therefore Molar ratio of formic acid and oxalic acid =4:1

Question 38. Taking N2 and 02 as the main components of air (79% N2, 21% 02 by volume), find the average molecular mass of air.
Answer: For a mixture of different gases, the average molecular mass ofthe mixture is taken as—

Average molecular mass = \(\Sigma x_{\mathrm{i}} M_{\mathrm{i}}=x_{\mathrm{N}_2} M_{\mathrm{N}_2}+x_{\mathrm{O}_2} M_{\mathrm{O}_2}\)

where xN and xQ are mole fractions of N2 and 02 and MNÿ and MQ are their molecular masses.

At the same temperature and pressure, equal volumes of all gases contain an equal number of moles, and their molar ratio is the same as the ratio of their volumes.

Therefore XN2 = 0.79,xO2 = 0.21, Also MN2 = 28u, MO2= 32u

ATherefore Average molecular mass ofair = (0.79 x 28 + 0.21 x 32)u
= (22.12 + 6.72)u = 28.84U

Question 39. A gaseous hydrocarbon needs 6 times more volume of oxygen (02) than itself for complete oxidation. It produces 4 times more C02 (by volume) than it’s own. What is the formula of the hydrocarbon?
Answer: Equation of combustion:

⇒ \(\mathrm{C}_x \mathrm{H}_y+\left(x+\frac{y}{4}\right) \mathrm{O}_2 \rightarrow x \mathrm{CO}_2+\frac{y_2}{2} \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}\)

1 volume ofhydrocarbon reacts with \(\left(x+\frac{y}{4}\right)\) volumes of oxygen to produce 2x volumes of C02.

Now, x + y/4=6 or, 4x+y=24

Given, x = 4. Therefore, y = 8

∴ The formula of the hydrocarbon is C4H8.

Question 40. What is the equivalent mass of KH(I03)2 oxidant in the presence of 4.0 (N) HC1 when IC1 becomes the reduced form? [where K = 39.0 andI = 127.0]
Answer: 103 is present in KH(I03)2 as I03

Let, the oxidation state of i be x.

Therefore x-6 = -l or, x = +5. \(\begin{array}{cc}
+5 & +1 \\
\mathrm{KH}\left(\mathrm{IO}_3\right)_2 & 2 \mathrm{ICl}
\end{array}\)

Therefore Decreasein oxidation state =(10-2) = 8

Equivalent mass of KH(103)2 \(=\frac{\text { molecular mass }}{8}\)

= 390/8= 48.75

Question 41. Pb(NO2)2 on strong heating loses 32.6% of its mass. Calculate the relative atomic mass of Pb.
Answer:  Let, the relative atomic mass of Pb = x

⇒ \(\underset{\substack{x+2(14+3 \times 16) \mathrm{g} \\=(x+124) \mathrm{g}}}{\mathrm{Pb}\left(\mathrm{NO}_3\right)_2 \stackrel{\Delta}{\longrightarrow}} \underset{(x+16) \mathrm{g}}{\mathrm{PbO}}+2 \mathrm{NO}_2+\mathrm{O}_2\)

On dissociation of (x+124)g of Pb(N03)2, the weight decreases = (x+ 124- x- 16)g = 108g So, for lOOg Pb(N03)2, the weight decreases

⇒ \(=\left(\frac{108 \times 100}{x+124}\right) \mathrm{g} \text { As, } \frac{100 \times 108}{x+124}=32.6\)

Or, x= 207.3

Question 42. Find the molecular formula of the compound. [All volumes are measured under identical conditions of temperature and pressure] Fill in the blank: Equivalent weight of Min MC13 is E. Relative atomic mass of M is

  • 0.7l
  • 4.8l
  • 1.4l
  • 1.2l

Answer:  3E

Volume of lg of 02 at STP \(\frac{22.4}{32}\)= 0.7L

Question 43. What does 1 mol of electron signify?
Answer: 1 mol of electron signifies, 6.022 x 1023 number of electrons. The total charge of these electrons is 96500 C or F.

5. Find the number of neutrons in 5 x 10-4 mol of 14C isotope.

1.0 g of metal (A) displaces 1.134g of metal (B) from its salt. Determine the equivalent weights of(A) and (B). 2

Equivalent weight of A \(Equivalent weight of A \)

Equivalent weight of B \(=\frac{1.134 \times 28.006}{1}=31.7588\)

Question 44. 5 g of an impure sample of common salt on treatment with an excess of AgNO3 solution yields 9.812 g of AgCl. What is the percentage impurity of that sample?
Answer: NaCl(58.5g) + AgNO3 = NaNOg + AgCU(143.5g)

143.5g AgCl is obtained from 58.5gNaCl

Therefore 1 g ofAgCl is obtained from \(\frac{58.5}{143.5} \mathrm{~g} \mathrm{NaCl}\)

Therefore 9.812g of AgCl is obtained from \(\frac{58.5 \times 9.812}{143.5}=4 \mathrm{~g} \mathrm{NaCl}\)

Percentage of purity in the sample is \(=\left(\frac{4}{5} \times 100\right)=80 \%\)

Therefore So, percentage impurity = (100- 80)% = 20%

Find the number of neutrons in 5 x 10-4 mol of 14C isotope.

The chloride of a metal (A) contains 55.90% of chlorine.

10g of metal (A) displaces 1.134g of metal (B) from its salt. Determine the equivalent weights of(A) and (B). 2 6. 5 g of an impure sample of common salt on treatment with an excess of AgN03 solution yields 9.812 g of AgCl. What is the percentage impurity of that sample?

Question 45. A gaseous hydrocarbon contains 75% C by weight. 1L of this gas at STP weighs 0.72 g. What is the molecular formula of the hydrocarbon? [weight of 1L ofhydrogen at STP = 0.09 g]
Answer: D\(\frac{0.72}{0.09}\) 8; Molecular weight (M) = 2 x 8 = 16 = 3.0115 X 1021.

⇒ \(\mathrm{C}: \mathrm{H}=\frac{75}{12}: \frac{25}{1}=6.25: 25=1: 4\)

Empirical formula:CH4; molecular formula:(CH4)n.

Molecular weight = (12 + 4xl)n

As, 16n = 16

⇒ n = 1. So, the actual formulais CH4.

Question 46. 84 g of a mixture of.CaCO3 and MgCO. were heated to a constant weight. The constant weight of the residue was found to be 0.96 g. Calculate the percentage composition of the mixture. (Relative atomic masses of Ca and Mg arc 40 and 24 respectively)
Answer: Let, CaC03 = xg, MgC03 = (1.84 -x)g

∴ \(\mathrm{CaCO}_3(100 \mathrm{~g}) \stackrel{\Delta}{\longrightarrow} \mathrm{CaO}(56 \mathrm{~g})+\mathrm{CO}_2\)

∴ \(x \mathrm{~g} \mathrm{CaCO}_3 \longrightarrow \frac{56 x}{100} \mathrm{~g} \mathrm{CaO}\)

∴ \(\mathrm{MgCO}_3(84 \mathrm{~g}) \stackrel{\Delta}{\longrightarrow} \mathrm{MgO}(40 \mathrm{~g})+\mathrm{CO}_2\)

∴ \((1.84-x) \mathrm{g} \mathrm{MgCO}_3 \longrightarrow \frac{40}{84}(1.84-x) \mathrm{g} \mathrm{MgO}\)

∴ \(\text { As, } \frac{56 x}{100}+\frac{40}{84}(1.84-x)=0.96 \quad \text { or, } x=1 \text {. }\)

∴ \(\mathrm{CaCO}_3=\frac{1}{1.84} \times 100=54.35 \% ; \mathrm{MgCO}_3=45.65 \%\)

Question 47. 10 mL of a mixture of CH4, C2H4, and CO2 was exploded with excess oxygen. After the explosion, there was a contraction of 17 mL on cooling and there was a further contraction of 14 mL on treatment with KOH. Find out the composition of the mixture.
Answer: Let, CH4 = x mL, C2H4 = y mL, CO2 = z mL
∴ x+ y+ z = 10

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& \mathrm{CH}_4+2 \mathrm{O}_2 \rightarrow \mathrm{CO}_2(\mathrm{~g})+2 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l) \\
& \begin{array}{lccc}
1 \mathrm{~mL} & 2 \mathrm{~mL} & 1 \mathrm{~mL} & 0 \mathrm{~mL} \\
x \mathrm{~mL} & 2 x \mathrm{~mL} & x \mathrm{~mL}
\end{array} \quad \\
&
\end{aligned}\)

Contraction of volume =(x+2x-x)mL = 2xmL

Produced CO2 = xmL

⇒ \(\begin{array}{cccc}
\mathrm{C}_2 \mathrm{H}_4(\mathrm{~g}) & +3 \mathrm{O}_2(\mathrm{~g}) \longrightarrow & 2 \mathrm{CO}_2(\mathrm{~g}) & +2 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l) \\
1 \mathrm{~mL} & 3 \mathrm{~mL} & 2 \mathrm{~mL} & 0 \mathrm{~mL} \\
y \mathrm{~mL} & 3 y \mathrm{~mL} & 2 y \mathrm{~mL} &
\end{array}\)

Contraction of volume = (y + 3y- 2y)mL = 2ymL Produced CO2 = 2ymL but the quantity of CO2 produced = z mL.

Contraction of total volume = (2x+ 2y+ 0)mL and total quantity of C02 = (x+ 2y+ z)mL

According to the problem, 2x+ 2y – 17 x+ 2y+ z = 14

From, [3]- [l] we get, y = 4mL

Putting y = 4 inequation [2], x = 4.5mL

Putting y = 4mL and x = 4.5mL we get z = 1.5mL  from equation [3].

So, CH4 = 4.5mL, C2H4 = 4mL and CO2 = 1.5mL.

Question 48. Which of the following will have the largest no. of atoms?

  1. 1 gAu (g)
  2. 1g Na(s)
  3. 1g li(s)
  4. 1g of cl2 (g)

Answer: We know that, the number of atoms of an element

= number of moles x NA x atomicity

⇒ \(=\frac{\text { mass of the element }(\mathrm{g})}{\text { gram-atomic mass of element }} \times N_A \times \text { atomicity }\)

  1. No. atoms present in lg of Au = \(\frac{1}{197}\) 6.022 x 1023 (since Gram-atomic mass of Au= 197)
  2. No. atoms presenting lg of Na \(\frac{1}{23} \times 6.022 \times 10^{23}\)
  3. No. atoms present in lg of Li \(=\frac{1}{7} \times 6.022 \times 10^{23}\)
  4. No. of atoms present in lg of Cl2

⇒ \(=\left(\frac{1}{71} \times 6.022 \times 10^{23}\right) \times 2=\frac{1}{35.5} \times 6.022 \times 10^{23}\)

(Since 2 cl atoms are present in 1 molecule of Cl2) Therefore, in lg ofLi will have the largest no. atoms.

Question 49. Calculate the molarity of a solution of ethanol in water in which the mole fraction of ethanol is 0.040 (assume the density of water to be one)
Answer: The number of moles of ethanol present in 1 L of aqueous
solution indicates the molarity of the solution.

Let, 1L water be present in 1 L ethanol solution [since the solution is dilute.

Therefore the amount of water present in 1 L of water

⇒ \(n_{\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}}=\frac{1000 \mathrm{~g}}{18 \mathrm{~g} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1}}=55.55 \mathrm{~mol}\)

For binary solutions, the mole fraction of the first component  + the Mole fraction ofthe second component= 1.

Therefore, in this case, CH2o + xC2H5OH=1

Or, \(x_{\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}}=1-x_{\mathrm{C}_2 \mathrm{H}_5 \mathrm{OH}} \quad \text { or, } x_{\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}}=1-0.040=0.96\)

Again, XH20 \(=\frac{n}{n_{\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}}+n_{\mathrm{C}_2 \mathrm{H}_5 \mathrm{OH}}} \text { or, } 0.96=\frac{55.55}{55.55+n_{\mathrm{C}_2 \mathrm{H}_5 \mathrm{OH}}}\)

Or, 53.328 + 0.96nc2h5OH = 55.55

Therefore nC2H5OH \(=\frac{2.222}{0.96}\) =55.55

Therefore \(n_{\mathrm{C}_2 \mathrm{H}_5 \mathrm{OH}}=\frac{2.222}{0.96}=2.3146 \mathrm{~mol}\)

Therefore Molarity ofthe solution = 203146 mol-L-1.

Question 50. The following data are obtained when dinitrogen and dioxygen react together to form different compounds:

Which law of chemical combination is obeyed by the above experimental data? Give its statement.

Fill in the blanks in the following conversions:

  1. 1km =……….mm=………..pm
  2. 1mg=…………kg = ……….ng
  3. 1ml= …………l=………….dm3

Answer: The ratio of different masses of dioxygen which combine separately with a fixed mass (28g) of dinitrogen.

=32: 64:32: 80 = 2:4:2:5 which is a simple whole numberratio.

Therefore, the obtained result supports the law of multiple proportions.

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
1 \mathrm{~km} & =1 \mathrm{~km} \times \frac{1000 \mathrm{~m}}{1 \mathrm{~km}} \times \frac{100 \mathrm{~cm}}{1 \mathrm{~m}} \times \frac{10 \mathrm{~mm}}{1 \mathrm{~cm}} \\
& =10^6 \mathrm{~mm}
\end{aligned}\)

⇒ \(1 \mathrm{~km}=1 \mathrm{~km} \times \frac{1000 \mathrm{~m}}{1 \mathrm{~km}} \times \frac{1 \mathrm{pm}}{10^{-12} \mathrm{~m}}=10^{15} \mathrm{pm}\)

Therefore 1km = 106mm = 1015pm

⇒ \(1 \mathrm{mg}=1 \mathrm{mg} \times \frac{1 \mathrm{~g}}{1000 \mathrm{mg}} \times \frac{1 \mathrm{~kg}}{1000 \mathrm{~g}}=10^{-6} \mathrm{~kg}\)

⇒ \(1 \mathrm{mg}=1 \mathrm{mg} \times \frac{1 \mathrm{~g}}{1000 \mathrm{mg}} \times \frac{1 \mathrm{ng}}{10^{-9} \mathrm{~g}}=10^6 \mathrm{ng}\)

Therefore long = 10~6kg = 106ng

⇒ \(1 \mathrm{~mL}=1 \mathrm{~mL} \times \frac{1 \mathrm{~L}}{1000 \mathrm{~mL}}=10^{-3} \mathrm{~L}\)

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
1 \mathrm{~mL}=1 \mathrm{~cm}^3 & =1 \mathrm{~cm}^3 \times \frac{1 \mathrm{dm} \times 1 \mathrm{dm} \times 1 \mathrm{dm}}{10 \mathrm{~cm} \times 10 \mathrm{~cm} \times 10 \mathrm{~cm}} \\
& =10^{-3} \mathrm{dm}^3
\end{aligned}\)

Therefore 1ml = 10-3l =10-3dm3

Question 51 . In a reaction A + B2AB2. Identify the limiting reagent, if any, in the following reaction mixtures.

  • O 300 atoms of A + 200 molecules of B 0
  • 2 mol A + 3 mol B
  • 100 atoms of A + 100 molecules of B
  • 5 mol A + 2.5 mol B 0 2.5 mol A + 5 mol B

Answer:  According to the given reaction, 1 atom of A reacts

88K with 1 molecule of B. Therefore, 200 atoms of A react with 200 molecules of B, and 100 no. of A atoms remain unused. In this case, B is the limiting reagent, as A is present in excess.

According to the reaction, 1 mol of A reacts with 1 mol of B. Thus, 2 mol of A reacts with 2 mol of B. Thus, A is the limiting reagent and B will remain in excess.

As per the reaction, 1 atom of A reacts with 1 molecule of B. So, 100 atoms of A reacts with 100 molecules of B. Thus, in this case, there is no limiting reagent.

Here, 2.5 mol of A reacts with 2.5 mol of B. Therefore, B is the limiting reagent and A remains in excess.

As per the reaction, 2.5 mol A reacts with 2.5 mol B. Thus, A is the limiting reagent, and B remains in excess.

Question 52. N2 and H2 react to produce ammonia according to the equation: N2(g) + H2(g)→2NH3(g) Calculate the mass of ammonia produced if 2.00 x 103g N2 reacts with 1.00 X 103 g of H2. Will any of the two reactants remain unreacted? If yes, which one and what would be its mass?

⇒ \(\begin{gathered}
\text { Reaction: } \mathrm{N}_2(\mathrm{~g}) \\
1 \mathrm{~mol}=28 \mathrm{~g}
\end{gathered} \quad+\quad \begin{gathered}
3 \mathrm{H}_2(\mathrm{~g}) \longrightarrow \\
2 \mathrm{~mol}=6 \mathrm{~g}
\end{gathered} \quad \begin{array}{r}
2 \mathrm{NH} \\
2 \mathrm{~mol}=34 \mathrm{~g}
\end{array}\)

28g of nitrogen reacts with 6g of hydrogen.

Therefore lg nitrogen reacts with (6/28)g of hydrogen.

Therefore 2000g of nitrogen reacts with \(\frac{6}{28} \times 2000\) =428.57g of hydrogen. therefore nitrogen is the limiting reagent and an excess amount ofhydrogen is present. 28g of nitrogen produces 34g of NH3

Therefore 2000g of N2 produces 34/28 x 2000 = 2428.57g of NH3

Yes, excess hydrogen does not take part in the reaction and remains unchanged.

Amount of hydrogen that does not take part in the reaction = (1000- 428.57) = 571.43g

Question 53. Calculate the number of atoms in each of the following

  • 52 moles of Ar
  • 52u of He
  • 52 g of He

Answer: 1 molAr = 6.022 x 1023 no. of-atoms

∴ 52mol Ar = 52 X 6.022 x 1023 Ar-atoms

= 3.131 x 1025 no Ar-atoms

Mass of 1 He-atom = 4u

Therefore, 4u = mass of1 He-atom

Therefore 52uHe = mass of \(\frac{52}{4}\) He-atoms = mass of13 He-atoms

1 mol He-atoms = 6.022 x 1023 He-atoms = 4gHe

Hence, 4g He = 6.022 x 1023 He-atoms

∴ 52gHe \(=\frac{6.022 \times 10^{23} \times 52}{4}=7.8286 \times 10^{24} \mathrm{He} \text {-atoms }\)

Question 54. A welding fuel gas contains carbon & hydrogen only. Burning a small sample of it in oxygen gives 3.38 g of C02, 0.690 g of H20, and no other products. A volume of 10.0L (at STP) of this welding gas is found to weigh 11.6g. Calculate the empirical formula, the molar mass of the gas, and the molecular formula.
Answer: Mass of carbon in 44g of C02 = 12g

∴ Mass of Cin 3.38g of C02 \(=\frac{12}{44} \times 3.38 \mathrm{~g}=0.9218 \mathrm{~g}\)

Similarly,18 g H2O = 2g hydrogen

Therefore, the mass of hydrogen in 0.690g of H20

=(2/18) x 0.690g = 0.0767g

therefore Total mass of fuel gas = (0.9218 + 0.0767) = 0.9985g

Therefore % amount ofC in the gas \(=\frac{0.9218}{0.9985} \times 100\) = 92.32

Therefore % amount of H in the gas \(=\frac{0.0767}{0.9985} \times 100=7.68\)

Determination of the empirical formula of the fuel gas

Therefore, the empirical formula ofthe fuel gas = CH

As given the question,

Mass of 10L gas at STP = 1 1.6g

∴ Mass of22.4L gas at STP = \(\frac{11.6 \times 22.4}{10}=25.984 \mathrm{~g}\)

Therefore Molecular mass = 25.984= 26

Mass of the empirical formula (CH) = 12+1 = 13.

Let, the molecular formula of the compound be (CH)n

Again, n = \(\frac{\text { molecular mass }}{\text { mass of empirical formula }}\)

∴ n = 26/13 =2

Therefore formula of fuel gas = (CH)n=(CH)2=C2H2

∴ n = 26/13=2

∴ Formula Of Fuel gas = (CH)n = (CH)2 = C2H2

Question 55. Calcium carbonate reacts with aqueous HC1 to give CaCl2 and CO2 according to the reaction. What mass of CaCO3 is required to react completely with 25 mL of 0.75(M) HC1?
Answer: Gram-molecular mass ofHC1 (solute) = (1 + 35.5) = 36.5g We know that the molarity ofthe solution (M)

⇒ \(=\frac{\text { mass of the solute (in gram) }}{\text { gram-molecular mass of solute } \times \text { vol. of solution }(\mathrm{L})}\)

Or, 0.75 \(\frac{\text { mass of } \mathrm{HCl}}{36.5 \times 25 \times 10^{-3}}\) So, mass of HCl = 0.6844g

⇒ \(\underset{100 \mathrm{~g}}{\mathrm{CaCO}_3(s)+2 \mathrm{HCL}(a q)} \underset{2 \times 36.5=73 \mathrm{~g}}{\rightarrow \mathrm{CaCl}_2(a q)+\mathrm{CO}_2(g)+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l)}\)

73g ofHC1 reacts completely with 100g of CaCO3

Therefore 0.6844g of HC1 reacts completely with \(\frac{100 \times 0.6844}{73} \mathrm{~g}\)

= 0.9375g of CaCO3

Question 56. Chlorine is prepared in the laboratory by treating manganese dioxide (MnOz) with aqueous HC1 according to the reaction.

⇒ \(4 \mathrm{HCl}(a q)+\mathrm{MnO}_2(s)-\mathrm{2H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l)+\mathrm{MnCl}_2(a q)+\mathrm{Cl}_2(g)\) How many grams of HC1 react with 5.0g of MnO2?

Answer: The given reaction,

⇒ \(4 \mathrm{HCl}(a q)+\mathrm{MnO}_2(s) \rightarrow 2 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l)+\mathrm{MnCl}_2(a q)+\mathrm{Cl}_2(g)\)

(4 x 36.5)g (55 + 32) = 87 g

According to the equation,

87g of Mn02 reacts with (4 x 36.5)g of HCl

therefore 5g of mnO2 reacts with ,\(\frac{4 \times 36.5 \times 5}{87}=8.39 \mathrm{~g} \text { of } \mathrm{HCl}\)

Question 57. Classify the following as pure substance, homogeneous mixture, heterogeneous mixture, element, and compound:

  • Milk
  • Air
  • Petrol
  • Distilled water
  • Common salt
  • Graphite
  • Tap-water
  • Smoke
  • Dry ice
  • Cold drinks
  • Gun powder.

Answer:

  1. Mixture (homogeneous);
  2. Mixture (homogeneous);
  3. Mixture (homogeneous);
  4. Compound;
  5. Mixture (heterogeneous);
  6. Element;
  7. Mixture (homogeneous);
  8. Mixture (heterogeneous);
  9. Compound; Mixture (homogeneous);
  10. Mixture (heterogenous

 Short Question And Answers

Question 1. Is the statement correct or incorrect— ‘35.5g of chlorine contains 6.022 x 1023 molecules’?
Answer: The statement is incorrect. 35.5g (lg-atom) of chlorine  contains 6.022 x 1023 no. of atoms.

Question 2. Calculate the number of molecules in 0.52g of acetylene.
Answer: Gram-molecular mass of acetylene = 26g.

Number of molecules present in 0.52g of acetylene

∴ \(=\frac{6.022 \times 10^{23} \times 0.52}{26}=1.2044 \times 10^{22}\)

Question 3. Find the number of molecules in l milli mole of C02.
Answer:  milli mol of C02 molecule = 10-3 mol of C02 Hence, number of molecules presentin1 millimole of

\(=10^{-3} \times 6.022 \times 10^{23}=6.022 \times 10^{20}\)

Question 4. The equivalent mass of iron in ferrous oxide is 28. Calculate its equivalent mass in ferric oxide.
Answer: Considering ferrous oxide (where valency of iron = 2),

Atomic mass of iron, A = £xF=28×2 = 56

Now, considering ferric oxide (where valency of iron = 3 ),

equivalent mass ofiron, E = A/ V = 56/3 = 18.67.

Question 5. Differentiate between accuracy and precision.
Answer: Cu Precision refers to the closeness of the set of values obtained from identical measurements of a quantity.

  1. Whereas accuracy means how measurements obtained experimentally agree with the exact value.
  2. A measurement may have good accuracy but poor precision as different measurements may yield a correct average.
  3. Similarly, good precision does not mean good accuracy as the same mistake may occur repeatedly.
  4. The accuracy of a measurement depends on the— skill ofthe examiner& precision of the instrument.

Question 6. “Two different elements may combine together in a definite proportion by mass to form two different compounds. Again two different elements may combine together in different proportions by mass to produce two different compounds” Comment on this.
Answer: Two different elements may combine in a definite proportion by mass to form two isomeric compounds having different properties.

Thus, C and H may combine in the ratio of 12: 1 by mass to form a pair of isomeric compounds, acetylene (C2H2) and benzene (C6H6).

Again, C and H may combine in the mass ratio of 3: 1 to form methane (CH4) and in the mass ratio of 4: 1 to form ethane (C2H6). So, the given statements are quite justified.

Question 7. Why does Dalton’s atomic theory fail to explain GayI.ussac’s law of gaseous volumes?
Answer:

AflB.Dalton’s atomic theory could not explain Gay-Lussac’s law of chemical combination of gaseous substances in terms of their volumes.

This is because Dalton did not make any distinction between the smallest particle of an element (atom) and that of a compound (molecule).

Question 8. Show that the equivalent mass of a certain element varies inversely with its valency.
Answer: Equivalent mass \(=\frac{\text { atomic mass of the element }}{\text { valency }}\)

For a particular element, atomic mass = constants(say)

∴ Equivalent mass of the element \(=\frac{K}{\text { valency }}\)

∴ Equivalent mass of a certain element \(\propto \frac{1}{\text { valency }}\)

Question 9. The mass of one 12C atom is 1.99236 X 10-23 g. Express the value of 1 amu in grams.
Answer: 1 amu is 1 /12 th ofthe mass of one 12C atom.

⇒ \(1 \mathrm{amu}=\frac{1.99236 \times 10^{-23}}{12} \mathrm{~g}=1.6605 \times 10^{-24} \mathrm{~g}\)

Question 10. An element forms two compounds X and Y in which the element exhibits the valency of 2 and 3 respectively. What is the ratio of the equivalent masses of the element in the two compounds?
Answer: \(=\frac{\text { atomic mass of the element }}{\text { valency of the element in the compound } X}=\frac{a}{2}\)

Similarly, the equivalent mass of that element in the compound, Y = a/3. So, the ratio of the equivalent masses of the element the compounds X and Y = a/2: a/3 =3:2

Question 11. An element produces X, Y&Z compounds. Equivalent masses of that element in the compounds X, Y & Z are in the ratio of 1:2:3. In which of the three compounds, does the element exhibit its maximum valency?
Answer: We know, equivalent mass \(\propto \frac{1}{\text { valency }}\)

Hence, the compound in which the equivalent mass of that element is minimum exhibits the maximum valency ofthe element.

Since the equivalent mass of that element is minimum in compound X, the valency ofthe element in X is maximum.

Question 12. Out of Cl2 and O2, which one will have greater mass when taken in equal volumes at the same temperature and pressure?
Answer: Let the volume of Cl2 and O2 gas be VmL. At the same temperature and pressure, each gas contains n number of molecules.

Mass of n molecules of Cl2 = 71 xn g Mass of n molecules of O2 = 32 x n g Therefore, under the same conditions of temperature and pressure, the mass of Cl2 will be more than that of 02 when taken in equal volumes.

Question 13. At the same temperature and pressure, 1 volume of gas A reacts with 1 volume of gas B to produce 2 volumes of gas C. If the atomicity of the gases A, B, and C are x, y, and z respectively, then show that both x and y will be either odd or even numbers.
Answer: According to the given problem, 1 volume of A + 1 volume of B = 2 volumes of C Let the number of molecules present in 1 volume of A at a certain temperature and pressure be n.

So according to Avogadro’s hypothesis, n molecule of A + n molecule of B = 2n molecule of C or,1 molecule of A +1 molecule of B = 2 molecules of C or, x atoms of A + y atoms of B = 2z atoms of C

[since, x, y and z are the number ofatoms present in1 molecule of A, B and C gases respectively]

According to Dalton’s atomic theory, the no. of atoms before and after a reaction must be the same. So, x+ y = 2z. Since 2z is an even number, (x + y) will also be even.

Now the sum of x and y will be an even number if x and y are separately even numbers or x and y are separately odd numbers.

If between x and y, one is an even number and the other is an odd number, then the value of(x + y) will be odd. But it is not possible because 2z always represents an even number. Hence, both x & y will be either even or odd numbers.

Question 14. Calculate the number of hydrogen atoms present in 90 amu of ethane.
Answer: Molecular mass of ethane (C2Hg) = 2 x 12 + 6 = 30

Therefore Mass of1 molecule of ethane = 30 amu

Therefore Number of molecules in 90 amu of ethane = 90/30 = 3

Thus, no.of H-atoms present in 90 amu of ethane  3X6 =18

Question  15. “What is the equivalent mass of an element?” Is the question correct? If yes, then explain your answer.
Answer: The question isn’t correct because the equivalent masses of all the elements are not constant.

The equivalent mass of an element depends on particular reactions. If the element utilizes its different valencies in different reactions then its equivalent mass will also be different for different reactions.

For example, the equivalent mass of Cu in Cu2O is 63.5 whereas in CuO, it is 31.75. Because, in Cu2O, the valency of Cu is 1 and in CuO, the valency of Cu is 2.

According to the relation, equivalent mass = (atomic mass -e- valency’), equivalent mass changes with valency.

So, the compound in which the element under consideration is present should be mentioned while calculating the equivalent mass ofthe element.

Question 16. 21 molecules of C02 were expelled from 220 mg of C02. How many molecules of C02 were left?
Answer: No. of molecules in 220 mg of CO2

\(=\frac{220 \times 6.022 \times 10^{23}}{44000}=3.0115 \times 10^{21} \text {. }\)

As, 1021 molecules of CO2 were expelled, so no. of

molecules left = (3.0115 x 1021- 1021) = 2.0115 x 1021.

Question 17. Calculate the percentage composition of the compound having the molecular formula of C6H12(LI = 1 C = 12, O = 16).
Answer: Molecular mass of C6H1206 =180

\(\% \text { of } C=\frac{72}{180} \times 100=40 ; \% \text { of } H=\frac{12}{180} \times 100=6.67 \%\)

Percentage of = (100- 40- 6.67) = 53.33%.

Question 18. Between 100mL C02 and lOOmL NH3, which one has greater mass at constant temperature and pressure?
Answer: Molecular mass of CO2 = 12+16 x 2 = 44g

At, STP, mass of 22400 mol of CO2 is 44g

Mass of 100 mL of CO2 is \(\frac{44 \times 100}{22400} \mathrm{~g}=0.196 \mathrm{~g}\)

At STP, Molecular mass of NH3 = 17g [N = 14, H = 1]

Mass of 100 mL of NH3 is \(\frac{17 \times 100}{22400} \mathrm{~g}=0.0759 \mathrm{~g}\)

Question 19. Write the no. of molecules present in a millimole of S02.1
Answer: 1 million = 10 3 mol

10-3 mol of SO2=6.022 X 1023 x 10-3 molecules of SO2

Therefore 1 million of SO2 = 6.022 x 1020 molecules of SO2

Question 20. How many electrons are present in 1 millimole of methane?
Answer: Number of electrons present in each molecule of methane (CH2) = 6 + 4 = 10

∴ Total no. of electrons in 1 millimole or 10-3 mole of methane
\(=\left(6.022 \times 10^{23}\right) \times 10^{-3} \times 10=6.022 \times 10^{21}\)

Question 21. 2.7 grams of metal after reaction with excess acid produces 3.6 liters of H2 at NTP. What is the equivalent weight ofthe metal?
Answer: 3.36L H2 (NTP) is displaced from acid by 2.7g of metal

∴ 11.2Lof H2 (at NTP) is displaced from acid by

⇒ \(=\frac{2.7 \times 11.2}{3.36} \mathrm{~g}=9.0 \mathrm{~g} \text { of metal }\)

∴ Equivalent weight ofthe metal =9

Question 22. In two compounds of hydrogen and oxygen, hydrogen is present in 42.9% and 27.3% respectively. Show that the data supports the law of multiple proportions.
Answer: Let the given compounds be denoted by A and B respectively.

In A, 42.9ghydrogen combines with (100- 42.9) = 57.1g oxygen

In B, 27.3g of hydrogen combines with (100- 27.9)

= 72.7g oxygen

∴ B, 42.9 ofhydrogen combines with \(\frac{72.7 \times 42.9}{27.3}\)

=114.2g oxygen

So the masses of oxygen which combine with 42.9 g of hydrogen in the given compounds (A&B) are respectively 57.1g and 114.2g. These masses are in the ratio.

57.1: 114.2 =1:2

Since this is a simple ratio, the given data supports the law of multiple proportions.

Question 23. Calculate the molar mass: H2O, CO2, CH4
Answer: The sum of the atomic masses of all the atoms present in a molecule of a compound is known as the molecular mass.

  • Molecular mass of HaO = 2 X 1.008u + 16.00u = 18.016u
  • Molecular mass of CO2 = 12.01u + 2 x 16.00u = 44.01u
  • Molecular mass of CH4 = 12.01u + 4 x 1.008u=16.042u

Question 24. Calculate the mass percent of different elements present in sodium sulfate (Na2S04) Mass % of an element

⇒ \(=\frac{\text { mass of the element present in the compound }}{\text { molecular mass of the compound }} \times 100\) The molecular mass of the compound

  • Molecular mass of Na2S04 =(2 x23) + 32+ (4×16) = 142
  • Mass percent of Na =(46/142) x 100 = 32.39
  • Mass percent of S =(32/142) x 100 = 22.54
  • Mass percent of O =(64/142) x 100 = 45.07

Answer: 3. Mass percent of S =(32/142) x 100 = 22.54

The weight of oxalic acid in 10CC mL CN (N/20) oxalic acid solution =1/20 gram – equivalent = 63g/20

Question 25. Determine the empirical formula of an oxide of iron which has 69.6% iron and 30.1% dioxygen by mass.
Answer: ∴ The empirical formula of the given iron oxide =Fe2O3

\(\mathrm{Cr}_2 \mathrm{O}_7^{2-}+14 \mathrm{H}^{+}+6 e \rightarrow 2 \mathrm{Cr}^{3+}+7 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}\)

Therefore Equivalent weight of K2Cr2O7

⇒ \(=\frac{\text { molecular mass of } \mathrm{K}_2 \mathrm{Cr}_2 \mathrm{O}_7}{\mathrm{no} \text {. of electrons gained by one ion }}=\frac{\mathrm{M}}{6}\)

Question 26. Calculate the amount of carbon dioxide that could be produced when O 1 mole of carbon is burnt in the air.

1 mole of carbon is burnt in 16g of dioxygen.
2 moles of carbon are burnt in 16 g of dioxygen.

Answer:

⇒  \(\underset{1 \mathrm{~mol}}{\mathrm{C}(s)}+\underset{1 \mathrm{~mol}(32 \mathrm{~g})}{\mathrm{O}_2(\mathrm{~g})} \rightarrow \underset{1 \mathrm{~mol}(44 \mathrm{~g})}{\mathrm{CO}_2(g)}\)

According to the equation, 44g of CO2 is produced on complete combustion of 1 mol of carbon in air. According to the equation, 32 g of dioxygen is required for the combustion of mol of carbon.

However, only 16g of dioxygen is present in the reaction mixture which reacts with 0.5 mol of carbon. Therefore, dioxygen is the limiting reagent in this reaction. So, 22g of CO2 is produced in this reaction.

Again, in this case, dioxygen is the limiting reagent. Therefore, 16g of dioxygen completely reacts with 0.5 mol of carbon to produce 22g of CO2.

Question 27. Calculate the mass of sodium acetate (CH3COONa) required to make 500 mL of 0.375 molar solution. The molar mass of sodium acetate is 82.0245 g mol-1.
Answer:

⇒  \(\text { Molarity }=\frac{\text { mass of the solute (in g) }}{\mathrm{g} \text {-molecular mass } \times \text { vol. of the solution }(\mathrm{L})}\)

As given in the question, 0.375 = \(\frac{\text { mass of the solute }}{82.0245 \times 500 \times 10^{-3}}\)

∴ 500 ml =500 x 10-3l

Or, Mass of the solute \(\frac{0.375 \times 82.0245 \times 500}{1000} \approx 15.38 \mathrm{~g}\)

Therefore, 15.38g of sodium acetate (CH3COONa) is required to make 500 mL of 0.375 molar aqueous solutions.

Question 28. Calculate the concentration of nitric acid in moles per liter in a sample that has a density of 1.4 gml-1 and the mass percent of nitric acid in it being 69%.
Answer: Molecular mass of nitric acid = 1.008 + 14 + (3 x 16) ~ 63

Therefore Number of moles present in 69g of HNO3 \(=\frac{69}{65}=1.095\)

Given, a 69g mass of HNO3 is present in 100g of HNO3.

Vol. of 100g HNO3 solution \(=\frac{100 \mathrm{~g}}{1.41 \mathrm{~g} \cdot \mathrm{mL}^{-1}}=70.92 \mathrm{~mL}\)

= 70.92×10-3l

Concentration of nitric acid \(=\frac{1.095 \mathrm{~mol}}{70.92 \times 10^{-3} \mathrm{~L}}\)

=15.44 mol.L-1

Question 29. How much copper can be obtained from 100g of copper sulfate (CuO4)?
Answer: Molecular mass of CuSO4 \(\begin{aligned}
& =63.5+32+(4 \times 16) \\
& =159.5 \mathrm{~g} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1}
\end{aligned}\)

Amount of Cu present in 159.5g of CuSO4 = 63.5g

Therefore, Cu presenting 100g of CuSO4 \(=\frac{63.5 \times 100}{159.5}=39.81 \mathrm{~g}\)

Question 30. Determine the molecular formula of an oxide of iron in which the mass percent of iron and oxygen are 69.9 and 30.1 respectively.
Answer: To determine the empirical formula of the oxide of iron

Empirical formula ofthe compound = Fe2O3

Let, molecular formula ofthe compound be (Fe2O3)w Molecular mass ofthe compound

=n X [2 x 55.85 + 3 x 16.00] = 159.7n

As given in the question, n x 159.7 = 159.8 or, n = 1.

The molecular formula ofthe compound is Fe2O3.

Question 31. Calculate the atomic mass (average) of chlorine using the following data:
Answer: Fractional abundance of Cl isotope = 0.7577

Atomic mass = 34.9689

Fractional abundance of 37 Cl isotope = 0.2423

Atomic mass = 36.9659

∴ The average atomic mass of chlorine

⇒ \(=\frac{34.9689 \times 0.7577+36.9659 \times 0.2423}{0.7577+0.2423} \approx 35.4528\)

Question 32. In three moles of ethane (C2H6) calculate the following: Number of moles of carbon atoms.

  1. Number of moles of hydrogen atoms.
  2. Number of molecules of ethane.

Answer: Number of moles of C-atoms present in 1 mol of ethane (C2H6) = 2

∴ Number of moles of C-atoms present in 3 mol of ethane (C2Hg) = (2 x 3) = 6

(5) Number of moles of H-atoms present in 1 mol of ethane (C2Hg) = 6

∴ Number of moles of H-atoms present in 3 mol of ethane (C2Hg) = (3 x 6) = 18

(3) 1 mol ethane = 6.022 x 1023 no. of ethane molecules

∴ 3 mol ethane = 3x 6.022 x I023 = 1.8066 x 1024 no. of ethane molecules.

Question 33. What is the concentration of sugar (C12H22Ou) in mol.L-1 if its 20g is dissolved in enough water to make a final volume of up to 2L?
Answer: Molecular mass of sugar (C12H22On)

= (12 X 12) + (22 X 1.008) + (11 X 16.00) = 342

⇒ \(\text { Molarity }=\frac{\text { mass of the solute (in g) }}{\text { gram-molecular mass of the solute }} \times\)

or, Molarity ofthe solution, (M) = \(\frac{20}{342 \times 2}=0.0293\) = 0.0293

Concentration = 0.0293 mol L-1 or 0.293 (M).

Question 34. The density of methanol is 0.793 kg-L-1. What is the volume needed for making 2.5L of its 0.25(M) solution?
Answer: Molecular mass ofmethanol (CH3OH) = 32

No. of moles ofmethanolpresentin 1L 0.25 (M) solution = 0.25

Number of moles of methanol present in 2.5L 0.25(M)

Solution = 0.25 X 2.5 = 0.625

Mass of 0.625 mol CH3OH = 0.625×32 = 20g

Density of CH3OH = 0.793kg L-1

or, 0.793 X 103g-L-1

Hence, the required volume of methanol

⇒ \(=\frac{\text { mass of methanol }}{\text { density of methanol }}=\frac{20 \mathrm{~g}}{0.793 \times 10^3 \mathrm{~g} \cdot \mathrm{L}^{-1}}\)

= 0.02522L = 25.22mL

25.22mL of methanolic required.

Question 35. Pressure is determined as force per unit area of the surface. The SI unit of pressure, Pascal is as shown below: IPa = IN m-2. If the mass of air at sea level is 1034 g cm-2, calculate the pressure in Pascal.
Answer: Weight= mg

Pressure = Weight per unit area \(=\frac{1034 \times 9.8 \mathrm{~m} \cdot \mathrm{s}^{-2}}{\mathrm{~cm}^2}\)

\(=\frac{1034 \mathrm{~g} \times 9.8 \mathrm{~m} \cdot \mathrm{s}^{-2}}{\mathrm{~cm}^2} \times \frac{1 \mathrm{~kg}}{1000 \mathrm{~g}} \times \frac{100 \mathrm{~cm} \times 100 \mathrm{~cm}}{1 \mathrm{~m} \times 1 \mathrm{~m}}\) \(\times \frac{1 \mathrm{~N}}{\mathrm{~kg} \cdot \mathrm{m} \cdot \mathrm{s}^{-2}} \times \frac{1 \mathrm{~Pa}}{1 \mathrm{~N} \cdot \mathrm{m}^{-2}}\)

= 1.01332 x 105Pa

Question 36. A sample of drinking water was found to be severely contaminated with chloroform. Is supposed to be carcinogenic in nature. His level of contamination was IB ppm (by mass). Kxpress this In percent by mass. Determine the molality of chloroform In the water sample.
Answer: 15ppm Indicates 15 parts in 106 parts.

∴ Mass percent \(=\frac{15 \times 100}{10^6}=1.5 \times 10^{-3}\)

Molar massof CHGl2 = 12+ 1 .008 + (3 x 35,5) =1 19,5

Amount of mass equal to 1,5 x 10-3% means 1.5 x 10-3g present in the 100g sample.

Amount of ChCl3 present in 1 kg sample =1.5 x 10-2g

Hence, no, of moles of CHC3 presenting 1kg sample

\(=\frac{1.5 \times 10^{-2}}{119.5}=1.255 \times 10^{-4}\)

Therefore Molality = 12.55 x 10-4

Question 37. A metallic oxide contains 60% of metal. Calculate the equivalent weight of the metal
Answer:

60 g of the metal combined with (100-60) =40g of oxygen

Therefore 8g oxygen combines with \(\frac{60 \times 8}{40}\)= 12g of the mental

So, the equivalent weight of the metal = 12

Question 19. Calculate the equivalent weight of phosphate radical.
Answer: Equivalent weight phosphate radical (PO34-)

⇒ \(=\frac{\text { formula weight of phosphate radical }}{\text { valency }}\)

⇒ \(\frac{31 \times 4 \times 16}{3}=31.67\)

Question 38. A polymer contains 0.16% of sulfur by weight. What is the minimum molecular weight of the polymer?
Answer: Each molecule of the given polymer must contain at least one S-atom.

In other words, each gram-mole of the polymer must contain at least 32g of sulfur.

But, 0.16g sulfur is present in 100g of the polymer.

Therefore 32g sulfur is present in \(\frac{100 \times 32}{0.16}\) =20000g of the polymer.

Thus, the minimum molecular weight of the polymer is 20,000.

Question 39. The empirical formula of an organic compound is CH2O and its molecular weight is 180. What is the molecular formula of the compound? (H =1, C =12, 0 = 16)
Answer: Let the molecular formula be (CH2O)n

So its molecular weight =nx(12 + 2 + 16) = 30n 30n = 180 i.e., n = 6

Thus, the molecular formula of the compound is C6H12O6.

Question 40. How many neutrons are present in 5 X 10-4 moles of \({ }_6^{14} \mathrm{C}\)?
Answer: Each atom of \({ }_6^{14} \mathrm{C}\) contains (14-6) =8 neutrons

∴ No. of neutrons presenting 5 x 10~4 moles of \({ }_6^{14} \mathrm{C}\)

⇒ \(=\left(5 \times 10^{-4}\right) \times\left(6.022 \times 10^{23}\right) \times 8=2.4088 \times 10^{21}\)

Question 41.  Mass percent of hydrogen in water (H2O) \(=\frac{2 \times 100}{18}=11.11\)

Mass percent of oxygen in water (H2O)

⇒ \(=\frac{16 \times 100}{18}=88.89\)

Question 42. What is the SI unit of mass? How is it defined?
Answer: The SI unit of mass is kilogram (kg). It is equal to the mass of the international prototype of the kilogram. It is defined as the mass of a platinum-iridium (Pt-Ir) cylinder stored in an air-tight jar at the International Bureau of Weights and Measures in France.

Question 43. Match the following prefixes with their multiples
Answer: micro = 10-6

  1. Deca = 10
  2. mega = 106
  3. giga = 109
  4. femto =10-15

Question 44. Express the following In the scientific notation:

  1. 0.0048
  2. 234, 000
  3. 8008
  4. 500.0
  5. 6.001

Answer:

  1. 4.0 X 10-3
  2. 2.34 X 10s
  3. 8.008 X 1.03
  4. 5.000 X 102
  5. 6.0012 X 10°

Question 45. How many significant figures are present:

  1. 0.0025
  2. 208
  3. 5005
  4. 120,0000 500.0
  5. 2.0034

Answer:

  1. 2
  2. 3
  3. 4
  4. 3
  5. 4
  6. 5

Question 46. Round up the following upto three significant figures:

  1. 34.210
  2. 10.41070
  3. 0.04507
  4. 2808

Answer:

  1. 34.2
  2. 10.4
  3. 0.0460
  4. 2810

Question 47. If the speed of light is 3.0 x 108m s-I, calculate the distance covered by light in 2.00 ns
Answer: 2.00ns = 2.00 x 109s

Therefore, distance traversed = velocity x time

3.0 x 108m. s-1 X 2.0 X 10-9s =0.6m

Question 48. How are 0.5mol Na2CO3 and 0.5(M) Na2CO3 different?
Answer: Molar mass of Na2CO3 = (2 x 23) + 12 + (3 x 16) = 106
0.50 mol Na2CO3 = 0.50 x 106 = 53gNa2C03

0.50 (M) Na2CO3 means 53g of Na2CO3 is presentin 1L sodium carbonate solution.

Question 49. If ten volumes of dihydrogen gas react with five volumes of dioxygen gas, how many volumes of water vapor would be produced?
Answer: \(\begin{aligned}
& 2 \mathrm{H}_2(g)+\mathrm{O}_2(g) \rightarrow 2 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(g) \\
& 2 \text { volume } 1 \text { volume } 2 \text { volume }
\end{aligned}\)

According to Gay Lussac’s law of gaseous volumes, 2 volumes ofhydrogen reacts with 1 volume of oxygen to produce 2 volumes of water vapor under the same conditions of temperature and pressure.

Therefore, the 10 volumes of hydrogen react with 5 volumes of oxygen to produce 10 volumes of water vapor at the same temperature and pressure.

Question 50. Convert the following into basic units: O 28.7 pm 0 15.15 pm 0 25365 mg
Answer: \(28.7 \mathrm{pm} \times \frac{10^{-12} \mathrm{~m}}{1 \mathrm{pm}}=2.87 \times 10^{-11} \mathrm{~m}\)

\(15.15 \mathrm{pm} \times \frac{10^{-12}}{1 \mathrm{pm}}=1.515 \times 10^{-11} \mathrm{~m}\) \(25365 \mathrm{mg} \times \frac{1 \mathrm{~g}}{1000 \mathrm{mg}} \times \frac{1 \mathrm{~kg}}{1000 \mathrm{~g}}=2.5365 \times 10^{-2} \mathrm{~kg}\)

Question 51. How many significant figures should be present in the answer to the following calculations?
⇒ \(\frac{0.02856 \times 298.15 \times 0.112}{0.5785}\)

  1. 5 x 5.364
  2. 0.0125 + 0.7864 + 0.0215

Answer: In the given problem, the least precise(0.112) has 3 significant. Therefore, the answer should have three significant.

Leaving the whole no. (5), the second has 4 significant figures. Hence, the answer should have 4 significant figures.

Here, the least number of decimal places in the term is Hence, the answer should have 4 significant.

Question 52. What is kg-mol? Calculate the total number of electrons present in 1 kg-mol of N2.
Answer: One kg-mol (or one kilomole) is the molecular mass ofthe substance expressed in kilogram. In the CGS system, 1 gram-mol of a substance contains Avogadro’s number of particles (6.022 x 1023).

In SI systems lkg-mol of a substance contains Avogadro’s number of particles but its value is 6.022 x 1023.

Thus, 1 kg-mol of N2 will contain 6.022 x 1026 molecules and hence, 14 x 6.022 x 1026 =8.4308 x 1027 electrons.

Multiple Choice Questions

Question 1. 2 g of metal carbonate is neutralized completely by 100 mL of 0.1(N)HC1. The equivalent weight of metal carbonate is—

  1. 50
  2. 100
  3. 150
  4. 200

Answer: 4. 200

No.of gram -equivalent of HCl in 100 ml 0.1(N) solution \(=\frac{100 \times 0.1}{100}=0.01\)

Question 2. The weight of oxalic acid that will be required to prepare a 1000 mL (N/20) solution is—

  1. \(\frac{126}{100} \mathrm{~g}\)
  2. \(\frac{63}{40} \mathrm{~g}\)
  3. \(\frac{63}{20} \mathrm{~g}\)
  4. \(\frac{126}{20} \mathrm{~g}\)

Answer: \(\frac{63}{20} \mathrm{~g}\)

The weight of oxalic acid in 1000 mL (N/20 oxalic acid solution= gram-equivalent=\(\frac{1}{20}\) gram-equivalent \(=\frac{63}{20} g\)

Question 3. The equivalent weight of K2Cr207 in an acidic medium is expressed in terms of its molecular weight (M) as—

  1. \(\frac{\mathrm{M}}{3}\)
  2. \(\frac{\mathrm{M}}{4}\)
  3. \(\frac{\mathrm{M}}{6}\)
  4. \(\frac{\mathrm{M}}{7}\)

Answer: 3. \(\frac{\mathrm{M}}{6}\)

Question 4. The number of hydrogen ions present in the 10 millionth part of 1.33 cm3 of pure water at 25°C is—

  1. 6.023 million
  2. 60 million
  3. 8.01 million
  4. 80.23 million

Answer: 3. 8.01 million

Question 5. The volume of ethyl alcohol (density 1.15g/cc) that has to be added to prepare 100cc of 0.5M ethyl alcohol solution in water is—

  1. 1.15 cc
  2. 2cc
  3. 2.15 cc
  4. 2.30 cc

Answer: 2. 2cc

Question 6. The system that contains the maximum no. of atoms is—

  1. 4.25g of NH3
  2. 8g of 02
  3. 2g of H2
  4. 4g of He

Answer: 3. 2g of H2

Question 7. In a flask, the weight ratio of CH4(g) and SO2(g) at 298IC and 1 bar is 1:2. The ratio of the number of molecules of SO2(g) and CH4(g) is—

  1. 1:4
  2. 4:1
  3. 1:2
  4. 2:1

Answer: 3. 1:2

Question 8. What will be the normality of the salt solution obtained by neutralizing xmL y(N) HC1 with ymL x(N) NaOH, and finally adding (x + y)mL distilled water—

  1. \(\frac{2(x+y)}{x y} \mathrm{~N}\)
  2. \(\frac{x y}{2(x+y)} \mathrm{N}\)
  3. \(\left(\frac{2 x y}{x+y}\right) \mathrm{N}\)
  4. \(\left(\frac{x+y}{x y}\right) \mathrm{N}\)

Answer: 2. \(\frac{x y}{2(x+y)} \mathrm{N}\)

Question 9. 0.126g of acid is needed to completely neutralize 20mL

  1. 53
  2. 40
  3. 45
  4. 63

Answer: 4. 63

Question 10. You are supplied with 500mL each of 2(N) HC1 and 5(N) HC1. What is the maximum volume of 3(M) HC1 that you can prepare using only these two solutions—

  1. 250mL
  2. 500mL
  3. 750mL
  4. 1000mL

Answer: 3. 750mL

Question 11. A metal M (specific heat =0.16) forms a metal chloride with 65% chlorine present in it. The formula of the metal chloride will be—

  1. MCI
  2. MC12
  3. MC13
  4. mci4

Answer: 2. MC12

Question 12. How many moles of electrons will weigh one kilogram

  1. \(6.022 \times 10^{23}\)
  2. \(\frac{1}{9.108} \times 10^{31}\)
  3. \(\frac{6.023}{9.108} \times 10^{54}\)
  4. \(\frac{1}{9.108 \times 6.023} \times 10^8\)

Answer: 4. \(\frac{1}{9.108 \times 6.023} \times 10^8\)

Question 13. A 5.2 molal aqueous solution of methyl alcohol is supplied. What is the mole fraction of methyl alcohol in the solution—

  1. 0.190
  2. 0.086
  3. 0.050
  4. 0.100

Answer: 2. 0.086

Question 14. The density of a solution prepared by dissolving 120 g of urea (mol. mass = 60u) in 1000 g of water is 1.15 g-mL-1. The molarity of this solution is—

  1. 1.78 M
  2. 1.02 M
  3. 2.05 M
  4. 0.50M

Answer: 3. 2.05 M

Question 15. A gaseous hydrocarbon gives upon combustion 0.72 g water and 3.08 g C02. The empirical formula of the hydrocarbon—

  1. C2H4
  2. C2H4
  3. C6H5
  4. C7H8

Answer: 4. C7H8

Question 16. A compound with a molecular mass of 180 is acylated with CH3COCl to get a compound with a molecular mass of 390. The number of amino groups present per molecule of the former compound is—

  1. 4
  2. 5
  3. 2
  4. 6

Answer: 2. 5

Question 17. The molarity of a solution obtained by mixing 750 mL of 0.5(M) HCI with 250 mL of 2(M) HCI will be—

  1. 0.875 M
  2. 1.00M
  3. 1.75M
  4. 0.975 M

Answer: 1. 0.875 M

Question 18. The ratio of masses of oxygen and nitrate in a particular gaseous mixture is 1:4. The ratio of the number of their molecules is—

  1. 3:16
  2. 1: 4
  3. 7:32
  4. 1: 8

Answer: 3. 7:32

Question 19. 3g of activated charcoal was added to 50 mL of acetic acid solution (0.06N) In a flask. After an hour was filtered and the strength of the filtrate was found to be 0.042 (N). The amount of acetic acid adsorbed (per gram of charcoal) is—

  1. 54 mg
  2. 36 mg
  3. 42 mg
  4. 18 mg

Answer: 3. 42 mg

Question 20. The molecular formula of a commercial resin used for exchanging Ions in water softening is C8H7SO3 Na (mol. wt. 206). What would be the maximum uptake of Ca2+ ions by the resin when expressed in mole per gram resin

  1. \(\frac{2}{309}\)
  2. \(\frac{1}{412}\)
  3. \(\frac{1}{103} 150\)
  4. \(\frac{1}{209}\)

Answer: 2. \(\frac{1}{412}\)

Question 21. At 300K and 1 atm, 15mL of gaseous hydrocarbon requires 375mL air containing 20% 02 by volume for complete combustion. After combustion, the gases occupy 330mL. Assuming that the water formed is in liquid form and the volumes were measured at the same temperature and pressure, the formula ofthe hydrocarbon is—

  1. C3H6
  2. C3H8
  3. C4H8
  4. C4H10

Answer: 2. C3H8

Question 22. The most abundant elements by mass in the body of a healthy human adult are oxygen (61.4%), carbon (22.9%), hydrogen (10.0%), and nitrogen (2.6%). The weight that a 75kg person would gain if all 1H -atoms were replaced by 2H atoms is

  1. 7.5kg
  2. 10kg
  3. 15kg
  4. 37.5kg

Answer: 1. 7.5kg

Question  23. 1 gram of a carbonate (M2C03) on treatment with excess HC1 produces 0.01186 mol of CO2. The molar mass of M2CO3 in g-mol-1 is—

  1. 118.6
  2. 11.86
  3. 1186
  4. 84.3

Answer: 4. 84.3

Question 24. The mole fraction of the solute in 1.00 molal aqueous solution is—

  1. 0.1770
  2. 0.0177
  3. 0.0344
  4. 1.7700

Answer: 2. 0.0177

Question 25. Which has the maximum number of molecules among the following—

  1. 44g CO2
  2. 48g O3
  3. 8g H2
  4. 64 g SO2

Answer: 3. 8g H2

Question 26. How many grams of concentrated nitric acid solution should be used to prepare 250 mL of 2.0 (M) HNO3? The concentrated acid is 70% HNO3

  1. 45.0 g cone. HN03
  2. 90.0 g cone. HN03
  3. 70.0 g cone. HNOa
  4. 54.0 g cone. HN03

Answer: 1. 45.0 g cone. HNO3

Question 27. 1.0 g of magnesium is burnt with 0.56 g 02 in a dosed vessel. Which reactant is left in excess and how much (At wt. Mg = 24, 0 = 16)—

  1. Mg, 0.16g
  2. O2,0.16g
  3. Mg, 0.44g
  4. O2,0.28g

Answer: 1. Mg, 0.16g

Question 28. When 22.4 litres of H2(g) is mixed with 11.2 litres of Cl2(g), each at STP, the moles of HCl(g) formed is equal to

  1. 1 mol of HCl(g)
  2. 2 mol of HCl(g)
  3. 0.5 mol ofHCl(g)
  4. 1.5 mol of HCl(g)

Answer: 1. 1 mol of HCl(g)

Question 29. Equal masses of H2, 02, and methane were taken in a container of volume V at a temperature of 27°C in identical conditions. The ratio of the volumes of gases H2: O2: methane would be

  1. 8:16:1
  2. 16:8:1
  3. 16:1:2
  4. 8:1:2

Answer: 3. 16:1:2

Question 30. If Avogadro’s number is changed from 6.022 x 1023 mol 1 to 6.022 X 1020 mol-1, this would change—

  1. The definition of mass in units in grams
  2. The mass of one mole of carbon
  3. The ratio of chemical species, to each other in a balanced equation
  4. The ratio of elements to each other in a compound

Answer: 2. The mass of one mole of carbon

Question 31. The number of water molecules is maximum—

  1. 18 molecules of water
  2. 1.8 g of water
  3. 18g of water
  4. 18 moles of water

Answer: 4. 18 moles of water

Question 32. 20.0g of a magnesium carbonate sample decomposes on heating to give carbon dioxide and 8.0g of magnesium oxide. What will be the percentage purity of magnesium  carbonate in the sample (Mg- 24)

  1. 75
  2. 96
  3. 60
  4. 84

Answer: 4. 84

Question 33. What is the mass of precipitate formed when 50 mL of 16.9% solution of AgN03is mixed with 50 mL of 5.8% NaCl solution (Ag = 107.8, N = 14, O = 16, Na = 23 cl = 35.5)

  1. 28g
  2. 3.59
  3. 7g
  4. 14g

Answer: 3. 7g

Question 34. What is the mole fraction ofthe solute in a 1.00 m aqueous solution—

  1. 0. 177
  2. 1.770
  3. 0.0354
  4. 0.0177

Answer: 4. 0.0177

Question 35. Suppose the elements X and Y combine to form two compounds XY2 and X3Y2. When 0.1 mol of XY2 weights lOg and 0.05mol of X3Y2 weights 9g, the atomic weights of x and y are-

  1. 40,30
  2. 60, 40
  3. 20,30
  4. 30,20

Answer: 1. 40,30

Question 36. Which of the following is dependent on temperature

  1. Molarity
  2. Mole Fraction
  3. Weight Percentage
  4. Molality

Answer: 1. Let, the tire weight of X and Y be a and b. Mole no of X \(=\frac{\text { weight }}{\text { molecular mass }}\)

Therefore \(0.1=\frac{10}{a+2 b} \text { or, } a+2 b=100\)

mole no. of X3Y2 = \(\frac{\text { weight }}{\text { molecular mass }}\)

⇒ \(0.05=\frac{9}{3 a+2 b} \text { or, } 3 a+2 b=180\)

Question 37. In which case is the number of molecules of water maximum

  1. 10-3 mol of water
  2. 18mL of water
  3. 0.00224L of water vapours at1atm and 273K
  4. 0.18g of water

Answer: 1. 10-3 mol of water

Molality depends on the mass of the solvent whereas molarity is related to the volume of the solvent which is dependent on the temperature. Thus molarity depends on temperature.

Question 38. A mixture of 23 g formic acid and 43g oxalic acid is treated with a cone. H2SO4. The evolved gaseous mixture is passed. through KOH pellets. The weight (in g) of the remaining product at STP will be

  1. 4.4
  2. 1.4
  3. 2.8
  4. 3.0

Answer: 3.

⇒ \(\begin{array}{cl}
\mathrm{HCOOH} \stackrel{\text { conc. } \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{SO}_4}{\longrightarrow} & \mathrm{CO}(g)+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l) \\
46 \mathrm{~g}=1 \mathrm{~mol} & 1 \mathrm{~mol} \\
2.3 \mathrm{~g}=\frac{1}{20} \mathrm{~mol} & \frac{1}{20} \mathrm{~mol}
\end{array}\)

⇒ \(\begin{array}{ccc}
\mathrm{COOH} \text { conc. } \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{SO}_4 & \\
\mathrm{I} & \mathrm{CO}(\mathrm{g}) & \mathrm{CO}_2(g)+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l) \\
90 \mathrm{~g}=1 \mathrm{~mol} & 1 \mathrm{~mol} & 1 \mathrm{~mol} \\
4.5 \mathrm{~g}=\frac{1}{20} \mathrm{~mol} & \frac{1}{20} \mathrm{~mol} & \frac{1}{20} \mathrm{~mol}
\end{array}\)

When the gas mixture is passed KOH pellets, only C02 gets absorbed. Hence, the amount of residue

⇒ \(\mathrm{CO}=\left(\frac{1}{20}+\frac{1}{20}\right) \mathrm{mol}=\frac{1}{10} \mathrm{~mol}=\frac{1}{10} \times 28=2.8 \mathrm{~g}\)

Question 39. In which case is the number of molecules of water maximum

  1. 10-3 mol of water
  2. 18mL of water
  3. 0.00224L of water vapours at1atm and 273K
  4. 0.18g of water

Answer: 2.  Molecules of water

= number of moles x NA – 10-3NA

[ZA = Avogadro number]

Mass of water = volume x density = 18 x lg = 18g

Therefore molecules of water

= number of moles x NA \(=\frac{18}{18} \times N_A=N_A\)

Number of moles of water \(=\frac{0.00224}{22.4}=10^{-4}\)

Molecules of water

⇒ \(=\text { number of moles } \times N_A=10^{-4} N_A\)

Molecules of water

⇒ \(=\text { number of moles } \times N_A=\frac{0.18}{18} N_A=10^{-2} N_A\)

Question 40. How much amount of CuSO4-5H20 is required for the liberation of 2.54g of I2 when titrated with KI—

  1. 2.5g
  2. 4.99g
  3. 2.4g
  4. 1.2g

Answer: 2. 4.99g

⇒ \(\begin{array}{r}
2 \mathrm{CuSO}_4 \cdot 5 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}+4 \mathrm{KI} \longrightarrow \\
\mathrm{Cu}_2 \mathrm{I}_2+2 \mathrm{~K}_2 \mathrm{SO}_4+\mathrm{I}_2+10 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}
\end{array}\)

Question 41. The compound that does not exist as a hydrate form

  1. Ferrous Sulphate
  2. Copper Sulphate
  3. Magnesium sulphate
  4. Sodium chloride

Answer: 4. Sodium chloride

Ferrous sulphate →FeS04-7H20

Copper sulphate→CuS04-5H20

Magnesium sulphate →MgSo4-7H20

Sodium chloride→NaC

Question 42. The number of atoms in 52g of He is—

  1. 78.299 x 1024 atoms
  2. 7.820 X 10-24 atoms
  3. 7.829 x 1024 atoms
  4. 78.234x 12025 atoms

Answer: 3. 7.829 x 1024 atoms

⇒ \(\text { Number of atoms }=\frac{N_A \times \text { mass }}{\text { at. mass }}\)

Question 43. How many significant figures representing 0.0000135

  1. 7
  2. 8
  3. 4
  4. 3

Answer: 4. Zeros to the left of the first non-zero digit in a number are not significant.

Question 44. The amount of BaS04 precipitated on mixing BaCl2  (0.5M) with H2S04 (1M) will correspond to—

  1. 0.5mol
  2. 1.0mol
  3. 1.5mol
  4. 2.0mol

Answer: 1. 0.5mol

⇒ \(\begin{gathered}
{\left[\mathrm{Ba}^{2+}\right]=0.5 \mathrm{~mol} \cdot \mathrm{L}^{-1} ;\left[\mathrm{SO}_4^{2-}\right]=1 \mathrm{~mol} \cdot \mathrm{L}^{-1}} \\
\mathrm{Ba}^{2+}(a q)+\mathrm{SO}_4^{2-}(a q) \rightleftharpoons \mathrm{BaSO}_4(s)
\end{gathered}\)

0.5mol of Ba2+ would react with 0.5mol of SO2-4 ions to form 0.5 mol of BaS04.

Question 45. 10mL of liquid carbon disulfide (specific gravity 2.63) is burnt in oxygen. Find the volume of the resulting gases measured at STP—

  1. 23.25L
  2. 22.26L
  3. 23.60L
  4. 202.08L

Answer: 1. 23.25L

1 mL of CS2 weights 2.63 g

10mL of CS2 will weigh 26.3

⇒ \(\mathrm{CS}_2+3 \mathrm{O}_2 \rightarrow \mathrm{CO}_2+2 \mathrm{SO}_2
\begin{gathered}
12+(2 \times 32) \\
76 \mathrm{~g}
\end{gathered} \quad 22.4 \mathrm{~L} \underbrace{44.8 \mathrm{~L}}_{67.2 \mathrm{~L}}\)

Question 46. A mixture of two bivalent metals A and B having a mass of 2g when dissolved in HC1 at STP, 2.24L H2 is evolved. What is the mass of A present in the mixture (Atomic mass of A = 15u, B = 30u)

  1. 1g
  2. 1.5g
  3. 0.5g
  4. 0.75g

Answer: 1. 1g

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& \mathrm{A}+2 \mathrm{HCl} \rightarrow \mathrm{ACl}_2+\mathrm{H}_2 \\
& \text { Mole: } \frac{x}{15}>\frac{x}{15} \\
& \mathrm{~B}+2 \mathrm{HCl} \rightarrow \mathrm{BCl}_2+\mathrm{H}_2 \\
& \text { Mole: } \frac{2-x}{30} \quad \frac{2-x}{30} \\
&
\end{aligned}\)

Question 47. The normality of 10% H2S04 solution having density 1.1 g/cc is

  1. 2.05N
  2. 1.25N
  3. 3.45N
  4. 2.24N

Answer: 4. 2.24N

Weight of H2SO4= l0g

Weight of solution l00

⇒ \(\text { Volume of solution }=\frac{\text { mass of solution }}{\text { density of soution }}\)

⇒ \(\text { Normality }=\frac{n_{\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{SO}_4} \times 1000}{\text { volume of solution }(\text { in } \mathrm{mL})}\)

⇒ \(=\frac{w_{\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{SO}_4} \times 1000}{\text { gram-equivalent mass of } \times \text { Volume of solution (in mL) }}\)

⇒ \(=\frac{10 \times 1000}{\left(\frac{98}{2}\right) \times 90.91}=2.24 \mathrm{~N}\)

Question 48. A hydrate of Na2S03 completely loses 22.2% of water by mass on strong heating. The hydrate is—

  1. Na2SO3- 4H2O
  2. Na2SO3- 4H2O
  3. Na2SO3-  H2O
  4. Na2SO3- 2H2O

Answer: 4. Na2SO3- 2H2O

Question 49. 20g of an acid furnishes 0.5 moles of H30+ ions on complete ionization in its aqueous solution. The value of 1 g eq of that acid will be—

  1. 40g
  2. 20g
  3. 10g
  4. 100g

Answer: 1. 40g

Question 50. Fe2S3 →FeSO2 + SO2; in this reaction the equivalent weight of Fe2S3 (assuming Sin -2 oxidation state) is—

  1. \(\frac{M}{4}\)
  2. \(\frac{M}{16}\)
  3. \(\frac{M}{22}\)
  4. \(\frac{M}{20}\)

Answer: 4. \(\frac{M}{20}\)

Question 51. The equivalent mass of iron in the reaction is

⇒ \(2 \mathrm{Fe}+3 \mathrm{Cl}_2 \rightarrow 2 \mathrm{FeCl}_3\)

  1. Half of its molecular mass
  2. One third its molecular mass
  3. Same as its molecular mass
  4. One fourth its molecular mass

Answer: 2. One-third of its molecular mass

Question 52. A sample of Na2C03 -H20 weighing 0.62g is added to 100ml of. JN H2S04.The resulting solution will be—

  1. Acidic
  2. Basic
  3. Neutral
  4. Amphoteric

Answer: 3. Neutral

Question 53. The normality of 10% (weight/volume) acetic acid is—

  1. IN
  2. 10N
  3. 1.66N
  4. 0.83N

Answer: 3. 0.83N

Question 54. If the equivalent weight of an element is 32, then the % of oxygen in its oxide is—

  1. 16
  2. 40
  3. 32
  4. 20

Answer: 4. 20

Question 55. I- reduces \(\mathrm{SO}_4^{2-}\) to H2S in acidic medium as per the reaction, \(8 \mathrm{KI}+5 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{SO}_4 \rightarrow 4 \mathrm{~K}_2 \mathrm{SO}_4+4 \mathrm{I}_2+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{~S}+4 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}\) To produce 34.0g H2S, volume of 0.20(M) H2S04 required is—

  1. 25.0L
  2. 12.5L
  3. 10. OL
  4. 5.0L

Answer: 1. 25.0L

Question 56. A mixture containing 1 mol of ethane and 4 moles of oxygen is ignited in a sealed container at 100. The reaction occurring is shown in the equation

⇒  \(\mathrm{C}_2 \mathrm{H}_4(g)+3 \mathrm{O}_2(g) \rightarrow 2 \mathrm{CO}_2(g)+2 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(g)\)

Calculate the total no. of mole of gas at the end of the reaction—

  1. 2
  2. 3
  3. 4
  4. 5

Answer: 4. 5

Question 57. The mass ratio of Na2SO3 and H2O in Na2SO3 x H20 is 1: 1 thus the ratio of their mole number is—

  1. 1:1
  2. 1:3
  3. 1:7
  4. 7:1

Answer: 3. 1:7

Question 58. When 0.273g Mg is heated strongly in a nitrogen (N2) atmosphere, 0.378 of the compound is formed. Hence the compound formed is—

  1. Mg3N2
  2. Mg3N
  3. mg2N3
  4. MgN

Answer: 1. Mg3N2

Question 59. NH3 is formed in the following steps:

  1. \(\mathrm{Ca}+2 \mathrm{C} \rightarrow \mathrm{CaC}_2 50 \% \text { yield }\)
  2. \(\mathrm{CaC}_2+\mathrm{N}_2 \rightarrow \mathrm{CaCN}_2+\mathrm{C} 100 \% \text { yield }\)
  3. \(\mathrm{CaCN}_2+3 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O} \rightarrow 2 \mathrm{NH}_3+\mathrm{CaCO}_3 50 \% \text { yield }\)

To obtain 2 moles of NH3, calcium required is—

  1. 1 mol
  2. 2 mol
  3. 3 mol
  4. 4 mol

Answer: 4. 4 mol

Question 60. Silver ions react with chloride ions

⇒ \(\mathrm{Ag}^{+}(a q)+\mathrm{Cl}^{-}(a q) \rightarrow \mathrm{AgCl}(s)\)

5cm3 of a 0.1mol/cm3 solution of the chloride of metal X needs 10cm3 of 0.1mol/cm3 silver nitrate for complete reaction. What is the formula ofthe chloride—

  1. XCl4
  2. XCl2
  3. XCl
  4. X2Cl

Answer: 2. XCl2

Question 61. An equal volume of H2S & SO2 reacts at NTP to form H2O and 2S + SO2→2H2O + 3S. In this reaction,

  1. H2s is the limit reactant
  2. S02 is the limit ingreactant
  3. Sulfur formed is three times of s02 reacted
  4. Sulfur formed is 1.5 times of H2s reacted

Select the correct statements(s).

  1. All except 1
  2. All except 2
  3. All except 3
  4. All except 2,4

Answer: 2. All except 2

Question 62. \(\mathrm{NaI}+\mathrm{AgNO}_3 \rightarrow \mathrm{AgI}+\mathrm{NaNO}_2\)

⇒ \(\begin{gathered}
\mathrm{AgI}+\mathrm{Fe} \rightarrow \mathrm{FeI}_2+\mathrm{Ag} \\
\mathrm{FeI}_2+\mathrm{Cl}_2 \rightarrow \mathrm{FeCl}_2+\mathrm{I}_2
\end{gathered}\)

(Atomic mass of Ag = 108,I = 127, Fe = 56, N = 14, Cl = 35.5 ). The above reaction is carried out by taking 75kg of Nal and 255kg of AgNO3. Therefore, the number of moles of iodine formed is

  1. 0.5
  2. 500
  3. 250
  4. 0.25

Answer: 3. 250

Question 63. The mole fraction and molarity of 46% (by weight) aqueous solution of ethanol is

  1. 0.25,18.52
  2. 0.75,1.0
  3. 0.46,18.52
  4. 0.54,1.0

Answer: 1. 0.25,18.52

Question 64. The mole fraction and molarity of 46% (by weight) aqueous solution of ethanol is

  1. 4/5 mol
  2. 3/5 mol
  3. 1m
  4. 2/5mol

Answer: 4. 2/5mol

Question 65. A sphere of radius 7 cm contains 56% iron. If the density of the sphere is 1.4g/cm3, then the approximate amount of iron present is—

  1. 20
  2. 10
  3. 15
  4. 25

Answer: 1. 20

Question 66. When 800g of a 40% solution by weight was cooled, 100g of solute was precipitated. The percentage composition of the remaining solution is

  1. 31.4%
  2. 20.0%
  3. 50%
  4. 25%

Answer: 1. 31.4%

Question 67. 0.70g mixture of (NH2)2SO4 was boiled with 100ml of 0.2N NaOH solution till all the NH3(g) evolved and get dissolved to 250mL and lOmL of this solution was neutralized by using 10mL of a 0.1N H2SO4 solution. The percentage purity ofthe (NH4)2S04 sample is—

  1. 94.3
  2. 50.8
  3. 47.4
  4. 79.8

Answer: 1. 94.3

Question 68. A blood sample is to be analyzed for calcium content If J 20mL of 0.001 (M) KMn04 solution is required to react with 10 mL of blood sample (containing calcium oxalate) then the concentration of calcium ion (in ppm)in the blood is—

  1. 50 ppm
  2. 100 ppm
  3. 150 ppm
  4. 200 ppm

Answer: 4. 200 ppm

Question 69. If in a solution NaCl is present as 5.85g per 500 of the solution, then the molarity of the solution will be

  1. 4 mol-.L-1
  2. 20 mol.L-1
  3. 2 mol.L-1
  4. 0.2 mol.L-1

Answer: 4. 0.2 mol.L-1

Question 70.  KC104 can be prepared by the following reactions:

⇒ \(\begin{gathered}
\mathrm{Cl}_2+2 \mathrm{KOH} \rightarrow \mathrm{KCl}+\mathrm{KClO}+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O} \\
3 \mathrm{KClO} \rightarrow 2 \mathrm{KCl}+\mathrm{KClO}_3 ; 4 \mathrm{KClO}_3 \rightarrow 3 \mathrm{KClO}_4+\mathrm{KCl}
\end{gathered}\)

To prepare 200g KC1O4, the required amount of Cl2 is equivalent to—

  1. 8.95 equivalent H2SO4
  2. 129.02L O2 at STP
  3. 11.52 mol oxygen
  4. 410.1g Chlorine

Answer: 4. 410.1g Chlorine

Question 71. 103- , oxidises SOf- to SO2- in acidic medium 100mL solution containing 2.14g of KI03 reacts with 60mL of 0.5(N) Na2S03 solution. The final oxidation state of iodine in reduced species is—

  1. +5
  2. +3
  3. -1
  4. +1

Answer: 3. +1

Question 72. The concentration of both Na2CO3 and NaHCO2 is 5.2 x 10-3 mol in their mixture. The amount of 0.1(M) HC1 required to neutralise this mixture completely—

  1. 1.56L
  2. 1.57L
  3. 15.7L
  4. 156.0mL

Answer: 4. 156.0mL

Question 73. 0g of pyrolusite on reaction with cone. HC1 liberated 0.1 equivalent of Cl2. Percentage purity of pyrolusite sample—

  1. 87.0%
  2. 43.5%
  3. 21.75%
  4. 100%

Answer: 2. 43.5%

Question 74. 100mL of30%[mlv) NaOH solution is mixed with lOOmL of 90% (m/v) NaOH solution then the molarity of the final solution will be

  1. 1.3
  2. 13
  3. 1/5
  4. 15

Answer: 4. 15

Question 75. 5.3g of M2CO3 is dissolved in 150mL of 1(N) HC1. Unused acid required 100mL of 0.5(N) NaOH. Hence the equivalent weight of M is—

  1. 23
  2. 12
  3. 24
  4. 13

Answer: 1. 23

Question 76. Methane was burnt in an incorrectly adjusted burner. The methane was converted into a mixture of carbon dioxide and carbon monoxide in the ratio of 99 : 1, together with water vapor, what will -be the volume of oxygen consumed when y dm3 of methane is burnt—

⇒ \(\left(2 y-\frac{0.02}{2} y\right) \mathrm{dm}^3\)

(2y-0.01y)dm³

⇒ \(\left(y-\frac{0.01}{2} y\right) \mathrm{dm}^3\)

(y-0.0ly)dm3

Answer: 1. \(\left(2 y-\frac{0.02}{2} y\right) \mathrm{dm}^3\)

Question 77. The equivalent weight of MnS04 is half of its molecular mass when it is converted to—

  1. Mn2O3
  2. MnO2
  3. MnO-4
  4. MnO2-4

Answer: 2. MnO2

Question 78. The mass percent of the carbon in carbon dioxide—

  1. 0.034
  2. 27.27
  3. 3.4
  4. 28.7

Answer: 2. 27.27

Question 79. If the concentration of glucose in the blood is 0.9g-L_1, then its molarity will be—

  1. A
  2. 50
  3. 0.005
  4. 0.5

Answer: 3. 0.005

Question 80. In an experiment, 4g M2Ox oxide was reduced to 2.8g of the metal. If the atomic mass of the metal is 56g – mol-1, the number of-atoms in the oxide is

  1. 1
  2. 2
  3. 3
  4. 4

Answer: 3. 3

Question 81. The specific volume of a cylindrical virus particle is 6.02 x 10_2cc-g_1 whose radius and length are 7A & 10A respectively. Molecular mass (kg.mol-1 ) of the virus—

  1. 15.4
  2. 1.54 X 104
  3. 3.08 X 104
  4. 3.08 x 103

Answer: 1. 15.4

Question 82. 10mL of CS2 (Specific gravity 2.63) is burnt in oxygen. The volume ofthe resulting gases at STP will be

  1. 23.25L
  2. 22.26L
  3. 23.50L
  4. 20.08L

Answer: 1. 23.25L

Question 83. An element X has the following isotopic composition— X: 90%, X: 8.9%,202X: 1.1% . The weighted average atomic mass ofthe naturally occurring element X is

  1. 201
  2. 202
  3. 199
  4. 200

Answer: 4. 200

Question 84. At room temperature, the no of molecules present in a drop of water (volume 0.0018mL and density lg/cc) is—

  1. 6.02 X 1023
  2. 1.084 X 1018
  3. 4.84 X 10 17
  4. 6.02X 1019

Answer: 4. 6.02X 1019

Question 85. If a signature contains mg of C-atom then the number of C-atom in the signature is—

  1. 6.02 X 10 20
  2. 0.502 X 1020
  3. 5.02 X 10 23
  4. 5.02 X1020

Answer: 2. 0.502 X 1020

Question 86. No. of valence electron present in 4.2g nitride ion is —

  1. 2.4NA
  2. 4.2NA
  3. 1.6NA
  4. 3.2NA

Answer: 1. 2.4NA

Question 87. An element forms four compounds A, B, C & D. The Ratio of the equivalent weight of the compounds is 1: 2: 3: 4 . The compound in which the element has the highest valency is

  1. A
  2. B
  3. C
  4. D

Answer: 1. A

Question 88. In which of the following compounds M has the highest equivalent weight—

  1. MO
  2. MO2
  3. M2O3
  4. M20

Answer: 1. MO

Question 89. The atomic mass of two compounds A and B is 30 and 60 respectively. If Xg of A contains Y atoms then no of atoms present in 2Xg of is

  1. 2Y
  2. Y
  3. 4Y
  4. Y/2

Answer: 2. Y

Question 90. Density (in g-mlr1) of a 3.60 (M) H2S04 solution that is 29% H2S04 (Molar mass = 98g mol-1 ) by mass will be—

  1. 1.64
  2. 1.45
  3. 1.22
  4. 1.88

Answer: 3. 1.22

Question 91. Polyethylene can be produced from CaC2 according to the following sequence of reactions.

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& \mathrm{CaC}_2+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O} \rightarrow \mathrm{Ca}(\mathrm{OH})_2+\mathrm{C}_2 \mathrm{H}_2 \\
& n \mathrm{C}_2 \mathrm{H}_2+n \mathrm{H}_2 \rightarrow+\mathrm{CH}_2-\mathrm{CH}_2-{ }_n
\end{aligned}\)

The mass of polyethylene, which can be produced from 20kg of CaC2 is—

  1. 6.75Kg
  2. 7.75kg
  3. 9.75kg
  4. 8.75kg

Answer: 4. 8.75kg

Question 92. The weight of one molecule of a compound C6OH12 is—

  1. 1.3 X 10-20 g
  2. 1.4 x 10-21 g
  3. 1.9924 X 10-24 g
  4. 5.01 X 10-21 g

Answer: 2. 1.4 x 10-21 g

Question 93. A 2.0g mixture of Na2C03 and NaHCOa suffered a loss of 0.12g on heating. Percentage of Na2CO3 in the mixture

  1. 83.8
  2. 16.2
  3. 38.8
  4. 61.2

Answer: 1. 83.8

Question 94. Which of the following does not have the same percentage of carbon as ethene(C2H4 )—

  1. C4H8
  2. C6H12
  3. C6H10
  4. C5H10

Answer: 3. C6H10

Question 95. xL of nitrogen at STP contains 3 x 1022 molecules. The number of molecules in \(\frac{x}{2} \mathrm{~L}\) of ozone at STP will be—

  1. 3 x 1022
  2. 1.5 x 10 22
  3. 1.5 X 10 21
  4. 1.5 X 10 11

Answer: 2. 1.5 x 10 22

Question 96. A sample of A1F3 contains 3 X 1025P” Ions. The number of Al3+ in the sample would be

  1. 3X1025
  2. 1X1025
  3. 1.5 X 1025
  4. 2X1025

Answer: 2. 1X1025

Question 97. X and Y are the two elements that form X2Y3 and X3Y4. 0.2 mol of X2Y3 weighs 32g and 0.4mol of X3Y4 weighs 92.8g. The atomic masses of and Y respectively are—

  1. 16u and 56u
  2. 8u and 28u
  3. 56u and 16u
  4. 28u and 8u

Answer: 3. 56u and 16u

Question 98. The percentage of Sc (atomic weight = 78.4) in peroxidase anhydrase enzyme is 0.5% by weight the minimum molecular weight of peroxidase anhydrase enzyme is—

  1. 1.568 x 104
  2. 1.568 X 103
  3. 15.618 X108
  4. 2.136 X104

Answer: 1. 1.568 x 104

Question 99. How many moles of magnesium phosphate will contain 0.25 mol of oxygen atoms

  1. 0.02
  2. 3.125 x 10-2
  3. 1.25 X 10-2
  4. 2.5 X 10-2

Answer: 2. 3.125 x 10-2

Question 100. The amount of calcium oxide required, when it reacts with 852g of P4O10 is

  1. 100g
  2. 1008g
  3. 108g
  4. 1050g

Answer: 2. 1008g

Question 101. 25.3g of Na2CO3 is dissolved in enough water to make 250 ml of solution. If sodium carbonate dissociates completely, the molar concentration of sodium ion, Na+ and carbonate ions, \(\mathrm{CO}_3^{2-}\) are respectively—

  1. 0.955 (M) and 1.910 (M)
  2. 1.910 (M) and 0.955 (M)
  3. 1.90 (M) and 1.910 (M)
  4. 0.477 (M) and 0.477 (M)

Answer: 1. 0.955 (M) and 1.910 (M)

Question 102. How many moles of lead (II) chloride will be formed from a reaction between 6.5g of PbO and 3.2g HC1

  1. 0.011
  2. 0.029
  3. 0.044
  4. 0.333

Answer: 2. 0.029

Question 103. Which ofthe following exist together—

  1. NaOH + NaCl
  2. NaOH + NaHCO3
  3. SnCl2 + PbCl4
  4. Na2CO3 + NaOH

Answer: 1. NaOH + NaCl

Question 104. In 46% (by weight) aqueous solution of ethanol—

  1. The mole fraction of ethanol is 0.25
  2. The mole fraction of water is 0.75
  3. The mole fraction solvent (as water solvent) is 18.52
  4. Molarityis l0.00 mol-l-1

Answer: 1. The Mole fraction of ethanol is 0.25

Question 105. A 110% sample of oleum contains—

  1. 44.4% of SO2
  2. 55.6% of sulphuric acid
  3. 55.6% of SO3
  4. 44.4% of sulphuric acid

Answer: 1. 44.4% of SO3

Question 106. The volume of CO2 formed when a mixture of 2mol NaHCO3 and 1 mol Na2CO3 at STP, is—

  1. 2 equivalent H2 gas
  2. 6 equivalent O3 gas
  3. 4 equivalent O2 gas
  4. 2 equivalent Cl2 gas

Answer: 1. 2 equivalent H2 gas

Question 107. A and B are two elements which form AB2 and A2B3. If 0.18 mol of AB2 weighs 10.6g and 0.18 mol of A2B3 weighs 17.8g then—

  1. The atomic mass of a is 20.05
  2. The atomic mass of b is 20.05
  3. The atomic mass of a is 18.8
  4. The atomic mass of b is 18.8

Answer: 1. The Atomic mass of a is 20.05

Question 108. 100mL of the mixture of CO & CO2 is mixed with 30mL of oxygen and sparked in an eudiometer. The volume of residual gas after treatment with aqueous KOH was 10rnL, which remains unchanged when treated with alkaline pyrogallate. Which ofthe following is correct—

  1. The volume of CO2 absorbedbykoh is 90ml
  2. The volume of co initially was 70ml
  3. The volume initially present was 50
  4. The volume of CO2 absorbed by koh is 80

Answer: 1. The volume of CO2 absorbedbykoh is 90ml

Question 109. Which ofthe following pairs have the same no. of atoms—

  1. 16g of O2(g) and 4g of H2(g)
  2. 16g of O2(g) and 44g of CO2(g)
  3. 28g of N2(g) and 32g of O2(g)
  4. 12g of C(s) and 23g of Na(s)

Answer: 3. 28g of N2(g) and 32g of 02(g)

Question 110. 0.6 moles of K2Cr2O7 can oxidize—

  1. 3.6 mol of FeSO2 to Fe2(SO4)3
  2. 0.1mol of FeSO4 to Fe2(SO4)3
  3. 0.05 mol of Sn+2 to Sn+4
  4. 1.8 mol of Sn+2 to Sn+4

Answer: 1. 3.6 mol of FeS04 to Fe2(S04)3

Question 111. The sulfate of metal A contains 20% of M. This sulfate is isomorphic with ZnS04 7H20. Which ofthe following are true about metal M—

  1. The atomic mass of metal is 24
  2. Metal is bivalent
  3. Eq. Wt. Of metal is 12
  4. The salt of metal is mgs04 7H2O

Answer: 1. Atomic mass of metal is 24

Question 112. lol BaF2 + 2 mol H2SO4— mixture will be completely neutralized by—

  1. 1mol of KOH
  2. 2 mol of Ca(OH)2
  3. 4 mol of KOH
  4. 2 mol of KOH

Answer: 2. 2 mol of Ca(OH)2

Question 113. The reaction between H2SO4 and NaOH is given below

⇒ \(\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{SO}_4+2 \mathrm{NaOH} \rightarrow \mathrm{Na}_2 \mathrm{SO}_4+2 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}\)

The amount and molarity of the Na2S04 produced when 0.1(M) 1L H2SO4 reacts with 0.1(M) 1L NaOH will be

  1. 7.10g
  2. 3.55g
  3. 0.025mol.L-1
  4. 0.1mol.L-1

Answer: 1. 7.10g

Question 114. If the density of air is 0.001293g/cm3 at STP then—

  1. The vapor density of air is 14.48
  2. The molecular mass of air is 28.96
  3. The vapor density of air is 0.001293g/cm3
  4. Vap. Density &mol. The mass of air cannot be determined

Answer: 1. Vapour density of air is 14.48

Question 115. You are provided with 1 (M) solution of NaNO3 whose density is 1.25g/mL. So, in the solution—

  1. The percentage by mass of nan O3 = 6.8
  2. The percentage of H2O = 93.2
  3. The molality of the solution is 10.72
  4. The solution has 0.2mol of nanO3

Answer: 1. The percentage by mass of nanO3 = 6.8

Question 116. 4.4 g CO2 signifies—

  1. 0.1 mol CO2
  2. 6.02 x 1022 molecules of CO2
  3. 8.8g of oxygen atom
  4. 1120mL CO2 at STP

Answer: 1. 0.1 mol CO2

Question 117. Which ofthe following have equal concentration—

  1. 200mL solution of 20gNaOH
  2. 100mL solution of 40gNaOH
  3. 200 mL solution of 0.5 mol KC1
  4. 200 mL solution of 20g KOH

Answer: 1. 200mL solution of 20gNaOH

Question 118. 8g of O2 has the same number of molecules as—

  1. 7gCO
  2. 14gN2
  3. llgCO2
  4. 16gSO2

Answer: 1. 7gCO

Question 119. At the same temperature and pressure, 10cc of an organic compound in the gaseous state was sparked with an excess of O2. 20cc of CO2 and 5cc of N2 were obtained among the products. Which of the following molecular formulas would fit these data—

  1. C2H7N
  2. C2H3N
  3. O2H6N2
  4. CH5N

Answer: 1. C2H7N

Question 120. Which of the following concentration-related terms are not affected by the change In temperature

  1. Molality
  2. molality
  3. Normality
  4. Mole function

Answer: 2. Molality

Question 121. The equivalent weights of sulfur in its oxides are—

  1. 32
  2. 8
  3. 24
  4. 5.33

Answer: 2. 8

Question 122. Two oxides of metal contain 50% and 40% metal (M) respectively. The formula of the oxides are

  1. M2O
  2. MO2
  3. MO3
  4. M2O2

Answer: 2. MO2

Question 123. Pairs of species having the same percentage of carbon are

  1. CH3COOH & C6H12O
  2. CH3COOH & C2H5OH
  3. HCOOH6 & C4H8O4
  4. C6H12O6 and C12H2O2

Answer: 1. CH3COOH and C6H12O

Question 124. Which of the following sets of compounds correctly follows the law of reciprocal proportions—

  1. N2O5,NH3,H2O
  2. N2O,NH3,H2O
  3. P2O3,PH3,H2O
  4. CH4, H2O, CO2

Answer: 3. N2O5,NH3,H2O

Question 125. Which ofthe following weigh 32g—

  1. 1 mol oxygen molecules
  2. 1 mol oxygen atoms
  3. 1 mol CO molecules
  4. 22.4L oxygen molecules (STP)

Answer: 1. 1 mol oxygen molecules

Very Short Question And Answers

Question 1. Give the relation between units of pressure in CGS & SI systems.
Answer: 1 dyne cm-2 = O.lPa

Question 2. Which quantity is measured by the ‘Angstrom’ unit?
Answer: Length

Question 3. Which quantity is measured in the ‘Pascal’ unit?
Answer: Louis Pressure

Question 4. Who proposed the law of definite proportion?
Answer: Proust

Question 5. Give an example where the law of infinite proportion fails.
Answer: Cu1.7 S

Question 6. Which law of chemical combination was proposed by Richter?
Answer: Law of reciprocal proportion

Question 7. Which measurement is more precise, 4.0 g or 4.00 g?
Answer: 4.00g

Question 8. Who is known as the father of atomic theory?
Answer: Dalton

Question 9. Give an example of a berthollide compound.
Answer: Cu1.7S

Question 10. Which scale is approved by IUPAC for measuring atomic mass?
Answer: 12 C scale

Question 11. Express1 amuin gram.
Answer: 1.66×10-24g

Question 12. What is the actual mass of a C -atom?
Answer: 12 amu

Question 13. What is the volume of 1 mol of any gas at STP?
Answer: 22.4L

Question 14. For which type of compounds, “formula mass” is used?
Answer: Ionic Compounds

Question 15. What is the mass of 1L ofhydrogen gas at STP?
Answer: 0.089g

Question 16. Who determined the value of Avogadro’s number?
Answer: Millikan

Question 17. What is the number of ions present in “1 mol ion”?
Answer: 6.022×1023

Question 18. How is the relative density of a gas related to its normal density?
Answer: Normal density = vapour deputy x 0.089

Question 19. Which type of elements have fixed equivalent masses?
Answer: Elements having a single valency.

Question 20. Divide the unit of volume (cm3) by the unit of area (m2) and then indicate the resulting unit.
Answer: The resulting unit is cm. [Here, m2 is first converted to cm2 and then the division is carried out.

Question 21. Give an example of one antibiotic drug and a tranquilizer.
Answer: Tetracycline (antibiotic) and barbituric acid (tranquilizer)

Question 22. Use the data given in the following table to calculate the molar mass of naturally occurring argon isotopes.
Answer: Average molar mass of argon = (0.00337 x 35.96755) +(0.00063 X 37.96272) + (0.99600 X 39.9624) = 39.948.

Question 23. Is moist air heavier than dry air? Explain.
Answer: Dry air is heavier than moist air because dry air contains mainly N2 and O2 whose vapor densities are higher than the vapor density of H2O present in moist air. [Vapour densities of N2, O2 and H2O are 14, 16 and 9 respectively]

Question 28. What will be the mass of one l2C atom in g?
Answer: Mass of one 12C atom = \(=\frac{12 \mathrm{~g}}{6.022 \times 10^{23}}=1.9927 \times 10^{-23} \mathrm{~g}\)

Question 24. Which is the limiting reagent in the combustion of methane and why is called so?
Answer: Methane is the limiting reagent in this case because the other reagent is atmospheric 02 which is always present in excess amount.

Thus, the amount of C02 and H20 formed will depend upon the amount of CH4 undergoing combustion.

Question 25. A box contains some identical red balls, labeled as A, each weighing 2 grams. Another box contains identical blue balls, labeled as B, each weighing 5 grams. Considering the combinations as AB, Alt., A2B, and A2B3, show that the law of multiple proportions is applicable to this case.
Answer: table-

Masses of B which combine separately with the fixed mass of A (say 4g) will be 10g, 20g, 5g, and 15g, i.e., they are in the ratio 2: 4: 1 : 3 which is a simple whole number ratio. Hence, the law of multiple proportions is applicable to this case.

Question 26. Convert 7.62 cm in inches using unit conversion factor.
Answer: 1 inch= 2.54 cm

⇒ \(\frac{\text { linch }}{2.54 \mathrm{~cm}}\)= 1 (unit conversion factor)

Therefore, 7.62 cm = 7.62 cm \(\times \frac{1 \text { inch }}{2.54 \mathrm{~cm}}\) = 3.

Question 27. The mass of a body determined by an analytical balance ( accuracy O.OOOlg) was reported to be 10.0008 g. Find the no. of significant figures in reported mass.
Answer: It has 6 significant figures (the first 5 digits are certain and the last digit is uncertain. Zeros between non-zero digits are significant figures).

Question 28. The length of a table measured by a meter scale (having an accuracy of 0.1cm) was reported to be 76.8 cm. What is the actual length of the table?
Answer: Actual length ofthe table = (76.8 ±0.1) cm

Question 29. Express the fraction 3/8 in a decimal system having two significant figures
Answer: 3/8 = 0.375 = 0.38 (rounded off to two significant figures); [Here, the rightmost digit to be deleted is 5 and the preceding digits odd. So, the preceding digit is increased by one unit.

Question 30. Is the volume of 1 gram-mole of COz greater than or equal to or less than 22.4L at 300K and 1 atm?
Answer: The volume is greater than 22.4L because the volume of 1 gram-mole of C02 at 273K and 1 atm is exactly 22.4L and this volume increases with temperature.

Question 31. Give the names ofone analgesic and antipyretic drug
Answer: Aspirin (analgesic) and paracetamol (antipyretic).

Question 32. Express 0.00340 cm in exponential form.
Answer: 0.00340 cm = 3.40 X 10-3 cm.

Question 33. Express the mass of one molecule of water in the unit of unified mass.
Answer: Mass ofonemolecule ofwater= (2×1.008+ 16)u= 18.016u.

Question 34. Calculate the no. of electrons in 2 mol of electrons.
Answer: Number ofelectrons = 2 x 6.022 x 1023 = 1.2044 x 1024.

Question 35. Calculate the mass of a diamond that will contain the same number of C-atoms as that in 0.1 g of graphite.
Answer: Both graphite and diamond are the allotropes of carbon So, 0.1 g of diamond will contain the same number of carbon atoms as that in O.lg of graphite.

Question 36. what 110 do you understand by the statement—Molecular mass of ammonia is 17 amu”?
Answer: This statement indicates that the actual mass of one molecule of ammonia is 17 x 1.6605 x 10-24g

Question 37. What do you mean by semimolar Na OH solution?
Answer: The solution in which 40/100 or 0.4g of NaOH remains dissolved in 1L solution is called semimolar NaOH solution.

Question 38. Are the species, N3 and N3 different? Justify’
Answer: N3 denotes an azide ion having one unit of negative charge while N3- denotes a nitride ion having three units of negative charge.

Question 39. 02 and N2 were present in a mixture in a ratio of 1: 7 by weight. Calculate the ratio of the number of molecules
Answer:

⇒ \(\mathrm{O}_2: \mathrm{N}_2=\frac{1}{32}: \frac{7}{28}=1: 8\)

Question 40. What is A heated compound, will strongly be the change in analysis oxygen of shows(Mgwhen=C 24)
Answer: \(2 \mathrm{Mg}(48 \mathrm{~g})+\mathrm{O}_2 \rightarrow 2 \mathrm{MgO}(80 \mathrm{~g})\)

Question 41. A compound, on analysis, shows C=40%, H=6.67% and O=53.33%. Determine the empirical formula of the compound. if the molar mass of the compound is 30g mol-1, what is its molecular formula?
Answer: \(\mathrm{C}: \mathrm{H}: \mathrm{O}=\frac{40}{12}: \frac{6.67}{1}: \frac{53.33}{16}=3.33: 6.67: 3.33=1: 2: 1\)

Question 42. Mention a compound where the constituent atoms are not present in a simple ratio.
Answer: C12H22011.In this compound, C, H, and O atoms are not
combined in a simple whole-number ratio.

Question 43. Mention the actual mass of 12C -atom.
Answer: 12 amu.

Question 44. What do you mean by ‘the mass of an H-atom is 1.008 u’? Calculate this mass in grams.
Answer:  1 amu orlu = 1.6605 x 10-24g.

Question 45. The element, boron has two isotopes ( 10B and 11B ). Calculate the natural abundance ofthe isotopes of boron if the atomic mass ofthe element is 10.8.
Answer: Let us consider the natural abundance of 10B is x%

\(\mathrm{B}=\frac{x \times 10+(100-x) \times 11}{100} \quad10.8=\frac{1100-x}{100}\)

Question 46. What is the magnitude of 1 amu?
Answer: 1 amu = 1.6605 x 10-24g

Question 47. How will you separate the constituents of a sample of gunpowder?
Answer: Gunpowder is a mixture of charcoal (carbon), sulfur, and niter (KN03). The constituents are separated on the basis of their solubility in different solvents.

Nitre (KN03) is soluble in water. Sulfur is insoluble in water but soluble in carbon disulfide (CS2). Charcoal is insoluble in both water and CS2.

Question 48. How will you separate the components from a mixture of common salt and niter?
Answer: The mixture is dissolved in water and the resulting solution is concentrated. Then the components of the mixture are separated by the fractional distillation process.

Question 49. Explain why is air sometimes considered a heterogeneous mixture.
Answer: When dust or smoke is mixed with air, it is considered a
heterogeneous mixture.

Question 50. State whether a mixture or a compound is formed when cone. H2S04 is added slowly to water.
Answer: Slow addition of cone. H2S04 to water results in the formation of a mixture.

Question 51. Name two drugs that cause intoxication when consumed.
Answer: LSD (Lysergic acid diethylamide) and heroin

Fill In The Blanks

Question 1. The number of significant figures in 2.500 is ___________________.
Answer: 4

Question 2. The law of multiple proportion was postulated by dm3 ___________________.
Answer: Dalton

Question 3. 1L= ___________________dm3
Answer: 1

Question 4. Dalton’s atomic theory can not explain the law of ___________________.
Answer: Gaseous Volumes

Question 5. The sum of2.3 and 6.54 should be reported as ___________________.
Answer: 8.8

Question 6. Quinine is an___________________ drug.
Answer: Antimalalerial

Question 7. Cu1.7 is a___________________
Answer: Bertholide

Question 8. The atomicity ofozone molecule is ___________________
Answer: 3

Question 9. Molecular mass of heliumon the___________________ drug.
Answer: 2

Question 10. ___________________ mass of sodium chloride is 58.5.
Answer: Formula

Question 11. 1 millimole = ___________________mole
Answer: 10-3

Question 12. Mass of1 gram-atom of oxygen is ___________________g.
Answer: 16

Question 13. The physical scale of atomic mass was proposed by ___________________.
Answer: Aston

Question 14. Mass of ___________________atoms(s) of nitrogen is 14 amu.
Answer: One

Question 15. Molecular mass of heavy water is___________________
Answer: 20.

Question 16. The equivalent mass of copper in CuO is___________________
Answer: 31.75

Question 17. Equivalent mass of an element varies___________________ valency.
Answer: inversely

Question 18. Law of isomorphism was postulated by___________________
Answer: Mitscherlich

Question 19. The empirical formula of glucose is ___________________
Answer: CH2O

Question 20. The S.I. unit ofmolar concentration is___________________.
Answer: mol.m-3

Question 21. The converse of the law of___________________  true for isomeric compounds.
Answer: Definite

Question 22. The equivalent mass of oxidants and reductants depends on the ___________________ of the reaction medium.
Answer: pH

Question 23. ___________________concentration of a solution doesnot depend on temperature.
Answer: Molal

Question 24.  Atomic mass = X valency.
Answer: Equivalentmass

Numerical Problems

Question 1. Chlorine and oxygen form different compounds. One of them contains 81.6%’ chlorine and the other contains 59.7% chlorine. Which law of chemical combination supports these observations?
Answer: In the 1st and 2nd compound percentages of oxygen are 18.4 and 40.31 respectively. The ratio of the masses of oxygen that combine separately with a fixed mass of carbon (81.6 parts) in these compounds is

⇒ \(=18.4: \frac{40.3 \times 81.6}{59.7}=18.4: 55.08 \approx 1: 3\)

So, the observation supports the law of multiple proportions.

Question 2. Two oxides of a metal (M) contain 22.53% and 30.38% of oxygen. If the second oxide is M2O3, find the formula of the first oxide.
Answer: Let us consider, the atomic mass of M is a

Amount of oxygen in M2O3 \(=\frac{48}{2 a+48} \times 100=30.38 \%\)

Or, a=55

Let us consider, the formula of the first oxide Is M2O3

Amount of oxygen in M2 Ox \(=\frac{16 x}{2 a+16 x} \times 100=22.53 \%\)

⇒ \(\text { or, } \frac{16 x}{110+16 x}=0.2253 \%\)

∴ \(x \approx 2\)

∴ The formula of the first oxide is M2O3 or MO

Question 3. Three elements X, Y, and Z form three different compounds XY, YZ, and XZ. If XY contains 75% X, XZ contains 72.76% Z, and YZ contains 11.11% Y, then show that these results illustrate the law of reciprocal proportion.
Answer:

In XY compound, the mass of X: mass of Y = 75: 25 = 3: 1

In the XZ compound, the mass of X: mass of Z = 27.24: 72.76 = 3:8

Therefore If the elements Y and Z combine, the ratio of their masses in the compound YZ will be 1: 8 or any simple multiple of. But in the compound YZ, the mass of Y: mass of Zs 11.11: 88.89 =1:8

Therefore These results illustrate the law of reciprocal proportion.

Question 4. Calculate the volume of oxygen that will react with hydrogen produced by the decomposition of 50 cm3 of ammonia. Both the reactions occur at 18°C & 76 cm of Hg.
Answer: Reaction: \(\left.2 \mathrm{NH}_3(2 \text { vol. }) \rightarrow \mathrm{N}_2 \text { (1 vol. }\right)+3 \mathrm{H}_2(3 \mathrm{vol} .)\)

In 18°Cand 76 cm Hg pressure, the volume of hydrogen produced by the decomposition of 50cm3 ammonia = 50 X (3/2) =75cm³

Reaction: \(\mathrm{H}_2(1 \mathrm{vol} .)+\frac{1}{2} \mathrm{O}_2\left(\frac{1}{2} \text { vol. }\right) \rightarrow \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(1 \mathrm{vol} .)\)

At 18°C and 76 cm Hg pressure, the volume of oxygen that reacts with 75 cm³ of hydrogen = 75/2 = 37.5 cm3.

Question 5. Calculate the number of (a) CH4 molecules (b) C -atoms and (c) H-atoms in 25 g of CH4 gas.
Answer: 25g CH4 \(=\frac{25}{16} \mathrm{~mol} \mathrm{CH}_4\)

since the molecular mass of Ch4 is 16 g

Therefore Number of molecules in \(\frac{25}{16} \mathrm{~mol} \mathrm{CH}_4\)

⇒ \(=6.022 \times 10^{23} \times \frac{25}{16} \mathrm{CH}_4=9.41 \times 10^{23}\)

Question 6. Calculate: 1. mass, 2. volume at STP, 3. number of molecules present in 0.5 mol of CO2.
Answer: No. of C-atoms in one CH4 molecule = 1 No. ofC-atoms in 9.41 X 1023CH4 molecules = 9.41 X 1023 c) No. of H-atoms in one CH4 molecule = 4 No. of H-atoms in 9.41 X 1023 CH4 molecule.

⇒ \(=4 \times 9.41 \times 10^{23}=3.764 \times 10^{24}\)

1 mol CO2 = 44g of CO2

0.5 mol CO2 = 44 x 0.5 = 22g of CO2

At STP, volume of1 mol CO2 gas =22.4l

At STP, volume of0.5mol CO2 gas = 22.4 x 05L = 11.2L

(Number of molecules in 1 mol CO2 = 6.022 x 1023

Number of a molecules in 0.5mol CO2 = 3.011 x 1023

Question 7. Find the mass of carbon that contains the same number of atoms as contained by 560 g of iron (atomic mass = 56).
Answer: No. Fe-atoms presentin1 mol or 56g of

Fe = 6.022 x 1023

Therefore Number of ofFe-atoms present 560 g of Fe

⇒ \(=6.022 \times 10^{23} \times \frac{560}{56}=6.022 \times 10^{24}\)

Mass of 6.022 x 1023 number ofC-atoms = 12g

Mass of 6.022 x 1024 number of-atoms= 120g

Question 8. The atomic mass of a metallic element is 54.94. If its density is 7.42 g cm-3, find its atomic volume.
Answer: Atomic Volume \(\frac{\text { g-atomic mass }}{\text { density }}\)

⇒ \(=\frac{54.94 \mathrm{~g}}{7.42 \mathrm{~g} \cdot \mathrm{cm}^{-3}}=7.404 \mathrm{~cm}^3\)

Question 9. Calculate the number of O -atoms in 88 g of C02. Also, calculate the mass of CO which will contain the number of O -atoms.
Answer: 88g CO2 \(=\frac{88}{44}=2 \mathrm{~mol} \mathrm{CO}_2\)

1 mol of CO2 contains 2 x 6.022 x 1023 no. of oxygen atoms.

2 mol of C02 contains 4 X 6.022 X 1023

= 2.4088 x 1024 number of oxygen atoms.

Number of oxygen atoms in1 mol CO = 6.022 x 1023

Therefore 2.4088 x 1024 number of oxygen atoms present in

⇒ \(=\frac{2.4088 \times 10^{24}}{6.022 \times 10^{23}}\) mol of CO = 2mol of CO

= 4 x 28g of CO = 112g of CO

Question 10. At STP, how many moles of CO2 are present in 5.6L of CO2?
Answer: Number of moles present in 22.4L CO2 = 1

Number of moles present in 5.6L CO2 \(=\frac{5.6}{22.4}=\frac{1}{4}\)

Question 11. 1L of air contains 21% of oxygen by volume at STP. What is the number of moles of oxygen in 1L of air?
Answer: At STP, the volume of 02 present L air is 0.21L.

At STP, the number of moles present is 22.4L02 = 1

At STP, no. of mole present in 0.21L 02 \(=\frac{0.21}{22.4}\)

= 9.375 xlO-3

At STP, no.of moles of 02 present in 1L air = 9.3375 X 10-3

Question 12. The mass of 1 mL of H2 gas at STP is the same as the mass of 9.68 x 1017 atoms of iron. Find the atomic mass of iron.
Answer: At STP, the mass of 22400 mL H2 gas = 2g

Therefore At STP, mass of1 mL H2 gas \(=\frac{2}{22400}=\frac{1}{11200} \mathrm{~g}\)

At STP, the mass of 1ml. H2 mass of 9.68 x 1017 na of Fe atoms.

mass of 9.68 x 1017 number of-atoms =1/11200g or, mass of 6.022 x 1023 number of Fe-atoms

⇒ \(=\frac{6.022 \times 10^{23}}{9.68 \times 10^{17} \times 11200} \mathrm{~g}=55.55 \mathrm{~g}\)

Therefore Atomic mass of iron is 55.55

Question 13. Find the ratio of the masses of equal volumes of CH4, C2H4, and C2H2 gases under the same temperature and pressure.
Answer: Under the same conditions of temperature and pressure.
the ratio of the number of moles present in equal volumes of
CH4, C2H4 and C2H2 is \(\mathrm{CH}_4: \mathrm{C}_2 \mathrm{H}_4: \mathrm{C}_2 \mathrm{H}_2=1: 1:\) Ratio of their masses—

⇒ \(m_{\mathrm{CH}_4}:{ }^m \mathrm{C}_2 \mathrm{H}_4:{ }^m \mathrm{C}_2 \mathrm{H}_2=1 \times 16: 1 \times 28: 26\)

=8: 14: 13

Question 14. The atomic mass of an element is 24. Find the actual mass of one atom of that element. If the atomic number of the element is 11, then find out the number of neutrons present in 0.1 gram-atom.
Answer: \(M_{\text {atom }}=\frac{\text { g-atomic mass }}{N_A}=\frac{24}{6.022 \times 10^{23}}=3.985 \times 10^{-23}\)

Number of neutrons present in an atom whose atomic mass is 24 and atomic number is 11 = 24-11 = 13

Number of atoms present in 1 gram-atom – 6.022 x 1023

Therefore Number of atoms present in 0.1 gram-atom = 6.022 x 1022

Therefore Number of neutrons present in 6.022 x 1022 number of atoms or 0.1 gram-atom

⇒ \(=6.022 \times 10^{22} \times 13=7.829 \times 10^{23}\)

Question 15. Chlorophyll contains 2.68% of magnesium metal by mass. Calculate the number of Mg atoms present in 2.0 g of chlorophyll.
Answer: Amount of Mg present in 2g of chlorophyll

⇒ \(=\frac{2.68}{100} \times 2=0.0536 \mathrm{~g}\)

Gram-atomic mass ofMg = 24 g

Therefore Number of atoms in 24 g = 6.022 x 1023

Therefore Number of atoms present in 0.0536g of Mg

⇒ \(=\frac{6.022 \times 10^{23}}{24} \times 0.0536=1.345 \times 10^{21}\)

Question 16. At 27°C and 780 mm pressure, 1 L of a gas weighs 1.125 g. Find its vapor density-
Answer: Let, at 27°C temperature and 780 mm Hg pressure the the volume of 1L of a gas at STP be VL, then

⇒ \(\frac{760 \times V}{273}=\frac{780 \times 1}{273+27}\left[\frac{P_1 V}{T_1}=\frac{P_2 V_2}{T_2}\right] \quad V=0.934 \mathrm{~L}\)

Therefore At STP, mass of0.934L ofthe gas = 1.125g

Therefore At STP, mass of22.4L ofthe gas \(=\frac{1.125}{0.934} \times 22.4=26.98 \mathrm{~g}\)

Therefore Molecular mass = 26.98 and density \(=\frac{26.98}{2}=13.49\)

Question 17. The vapor density of mercury with respect to air is 6.92. Calculate the number of atoms present in each molecule of mercury vapor. (Given: Hg = 200 and relative density of air = 14.5)
Answer: Vapour density of mercury = 6.92 X 14.5 = 100.34

The molecular mass of mercury vapor

= 2 x 100.34 = 200.60 = atomic mass of mercury number of atoms in each molecule mercury vapor = 1

Question 18. At STP, volumes occupied by 1.0 g ofhydrogen and 9.6786 g of air are 11.2 L and 0.525L respectively. Calculate the vapor density of air concerning hydrogen.
Answer: Vapour density of air concerning hydrogen

⇒ \(=\frac{\text { average molecular mass of air }}{\text { molecular mass of } \mathrm{H}_2}\)

⇒ \(=\frac{\text { mass of } 22.4 \mathrm{~L} \text { of air at STP }}{\text { mass of } 22.4 \mathrm{~L} \text { of } \mathrm{H}_2 \text { at STP }}=\frac{\frac{0.6786}{0.525} \times 22.4}{\frac{1}{11.2} \times 22.4}=14.47\)

Question 19. At a certain temperature, the vapor density of sulfur concerning nitrogen is 9.15. Find the number of atoms present in each molecule of sulfur vapor.
Answer: V.D. sulfur vapour= vapor density of sulfur with
respect to nitrogen x vapor density of nitrogen = 9.15 X (28/2) = 120.1
The molecular mass of sulfur vapour = 2xvapour density = 256.2/32 =8

Question 20. 10 L of a gas at 0°C and 760 mm pressure weighs 13.39g. Under identical conditions of temperature and pressure, of10 L ofhydrogen is 0.8928 g. What is the molecular mass ofthe gas?
Answer: Vapour density

⇒ \(=\frac{\text { at } 0^{\circ} \mathrm{C} \text { and } 1 \mathrm{~atm} \text { pressure mass of } 10 \mathrm{~L} \text { of a gas }}{\text { at } 0^{\circ} \text { and } 1 \text { atm pressure mass of } 10 \mathrm{~L} \mathrm{H}_2 \text { gas }}\)

⇒ \(=\frac{13.39}{0.8928}=15\)

Question 21. 5 g of metal on ignition in air forms 9.44 g of its oxide. Calculate the equivalent mass of the metal.
Answer: Metal present in 9.44g of its oxide = 5g

Therefore Oxygen present in 9.44g oxide = (9.44- 5)g = 4.44

Therefore Equivalent mass of the metal \(=\frac{5 \times 8}{4.44}=9\)

Question 22. The equivalent mass of a metal is 20. How much of the metal will react with chlorine to give 5.9 g of metallic chloride?
Answer:

Equivalent mass of the metal = 20

20g of metal reacts with 35.5g of chlorine.

If 20g of metal reacts with 35.5g of chlorine, then the amount of metallic chloride (35.5+20)g = 55.5g

∴ 55.5g metallic chloride =20g metal

∴ 5.0g metallic chloride \(\equiv \frac{20 \times 5}{55.5} \mathrm{~g} \text { metal }\)

= 1.8018g mental

Therefore 1.8018g metal reacts with chlorine to give 5.0g metallic chloride.

Question 23. The equivalent mass of calcium in calcium oxide is 20. Find the percentage composition of calcium oxide.
Answer: Equivalent mass of calcium in calcium oxide = 20

∴ 20g calcium combines with fig oxygen in calcium oxide.

∴ Amount of calcium In calcium oxide \(=\frac{20}{(20+8)} \times 100\)

Amount of oxygen in calcium oxide

⇒ \(=\frac{8}{(20+8)} \times 100=28.57 \%\)

Question 24. An iron rod of 20 g is kept immersed for some time in an aqueous solution of CuSO4. Then the rod is taken out from the solution and weighed. The observed mass is found to be reduced to 13.84 g. On the other hand, this chemical reaction displaces 6.985 g of copper. If the equivalent mass of iron is 28, what will be the equivalent mass of copper?
Answer: DecreaseIn the mass of Fe = (20- J3.84)g =6.16g

Therefore Amountofdissolved Fe = 6.16g  \(=\frac{6.16}{28} \text { gram-equivalent }\)

Amount of displaced = 6.985g.

Therefore \(\frac{6.985}{E}=\frac{6.16}{28} \text { or, } E=31.75\)

Question 25. 5.249 g of metallic carbonate on being strongly heated liberates 1309.28mL of CO2 at 27°C and 750mm pressure of Hg. Find the equivalent mass ofthe metal.
Answer: Let, at 27°C temperature and 755 mmHg pressure, a volume of 1309.28 mL C02 gas at STP be VmL, then

⇒ \(\frac{755 \times 1309.28}{(273+27)}=\frac{760 \times V}{273}\)

⇒ \(\left[\frac{P_1 V_1}{T_1}=\frac{P_2 V_2}{T_2}\right]\)

∴ r, V = 1183.6 mL

At STP, mass of 22400 mL CO2 gas = 44g

At STP, 1183.6 mL CO2 gas \(=\frac{44}{22400} \times 1183.6=2.325 \mathrm{~g}\)

⇒ \(\frac{\text { mass of metallic carbonate }}{\text { mass of } \mathrm{CO}_2 \text { produced }}\)

⇒ \(=\frac{\text { equivalent mass of metallic carbonate }}{\text { equivalent mass of } \mathrm{CO}_2}\)

⇒ \(\text { or, } \frac{5.249}{2.325}=\frac{E+30}{22}[E=\text { equivalent mass of the metal }]\)

⇒ \(\text { Equivalent mass of } \mathrm{CO}_3^{2-}=\frac{60}{2}=30\)

⇒ \(\text { [Equivalent mass of } \frac{44}{2}=22 \text { ] }\)

∴ \(E=19.66 \approx 20\)

Question 26. 1.224 g of metallic oxide can be obtained from 1.872 g of the metallic hydroxide. Find the equivalent mass of metal.
Answer: \(\frac{\text { mass of the metallic hydroxide }}{\text { mass of the metallic oxide }}\)

\(=\frac{\text { equivalent mass of the metallic hydroxide }}{\text { equivalent mass of the metallic oxide }}\) \(\frac{1.872}{1.224}=\frac{E+17}{E+8}\) \(\left[E_{\mathrm{OH}^{-}}=17, E_{\mathrm{O}}=8\right]\)

Question 27. 1.256 g of metal contains 0.376g of oxygen. If the specific heat of the metal is 0.124 cal .°C-1 .g-1, find the formula of its oxide.
Answer: Amount of metal present = (1.256 – 0.376) g = 0.88 g

Therefore Equivalent mass of the metal \(=\frac{0.88}{0.376} \times 8=18.72\)

Approximate atomic mass ofthe mental = \(=\frac{6.4}{0.124}=51.61\)

∴ Valency of the metal \(=\frac{51.61}{18.72}=2.75 \approx 3\) [nearest wholenumber]

Therefore Formula ofthe metallic oxide is M2O3.

Question 28. 0.111 g of metallic chloride requires 0.34 g of AgNO3 for complete precipitation of chlorine. The specific heat of the metal is 0.152cal °C-1 g_1. Determine the formula of metallic chloride.
Answer: \(0.34 \mathrm{~g} \mathrm{AgNO}_3=\frac{0.34}{170}\)

[Molecular mass of AgNO3 = 170]

= 2 x 10-3 mol of AgNO3.

1 mol of AgNO3 reacts with1 mol of Cl- ions

therefore 2x 10-3mol of AgNO3 reacts with 2x 10-3mol of Cl- ions

2 X 10-3 mol of Cl- ion = 2 X 10-3 X 35.5

= 0.071g of Cl- ions

Therefore Amount of metal present= (0.111 – 0.071) g= 0.04g

Therefore Equivalent mass of the metal \(=\frac{0.04}{0.071} \times 35.5=20\)

Approximate atomic mass of the metal = \(=\frac{6.4}{0.152}=42.1\)

Valency ofthe metal in the chloride compound

∴ \(=\frac{42.1}{20}=2\)

=42.1/20=2

Question 29. Silver sulfide and cuprous sulfide are isomorphous compounds. Silver sulfide contains 12.94% of sulfur while cuprous sulfide consists of 20.14% sulfur. Determine the equivalent mass of copper.
Answer: Valency of Ag in silver sulfide (Ag2S) = 1. As cuprous sulfide and silver sulfide are isomorphous compounds, so valency of copper cuprous sulfide is 1. 20.14g sulfur combined with (100-20.14) g = 79.86g of

Equivalent mass of Cu \(=\frac{79.86}{20.14} \times 16=63.44\) [Es =16]

Question 30. A sulfate of a metal is isomorphous with ZnS04 7H20. In this salt, the percentage of the metal is 9.75. What is the atomic mass ofthe metal?
Answer: The metallic sulfate is isomorphous with ZnS04-7H20

Let, the atomic mass ofthe metal be x.

molecular mass of = x + 32 + 64 + 126 = x + 222

Metal present in MSO4-7H2O is 9.75%

∴ \(\frac{x}{x+222} \times 100=9.75\)

∴ x= 23.98

Question 31. Determine the percentage by mass of oxygen and Sb in the compound, Sb2O5.[Sb = 121.77]
Answer: Molecular mass of Sb2O5 = 2 x 121-77 + 5X 16 = 323.54

Therefore Amount of oxygen present= \(=\frac{5 \times 16}{323.54} \times 100=24.73 \%\)

Amount of Sb-present = \(=\frac{2 \times 121.77}{323.54} \times 100=75.27 \%\)

Question 32. 9.7 g dehydrated copper sulfate on heating loses 3.5 g of water. What is the percentage of water in crystallization?
Answer: Let, the formula of hydrated copper sulfate be CuSO4.xH2O

CUS04.XH2O = 63.5 + 32 + 64 + 18x = (159.5 + 18x)g

Amount of water presenting CUS04-XH2O = 18x g

Therefore Amount of water produced from (159.5 + 18x)g of hydrated copper sulphate on heating = 18x g

Therefore Amount of water produced from 9.7g of hydrated copper sulfate on heating \(=\frac{18 x \times 9.7}{159.5+18 x} \mathrm{~g}\)

As given in the question \(\frac{18 x \times 9.7}{159.5+18 x}=3.5 \text { or, } x=5\)

∴ The molecular formula of hydrated copper sulfate: CUSO2.5H2O

CUSO4.5H2O = (63.5 + 32 + 64 + 5 X 18)g =249.5

Therefore Amount of water present \(=\frac{5 \times 18}{249.5} \times 100=36.07 \%\)

Question 33. Determine the percentage by mass of chromium, sulfate radical, and water of crystallization in chrome alum [K2SO4-Cr2(SO4)3-24H2O]. (Cr = 52)
Answer: Gram-formula mass of K2SO4-Cr2(SO4)3-24H2O

=[(2 X 39 + 96) + (2 X 52 + 3 X 96) + 24 X 18]g = 998g

Therefore Amount of Cr in chrome alum \(=\frac{2 \times 52}{998} \times 100=10.42 \%\)

Amount of sulphate radicals \(=\frac{4 \times \text { gram-formula mass of } \mathrm{SO}_4^{2-}}{998} \times 100=38.48 \%\)

Therefore Amount of H2O \(\frac{24 \times 18}{998} \times 100=43.29 \%\)

Question 34. Percentage composition of a salt is: K = 8.23%, A1 = 5.70%, S04 = 40.51% and H2O = 45.5%. What is the empirical formula of the compound? The molecular mass of the compound is 948. What is its molecular formula?
Answer: In the compound ratio of, Al, \(\mathrm{SO}_4^{2-}\) radicals and H2O

⇒ \(\mathrm{K}: \mathrm{Al}: \mathrm{SO}_4: \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}=\frac{8.23}{39}: \frac{5.7}{27}: \frac{40.51}{96}: \frac{45.5}{18}\)

= 0.211 : 0.211 : 0.422: 2.527 =1: 1 : 2 : 12

∴ Empirical formula ofthe compound

[KA1(SO24)2(H2O)12) and molecular formula

[KA1(SO4)2(H2O)12]X

therefore Molecular mass = [39 + 27 + 3 x 96 + 12 x 18] x x =570 x x

As given the question, 570 x x = 948

∴ \(x\approx 2\)

∴ Molecular formula ofthe compound:

⇒ \(\mathrm{K}_2 \mathrm{SO}_4 \cdot \mathrm{Al}_2\left(\mathrm{SO}_4\right)_3 \cdot 24 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}\)

Question 35. An organic compound consists of C, H, and N. 0.5 g of the compound, on combustion, forms 1.44 g of C02 and 0.3785 g of water. Find the molecular formula of the compound that fits the vapor density is 5.35.
Answer: Molecular mass of the compound = 2 x vapour density of the compound = 2 x 53.5 = 107

As given in the question, 0.5g of the compound, on combustion, forms 1.44g of CO2 and 0.3785g of water.

Therefore CO2 produced on combustion \(=\frac{1.44}{0.5} \times 107=308.16 \mathrm{~g}\)

Therefore H2O produced on combustion \(=\frac{0.3785}{0.5} \times 107=81 \mathrm{~g}\)

No. of moles of C-atoms in 308.16g of \(\mathrm{CO}_2=\frac{1 \times 308.16}{44}=7\)

No. of moles of H-atoms present in 81g of \(\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}=\frac{2 \times 81}{18}=9\)

Therefore Number of C and H-atoms present in each molecule of the compound are 7 and 9 respectively.

Let, the number of N-atoms in each molecule of the compound be JC, and then the molecular mass

= 7 X 12 + 9 X 1 + JC X 14 = 93 + 14x

Therefore 93 + I4x = 107 or, x =1

Therefore Molecular formula ofthe compound: is C7HgN

Question 36. The percentage composition of a mineral is CaO = 48%, P2O5 = 41.3%, and CaCl2 = 10.7%. Determine the formula of that mineral.
Answer: The ratio of the number of CaO, P2Os, and CaCl2 molecules present in a molecule ofthe mineral is \(\mathrm{CaO}: \mathrm{P}_2 \mathrm{O}_5: \mathrm{CaCl}_2\)

⇒ \(=\frac{48}{40+16}: \frac{41.3}{(2 \times 31+5 \times 16)}: \frac{10.7}{(40+2 \times 35.5)}\)

= 0.8571 : 0.2908 : 0.0964 = 8.9 : 3.0 : 1 =9:3:1

therefore Formula of the mineral: is 9Ca0-3P2O5-CaCl2

Question 37. An organic compound, consisting of carbon, hydrogen, nitrogen, and oxygen contains 40.67% of carbon and 8.47% of hydrogen. 0.5 g of that compound gives 94.91 mL of nitrogen at STP. What is the empirical formula of that compound?
Answer: Mass of 94.91 mLnitrogen at STP

Question 38. What amount of magnesium sulfide (MgS) will be produced from 1 g of Mg and 1 g of S?
Answer:

⇒ \(\begin{array}{lcc}
\mathrm{Mg} & +\mathrm{S} & \mathrm{SgS} \\
24 \mathrm{~g} & 32 \mathrm{~g} & 56 \mathrm{~g} \\
0.75 \mathrm{~g} & 1 \mathrm{~g} & 1.75 \mathrm{~g}
\end{array}\)

As given in the question, the Mass of both Mg and S taking part in the reaction is 1 g. So, in this case limiting reagent is S because lg of S reacts completely with 0.75g of Mg. So according to the above equation, Ig of S and 0.75g ofMg react to produce 1.75g ofMgS

Question 39. How much Na2SO4 will be required for complete precipitation of 7.336 g BaCl2 dissolved in water? What will be the mass of BaSO4 precipitated? [Ba = 137.36]
Answer:

⇒ \(\begin{array}{ccc}
\mathrm{BaCl}_2+ & \mathrm{Na}_2 \mathrm{SO}_4 \rightarrow \mathrm{BaSO}_4+2 \mathrm{NaCl} \\
(137.36+2 \times 35.5) & (2 \times 23+32+64) \mathrm{g} & (137.36+32+64) \\
=208.36 \mathrm{~g} & =142 \mathrm{~g} & =233.36 \mathrm{~g}
\end{array}\)

Now, 208.36g BaCI2 3 142gNa2S04 = 233.36gBaSO4

⇒ 7.336gBaCl2 = 5gNa2SO4 = 8.216g BaSO4

Therefore 5g of Na2SO4 will be required for complete precipitation of 7.336g BaCl2 and the mass of BaSO4 precipitate is 8.216g.

Question 40. What amount of CaC03 will be sufficient to produce 1 L of C02 at 27° C and 760 mmHg pressure? Determine the quantity of pure carbon required to yield the same amount of C02.
Answer: Let, at 27°C and 760 mm Hg pressure volume of1L C02 gas at STP be VL, then

⇒ \(\frac{V \times 760}{273}=\frac{1 \times 760}{(273+27)}\left[\frac{P_1 V_1}{T_1}=\frac{P_2 V_2}{T_2}\right]\)

therefore \(V=\frac{273}{300}=0.91 \mathrm{~L}\)

Mass of 0.91L of CO2 gas at STP \(=\frac{44}{22.4} \times 0.91=1.7875 \mathrm{~g}\)

∴ \(\underset{100 \mathrm{~g}}{\mathrm{CaCO}_3(s) \rightarrow \mathrm{CaO}(s)}+\underset{44 \mathrm{~g}}{\mathrm{CO}_2(\mathrm{~g})}\)

⇒ \(\underset{100 \mathrm{~g}}{\mathrm{CaCO}_3(s) \rightarrow \mathrm{CaO}(s)}+\underset{44 \mathrm{~g}}{\mathrm{CO}_2}(\mathrm{~g})\)

therefore 44g C02= 100g CaCO3 or, 1.7875g CO2 = 4.0625g CaCOg

Therefore At 27°C and 760 mm Hg pressure 4.0625g CaCOg is required to produce 1L C02 gas at STP.

⇒ \(\underset{12 \mathrm{~g}}{\mathrm{C}(s)}+\mathrm{O}_2(\mathrm{~g}) \rightarrow \underset{44 \mathrm{~g}}{\mathrm{CO}_2(g}\)

∴ 44g CO2 = 12g C or, 1.7875 g CO2 = 0.4875g C

Question 41. A HN03 solution (specific gravity = 1.46) contains 75% HN03. How much of this acid will be needed to dissolve 5g of CuO?
Answer: Mass of100mL HNOg solution = 100 x 1.46 = 146g

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& \mathrm{CuO}(s)+2 \mathrm{HNO}_3(a q) \rightarrow \mathrm{Cu}\left(\mathrm{NO}_3\right)_2(a q)+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l) \\
& (63.5+16) \mathrm{g} \quad 2 \times 63 \mathrm{~g} \\
& =79.5 \mathrm{~g} \quad=123 \mathrm{~g}
\end{aligned}\)

79.5g CuO = 126g HNO3

Therefore 5g CuO = 7.92g HNOg

75g HNOg is present in 146g solution.

Therefore 7.92g HNO3 is present in \(\frac{146 \times 7.92}{75}=15.417 \mathrm{~g}\) solution.

Therefore 15.417g acid will be required to dissolve 5g of cupric oxide.

Question 42. Calculate the amount of Cl2 produced by the reaction between 1 g of each of MnO2 and HC1.
Answer: \(\begin{aligned}
& \mathrm{MnO}_2(s)+4 \mathrm{HCl}(a q) \rightarrow \mathrm{MnCl}_2(a q)+\mathrm{Cl}_2(g)+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l) \\
& (55+2 \times 16) \quad 4 \times 36.5 \quad 71 \mathrm{~g} \\
&
\end{aligned}\)

Therefore 0.4863g of Cl2 is produced from lg of each of MnO2 and HC1

Question 43. When a mixture of NaCl and NaBr is heated with H2SO4, the halogen components are liberated as their hydracids leaving Na2S04 as the residue. In an experiment, the mass of Na2SO4 left is equal to the mass of(NaCl + NaBr) taken at the beginning of the experiment. Calculate the percentages of NaCl and NaBrin in the given mixture.
Answer: Let, the masses of NaCl and NaBr in the mixture are xg and y g respectively.

⇒ \(x \mathrm{~g} \mathrm{NaBr}=\frac{x}{23+80}=\frac{x}{103} \mathrm{~mol} ;\)

⇒ \(y \mathrm{gNaCl}=\frac{y}{23+35.5}=\frac{y}{58.5} \mathrm{~mol}\)

2NaBr(aq) + H2SO4(a<7) Na2SO4(ag) + 2HBr(aq)

Therefore 2 mol NaBr= lol Na2SO4

Therefore \(\frac{x}{103} \mathrm{~mol} \mathrm{NaBr}=\frac{x}{206} \mathrm{~mol} \mathrm{Na}_2 \mathrm{SO}_4\)

Therefore 2mol NaCls lmol Na2SO4

Therefore \(\frac{y}{58.5} \mathrm{~mol} \mathrm{NaCl} \equiv \frac{y}{117.0} \mathrm{~mol} \mathrm{Na}_2 \mathrm{SO}_4\)

Therefore Amount of Na2SO4 produced

∴ \(=\left(\frac{x}{206}+\frac{y}{117}\right) \times \text { gram-formula mass of } \mathrm{Na}_2 \mathrm{SO}_4\)

∴ \(=\left(\frac{x}{206}+\frac{y}{117}\right) \times 142 \mathrm{~g}\)

As given, x+ y = \(\left(\frac{x}{206}+\frac{y}{117}\right) 142=0.6893 x+1.2136 y\)

or, 0.3107x = 0.2136y

Therefore y= 1.455x

Therefore Amount of NaBr \(\begin{aligned}
=\frac{x}{x+y} \times 100 & =\frac{x}{x+1.455 \mathrm{x}} \times 100 \\
& =40.73 \%
\end{aligned}\)

Therefore Amount of Nacl = \(=\frac{y}{x+y} \times 100\)

∴ \(=\frac{1.455 x}{x+1.455 x} \times 100=59.27 \%\)

Question 44. H2 gas liberated in the reaction of 13 g of zinc with dilute H2S04 is separately passed over 1. 10 g and 2. 20g of dry cupric oxide. What is the amount of residue remaining in each case?
Answer:

⇒ \(\begin{array}{cc}
\mathrm{Zn}(s) & +\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{SO}_4(a q) \rightarrow \mathrm{ZnSO}_4(a q)+\mathrm{H}_2(g) \\
65 \mathrm{~g} & 2 \mathrm{~g} \\
13 \mathrm{~g} & 0.4 \mathrm{~g}
\end{array}\)

In this case, 10 g CuO is the limiting reagent, so it reacts

completely with 0.25 g of H2 gas and produces 7.99g of Cu.

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
20 \mathrm{gCuO} \equiv \frac{2}{79.5} \times 20=0.503 \mathrm{gH}_2 & \equiv \frac{63.5}{79.5} \times 20 \\
& =15.97 \mathrm{gCu}
\end{aligned}\)

In this case, H2 is limiting reagent, so 0.4g H2 reacts completely with CuO and produce ,\(\frac{15.97 \times 0.4}{0.503}=12.7 \mathrm{~g}\) of Cu.

therefore Amount of remaining CUO = \(20-\frac{20 \times 0.4}{0.503}=4.09 \mathrm{~g}\)

Question 45. 1 g of a mixture containing Na2CO3 and NaHCO3 in equal amounts is heated until a constant mass is obtained. Find the volume of C02 gas liberated at STP.
Answer: Amount of NaHCOg in the mixture = 0.5g

On heating NaHCOg dissociates to give Na2CO3, CO2, and H2O, and Na2CO3 remains unchanged.

⇒ \(\begin{gathered}
2 \mathrm{NaHCO}_3(s) \rightarrow \mathrm{Na}_2 \mathrm{CO}_3(s)+\mathrm{CO}_2(\mathrm{~g})+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O} \\
2 \times 84 \mathrm{~g} \\
22400 \mathrm{~mL}[\mathrm{STP}]
\end{gathered}\)

therefore \(168gNaHCOg= 22400mL C02(STP)\)

Therefore 0.5g NaHCOg = 66.67mL; So, CO2 liberated at STP = 66.67 mL

Question 46. 2 g of a mixture of CaCO3 and MgCO3 being treated with dilute HC1 gives 536.84 mL of CO2 at 27° C and 750 mm of Hg pressure. What is the composition of the mixture?
Answer: Let, at 27°C and 750 mm Hg pressure volume of 536.84 mL CO2 gas at STP be VmL.

⇒ \(\frac{750 \times 536.84}{(273+27)}=\frac{760 \times V}{273}\left[\frac{P_1 V_1}{T_1}=\frac{P_2 V_2}{T_2}\right]\)

Therefore V = 482.10 mL

Let, CaCO3 in the mixture :xg; Amount of MgCO2 = (2-x)g

⇒ \(\begin{array}{cc}
\mathrm{CaCO}_3(s)+2 \mathrm{HCl}(a q) \rightarrow \mathrm{CaCl}_2(a q)+\mathrm{CO}_2(g)+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l) \\
100 \mathrm{~g} & 22400 \mathrm{~mL}(\mathrm{STP}) \\
x \mathrm{~g} & 224 \times x \mathrm{~mL}(\mathrm{STP})
\end{array}\)

⇒ \(\begin{array}{cc}
\mathrm{MgCO}_3(s)+2 \mathrm{HCl}(a q) \rightarrow \mathrm{MgCl}_2(a q)+\mathrm{CO}_2(g)+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l) \\
84 \mathrm{~g} & 22400 \mathrm{~mL}(\mathrm{STP}) \\
(2-x) \mathrm{g} & \frac{22400 \times(2-x)}{84} \\
& =266.67(2-x) \mathrm{mL}(\mathrm{STP})
\end{array}\)

As given the question,

224 X x + 266.67(2 —x) = 482.10

or, 42.67 x x = 51.24

therefore x = 1.2

therefore CaCO3 \(=\frac{1.2}{2} \times 100=60 \% \text {; }\)

MgCO3 \(=\frac{2-1.2}{2} \times 100=40 \%\)

Question 47. What will be the amounts of NH3 (excess) and Cl required to produce 1L N2 gas at 27 °C and 750mm pressure?
Answer: Let us suppose, at 27°C and 755mm Hg pressure volume of N, gas at STP be VmL.

⇒ \(\frac{755 \times 1}{(273+27)}=\frac{760 \times V}{273}\left[\frac{P_1 V_1}{T_1}=\frac{P_2 V_2}{T_2}\right] \quad V=0.904 \mathrm{~L}\)

[Mass of 0.904L of, gas at STP \(=\frac{28}{22.4} \times 0.904=1.13 \mathrm{~g}\)]

⇒ \(\begin{array}{ccc}
8 \mathrm{NH}_3(\mathrm{~g}) & +3 \mathrm{Cl}_2(\mathrm{~g}) \rightarrow & \mathrm{N}_2(\mathrm{~g}) \\
8 \times 17 \mathrm{~g} & 3 \times 71 \mathrm{~g} & 28 \mathrm{~g} \\
\frac{8 \times 17}{28} \mathrm{~g} & \frac{3 \times 71}{28} \mathrm{~g} & 1 \mathrm{~g} \\
\frac{8 \times 17}{28} \times 1.13 \mathrm{~g} & \frac{3 \times 71 \times 1.13}{28} \mathrm{~g} & 1.13 \mathrm{~g}
\end{array}\)

Therefore Amounts of NH3 and Cl, gas are 5.488g and 8.596 g respectively.

Question 48. Calculate the volume of 02 gas required for the complete burning of 10 L of acetylene gas. Also, calculate the volume of C02 produced. All volumes are measured at the same temperature and pressure.
Answer:

The volume of O, gas required for complete burning of 10L of acetylene gas= 25

therefore The volume of CO, gas produced for the complete burning of 10 of acetylene gas = 20LThe volume of O, gas required for the complete burning of 10L of acetylene gas= 25

Therefore The volume of CO, gas produced for complete burning
of10L of acetylene gas = 20L

Question 49. A gas mixture having 1200mL volume at 27°C and 1 atm pressure consists of 80% methane & 20% CO. What amount of KC1O3 on thermal decomposition produces the same quantity of oxygen as needed for complete combustion of that mixture?
Answer: Let, the volume ofthe gas mixture at STP be V mL.

⇒ \(\frac{1 \times V}{273}=\frac{1 \times 1200}{300}\left[\frac{P_1 V_1}{T_1}=\frac{P_2 V_2}{T_2}\right]\)

Therefore Volume of CH4 in the mixture \(=1092 \times \frac{80}{100}=873.6 \mathrm{~mL}\)

and volume of CH4 in the human = \(=1092 \times \frac{20}{100}=218.4 \mathrm{~mL}\)

⇒ \(\begin{array}{rl}
\mathrm{CH}_4(\mathrm{~g}) & +2 \mathrm{O}_2(\mathrm{~g}) \rightarrow \mathrm{CO}_2(\mathrm{~g})+2 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(\mathrm{g}) \\
1 \mathrm{~mL} & 2 \mathrm{~mL} \\
873.6 \mathrm{~mL} & 2 \times 873.6 \mathrm{~mL}=1747.2 \mathrm{~mL}
\end{array}\)

⇒ \(\begin{array}{rl}
\mathrm{CO}(\mathrm{g}) & +\frac{1}{2} \mathrm{O}_2(\mathrm{~g}) \rightarrow \mathrm{CO}_2(\mathrm{~g}) \\
1 \mathrm{~mL} & 0.5 \mathrm{~mL} \\
218.4 \mathrm{~mL} & 218.4 \times 0.5=109.2 \mathrm{~mL}
\end{array}\)

therefore At STP, a volume of 02 is required for the complete combustion of gas mixture = (1747.2 + 109.2)mL = 1856.4mL

Therefore At STP, 3 x 22400mLO, = 2mol KC1O3 = 245gKC1O3

∴ \(1856.4 \mathrm{~mL} \mathrm{O} \mathrm{O}_2 \equiv \frac{245}{3 \times 22400} \times 1856.4 \equiv 6.766 \mathrm{~g}\)

Therefore 6.768g of KC1O3 is required for complete combustion.

Question 50. The volume ofthe gas mixture obtained bypassing 400 mL C02 over red hot coke was measured to be 600 mL. Find the composition of the gas mixture.
Answer: Reaction: C(s)4- CO,(g)→2CO(g). Let us consider.

400mL CO, gas reduction produces x mL CO gas.

According to the above equation, xmL CO, = 2xmLCO Volume of residual CO, in the mixture= (400—x) mL Total volume ofthe mixture.

= (400- x+ 2x)mL= (400+ x)mL

As given the question, 400 + x = 600

∴ x= 200

200 mL of CO, and 2 x 200mL = 400mL of CO are present

Question 51. 100 mL mixture of CO, CH4, and C2H4 was ignited with 300 mL O2 gas using an electric spark. On cooling the volume of the mixture becomes 285 mL. Adding KOH to the mixture 205 mL O2 remains in the mixture. Find out the volume of CO, CH4 and H2 in the gas mixture, [CO: 50 mL, CH4: 30 mL H2: 20]
Answer: Let, the volume of CO and CH4 in the mixture be x and y respectively.

Volume ofH, in the mixture = [100 — (x — y)]mL

⇒ \(\begin{array}{c|c}
\mathrm{CO}+\frac{1}{2} \mathrm{O}_2 \rightarrow \mathrm{CO}_2 & \mathrm{CH}_4+2 \mathrm{O}_2 \rightarrow \mathrm{CO}_2 \div 2 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O} \\
x \mathrm{~mL} 1 / 2 x \mathrm{~mL} x \mathrm{~mL} & y \mathrm{~mL} 2 y \mathrm{~mL} \quad y \mathrm{~mL}
\end{array}\)

On cooling volume of the mixture is 285 mL and on adding KOH to the mixture 205mL O, remains in the mixture. The first contraction in the mixture Volume of the gas mixture- Volume ofthe gas mixture after ignition.

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
=x+\frac{x}{2}+y+2 y+100 & -(x+y) \\
& +\frac{1}{2}[100-(x+y)] \mathrm{mL}-(x+y) \mathrm{mL}
\end{aligned}\)

⇒ \(=\left[\frac{x}{2}+2 y-\frac{x}{2}-\frac{y}{2}+150-x-y\right] \mathrm{mL}=\left(\frac{y}{2}-x+150\right) \mathrm{mL}\)

⇒ \(\text { As given, }\left(\frac{y}{2}-x+150\right) \mathrm{mL}=[(100+300)-285] \mathrm{mL}\)

⇒ \(\mathrm{O}_2 \text { used }=\frac{x}{2}+2 y+\frac{1}{2}[100-(x+y)]=\left(\frac{3}{2} y+50\right) \mathrm{mL}\)

⇒ \(\text { As given, } \frac{3}{2}+50=300-205=95 \text { or, } \frac{3}{2} y=45\)

Therefore y =30

Putting y = 30 in equation [1] 2x= 100

Therefore x=50

Volume of CO, CH4 and H2 are 50mL, 30mL and [100- (50 + 30)]mL = 20 mL respectively

Question 52. 10 mL of a gaseous hydrocarbon is completely combusted with 60 mL of oxygen by passing an electric spark. The volume of the gaseous mixture thus yielded on cooling becomes 46mL. If the vapor density of the compound is 15, what will be its molecular formula? [All volumes were measured under the same conditions of temperature and pressure.] explosion
Answer: Let, the molecular formula ofthe hydrocarbon: CxHy

  1. Molecular mass -2 x 15 = 30
  2. Therefore 12x + y =30

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& \mathrm{C}_x \mathrm{H}_y+\left(x+\frac{y}{4}\right) \mathrm{O}_2 \rightarrow x \mathrm{CO}_2+\frac{y_2}{2} \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O} \\
& 10 \mathrm{~mL} \quad 10\left(x+\frac{y}{4}\right) \mathrm{mL} \quad 10 x \mathrm{~mL} \\
&
\end{aligned}\)

Ignoring the volume of water, construction in the volume of the mixture \(=\left[10+10\left(x+\frac{y}{4}\right)-10 x\right] \mathrm{mL}\) ml. As given in the question

or.\(10+10\left(x+\frac{y}{4}\right)-10 x=[(60+10)-45] \mathrm{mL}\)

therefore \(10+\frac{10}{4} y=25\)

Therefore y=6; y=6 Again, 12x=y =30 or, 12x +6 =30

Therefore x=2

∴ The formula of the hydrocarbon: is C2H6.

Question 53. 2 volume CJCHyNz + 7volume02 4 volume C02+ 6 volume water vapor + 2volume N2 Determine the values of x, y, and z. [All volumes were measured at the same temperature and pressure.]
Answer:

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& \mathrm{C}_x \mathrm{H}_y \mathrm{~N}_z+\mathrm{O}_2 \rightarrow \mathrm{CO}_2+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}+\mathrm{N}_2 \\
& \begin{array}{ccccc}
\text { 2volume } & 7 \text { volume } & 4 \text { volume } & 6 \text { volume } & 1 \text { volume } \\
2 \text { molecules } & 7 \text { molecules } & 4 \text { molecules } & 6 \text { molecules } & 7 \text { molecules }
\end{array} \\
&
\end{aligned}\)

Therefore 2 molecules of C2 = 4 molecules of CO2 = 6 molecules of H2O = 2 molecules of N2

Number of C-atoms in 2 molecules of compound = Number ofC-atoms in 4 molecules of C02

Therefore 2x =4 or, x =2

Number of H -atoms in 2 molecules of CxHyNz  compound = Number ofH-atoms in 6 molecules of H2O 2y = 6x2ory = 6

In the same way, in the case of N, 2z – 2 x 2 or z= 2

Therefore 2y = 6 and z = 2

Question 54. Calculate the strength in—percentage (W/V), moles per litre or molarity, number of gram equivalents of the solute, and normality ofthe following solutions —

  • 9.125 g of HC1in 200 mL of aqueous solution
  • 60 g of NaOH in 3 L of its aqueous solution
  • 14.7 g H2SO4 in 500mL of its aqueous solution
  • 296 g Ca(OH)2 in 10 L of its aqueous solution

Answer: Strength (IV/ V) of this solution

⇒ \(=\frac{9.125}{200} \times 100=4.56 \%\)

Molar strength \(=\frac{9.125}{36.5} \times \frac{1000}{200}=1.25(\mathrm{M})\)

Gram-equivalent of the solute \(=\frac{9.125}{36.5}=0.25\)

[since Equivalent mass of HC1 = gram-molecular mass]

Normal strength \(=\frac{9.125}{36.5} \times \frac{1000}{200}=1.25(\mathrm{~N})\)

Strength(W/ V)of this solution \(=\frac{60}{3000} \times 100=2 \%\)

Molar strength \(=\frac{60}{40} \times \frac{1}{3}=0.5(\mathrm{M}) \text {; }\)

Gram-equivalent \(=\frac{60}{40}=1.5\)

[ since Equivalent mass of HCl = Gram-molecular mass]

Normal strength \(=\frac{60}{40} \times \frac{1}{3}=0.5(\mathrm{~N})\)

⇒ \(14.7 \mathrm{gH}_2 \mathrm{SO}_4=\frac{14.7}{98}=0.15 \mathrm{molH}_2 \mathrm{SO}_4=0.3 \mathrm{~g} \text {-eqv. }\)

[MH2S04 = 98 and EH2SO4 = 49]

Strength \(\left(\frac{W}{V}\right)\) of the solution \(=\frac{14.7}{500} \times 100=2.94 \%\) =2.94%

Molar strength \(=\frac{0.15}{500} \times 1000=0.3(\mathrm{M})\)

Number of gram-equivalent of the solute = 0.3

Normal strength \(=\frac{0.3}{500} \times 1000=0.6(\mathrm{~N})\)

Strength \(\left(\frac{W}{V}\right)\) of this solution \(=\frac{296}{10 \times 10^3} \times 100=2.96 \%\)

Molar strength \(\frac{296}{74} \times \frac{1}{10}=0.4(\mathrm{M})\); Gram-equivalent ,\(=\frac{296}{37}\)

Normality strength \(=\frac{8}{10}=0.8(\mathrm{~N})\)

Question 55. Calculate the molality of a solution prepared by equal volumes of a 40% H2SO4 solution (W/V) (density 1.5 g-cm-3) and 60% H2SO4 solution ( W/V) (density 1.8 gems “3).
Answer: Amount of H2SO4 in 40% H2S04 solution = 40g

Mass of 100 mL solution = 100 x 1.5 = 150g

Amount of H2SO4 in 60% \(\left(\frac{W}{V}\right)\) H2SO4 solution = 60g

Mass of 100mL solution =100×1.8=180

Total mass of the solution mixture =(150 + 180)g =330g

The total mass of H2SO4 in the solution mixture

= (40 + 60)g

= 100 g and mass ofwater = (330- 100)g = 230g

∴ Number of moles of H2SO4 in the solution mixture = \(=\frac{100}{98} \mathrm{~mol}\)

Molality ofthe solution mixture = X \(=\left(\frac{100}{98}\right) \times\left(\frac{1000}{230}\right)\)

= 4.436(m)

Question 56. An impure sample of (NH4)2S04 is supplied to a laboratory. 3.6 g of the supplied (NH4)2S04 salt on heating with NaOH forms NH3 gas. 100mL of 0.5(N)H2SO4 is required for the complete neutralisation of the libarated NH3 gas. Calculate the percentage purity of the impure sample. Let us assume, that the impurity of the sample is insoluble in NaOH.
Answer:

⇒ \(\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{SO}_4(a q)+2 \mathrm{NH}_3(a q) \rightarrow\left(\mathrm{NH}_4\right)_2 \mathrm{SO}_4(a q)\)

According to this equation— 1000 mL 1 (N) H2SO4= 17gNH3

100 mL 0.5 (N)H2SO4 \(\equiv \frac{17 \times 100 \times 0.5}{1000}=0.85 \mathrm{~g} \mathrm{NH}_3\)

34gNH3=132g(NH4)2S04

0.85gNH3 = X 0.85 EE 3.3g(NH4)2SO

⇒ \(0.85 \mathrm{gNH}_3 \equiv \frac{132}{34} \times 0.85 \equiv 3.3 \mathrm{~g}\left(\mathrm{NH}_4\right)_2 \mathrm{SO}_4\)

Question 57. A sample of 3.95g of 60% pure chalk (impurities in the chalk are insoluble in HC1), is dissolved in 250 mL of 0.2(M) HC1. What volume (cm3) of 0.01 (N) NaOH is required to neutralize the excess acid?
Answer:

Amount Of CaCO3 \(=\frac{60 \times 3.95}{100}=2.37 \mathrm{~g}\)

⇒  \(2.37 \mathrm{~g} \mathrm{CaCO}_3 \equiv \frac{2.37}{100} \equiv 2.37 \times 10^{-2} \mathrm{~mol} \mathrm{CaCO}_3\)

⇒  \(\mathrm{CaCO}_3+2 \mathrm{HCl} \rightarrow \mathrm{CaCl}_2+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}+\mathrm{CO}_2\)

⇒  \(1000 \mathrm{~mL} 2(\mathrm{M}) \mathrm{HCl} \equiv 1 \mathrm{~mol} \mathrm{CaCO}_3\)

2.37 X 10_2mol CaC03 = (1000 X 2.37 X 10_2)mL 2(M)HC(1)

= 23.7mL 2(m)HCl = 237mL 0.2(M)HC1

Amount of HC1 remained = (250- 237)mL 0.2(M)HC1 =13mL0.2(M)HCl

If Vml of 0.01 (N) or 0.01 (M) NaOH solution is required to neutralize the excess acid, then

⇒ \(13 \times 0.2=V \times 0.01\left[\mathrm{~V}_1 S_1=V_2 S_2\right]\)

∴ V=200 ML

Question 58. 500 mL of a mixed solution of KOH and Na2C03 was first titrated using phenolphthalein as an indicator. 20 mL of 0.2(M) HC1 was required to reach the endpoint. Methyl orange indicator was then added and a further 10 mL of the same HC1 was required to reach the next endpoint. Find out the composition of the given mixture.
Answer: 

Let, the amount of KOH and Na2CO3 in the mixture be x and y mol. Reaction occurred in the first titration,

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& \mathrm{KOH}+\mathrm{HCl} \rightarrow \mathrm{KCl}+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O} \\
& \mathrm{Na}_2 \mathrm{CO}_3+\mathrm{HCl} \rightarrow \mathrm{NaHCO}_3+\mathrm{NaCl}
\end{aligned}\)

HC1,in 20mL 0.2 (M) solution= \(=\frac{0.2}{1000} \times 20\) 10-3mol.

According to equation [1] 1 mol KOH Jmol HCl

∴ x mol KOH=x mol HC1

According to equation [2] 1 mol Na2CO3= lol HC1

∴ y mol Na2C03 = ymolHCl

∴ x + y = 4 X 10-3 (HC1 required in first titration)

Reaction occurred in the second titration,

\(\mathrm{NaHCO}_3+\mathrm{HCl} \rightarrow \mathrm{NaCl}+\mathrm{CO}_2+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}\)

10 mL 0.2 (M) HC1 is required in this reaction. Amount of HC1in 10 mL 0.2 (M) HC1 = X 10 = 2 X 10-3mol

According to the equation [2], y mol of NaHCO3 will be produced from a symbol of Na2CO3

According to the equation [4], y mol NaHCO3 symbol HC1

∴  2 X 10-3 mol HC1= 2 X 10-3 mol NaHCO3

∴ y = 2 x 10-3mol; Putting y in equation

x = 2 x 10-3mol

∴  Amount of KOHin the mixture = 2 x 10-3mol

= 2 X 10-3 x 56g = 0.112g and amount of

Na2C03 = 2 x 1-3mol = 2 x 10~3 x 106g = 0.212g

Question 59. 50 mLofa solution of NaHCO3 and Na2CO3 requires 10 mL 0.2(N)H2SO4 for neutralisation purpose in presence of phenolphthalein indicator. 50 mL of the same 0.2(N)H2SO4 can neutralize the supplied 50 mL NaHCO3 andNa2CO3 solution completely in the presence of methyl orange as an indicator. Find out the strength of the mixture gL-1.
Answer:

Let, the amount of NaHCO3 and Na2CO3 in 50 mL solution be x and ymol. Reactioninpresence of phenolphthalein indicator,

⇒ \(2 \mathrm{Na}_2 \mathrm{CO}_3+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{SO}_4 \rightarrow 2 \mathrm{NaHCO}_3+\mathrm{Na}_2 \mathrm{SO}_4\)

10 mL 0.2 (N) H2SO4= 10mL0.1(M)H2SO4

H2S04 in 10 mL 0.1 (M) solution

\(=\frac{0.1}{1000} \times 10=10^{-3} \mathrm{~mol}\)

From equation [1]

⇒ \(10^{-3} \mathrm{~mol} \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{SO}_4 \equiv 2 \times 10^{-3} \mathrm{~mol} \mathrm{Na}_2 \mathrm{CO}_3\)

From equation [1],

⇒ \(10^{-3} \mathrm{~mol} \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{SO}_4 \equiv 2 \times 10^{-3} \mathrm{~mol} \mathrm{Na}_2 \mathrm{CO}_3\)

∴ y = 2 x 10-3mol

Reactions in the presence of methyl orange indicator,

⇒\(\begin{aligned}
& 2 \mathrm{NaHCO}_3+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{SO}_4 \rightarrow \mathrm{Na}_2 \mathrm{SO}_4+2 \mathrm{CO}_2+2 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O} \\
& \mathrm{Na}_2 \mathrm{CO}_3+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{SO}_4 \rightarrow \mathrm{Na}_2 \mathrm{SO}_4+\mathrm{CO}_2+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O} \\
& \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{SO}_4 \text { in } 50 \mathrm{~mL} 0.1(\mathrm{M}) \text { solution } \\
& =\frac{0.1 \times 50}{1000}=5 \times 10^{-3} \mathrm{~mol}
\end{aligned}\)

Amount of Na2CO3 In The Solution Forming By the Combination combination of NaHCO2 and Na2CO3 = 2x 10-3mol

According to equation [3], 2 x 10-3 mol of H2SO4 is required to neutralise 2 x 10-3mol of Na2CO3

Remaining (5 x 10-3- 2 x 10-3) = 3 x 1(T3 mol of H2SO4 is required to neutralise NaHCO3.

According to equation [2], 3 x 10-3molof H2SO4 is required to neutralise 2 x 3 x 10-3 = 6 x 10-3 mol NaHC03.

x = 6 x 10-3mol

5.8 X 1000

In 50 mL solution, amounts of NaHCO3 and Na2CO3 are (6 X 10~3 X 84)g = 0.504g And (2 x 10-3 x 106)g = 0.212g respectively.

Concentration of NaHC03 in g/L unit = 10.08 g/L and concentration of Na2C03 in g/Lunit = 4.24 g/L.

Question 60. 1L each of three samples of H2O2 labeled as 10 volume, 20 volume, and 30 volume are mixed and then diluted to 5L using water. Find out the relative strength of the resultant solution.
Answer:

Given:

1L each of three samples of H2O2 labeled as 10 volume, 20 volume, and 30 volume are mixed and then diluted to 5L using water.

At STP, lOmL 02 = 1 mL H2O2 solution

22400 mL O2 = 2240mL H2O2 solution

∴ \(\begin{gathered}
2 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}_2 \rightarrow 2 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}+\mathrm{O}_2 \\
68 \mathrm{~g} \quad 22400 \mathrm{~mL} \text { (at STP) }
\end{gathered}\)

∴ Amount of H2O2 in 2240 mL H2O2 solution = 68 g

∴ H202 in 1000 mL H2O2 solution \(=\frac{68 \times 1000}{2240}=30.36 \mathrm{~g}\)

In the same way, amount of H2O2 in 1000 mL 20 volume solution \(=\frac{68 \times 1000}{1120}=60.72 \mathrm{~g}\) and amount of H2O2 in 1000 mL 30 volume solution \(=\frac{68 \times 1000}{746.67}=91.07 \mathrm{~g}\)

Total amount of H2O2 in 5 L or 5000 mL solution mixture.

= (30.36 + 60.72 + 91.07)g = 182.15g

182.15g H2O2 = 5000mLH202 solution

⇒ \(68 \mathrm{gH}_2 \mathrm{O}_2 \equiv \frac{5000 \times 68}{182.15} \equiv 1866.6 \mathrm{mLH}_2 \mathrm{O}_2 \text { solution }\)

At STP, 22400mL of O2 is produced from 68g H20 68gof H2O2 is present in 18.66mL O2 (at STP)

∴ lmL H2O2 solution \(\equiv \frac{22400}{18.66} \equiv 12 \mathrm{~mL} \mathrm{O}_2(\text { at STP })_{\mathrm{s}}\)

∴ strength of the resultant solution = 12 volume

Question 61. The mass of an empty LPG cylinder is 14.8 kg and when it is filled with n -n-butan gas, the mass is 29.0 kg and the internal pressure is 2.5 atm. After a few days mass of the filled gas cylinder decreased to 23.2 kg. Calculate the volume of gas used in m3 (at 27 °C &1 atm).
Answer:

Given:

The mass of an empty LPG cylinder is 14.8 kg and when it is filled with n -n-butan gas, the mass is 29.0 kg and the internal pressure is 2.5 atm. After a few days mass of the filled gas cylinder decreased to 23.2 kg.

Mass of the used n -butane = (29.0- 23.2)kg = 5.8 kg

∴ Number of moles of the gas \(=\frac{5.8 \times 1000}{58}=100\)

∴ Volume ofthe gas, \(V=\frac{n R T}{P}=\frac{100 \times 0.0821 \times(27+273)}{1.0}\)

= 2463L = 2.463 m3 [since lm3=103L]

Question 62. 0.3g of a metal reacts with dilute acid and produces 110 mL of H2 which is collected above water at 17°C temperature and 755 mm Hg pressure. Find the equivalent mass of the metal. [Pressure of water vapor at 17°C = 14.4 mmHg).
Answer:

Given:

0.3g of a metal reacts with dilute acid and produces 110 mL of H2 which is collected above water at 17°C temperature and 755 mm Hg pressure.

Actual pressure of H2 gas = (755-14.4) = 740.6mmHg

Let, the volume of H2 gas at STP be VmL, then

\(\frac{110 \times 740.6}{(273+17)}=\frac{V \times 760}{273}\)

At STP, mass of 100.91mL H2

\(=\frac{2 \times 1.008 \times 100.91}{22400}=0.00908 \mathrm{~g}\)

∴ 1.008g H2 replaces \(\frac{0.3 \times 1.008}{0.00908}=33.3 \mathrm{~g}\) = 33.3g metal \(E_{\text {metal }}=33.3\)

Question 63. Find the volume of ammonia gas (at STP) which on passing through 30mL 1.0 (N) H2S04 solution, the acidity of the solution decreases to 0.2 (N).
Answer:

Let, Wg NH3gas will be passed through the acid solution. Amount of H2S04 in 30mL 1 (N) solution

= 30 X 1 = 30 meq

Amount of H2S04 on passing Wg of NH3 gas through

the solution = 30 x 0.2 = 6 milli gram-equivalent

∴ Amount of neutralised H2S04 = 30-6 = 24 milligramequivalent. Now, 17gNH3 = 1 gram-equivalent

\(W \mathrm{~g} \mathrm{NH}_3=\frac{W}{17} \text { g-eqv. }=\frac{W \times 1000}{17} \text { milligram-equivalent }\) \(\frac{W \times 1000}{17}=24 \text { or, } W=\frac{17 \times 24}{1000}=0.408 \mathrm{~g}\)

Volume of 17g NH3 at STP = 22.4L

Therefore Volume of0.408g of NH3 at STP

\(=\frac{22.4 \times 0.408}{17}=0.538 \mathrm{~L}\)

Question 64. A hole is formed on a 0.1 mm thick aluminum sheet by pouring of1 mL 12 (M) HC1. If HC1 is completely used, then find the area (cm2) of the hole. (Density of A1 is 2.7g/cm3).
Answer:

Given:

A hole is formed on a 0.1 mm thick aluminum sheet by pouring of1 mL 12 (M) HC1. If HC1 is completely used

HC1in 1ml I2 (M) HC1 solution

= 12 millimpl = 12 x 10 3 mol

2Al(2mol = 54g) + 6HCl(6mol) 2AlCl3 + 3H2

Mass of A1 dissolved by 12 x 10~3mol of HCl.

\(=\frac{54 \times 12 \times 10^{-3}}{6} \mathrm{~g}\)

Let, the area of the hole on the Al-sheet be x cm2.

∴ Volume of A1 dissolved by HC1 = (0.01 x x)cm3 and mass of this amount of’Al = (0.01 x xx 2.7)

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& 0.01 \times x \times 2.7=\frac{54 \times 12 \times 10^{-3}}{6} \\
& x=\frac{54 \times 12 \times 10^{-3}}{6 \times 0.01 \times 2.7}=4 \mathrm{~cm}^2
\end{aligned}\)

Question 65. 52.5 millimol LiAlH4 reacts with 15.6g (210 millimol) tertbutyl alcohol. In the following reaction, 157.5 millimol H2 is produced.
Answer:

Given:

52.5 millimol LiAlH4 reacts with 15.6g (210 millimol) tertbutyl alcohol.

⇒ \(\mathrm{LiAlH}_4+3\left(\mathrm{CH}_3\right)_3 \mathrm{COH} \rightarrow 3 \mathrm{H}_2+\mathrm{Li}\left[\left(\mathrm{CH}_3\right)_3 \mathrm{O}_3 \mathrm{AlH}\right.\)

On adding extra methanol or alcohol in the above reaction, displacement of the 4th hydrogen atom LiAlH4 will be observed by the following reaction.

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
\mathrm{Li}\left[\left(\mathrm{CH}_3\right)_3 \mathrm{O}_3 \mathrm{AlH}+\mathrm{CH}_3 \mathrm{OH} \longrightarrow\right. & \mathrm{H}_2+\mathrm{Li}\left[\left(\mathrm{CH}_3\right)_3 \mathrm{O}_3\left[\mathrm{CH}_3\right] \mathrm{Al}\right.
\end{aligned}\)

How much H2 will evolve on adding methanol?

Answer: 1 mol of H2 will be produced from 1 mol of L(CH3)aCO]3AlH.

1 mol of Llt(CM3)3O]3 AIM will be produced from 1 mol of 1,1AIM,

From second equation, 1 mol of Ll[(CH3)3CO] A1H will produce 1 mol of H2 52.5 mmol of Li[(CM3)3CO]3AlH will react with excess of CH4 to produce 52.5 million of H2

Question 66. 0.19g of an impure H202 sample is dissolved in a 20 mL solution. 0.316 g of the solution reacts completely with KMn04 in the presence of H2SO4. Find the purity of the H2O2 sample.
Answer:

Given : 0.19g of an impure H2O2 sample is dissolved in a 20 mL solution. 0.316 g of the solution reacts completely with KMn04 in the presence of H2S04.

\(\begin{aligned}
& 2 \mathrm{KMnO}_4+5 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}_2+3 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{SO}_4 \longrightarrow \\
& 2 \times 15 \mathrm{Bg} \quad 5 \times 34 \mathrm{~g} \quad \mathrm{~K}_2 \mathrm{SO}_4+2 \mathrm{MnSO}_4+5 \mathrm{O}_2+8 \mathrm{H}_2
\end{aligned}\)

H2O2 is required to react completely

\(=\frac{(5 \times 34) \times 0.316}{2 \times 158} \mathrm{~g}=0.17 \mathrm{~g}\)

∴ Percentage purity of H2O2 sample \(=\frac{0.17 \times 100}{0.19}=89.47\)

Question 67. 20 mL of CH3COOH reacts with 20.1 mL of C2H5OH and produces CH3COOC2H5 according to the following reaction [density of CH3COOC2H5 is 0.902g/mL].

⇒ \(\mathrm{CH}_3 \mathrm{COOH}+\mathrm{C}_2 \mathrm{H}_5 \mathrm{OH} \rightarrow \mathrm{CH}_3 \mathrm{COOC}_2 \mathrm{H}_5+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}\) Which one is the limiting reagent in this reaction?

If 27.5 mL of pure CH3COOC2H5 is produced, then find the percentage amount of production [density of CH3COOH and C2H2OH are 1.05g/mL and 0.789g/mL respectively]
Answer: CH3COOH + C2H5OH→CH3COOC2H5 + H2

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& \mathrm{CH}_3 \mathrm{COOH}=\frac{20.2 \times 1.05}{60}=0.353 ; \\
& \mathrm{C}_2 \mathrm{H}_5 \mathrm{OH}=\frac{20.1 \times 0.789}{46}=0.344
\end{aligned}\)

CH3COOH and C2H5OH react in a ratio of 1:1.

As the number of moles of C2H5OH is less than CH3COOH. So, C2H5OH is the limiting reagent.

If C2H5OH is the limiting reagent, then several moles of CH3COOC2H5 = 0.3447(theoretical) Experimentally, CH3COOC2H5 formed.

\(=\frac{27.5 \times 0.902}{88}=0.2819 \mathrm{~mol}\)

Percentage amount of CH3COOC2H5

⇒ \(=\frac{0.2819}{0.3447} \times 100=81.78\)

Question 68. How much H2 will evolve on adding methanol? W. 0.19g of an impure H202 sample is dissolved in a 20 solution. 0.316 g of the solution reacts completely with KMn04 in the presence of H2SO4. Find the purity of the H2O2 sample.
Answer:

⇒ \(n_{\mathrm{CO}}=\frac{P V}{R T}=\frac{750 \times 20}{760 \times 0.0821 \times 300 \times 1000}=8.01 \times 10^{-4}\)

⇒ \(\mathrm{CO}+\frac{1}{2} \mathrm{O}_2 \rightarrow \mathrm{CO}_2, n_{\mathrm{CO}^{\prime} / n_{\mathrm{O}_2}}=2\)

∴ Moles of O2 required (nO2) \(=\frac{n_{\mathrm{CO}}}{2}=\frac{8.01 \times 10^{-4}}{2}\)

Reaction involved: \(2 \mathrm{KClO}_3 \rightarrow 2 \mathrm{KCl}+3 \mathrm{O}_2\)

3 mol O2 is produced by 2 mol KC1O3.

∴ \(\mathrm{O}_2 \text { formed }=\frac{2}{3} \times \frac{8.01 \times 10^{-4}}{2}=2.66 \times 10^{-4} \mathrm{~mol}\)

∴ Weight of KC103 = 2.66 X 10-4 x 122.5 g = 3.27 x 102-2g

∴ % of KCIO2 in the mixture \(=\frac{3.24 \times 10^{-2}}{0.5} \times 100=65.4\)

Question 69. A metal M of atomic mass 54.94 has a density of 7.42g/cm3. Calculate the volume occupied and the radius ofthe atom of this metal assuming it to be a sphere.
Answer: 

Given:

A metal M of atomic mass 54.94 has a density of 7.42g/cm3.

We know, the volume of atom x its density

\(=\frac{\text { atomic weight. }}{\text { Avogadro Number }}\)

Ionic radius of atom =r, its volume \(=\frac{4}{3} \pi r^3\)

\(\frac{4}{3} \pi r^3 \times 7.42=\frac{54.94}{6.023 \times 10^{23}}\)

therefore 1.432 x 10-8 cm

Volume \(=\frac{4}{3} \pi r^3=\frac{4}{3} \pi \times\left(1.432 \times 10^{-8}\right)^3\)

= 1.23 x 10-23cm3

WBBSE Solutions For Class 10 Geography And Environment Chapter 6 India- Economic Environment Topic 2

Chapter 6 India- Economic Environment Topic 2 Industries In India Long Answer Type Questions

 

Question 1. Discuss the factors which influence the location of industries. OR, Which factors should be considered before choosing a location for setting up an industry?
Answer:

Industries cannot be established anywhere and everywhere on the earth.

The factors which must be considered before setting up an industry are discussed below—

1. Raw materials: The location of the industry primarily depends upon the type of raw materials that are being used in that particular industry. Raw materials are of two types—

2. Pure raw materials: The raw materials which do not lose weight during their processing into finished products are called pure raw materials.

Examples—Cotton, and jute. One tonne of cotton or jute will produce one tonne of cotton fabric or jute goods. Thus, industries dependent on pure raw materials can be established anywhere between the source of raw materials and the market as the transportation cost remains the same.

3. Impure raw materials: The raw materials which lose weight during their processing into finished products are called impure raw materials. For example— Sugar manufactured from sugarcane has less weight than that the raw material. So to reduce transportation costs, industries dependent on impure raw materials are established in the vicinity of the source of the raw material.

2. Water: Availability of water is essential for all industries for the industrial processes as well as for the workers. So industries are usually set up near waterbodies like rivers and lakes. Example—The iron and steel plant at Durgapur has been established near the Damodar river in West Bengal.

3. Power: Power is extremely important for the proper functioning of industry, especially thermal and hydroelectric power resources. For this reason, many industries in Europe and America have grown up centring the coalfields. In India also, there are many industries which have been built close to thermal and hydel power plants.

4. Transport: A well-connected transport system is required for sourcing the raw materials, taking the finished products to the nearby market or port (for importing and exporting purposes) and movement of labourers and other people associated with the industry. It is best to set up an industry at a location where the cost of transportation is minimum.

5. Availability of labour: The establishment of an industry requires an abundant supply of skilled and cheap labour. Availability of labour is such an important factor that Bangladesh has progressed in the cotton textile industry only due to the presence of abundant labour although an adequate amount of cotton is not grown in this country.

6. Market: An industry develops depending on the market demand for a certain product. Wherever there is a demand for a particular product, industries based on that product are generally set up.

Example—Although cotton is not cultivated in West Bengal, the cotton textile industry has flourished in the Hooghly region because of the large population which led to the high demand for cotton clothes.

7. Capital: Huge capital investments are essential for setting up an industry. An adequate amount of capital is required to buy the plot, set up the industry, buy equipment and raw materials, establish factory shade, pay the wages of labourers and provide a continuous power supply

For example—The cotton textile industry has flourished to a great extent in western India due to huge capital investment by Gujarati and Parsi businessmen.

Question 2. Explain in brief the factors responsible for the development of the cotton textile industry in Western India. OR, Discuss the causes of the concentration & of cotton textile industries in the Mumbai-Ahmedabad region. OR, Justify the concentration of cotton; in the textile industry in the black soil region of Western India.

Answer:

At present, there are many cotton textile mills concentrated in the western region of India (in the black soil region of western India) mainly in Maharashtra including the districts of Mumbai, Pune, Nagpur, Sholapur, Akola and Jalgaon and Gujarat including the districts of Ahmedabad, Surat, Bharuch, Vadodara and Rajkot.

The causes behind the concentration of cotton textile industries in Western India are discussed below—

1. Best cotton-producing region: The black soil region of Maharashtra and Gujarat is extremely suitable for cotton cultivation. Hence, the raw materials (i.e., cotton) for the cotton textile industry are readily available in this region.

2. Humid climate: Hot and humid climate of this region due to its proximity to the Arabian Sea is favourable for cutting the yarn.

3. Power resources: Hydroelectric power plants in Ukai, Kadana (Gujarat) and Bhivpuri, Khopoli, Koyna (Maharashtra); thermal power plants in Trombay and Nasik (Maharashtra) provide the necessary power to the cotton textile mills.

4. Nearness to ports: Three important ports of India-Mumbai, Kandla and NhavaSheva (Jawaharlal Nehru port) and other smaller ports namely Surat and Porbander are located in this region. These ports help in the export of cotton fabric and the import of raw materials and necessary equipment.

5. Well-connected transportation system: The Western, Central and Konkan railways as well as the National Highways 3, 4, 6, 7 and 8 pass over this region thereby forming a well-connected transportation system. This transport network helps in acquiring f raw materials and sending the finished products to different parts of the country.

6. Capital: Wealthy Gujarati, Parsi and Bhatia businessmen have invested huge capital in the cotton textile industry. Apart from this, Mumbai being the ‘financial capital’ of India is advantageous in terms of acquiring capital for the cotton textile industry.

 

WBBSE Solutions Class 10 geography and environment chapter Chapter 6 India Economic Environment Cotton textile industry in western india

 

7. Easy availability of labour: Abundant supply of skilled and cheap labour is found in the Mumbai-Ahmedabad region as this region is densely populated.

8. Infrastructure: Suitable infrastructure required for the development of the cotton textile industry is available here which has helped the industry flourish.

9. High demand: There is a huge demand for cotton clothes in our country because of the large population. Also, the high demand for cotton fabric in foreign markets has helped this industry grow.

Question 3. Discuss the problems of the cotton textile industry in India and their remedial solutions.
Answer:

The problems of the cotton textile industry are discussed below—

1. Lack of raw materials: Long staple cotton (suitable for making the best quality cotton fabric) is not available in adequate quantities in India.

2. High cost of production: Long staple cotton is imported from different countries which have led to an increase in the production cost.

3. Old machinery: Most of the cotton textile industries have old and outdated machinery which produces low-quality fabric. This has ultimately led to a high cost of production.

4. Stiff competition in the global market: The sale of cotton fabrics from India is limited in European countries. India also faces stiff competition from other countries in selling cotton fabric to the global market.

5. Competition with synthetic fibres: Synthetic fibres such as rayon, nylon, polyester, and acrylic are popularly used nowadays to make different fabrics. This has, to some extent, decreased the demand for cotton fabric.

6. Irregular power supply: Sometimes inadequate power supply to the cotton textile mills hampers production.
The remedial solutions to the problems faced by the cotton textile industry in India are as follows—

1. Modernisation of the industry: The Government of India has set up the Textile Modernisation Fund which will help in replacing old and outdated machinery with advanced ones and implement modern technologies in the production process.

2. Cultivation of long-staple cotton: To reduce the import of long-staple cotton from other countries, it is being cultivated in the northwestern region of India with the help of irrigation.

3. Reduction in excise duty: As per the recommendation of the Joshi Committee, the government has reduced the excise duty on cotton-based commodities.

 

WBBSE Solutions Class 10 geography and environment chapter Chapter 6 India Economic Environment Cotton textile industry

 

4. Use of automated power looms: Fully automated power looms are being nowadays in order to increase the rate of production and reduce the price of the finished product.

5. Establishment of the cotton textile export promotion council: The cotton Textile export promotion council has been established in order to facilitate the export of cotton-based commodities.

6. Establishment of research institutes: Many research institutes like Ahmedabad Textile Research Association, Mumbai Textile Research Association and South India Textile Research Association have been set up to focus on the betterment of cotton fabrics.

7. Establishment of the National Textile Corporation: The National Textile Corporation (NTC) has been established to revive the sick cotton industries by introducing new machinery and advanced technology.

Question 4. Briefly discuss the causes that have influenced the development of the cotton textile industry in India.
Answer:

The cotton textile industry in India is a flourishing industry and there are at present, many cotton textile mills distributed all over the country.

Cotton textile industries in India can be divided into four categories on the basis of their location—

1. Western region,
2. Southern region,
3. Northern region and
4. Eastern region.

The causes that have influenced the development of cotton textile industries in these regions are discussed below—

1. Availability of raw materials: Adequate amount of cotton is grown in the black soil region of India which is used as the raw material in the cotton textile industry. Apart from this, the southern states of India have taken initiative to start the cultivation of long and very long staple cotton.

2. Humid climate: Hot and humid climate prevails in the states of peninsular India, especially the southern states which are highly favourable for cotton cultivation. This type of climate also helps in cutting the yarns. Nowadays, a humid atmosphere is artificially created in factories using humidifiers.

3. Easy power supply: A number of thermal power plants and hydel power plants have been established in this region in post-independent India.

These power plants supply the requisite power to the cotton and textile industries. Examples—Ukai, Koyna in western India; Hirakud, Talcher, Bandel in eastern India; Bhakra-Nangal, Rihand, Bhatinda in northern India; Mettur, Sivasamudram, Nagarjunasagar in southern India.

4. Proximity to ports: The raw materials are imported and the finished products are exported through the various ports situated close to the cotton textile mills. Example— Mumbai, Kandla (west coast of India); New Mangalore, Kochi, Chennai (south coast of India); Visakhapatnam, Kolkata, Haldia (east coast of India).

5. Well-connected transport system: Numerous railway lines, national highways and other important roads have been linked in such a way that a well-connected transport system has developed in India. Thus, it has become easy to collect raw materials from different parts of the country and distribute the finished products all over the country.

6. Capital: Wealthy businessmen from the Parsi, Bhatia and Gujarati communities as well as several government and non-governmental organisations have invested huge capital in the cotton textile industries of India.

7. Cheap labour: India is a highly populated country. Thus the availability of cheap and skilled labour is a favourable factor that promotes the development of cotton textile industries in India.

8. High demand: There is a huge demand for cotton fabrics in both national and international markets. This has helped in the development of the cotton textile industry in India.

Question 5. Discuss the locational advantages of any two large-scale iron and steel plants in India.
Answer:

Two large-scale iron and steel plants in India are the Indian Iron and Steel Company (Kulti-Burnpur) and Durgapur Steel Plant (Durgapur).

The locational advantages of these two large-scale iron and steel plants in India are discussed below—

1. Indian Iron and Steel Company (IISCO), Kulti’Burnpur

Location: This iron and steel plant is located on the banks of the river Damodar in Paschim Bardhaman district of West Bengal and is connected by the Eastern Railway. The steel plant partially lies in both Kulti and Burnpur.

Establishment: The iron and steel plant at Kulti was established in 1870 and that at Burnpur was established in 1919 under private enterprise. In 1973, these two plants were brought under the control of the government of India.

Locational advantages behind the establishment of IISCO

1. Raw materials: The raw materials needed for this iron and steel plant and the places from where they are acquired are given in the following table—

 

Raw material Place
Coal Raniganj (West Bengal) and Jharia (Jharkhand).
Iron ore Gua; Noamundi (Jharkhand); Bolani, Gorumahisani, Badampahar (Odisha).
Limestone Gangpur and Birmitrapur (Odisha).
Dolomite Gangpur (Odisha).
Manganese Gangpur (Odisha).

 

2. Availability of water: The nearby rivers, Damodar and Barakar meet the demand for water required for this iron and steel plant.

3. Refractory bricks: Refractory bricks sourced from coal mines at Raniganj are used in this plant.

4. Location of power plants: Power supply from the nearby thermal power plants at Durgapur, Dishergarh and Mejia provides the necessary power to the iron and steel plant.

5. Cheap labour: Cheap and skilled labourers from the nearby densely populated regions of Bihar, Jharkhand and West Bengal meet the demand of labourers required for this plant.

6. Well-connected transport system: National Highway 2 and the Eastern Railway help in transporting raw materials and finished products.

7. Proximity to ports: The ports at Haldia and Kolkata are within 230km of this plant. This helps in the export and import of goods necessary for this plant.

8. Demand: The rise in the demand for iron and steel in India as well as in other countries has created a good market for iron and steel-based products both in national and international markets.

2. Durgapur Steel Plant, Durgapur:

Location: This iron and steel plant is located on the eastern side of the Raniganj coal mines, beside the Eastern railway track on the banks of the Damodar river. Establishment: Established by government enterprise in 1956, but production started in 1962.

Locational advantages behind the establishment of the Durgapur Steel Plant:

1. Raw materials: The raw materials needed for this iron and steel plant and the places from where they are acquired are given in the following table—

 

Raw material  Place
Coal  Raniganj (West Bengal) and Jharia (Jharkhand).
Iron ore Gua, Noamundi (Jharkhand); Gorumahisani, Badampahar (Odisha).
Limestone Gangpur and Birmitrapur (Odisha).
Manganese Gangpur (Odisha).

 

Location of power plants: Durgapur thermal power plant provides the power necessary for the functioning of the plant and provides the water required for this plant

1. Cheap labour: Cheap and skilled labourers from Bihar, Jharkhand and West Bengal meet the demand of labour required for this plant.

2. Well-connected transport system: National Highway 2 and the Eastern Railway help in transporting raw materials and the finished products

3. Proximity to ports: Nearness of this plant to the Kolkata port (160km away) and the Haldia port (250 km away) provides opportunities for the import and export of goods.

4. Cheap labour: Cheap and skilled labourers from Bihar, Jharkhand and West Bengal meet the demand of labour required for this plant.

5. Well-connected transport system: National Highway 2 and the Eastern Railway help in transporting raw materials and the finished products

6. Proximity to ports: Nearness of this plant to the Kolkata port (160km away) and the Haldia port (250 km away) provides opportunities for the import and export of goods.

7. Demand: The establishment of heavy engineering industries in the eastern region of India as well as the high demand for iron and steel all over the world have created a good market for the finished products.

 

WBBSE Solutions Class 10 geography and environment chapter Chapter 6 India Economic Environment 3

 

Question 6. Discuss the locational advantages of two iron and steel plants in India—one under the public sector and the other under the private sector.
Answer:

The locational advantages of two iron and steel plants in India

Two iron and steel plants in India, one under the public sector and the other under the private sector are—Bhilai Steel Plant at Bhilai and Tata Iron and Steel Company at Jamshedpur.

1. An iron and steel plant under the public sector—Bhilai Steel Plant

Location: The Bhilai Steel Plant is the largest iron and steel plant in India and is located at Bhilai in the Durg district of Chhattisgarh.

Establishment: This iron and steel plant was a government of India initiative and had a collaboration with erstwhile Soviet Russia. It was established in the year 1956. However, the plant became fully operational in 1959.

 

WBBSE Solutions Class 10 geography and environment chapter Chapter 6 India Economic Environment location of iron and steel plant at bhilai

 

Locational advantages behind the establishment of Bhilai Steel Plant:

1. Raw materials: The raw materials needed for this iron and steel plant and the places from where they are acquired are given in the following table—

 

Raw material Place 
Coal Korba (Chhattisgarh); Jharia (Jharkhand).
Iron ore Dalli-Rajhara (Chhattisgarh).
Limestone Nandini and Bilaspur (Chhattisgarh).
Dolomite Hirri, Baradwar (Chhattisgarh).
Manganese Balaghat (Madhya Pradesh); Bhandara (Maharashtra).

 

2. Availability of water: The Tendula reservoir situated close by supplies water to this plant.

3. Power resources: Bhilai Power Plant and Korba Thermal Power Station supply power to this plant.

4. Cheap labour: Cheap and skilled labourers from the nearby region are easily available. This is because the industry provides employment as there is a minimum scope of employment in the agricultural sector.

5. Well-connected transport system: The South-Eastern railway connects the steel plant to Mumbai and Kolkata whereas National Highway 6 connects the plant to other parts of the country.

6. Proximity to the port: The Visakhapatnam port is only 570km away from this plant. This facilitates the import of raw materials and the export of finished products.

7. Demand: High demand for iron and steel in central and western India, especially for the development of heavy engineering industries in western India has helped in the growth of this iron and steel plant.

2. An iron and steel plant under the private sector—Tata Iron and Steel Company (TISCO)

Location: The Tata Iron and Steel Company is located at Jamshedpur in the East Singbhum district of Jharkhand at the confluence of the Subarnarekha and Kharkai rivers. This is the largest of all the iron and steel plants in the private sector in India.

WBBSE Solutions Class 10 geography and environment chapter Chapter 6 India Economic Environment location of iron and steel plant at jamshedpur

 

Establishment: TISCO was founded by pioneer industrialist Jamsetji Tata in the year 1907 at Jamshedpur.

Locational advantages behind the establishment of Tata Iron and Steel Company:

1. Raw materials: The raw materials needed for this iron and steel plant and the places from where they are acquired are given in the following table—

 

Raw material Place 
 Coal Jharia, Bokaro (Jharkhand); Raniganj (West Bengal).
Iron ore Bolani, Barsua (Odisha); Gua, Meghahatuburu, Kiriburu (Jharkhand).
Limestone Gangpur, Birmitrapur (Odisha); Purnapani (Chhattisgarh).
Dolomite Sambalpur (Odisha); Baradwar (Chhattisgarh).
Manganese Gangpur, Kalahandi (Odisha).

 

2. Availability of water: Ample supply of water is available from the river Subarnarekha and its tributary Kharkai.

3. Power resources: This steel plant has its own thermal power station which provides the necessary power resource.

4. Cheap labour: The highly populated regions of Jharkhand and Odisha are a source of cheap and skilled labour. As agricultural practices are not prevalent here, many people look for employment in the iron and steel industry.

5. Well-connected transport system: The industry is well-connected to the rest of the country by the South-Eastern Railway, and the National Highways 2, 23, 31, 33.

6. Proximity to port: The Kolkata port which is about 280 km away from this plant helps in the import of raw materials and export of finished products.

Establishment: The Bokaro Steel Plant was a government of India initiative and had a collaboration with erstwhile Soviet Russia. The plant was established in the year 1964 but it became fully operational in 1972.

 

Question 7. Discuss the geographical factors that have influenced the development of the Bokaro Steel Plant.
Answer:

Location: The Bokaro Steel Plant is located near the Bokaro coal mines in the Bokaro district of Jharkhand.

 

WBBSE Solutions Class 10 geography and environment chapter Chapter 6 India Economic Environment location of iron and steel plant at steel plant

 

Establishment: The Bokaro Steel Plant was a government of India initiative and had a collaboration with erstwhile Soviet Russia. The plant was established in the year 1964 but it became fully operational in 1972. The geographical factors that have influenced the development of the Bokaro Steel Plant are discussed below—

1. Raw materials: The raw materials needed for this iron and steel plant and the places from where they are acquired are given in the following table—

Raw Material  Place
Coal  Bokaro, Jharia (Jharkhand).
Iron ore Chiria, Gua, Meghahatuburu, Kiriburu (Jharkhand).
Limestone Bhawanathpur, Daltonganj (Jharkhand); Birmitrapur (Odisha).
Dolomite Bilaspur (Chhattisgarh)
Manganese Ganpur (Odisha)

 

2. Availability of water: Adequate amount 3 of water is collected from the Tenughat reservoir constructed over the Damodar river.

3. Power resources: The power required for this plant is sourced from the Bokaro and Patratu thermal power stations.

4. Cheap labour: Cheap and skilled labourers from Jharkhand form the majority of the workforce in this plant. As agricultural practices are not prevalent here, many people look for employment in the iron and steel industry.

5. Well-connected transport system: This iron and steel plant is connected to the rest of the country by the South-Eastern Railways and National Highways 2, 23, 31, and 33.

6. Proximity to port: The Kolkata port, located 320km away from this plant facilitates the import of raw materials and export of finished products.

7. Demand: The establishment of heavy engineering industries in Jamshedpur, Ranchi and adjacent areas has created a huge demand for the finished goods of this plant.

 

Question 8. Discuss the factors behind the development of iron and steel plants at Rourkela and Visakhapatnam.
Answer:

Rourkela Steel Plant

Location: The Rourkela Steel Plant is located on the banks of the Brahmani river in the Sundargarh district of Odisha, along the SouthEastern Railway track.

Establishment: The Rourkela Steel Plant was established in the year 1956. It was a government of India initiative in collaboration with the German company Krupps and Demag. The steel plant became fully functional in the year 1959.

 

WBBSE Solutions Class 10 geography and environment chapter Chapter 6 India Economic Environment location of Rourkela and steel plant

 

The factors that have influenced the development of the iron and steel plant at Rourkela are discussed below—

1. Raw materials: The raw materials needed for this iron and steel plant and the places from where they are acquired are given in the following table—

 

Raw material Place
Coal Jharia, Bokaro (Jharkhand); Raniganj (West Bengal).
Iron ore Bolani, Barsua (Odisha); Gua, Meghahatuburu, Kiriburu (Jharkhand).
Limestone Gangpur, Birmitrapur (Odisha); Purnapani (Chhattisgarh).
Dolomite Sambalpur (Odisha); Baradwar (Chhattisgarh).
Manganese Gangpur, Kalahandi (Odisha).

 

2. Availability of water: Adequate amount of water for the steel plant is available from the Brahmani and Sankha rivers as well as from the reservoirs of south Koyel and Mandira.

3. Power resources: The power required for this plant is sourced from the Hirakud hydel power station.

4. Cheap labour: Cheap and skilled labourers from the nearby region are easily available because there is very less scope for employment in the agricultural sector.

5. Well-connected transport system: The South-Eastern Railways; East Coast Railways and several National Highways connect this steel plant to metropolitan cities like Kolkata, Mumbai and other parts of the county.

6. Proximity to port: The Paradeep port located 400 km away and the Kolkata port located 510 km away help in the import of raw materials and export of finished products.

7. Demand: The development of heavy engineering industries in eastern India has created a high demand for the iron and steel industry.

Visakhapatnam Steel Plant Location: This steel plant is located on the eastern coast of India in Visakhapatnam in the state of Andhra Pradesh.

Establishment: The Visakhapatnam Steel Plant was established in 1982 and became fully functional in 1990. This is the largest iron and steel plant in the southern region of India.

The factors that have influenced the development of the iron and steel plant at Visakhapatnam are discussed below—

1. Raw materials: The raw materials needed for this iron and steel plant and the places from where they are acquired are given in the following table—

 

Raw material Place
 Coal  Singareni (Telangana); Talcher (Odisha).
Iron ore Kadapa, Nellore, Kurnool (Andhra Pradesh); Bailadila (Chhattisgarh).
Limestone Jaggayyapeta (Andhra Pradesh); Badnapur, Katni (Madhya Pradesh).

 

2. Availability of water: India-Economic Environment water is available from the reservoir situated over river Yeleru in the East Godavari district of Andhra Pradesh.

3. Power resources: The power required for this plant is sourced from the Ramagundam thermal power station.

4. Cheap labour: Cheap and skilled labour is easily available from nearby areas.

5. Well-connected transport system: The East Coast Railways and different roadways connect this steel plant with the rest of the country.

6. Proximity to port: The Visakhapatnam port is situated very close to this steel plant and even the Paradeep port is just 550km away from here. This helps in the import of raw materials and the export of finished products.

7. Demand: The development of heavy engineering industries in Andhra Pradesh and Odisha has created a good market for the finished products of this industry.

Question 9. Discuss the locational advantages of the Visvesvaraya Iron and Steel Limited (Bhadravati Iron and Steel Plant).
Answer:

Visvesvaraya Iron and Steel Limited (Bhadravati Iron and Steel Plant)

Location of the Visvesvaraya Iron and Steel Limited: The Visvesvaraya Iron and Steel Plant is located in Bhadravati on the banks of river Bhadra in northern Karnataka.

 

WBBSE Solutions Class 10 geography and environment chapter Chapter 6 India Economic Environment location of Visvesvaraya Steel plant

 

Establishment: This plant was established in the year 1918, but it became fully operational in 1923. In 1962, the Government of India and the state government of Karnataka took charge (400km away) to help in the import of raw materials and export of finished products.

Locational advantages behind the establishment of Visvesvaraya Iron and Steel Limited:

1. Raw materials: The raw materials needed for this iron and steel plant and the places from where they are acquired are given in the following table—

 

Raw material Place 
 Iron ore  Kemmanugundi, Bababudan hills (Karnataka).
Dolomite Bhundiguda (Karnataka).
Limestone Bhundiguda (Karnataka).
Manganese Shimoga, Chitradurga (Karnataka).

 

2. Availability of water: The river Bhadra is the main source of water for this plant.

3. Power resources: The Mahatma Gandhi and Sharavati Valley hydroelectric power plants over the Jog waterfalls supply the required power to this plant.

4. Cheap labour: Skilled and cheap labour is easily available from the nearby densely populated regions of Karnataka.

5. Proximity to port: The New Mangalore port (210km away) and the Mormugao port

6. Well-connected transport system: The Southern and South-Central Railway and well-developed roadways help this plant to connect with the rest of the country.

7. Demand: The development of heavy engineering industries in western southern India has led to high demand for the finished products of this industry.

Question 10. What are the geographical factors behind the development of the iron and steel industry in West Bengal?
Answer:

The geographical factors behind the development of the iron and steel industry in West Bengal

There are two large-scale iron and steel plants in West Bengal—Durgapur Steel Plant in Durgapur and Indian Iron and Steel Company in Kulti-Burnpur. Apart from these, there is the Alloy Steel Plant in Durgapur which focuses on the production of special steels.

The geographical causes behind the development of the iron and steel industry in West Bengal are discussed below—

1. Raw materials: The raw materials needed for the iron and steel industry located in West Bengal and the places from where they are acquired are given in the following table—

 

Raw material Place
 Coal  Raniganj, Andal, Mejia, Dishergarh (West Bengal); Jharia (Jharkhand).
Iron ore Gua, Noamundi (Jharkhand); Gorumahisani, Badampahar, Bolani (Odisha).
Limestone Birmitrapur (Odisha).
Dolomite Gangpur (Odisha).
Manganese Gangpur (Odisha).

 

2. Availability of water: Adequate amount of water is available from the nearby Damodar and Barakar rivers.

3. Power resources: Thermal power stations at Durgapur, Mejia and Dishergarh provide power to the iron and steel plants.

4. Well-connected transport system: The Eastern Railways, the Grand Trunk Road and the navigable canals constructed under the supervision of Damodar Valley Corporation connect the plants with the Hooghly industrial belt and the Kolkata port. This helps in importing raw materials and exporting and selling the finished products.

5. Proximity to ports: The ports at Haldia and Kolkata help in importing raw materials needed for the iron and steel industry and in exporting the finished products.

6. Cheap labour: Cheap and skilled labourers from the densely populated regions of Jharkhand and West Bengal are easily available.

 

Question 11. Explain the major factors responsible for the development of the Iron and Steel industry in Eastern and Central India
Answer:

There is a concentration of iron and steel plants in east and central India namely at Durgapur, Kulti-Burnpur, Jamshedpur, Rourkela and Bokaro (in the eastern region) and at Bhilai in central India). Apart from these, approval has been granted for a few more iron and steel plants in this region.

 

WBBSE Solutions Class 10 geography and environment chapter Chapter 6 India Economic Environment Location of iron and steel plants of eastern and centeral india

 

The factors responsible for the concentration of iron and steel industry in east and central India are plants in this region discussed below—

1. Raw materials: The raw materials needed for the iron and steel plants in east and central India and the places from where they are acquired are given in the following table—

 

Raw materials  place 
Coal East India: Raniganj (West Bengal); Jharia, Bokaro, Giridih, Karanpura (Jharkhand); Talcher (Odisha)

Central India: Korba, Sonhat (Chhattisgarh), Singrauli, Umaria (Madhya Pradesh).

Iron ore East India: Gua, Noamundi, Chiria, Kiriburu (Jharkhand); Bonai; Gorumahisani, Badampahar, Sulaipat, Bolani (Odisha)

Central India: Bailadila, Dalli Rajhara (Chattisgarh).

Limestone East India: Birmitrapur, (Odisha); Bhawanathpur, Daltonganj (Jharkhand); Purnapani (Chhattisgarh)

Central India: Satna, Kuteshwar, Katni (Madhya Pradesh).

Dolomite East India: Sambalpur, Gangpur, Sundargarh (Odisha), Hirri (Chhattisgarh).

Central India: Katni (Madhya Pradesh).

Manganese East India: Gangpur, Bonai (Odisha).

 

2. Availability of water: Water required for this industry is available from the rivers Damodar, Barakar, Subarnarekha, Kharkai, Shankha and Brahmani. The Tendula water reservoir is also a major source of water.

3. Power resources: There are many large-scale coal-based thermal power plants in east and central India which supply the power necessary for the functioning of these iron and steel plants such as power stations at Durgapur, Mejia, Dishergarh, Wariya (West Bengal); Patratu, Bokaro (Jharkhand), Talcher (Odisha) in east India and Korba (Chhattisgarh) and Vindhyachal (Madhya Pradesh) in central India. Apart from these the Hirakud and Sileru hydel power plants also provide power resources to this industry.

4. Well-connected transport system: The presence of eastern and south-eastern railways and roadways like NH-2, 6, 23, 31, and 33 have allowed the iron and steel industry in this region to have good connections with the rest of the country. Thus, the transport of goods has become easier.

5. Proximity to ports: The Kolkata, Haldia, Visakhapatnam and Paradeep ports which are quite close to the iron and steel plants, have helped in the export and import of goods.

6. Abundance of cheap labour: Abundant cheap and skilled labourers are available from the eastern states of Bihar, West Bengal, Jharkhand, and Odisha as well as from the states of central India namely Madhya Pradesh and Chhattisgarh.

7. Demand: The development of heavy engineering industries in east and central India has generated a huge demand and hence, a good market for the finished products of these industries.

Questions 12. Discuss the problems faced by the iron and steel industry in India.
Answer:

The problems faced by the iron and steel industry in India are as follows—

1. Lack of high-quality coking coal: Although India has good reserves of iron ore, there is a lack of high-quality coking coal, which is one of the most important raw materials required for the iron and steel industries.

2. Lack of capital: There is a serious lack of capital investment which is required for setting up new iron and steel plants and modernising and expanding the existing ones.

3. Problem of acquiring land: There is a dearth of land required for constructing new steel plants. There are also various problems relating to the acquisition of land.

4. Lack of advanced machinery: New and improved machinery have not been implemented yet in the existing iron and steel plants. This has led to an increase in the cost of production.

5. Lack of skilled labourers: Although cheap labourers are available, skilled labourers are not abundantly available. So the production rate per labourer is quite low

6. Problems of transportation: Lack of roads at par with international standards have posed problems in transporting raw materials and finished products.

7. Reduced demand in the national market: Demand for iron and steel is not always high in the national market. Hence, the iron and steel industries have to depend on the international market.

8. Dumping of iron and steel products: Many foreign countries dump iron and steel goods manufactured by them in India at cheap rates. Thus, companies in India are forced to sell their products at low rates, thereby incurring severe losses. This ultimately creates a financial loss.

9. Lack of refractory bricks: Availability of refractory bricks is not so easy and this has led to problems in establishing and maintaining furnaces and walls of the production units.

Question 13. Give a short account of the petrochemical industry in India.
Answer:

Petrochemical industry in India

The petrochemical industry nowadays is popularly called the ‘giant industry of the modern world’. Each and every product and by-product produced in this industry is useful for mankind either directly or indirectly. Many allied industries have grown up centring the petrochemical industry which is known as ‘downstream industries’.

Commencement: The petrochemical industry in India was initially started by Union Carbide (India) Limited in the year 1966 in Trombay. In 1977 a petrochemical industry was established at Hazira in Surat, Gujarat and in 2001 the Haldia petrochemical industry (at Haldia, West Bengal) first started its commercial production.

Raw materials: The by-products obtained while refining crude oil and natural gas are primarily the raw materials of the petrochemical industry, i.e., naphtha, methane, ethane, propane, butane, hexane, benzol, butadiene, ethanol, propylene, etc.

 

Finished products:

  1. Chemicals— benzene, ethylene, propylene, carbon black etc.;
  2. Different kinds of solvents;
  3. Synthetic fibres— acrylic fibre, nylon filament yarn, polyester filament yarn etc.;
  4. Polymers-Polyethylene, Polypropylene, polyvinyl chloride etc.;
  5. Plastic; fibre intermediates—acrylonitrile, mono ethylene glycol etc.;
  6. Synthetic rubber.

 

Question 14. Discuss the factors that favour the growth of the petrochemical industry at a particular location.
Answer:

The factors that favour the growth of the petrochemical industry at a particular location

The petrochemical industry nowadays is known as the ‘giant industry of the modern world’. It produces numerous products that are used as raw materials in other industries.

Thus, it helps in the development of the subsidiary industries. Petrochemical industries are largely concentrated in the western and eastern regions of India. The finished products manufactured by this industry are—synthetic rubber, synthetic fibres, plastic, polythene, paints, life-saving drugs, pesticides, fertilisers, cosmetics and many more.

The factors favouring the growth of petrochemical industries at a particular location are discussed below—

1. Location of oil refineries: Petrochemical industries acquire their raw materials from the by-products obtained while refining crude oil and natural gas. Thus, the petrochemical industries develop in the vicinity of the oil refineries. The chief raw material of this industry is naphtha, based on which the downstream industries grow close to the oil refineries.

2. Availability of power resources: Easy availability of power facilitates the growth of the petrochemical industry.

3. Capital: A huge capital is required for the growth of the petrochemical industry. So huge capital investments are being made by the state and central governments as well as by rich industrial groups.

4. Advanced technology and technical skills: Advanced technology and proper technical skills help in the development o the petrochemical industry and increase the product output.

5. Demand: High demand for petrochemical products in the internal as well as international markets have boosted the development of this industry.

6. Skilled labourers: Skilled labour is essential for this industry for executing the production process.

7. Efficient transport system: Close proximity to the ports, well-developed roadways and railways help in the development of the petrochemical industry as import, export and distribution of goods become easier.

For all the above-mentioned reasons, the petrochemical industry has developed to a great extent in the western region (Trombay, Koyali and Vadodara) as well as in the eastern region (Haldia) of India.

Question 15. Briefly discuss the regional distribution of the petrochemical industry in India.
Answer:

The petrochemical industry in India is concentrated in four regions surrounding the oil The regional distribution of the petrochemical industry in India is discussed below—

 

Region      Place     Important facts
 Western Nagothana (Maharashtra); Vadodara, Koyali, Hazira in Surat, Dahej, Jamnagar (Gujarat). Crude oil from the Cambay and Ankleshwar region, Mumbai High region and imported from the countries of the Middle East are sent to the refineries.

These refineries, in turn, supply the requisite raw materials to the petrochemical industries.

Eastern Bongaigaon (Assam); Haldia (West Bengal). Naphtha obtained from the oil refineries in Bangaigaon, Noonmati, Digboi and Numaligarh in Assam is used as raw material in the petrochemical industry at Bongaigan.

Naphtha from the Haldia oil refinery is used as a raw material in the petrochemical industry at Haldia. Naphtha is also imported from other countries as well.

The petrochemical industry in Haldia has developed due to the joint initiatives taken by the government and private enterprises.

Southern Tuticorin, Manali (Tamil Nadu); Mangalore (Karnataka). The petrochemical industry in Manali was established in 1986. It mainly manufactures and exports propylene glycol and polyols.

The petrochemical industry at Mangalore was established in 1988.

Northern Payal, Panipath (Haryana); Auraiya (Uttar Pradesh). These petrochemical industries have been established separately over about 5000 acres of land with the assistance of the India Oil Corporation Limited (IOCL).

 

Question 16. Discuss the problems and prospects of the automobile industry in India.
Answer:

The problems of the automobile industry in India are discussed below—

1. High production cost: The production cost of automobiles are quite high due to the use of old technologies and outdated machinery.

2. Increase in the cost of fuel: The poor quality of the roads in India as well as not-so-advanced automobile engines had led to an increase in fuel costs. This poses a major problem for the automobile industry. Apart from this, recent diesel and petrol price hike has led to a decrease in the demand for automobiles.

3. Changing government policies: The frequent changes in the different policies implemented by the government cause a major hindrance in the production process and expansion of the automobile industries.

4. Labour disputes: Production is often disrupted due to labour disputes and lockouts of the factories.

The prospects of the automobile industry in India are discussed below-

1. Open economy and license system: The introduction of an open economy in 1991, abolition of the Industrial Licensing, and the scope of 100% investment by foreign investors have facilitated the growth and development of the automobile industry.

2. Economic benefits: According to the Automotive Mission Plan (AMP) implemented by the government of India, tax is exempted for investments which are more than 225000 dollars. Rapid approval and processing of investment procedures and other economic benefits have positively impacted the growth of the automobile industry.

3. Low production cost: Investment by different foreign investors has facilitated the use of advanced and modern technologies in the production process. This has considerably reduced production costs which have led to a decrease in the price of automobiles. Different models of automobiles are being also manufactured.

4. Increase in the purchasing power of the people: The income levels of people in India (especially in urban areas) have considerably increased over the past few years. Thus, it is predicted that people will now invest their money in buying automobiles as their purchasing power has increased.

5. Development of industries manufacturing spare parts of automobiles: The development of ancillary industries manufacturing spare parts of automobiles like engines, suspensions, clutch etc., has helped in the development and expansion of the automobile industry.

Question 17. List the automobile and rail coach manufacturing units of India.
Answer:

The different automobile manufacturing units of India are listed in the following table—

 

Company  Manufacturing
Tata Motors Limited  units Sanand (Gujarat); Jamshedpur (Jharkhand); Pantnagar (Uttarakhand); Pune (Maharashtra); Dharwad (Karnataka); Lucknow (Uttar Pradesh).
Mahindra and Mahindra India Limited Nasik, Kandivali [near Mumbai] (Maharashtra); Haridwar (Uttarakhand); Bengaluru (Karnataka); Zaheerabad (Telangana).
Maruti Suzuki India Limited Manesar, Gurgaon (Haryana).
Ford India Private Limited Maraimalai Nagar near Chennai (Tamil Nadu).
Bajaj Auto Limited Chakan near Pune, Waluj (Maharashtra); Pantnagar (Uttarakhand).
Ashok Leyland Ennore, Hosur (Tamil Nadu); Pantnagar (Uttarakhand); Alwar (Rajasthan).

 

  1. The difference rail coach manufacturing units of inia are
  2. Perambur near Chennai, Tamil Nadu(Integral coach factory);
  3. Mangalore in Karnataka ( Bharat Earth Movers limited);
  4. Dumdum near Kolkata, West Bengal ( Jessop and company limited) and
  5. Kapurthala, Punjab (Integral coach factory).

 

WBBSE Solutions Class 10 geography and environment chapter Chapter 6 India Economic Environment Auto mobile manufacturing units of india

 

Question 18. Account for the concentration of engineering industries in the Hooghly industrial belt?
Answer:

The causes for the concentration of engineering industries in the Hooghly industrial belt are discussed below—

1. Initiative was taken by the British: During British rule, Kolkata was the capital of India till the year 1911. Hence, the British were concerned with the industrial growth in and around Kolkata for their own interests. Thus, different engineering industries started developing in the Hooghly industrial belt due to the introduction of modern technology from the west.

2. Capital: Kolkata emerged as a prominent banking and trading centre in eastern India. Thus, the requisite capital could be easily acquired from different financial organisations which led to the development of the engineering industry.

3. Cheap labour: Cheap labour is easily available from the densely populated regions along the banks of river Hooghly.

4. Availability of raw materials: The chief raw materials required for engineering industries are iron, steel and coal. These raw materials are acquired from the following locations—

 

Raw materials Location of the industry
 Iron and steel  Iron and steel plants in Kulti-Burnpur and Durgapur (West Bengal) and in Jamshedpur (Jharkhand).
Coal Raniganj, Asansol (West Bengal).

 

5. Availability of water: The river Hooghly provides an adequate amount of water required for the engineering industries.

6. Availability of power: Sufficient power is supplied from power stations at Cossipore, Budgebudge, and Titagarh which are under the Calcutta Electric Supply Corporation Limited.

7. Efficient transport system: The Eastern and South-Eastern Railway and National Highways 2, 6, 34, and 35 connect this industrial belt to the rest of the country. The Hooghly river also is a major waterway in this region.

8. Proximity to the port: This industrial belt has developed quite close to the Kolkata port which has helped in importing raw materials and exporting finished goods.

Question 19. What are the causes behind the development of the information and technology (IT) industry In India?
Answer:

The industry which is involved in the collection, recovery, modification, improvement, analysis and storage of data for commercial purposes with the help of computer and telecommunication services is called the information and technology or the IT industry. Gradual advancement of the IT industry commenced in the 1970s and continued till the middle of the 1980s. However, the rate of advancement in this industry picked up speed in the 1990s in India.

The causes behind the development of the IT industry in India are as follows—

1. Skilled and talented workers: Indians are quite advanced where science and technology are concerned. There are several institutes for imparting technical education in India including computer training centres. Students from these institutions are easily hired by IT companies.

2. Global market: Countries in Europe and the United States of America outsource people from IT. Apart from this, information technology is nowadays widely used in the spheres of banking, railway and air ticket booking, telecommunication and many other sectors. Thus, the demand for the IT industry is increasing by leaps and bounds all over the world.

3. No land problem: Like other industries, ’ it industry does not need large plots of land to develop. A number of IT companies can operate from different storeys of the same building.

4. Infrastructure: The IT industry is an urban industry. The efficient transport system, ample supply of electricity, availability of internet and WiFi services and other facilities help in the rapid development of the industry in metropolitan cities like Bengaluru, Hyderabad, Chennai, Mumbai and Kolkata.

5. Government initiative: The state governments of India have provided extensive support to the IT industry by helping in setting up IT complexes, Special Economic Zones (SEZs) offering tax subsidies and providing financial benefits.

6. Capital investments: Multinational companies like TCS, INFOSYS, IBM, and WIPRO, have made huge investments in the development of the IT industry in India.

Question 20. Why no heavy engineering industries have developed in the Himalayan region?
Answer:

The reasons for why no heavy engineering industries have developed in the Himalayan region are discussed below—

1. Topography: The rugged and hilly terrain of the Himalayan region is not suitable for the construction of factory sheds. Hence, the development of the heavy engineering industry is difficult.

2. Lack of raw materials: Heavy engineering industries require huge amounts of coal and mineral-based raw materials. The lack of mineral resources in the Himalayan region hinders the growth of such industries.

3. Lack of water and power resources: The Himalayan region lacks a sufficient amount of water and power resources required for the development of heavy engineering industries.

4. Lack of skilled labourers: The Himalayan region is sparsely populated and most of the people in this region do not have adequate technical knowledge. Hence, there is a lack of skilled and technically sound labourers.

5. Inefficient transport system: The rugged terrain prevents the development of roadways and railways in the Himalayan region. Frequent occurrences of landslides often block the roads and isolate this region from the rest of the country.

6. Less demand: As the Himalayan region is sparsely populated, there is less demand for the finished goods of this type of industry in this region.

7. Lack of capital: The geographical conditions are not favourable for the development of industries in this region. Hence, entrepreneurs show little interest in investing in industries of this region.

8. Political disturbances and terrorism: Political disturbances in the hilly regions of north-east India and terrorist activities in Jammu and Kashmir have created a politically unstable environment unfavourable for setting up industries.

Question 21. Discuss the locational advantages behind the development of the petrochemical industry at Haldia.
Answer:

The petrochemical industry at Haldia is one of the most important petrochemical complexes in West Bengal as well as in eastern India. It is located in the East Midnapore district of West Bengal at the confluence of the Hooghly and Haldi rivers.

The locational advantages behind the development of the petrochemical industry at Haldia are discussed below—

1. Close proximity to the oil refinery: The petrochemical complex at Haldia acquires its raw materials from the nearby Haldia oil refinery.

2. Nearness to the Haldia port: The Haldia port plays a vital role in importing raw materials, crude oil and machinery and exporting the finished products.

3. Capital investment: The petrochemical industry at a particular location favours the development of ancillary industries in its surrounding region. Thus, capital is easily available from government and non-government organisations.

4. Cheap labour: The densely populated regions of West Bengal and its neighbouring states supply abundant cheap labour required in this industry.

5. Advanced technology: Highly advanced and modern technologies have been implemented in the production process. This has led to the production of high-quality goods which are in high demand in the market.

6. Other factors: Availability of land at cheap rates, adequate power supply, high demand for the finished products and a huge market both within the country and in foreign countries have helped in the development of the petrochemical industry at Haldia.

Question 22. Discuss the problems and prospects of the petrochemical industry in India.
Answer:

The problems of the petrochemical industry in India are discussed below—

1. The initial cost of setting up this industry is quite high for which large capital investments are essential. This hinders the growth and expansion of the petrochemical industry.

2. The industry requires continuous implementation of advanced and modern technologies. In most cases, these technologies are bought from other countries which are quite expensive.

3. The customs duty on petrochemical products is higher in India compared to other countries.

4. Sharp rise in the price of crude oil in the global market has increased the cost of production of petrochemical products.

5. petrochemical products are not biodegradable. Hence, wastes generated by this industry are causing environmental pollution.

The prospects of the petrochemical industry in India are discussed below—

1. About 600 different products are manufactured in the petrochemical industry, which is of high commercial value in the Indian market. Thus, there is a huge scope for selling these products.

2. The, problem of huge capital is being solved by collaborating with NRI investors and foreign organisations.

3. The petrochemical industry leads to the growth of many ancillary industries, which in turn, have created job opportunities for a large section of the Indian population.

 

Chapter 6 India- Economic Environment Short Answer Explanatory Type Questions

 

Question 1. Classify industries according to the sources of raw materials used.
Answer:

According to the source of raw materials used, industries can be classified into four categories which are as follows—

1. Agro-based industries: These industries use agricultural products as raw materials. Example—A cotton textile industry uses cotton as the raw material, the jute textile industry uses jute as the raw material and the sugar industry uses sugarcane as the raw material.

2. Animal-based industries: These industries use animal products as raw materials. Examples are—Dairy industry, leather industry, meat and fish processing industries and fur industry.

3. Forest-based industries: These industries use products obtained from forests as raw materials. Examples are—Paper industry, furniture industry and silk industry.

4. Mineral-based industries: These industries use minerals as raw materials. Examples—are the iron and steel industry, the cement industry, aluminium industry.

Question 2. Mention briefly three problems associated with the cotton textile industry of India.
Answer:

The three problems associated with the cotton textile industry of India are as discussed below—

1. Lack of long-staple cotton: India does not grow an adequate amount of long-staple cotton, which is required for making the best quality cotton cloth. Hence, long-staple cotton is imported from other countries, which increases the overall cost of production.

2. Old and outdated machinery: The machinery used in most cotton textile industries in India are old and outdated. Thus, both the quality and quantity of fabric manufactured are low, which in turn, increases the cost of production.

3. Faulty management and labour disputes: Faulty management rules and labour disputes often lead to lockouts and strikes in the cotton textile mills. This hampers the process of production.

Question 3. What are the prospects for the cotton textile Industry in India?
Answer:

The cotton textile industry has a very bright prospect in India. The prospects are as follows—

1. India is a highly populated country located in a hot tropical region. So the demand for cotton clothes will always be high.

2. The neighbouring countries of India do not excel in the cotton textile industry. Thus, they import cotton from India.

3. The use of modern machinery and improved technology will help in producing better quality cotton fibre in a short span of time. This may ultimately help in reducing the cost of production and finally the price of the finished goods.

Question 4. Why is Mumbai called the ‘Cottonopolis of India’?
Answer:

The cotton textile industry was initiated in India in the year 1851, by the establishment of the Bombay Spinning and Weaving Company Limited.

Raw cotton cultivated in the black soil of the Deccan trap region, export-import of cotton through the Mumbai port, the Mumbai-Thane railway line providing a good transport network, high global demand for cotton, and cheap skilled labourers are some important factors which have facilitated the growth of cotton textile mills in and around Mumbai.

About 92 cotton textile mills were established by 1914. Presently, there are 57 running cotton textile mills in Mumbai. 30% of the total handlooms and 20% of the total spindles of the country are found here. So for all the above-mentioned reasons, Mumbai is called the ‘Cottonopolis of India’.

Question 5. Why Is the iron and steel industry Important for India’s economy?
Answer:

The iron and steel industry is known as the ‘backbone of all industries’. It is important for India’s economy due to the following reasons—

1. India is a highly populated country, there is a great demand for iron and steel for the construction of houses, railway tracks, bridges, motor vehicles, agricultural equipment, household goods and machinery for other industries. This huge demand for iron and steel makes it very important for India’s economy.

2. Being a large-scale industry, the iron and steel industry provides direct as well as indirect employment to a huge section of the population.

3. The finished products of the iron and steel industry help in earning a substantial amount of foreign currency which in turn, is beneficial for the country’s economy.

Question 6. Name the important iron and steel plants in India.
Answer:

The iron and steel plants of India are mainly controlled by four organisations namely—the Steel Authority of India Limited (SAIL), Rashtriya Ispat Nigam Limited (RINL), Tata Steel Limited and Jindal Power and Steel Limited.

The main iron and steel plants under these organisations are enlisted below

 

Question 7. Mention the favourable conditions required for the development of the iron and steel industry.
Answer:

The favourable conditions required for the development of the iron and steel industry are as follows—

  1. Availability of raw materials like iron ore, coal and minerals such as limestone, dolomite, manganese etc. So iron and steel plants usually grow in the vicinity of mineral mines.
  2. Availability of huge amounts of water. A site located near a water body which is also close to a mine is ideal for an iron and steel plant.
  3. A continuous supply of power from a nearby power station is favourable for iron and steel plants.
  4. Availability of abundant cheap and skilled labourers from local regions is also required.
  5. A well-built transport system for the easy import and export of goods also help in the development of the iron and steel industry.

Question 8. Why is Durgapur called the ‘Ruhr of India’?
Answer:

Ruhr is a small tributary of the famous Rhine river in Germany. The Ruhr river valley has a huge coal reserve which led to the development of large-scale iron and steel industries, heavy engineering industries and chemical industries in this region. This region is called the Ruhr industrial region.

Similarly, in India, the Damodar river valley has huge deposits of coal which has led to the development of iron and steel industries, heavy engineering industries, and chemical fertilizer industries centring around the coal mines in Durgapur, Raniganj and Andal. Thus, Durgapur is called the ‘Ruhr of India’.

Question 9. Name three automobile manufacturing centres one each from three states of India.
Answer:

Three automobile manufacturing centres one each from three states of India are given below—

 

Question 10. What are the factors responsible for the growth of heavy engineering industries?
Answer:

The factors responsible for the growth of heavy engineering industries are as follows—

  1. iron and steel are an important raw materials required for most heavy engineering industries. Thus, these industries grow near the iron and steel plants.
  2. Heavy engineering industries can also grow in regions with cheap and efficient transport systems. This facilitates the acquisition of raw materials and distribution of the finished products to different parts of the country.
  3. These types of industries grow in regions where power resources are easily available
  4. The heavy engineering industries also grow in regions where advanced technologies can be easily implemented.
  5. The growth of heavy engineering industries also depends on the presence of a suitable market for finished goods.

Question 11. What do you mean by the petrochemical industry?
Answer:

Petrochemical industry

The type of industry which uses the by-products obtained during refining crude petroleum and natural gas to manufacture different compounds is called the petrochemical industry.

The important raw materials of this industry are—naphtha, propane, butane, ethane, methane, hexane, pentane, benzol, butadiene, ethanol, propylene etc. The finished products of this industry are—synthetic fibres (polyester, nylon), plastics, paints, synthetic rubber, pesticides, gums, medicines, perfumes etc.

Several subsidiary or downstream industries have developed depending on the products and by-products of the petrochemical industry. Thus, the petrochemical industry nowadays is also called the ‘giant industry of the modern world’.

Question 12. Explain briefly three reasons for the development of the petrochemical industry in western India
Answer:

Three reasons behind the development of petrochemical industries in India are as follows—

1. Availability of raw materials: Crude oil is extracted from oilfields at Mumbai High in Maharashtra and the Cambay-Ahmedabad region in Gujarat. This crude oil is then sent to the refineries located at Trombay, Koyali and Jamnagar. The primary and secondary by-products obtained during the refining process form the major raw materials of the petrochemical industry.

2. Proximity to ports: The presence of large ports with modern amenities (like Mumbai port, Kandla port, and Jawaharlal Nehru Port) in this region help in importing raw materials and machinery required for this industry and also exporting the finished products.

3. High demand: Many ancillary industries have sprung up in this region which has led to high demand for the finished goods of the petrochemical industry.

Question 13. Briefly discuss the role of transport in the development of an industry.
Answer:

The role of transport in the development of an industry

Transport is an important factor behind the development of an industry. A cheap and efficient transport system is essential for bringing in raw materials, types of machinery, instruments, power resources and labourers.

Well-connected transport is also needed for the distribution and sale of finished products throughout the country.

A well-developed transport system helps industries to grow at locations that result in minimum cost of production such as near the source of raw materials, near the market or at a location intermediate between the source of raw materials and market

 

Question 14. List the regions where railway locomotive manufacturing units have grown in India.
Answer:

The regions where railway locomotives manufacturing units have grown in India are given in the following table—

 

WBBSE Solutions Class 10 geography and environment chapter Chapter 6 India Economic Environment 18

 

Region  Place and important facts 
Eastern 1.  Chittaranjan Locomotive Works [CLW] (Chittaranjan, West Bengal): Diesel and electric locomotives;

2. Jessop and Company (Dumdum, West Bengal): Manufacturer of Electric Multiple Units (EMU);

3.  Tata Engineering and Locomotive Company (Jamshedpur, Jharkhand): Manufacturer of meter gauge electric locomotives.

Northern 1.  Diesel Locomotive Works [DLW] (Varanasi, Uttar Pradesh): Manufacturer of diesel rail engines;

2. Diesel Loco Modernisation Works (Patiala, Punjab): Modernisation of diesel-electric locomotives;

3. Rail coach factory (Kapurthala, Punjab): Manufacturer of rail coach, DMU, EMU.

Central 1.  Bharat Heavy Electricals Limited [BHEL] (Bhopal, Madhya Pradesh): Manufacturer of high-capacity electric and battery-operated locomotives;

2. Rail Spring Factory (Gwalior, Madhya Pradesh): Manufacturer of different types of springs.

 

Chapter 6 India- Economic Environment Short Answer Type Questions

 

Question 1. What do you mean by industry?
Answer:

Industry

‘Industry’ is the collective term for the activities involved in the conversion of forest-based agro-based and mineral-based raw materials into consumable commodities. For example—The cotton textile industry manufactures cotton fabric from raw cotton, iron and steel industry produces iron and steel goods from iron ore.

Question 2. What are pure raw materials?
Answer:

Pure raw materials

The raw materials which do not lose weight during their processing into finished products are called pure raw materials.

Example—1 metric tonne of raw cotton produces 1 metric tonne of cotton thread, which in turn, produces 1 metric tonne of fabric.

Question 3. What are impure raw materials?
Answer:

Impure raw materials

The raw materials which lose weight during their processing into finished products are called impure raw materials. Iron ore, bauxite, copper ore, and sugarcane are some examples of impure raw materials. Example—In order to produce 1 tonne of pig iron, the number of materials required are, 1.7 tonnes of iron ore, 1 tonne of coal, 0.5 tonnes of limestone and dolomite and other materials totalling an amount of 5 tonnes of raw materials.

Question 4. What do you mean by basic industry?
Answer:

Basic industry:

The industries on which the development of other industries depends or those industries whose output is used by other industries are called basic industries. Example—Finished products from the iron and steel industries are used in engineering industries. So the iron and steel industry is an example of a basic industry.

Question 5. What are ancillary industries?
Answer:

Ancillary industries:

When the finished product of one industry is used as a raw material for some other industries, the first one is known as the basic industry and the industries dependent on the basic industry are called ancillary industries. Example—The petrochemical industry at Haldia is a basic industry and the industries which are dependent on this petrochemical industry for the raw materials are the ancillary industries.

Question 6. Why is the cotton textile industry known as a ‘footloose industry’?
Answer:

The main raw material of the cotton textile industry is raw cotton which is a pure raw material. It means that an equal amount of (1 tonne) raw cotton produces an equal amount of (1 tonne) cotton thread which in turn, produces an equal amount of (1 tonne) cotton fabric.

Thus, cotton textile industries can be established either close to the source of the raw material, near to the market or in any intermediate region. It means that cotton textile industries do not show any particular affinity for growing up in a certain location. Thus, the cotton textile industry is called a ‘footloose industry’.

Question 7. State any two cotton textile industrial centres of West Bengal.
Answer:

Two cotton textile industrial centres of West Bengal are—

  1. Serampore and
  2. Shyamnagar.

Question 8. Name two agro-based and two mineral-based industries of India.
Answer:

  1. Agro-based industries: Sugar industry and cotton textile industry.
  2. Mineral-based industries: Iron-steel industry and cement industry.

Question 9. Name the raw materials which are required in the iron and steel industry.
Answer:

The important raw materials required in the iron and steel industry are iron ore, scrap iron, sponge iron, coal, oxygen and limestone. Apart from these, dolomite, manganese, chromium, nickel, tungsten and vanadium are also needed along with an ample supply of clean water.

Question 10. Why is manganese required as a raw material in the iron and steel industry?
Answer:

Manganese is required as a raw material in the iron and steel industry to produce better quality steel called ferromanganese. This type of steel is very hard, durable and resistant towards rusting and corrosion. Ferro-manganese steel can also withstand very high temperatures.

Question 11. Name two large-scale iron and steel plants in India.
Answer:

Two large-scale iron and steel plants in India are—

  1. Bhilai Steel Plant in Chhattisgarh and
  2. Bokaro Steel Plant, Jharkhand.

Question 12. In which places of India did iron and steel plants develop under the Five-Year Plan?
Answer:

The iron and steel plants which have grown in India under the Five-Year Plan are—

  1. Durgapur, West Bengal;
  2. Rourkela, Odisha;
  3. Bhilai, Chhattisgarh;
  4. Bokaro, Jharkhand;
  5. Vijaynagar, Karnataka;
  6. Salem, Tamil Nadu;
  7. Visakhapatnam, Andhra Pradesh.

Question 13. Name four important iron and steel plants of India.
Answer:

The four important iron and steel plants of India are—

  1. Bhilai, Chhattisgarh,
  2. Bokaro, Jharkhand,
  3. Durgapur, West Bengal and
  4. Jamshedpur, Jharkhand.

Question 14. Write a short note on TISCO.
Answer:

TISCO

TISCO stands for Tata Iron and Steel Company. It was founded by eminent industrialist Jamsetji Tata in the year 1907. This iron and steel plant is located in the Singhbhum district of Jharkhand at the confluence of two rivers—Subarnarekha and Kharkai. This is the largest private iron and steel plant in India.

Question 15. Why is the iron and steel industry called the ‘backbone of all industries’?
Answer:

Almost all industries are either directly or indirectly dependent on iron and steel plants. Iron and steel are required to manufacture instruments, equipment and machinery which are used in other industries. It is also required to set up the basic framework of different industries.

So progress in the iron and steel industry will have a positive impact on other industries as well. Thus, the iron and steel industry is called the ‘backbone of all industries’.

Question 16. Name two iron and steel plants, one of which has developed centring a coal mine and the other near a seaport.
Answer:

An iron and steel plant which has developed centring around a coal mine is the Indian Iron and Steel Company (IISCO), Burnpur. An iron and steel industry which has developed near a seaport is Rashtriya Ispat Nigam Limited or Vizag Steel, Visakhapatnam.

Question 17. Write a short note on the alloy steel industry.
Answer:

Alloy steel industry

The industry which is involved in the manufacture of different types of steel by forming iron alloys using one or more than one kind of metal is called the alloy steel industry.

Steel produced in such a way is strong, hard, durable, resistant towards rust and corrosion and can withstand high temperatures and pressure. There are three large-scale alloy steel plants in India —

  1. Visvesvaraya Iron and Steel Plant, Karnataka.
  2. Durgapur Alloy Steel Plant, West Bengal,
  3. Salem Iron and Steel Plant, Tamil Nadu.

Question 18. Name two iron and steel industrial centres of India—one under the public sector and one under the private sector.
Answer:

An iron and steel industrial centre of India under the public sector is the Bhilai Steel Plant in Bhilai, Chhattisgarh under the Steel Authority of India Limited (SAIL).

An iron and steel industrial centre of India under the private sector is Tata Iron and Steel Company (TISCO) at Jamshedpur, Jharkhand.

Question 19. What is SAIL?
Answer:

SAIL

SAIL stands for Steel Authority of India Limited. It is a government enterprise that coordinates and controls the different iron and steel plants established by the initiative of the Indian government.

The large-scale iron and steel plants under this organisation are—Bhilai, Durgapur, Burnpur-Kulti, Rourkela and Bokaro. The alloy steel plants under this organisation are—Durgapur, Bhadravati and Salem. The headquarters of SAIL is in New Delhi.

Question 20. What do you mean by an industrial region?
Answer:

Industrial region

An industrial region is such a geographical region where several industries have developed simultaneously due to favourable physical, economic and cultural factors.

Availability of raw materials, market, demand, and cheap labour supply are some factors due to which there is an aggregation of industries in a particular location. Agricultural activities are seldom observed in such regions. Example— Hooghly industrial region in West Bengal.

Question 21. What do you mean by mini steel plants?
Answer:

Mini steel plants

Steel plants are usually of two types— integrated steel plants and mini steel plants. The steel plants that have a manufacturing capacity of less than 10 lakh tonnes annually and manufacture steel from scrap and sponge iron with the help of electric furnaces are known as mini steel plants. Presently, there are about 650 mini steel plants in India. Some of them are—

  1. National Iron and Steel Company, West Bengal;
  2. Andhra Steel Corporation Limited, Andhra Pradesh and
  3. Mukand Limited, Maharashtra.

Question 22. Name two railway engines and one automobile manufacturing industry in India.
Answer:

The railway engine manufacturing industry in India is at Chittaranjan in West Bengal and Varanasi in Uttar Pradesh.
The automobile manufacturing industry in India is at Gurgaon in Haryana. fibres (such as polyester, and nylon), plastic, artificial rubber, gum, paints, pesticides and perfumes.

Question 24. Name one petrochemical industry in eastern and western India.
Answer:

One petrochemical industry in eastern India is at Haldia, West Bengal (Haldia Petrochemicals Limited) and one in western India is at Vadodara, Gujarat (Indian Petrochemicals Corporation Limited).

Question 25. Write a short note on the light engineering industry.
Answer:

Light engineering industry

The engineering industries which manufacture small machine parts for other industries and also manufacture small electronic devices are called light engineering industries. Cameras, radio, television, watch, typewriter, calculator, fans are the finished products of this type of industry.

Question 26. Name one petrochemical industry in northern and southern India.
Answer:

One petrochemical industry in northern India is at Panipat, Haryana (Panipat Petrochemical Plant) and one in southern India is at Mangalore, Karnataka (Mangalore Refinery and Petrochemicals Limited).

Question 27. Name one automobile industry in northern and southern India.
Answer:

One automobile industry in northern India is at Gurgaon, Haryana (Maruti Suzuki India Limited) and one in southern India is at Chennai, Tamil Nadu (Ford India Private Limited).

Question 28. Write a short note on the petrochemical industrial complex.
Answer:

Petrochemical industrial complex

During the process of refining petroleum, a number of by-products are obtained such as propane, butane, ethane, methane, benzol, ethanol, propylene, butadiene etc. Many industries, therefore, grow in the vicinity of the petroleum refinery which uses these by-products as their raw materials. Thus this conglomerate of industries collectively forms the petrochemical industrial complex.

Question 29. Why is the petrochemical industry regarded as the ‘giant industry of the modern world’?
Answer:

A number of by-products are obtained when crude petroleum is refined. This has led to the development of many ancillary industries near these refineries that are dependent on the by-products.

These ancillary industries use these by-products as raw materials. So the petrochemical industry is responsible for the functioning of many other allied industries. Thus, it is regarded as the ‘giant industry of the modern world’.

Question 30. What do you mean by the information and technology industry?
Answer:

Information and technology industry

The industry which is involved in the collection, recovery, modification, improvement, analysis and storage of data for commercial purposes with the help of computer and telecommunication services is called the information and technology industry.

This industry deals with the exchange of data digitally through electronic media. Proper infrastructure and production units are required for this type of industry such as computer hardware, software, semiconductor, internet, telecommunication devices, e-commerce etc.

Question 31. Write a short note on the heavy engineering industry.
Answer:

Heavy engineering industry

The industries which manufacture heavy types of machinery, bulky instruments and types of equipment needed for agriculture, mining, dredging, lifting etc. and automobiles, locomotive coaches and such other large appliances are called heavy engineering industries. Example- Chittaranjan Locomotive Works, West Bengal.

Question 32. Why do most of the petrochemical industrial centres grow in proximity to ports in India?
Answer:

India is not fully capable of extracting crude oil in such a quantity that it meets the demand of the huge population of India. Every year, about 83% of the total amount of petroleum required is imported from other countries.

The petrochemical industrial centres including the refineries have grown in proximity to the ports in order to save the cost in transporting crude petroleum to the refineries (from oil tankers that bring petroleum to our country from foreign lands) and sending the finished products to the port for export.

Question 33. What is meant by the engineering industry?
Answer:

Engineering industry

The industries which mainly use different metals as raw materials, especially iron and steel to manufacture various instruments, machinery and appliances are called engineering industries.

Engineering industries can be of two types—

  1. Heavy engineering industries (like the automobile industry) and
  2. Light engineering industries (like wrist watch industry).

Question 34. Why is the petrochemical industry known as the ‘sunrise industry’?
Answer:

The importance of the petrochemical industry is growing day by day as both refined petroleum (the major finished product) and other by-products of this industry have immense use in our lives.

The by-products are extensively used as raw materials in other industries. So, the petrochemical industry helps in the development of several other industries and is emerging as a fast-progressing industry.

 

Chapter 6 India- Economic Environment MCQs

 

Write The Correct Answer The Given Alternatives

Question 1. The largest cotton textile industry in south India is located in—

  1. Madurai
  2. Chennai
  3. Coimbatore
  4. Bengaluru

Answer: 3. Coimbatore

Question 2. Which of the following cities is famous for its cotton textile industries?

  1. Jamshedpur
  2. Visakhapatnam
  3. Ahmedabad
  4. Kolkata

Answer: 3. Ahmedabad

Question 3. The first cotton mill in India was

  1. Maharastra
  2. West Bengal
  3. Gujarat
  4. Tamil Nadu

Answer: 2. West Bengal

Question 4. The first cotton mill in West Bengal was established at—

  1. Serampore
  2. Dumdum
  3. Ghusuri
  4. Chandannagar

Answer: 3. Ghusuri

Question5. In which region of India do we find the maximum number of cotton textile industries?

  1. Northern region
  2. Southern region
  3. Eastern Region
  4. Western Region

Answer: 4. Western region

Question 6. Which of the following cities in India is known as the ‘Manchester of India’?

  1. Mumbai
  2. Bhavnagar
  3. Ahmedabad
  4. Pune

Answer: 3. Ahmedabad

Question 7. The city which is known as the ‘Manchester of South India’ is—

  1. Chennai
  2. Bengaluru
  3. Coimbatore
  4. Kochi

Answer: 3. Coimbatore

Question 8. Which of the following is an alloy?

  1. Iron
  2. Manganese
  3. Steel
  4. Aluminium

Answer: 3. Steel

Question 9. A large-scale iron and steel plant is located at

  1. Ranchi
  2. Bhilai
  3. Bastar
  4. Mysore

Answer: 2. Bhilai

Question 10. An important raw material of the iron and steel industry is—

  1. Hematite
  2. Limonite
  3. Bauxite
  4. Chalcopyrite

Answer: 1. Hematite

Question 11. Which steel plant was established after India attained independence?

  1. Durgapur
  2. Jamshedpur
  3. Bhadravati
  4. Burnpur

Answer: 1. Durgapur

Question 12. The iron and steel plant of Jamshedpur was established in the year—

  1. 1905
  2. 1907
  3. 1912
  4. 1915

Answer: 2. 1912

Question 13. The government-sponsored sponge iron plant is located at—

  1. Kothagudem, Telangana
  2. Durgapur, West Bengal
  3. Bokaro, Jharkhand
  4. Daitari, Odisha

Answer: 1. Kothagudem, Telangana

Question 14. TISCO is located at—

  1. Bhilai
  2. Rourkela
  3. Burnpur
  4. Jamshedpur

Answer: 4. Jamshedpur

Question 15. In which of the following places has the iron and steel plant developed near a coal mine?

  1. Rourkela
  2. Bhilai
  3. Durgapur
  4. Bhadravati

Answer: 3. Durgapur

Question 16. In India, the maximum amount of iron and steel is manufactured in —

  1. Jamshedpur
  2. Bhilai
  3. Rourkela
  4. Visakhapatnam

Answer: 2. Bhilai

Question 17. Which of the following is called the ‘Ruhr of India’?

  1. Durgapur
  2. Jamshedpur
  3. Raniganj
  4. Bokaro

Answer: 1. Durgapur

Question 18. SAIL is important—

  1. Coal mine
  2. Petroleum refinery
  3. Iron and steel plant
  4. Cotton textile mill

Answer: 3. Iron and steel plant

Question 19. Asia’s third-largest steel plant is located at—

  1. Jamshedpur
  2. Durgapur
  3. Bhilai
  4. Rourkela

Answer: 3. Bhilai

Question 20. The first iron and steel plant which was founded in the coastal region of India is located at—

  1. Paradeep
  2. Visakhapatnam
  3. Chennai
  4. Kochi

Answer: 2. Visakhapatnam

Question 21. The largest steel plant in India is located at—

  1. Salem
  2. Jamshedpur
  3. Durgapur
  4. Bhilai

Answer: 1. Salem

Question 22. The diesel rail engine factory of Uttar Pradesh is located in—

  1. Kanpur
  2. Allahabad
  3. Varanasi
  4. Lucknow

Answer: 3. Varanasi

Question 23. A petrochemical industry situated in northeastern India is—

  1. Bongaigaon
  2. Digboi
  3. Naharkatiya
  4. Haldia

Answer: 1. Bongaigaon

Question 24. The petrochemical industry has developed at—

  1. Tarapur
  2. Thane
  3. Trombay

Answer: 3. Trombay

Question 25. Which of the following is famous for its petrochemical industry?

  1. Kolkata
  2. Haldia
  3. Durgapur
  4. Siliguri

Answer: 2. Haldia

Question 26. Which of the following industry is called a ‘sunrise industry’?

  1. Information and technology
  2. Petrochemical
  3. Jute
  4. Iron and steel

Answer: 2. Petrochemical

Question 27. Which of the following industry is considered the ‘giant industry of the modern world’?

  1. Information and technology
  2. Cotton textile
  3. Iron and steel
  4. Petrochemical

Answer: 4. Petrochemical

Question 28. The first petrochemical industry in India was established at—

  1. Koyali
  2. Vadodara
  3. Trombay
  4. Haldia

Answer: 3. Trombay

Question 29. The only shipyard located in West Bengal is—

  1. Hindustan Shipyard
  2. Kolkata Shipyard
  3. Garden Reach Shipbuilders
  4. BCC Shipbuilders

Answer: 3. Garden Reach Shipbuilders

Question 30. The National Instruments Limited is located at—

  1. Burdwan
  2. Kolkata
  3. Krishnanagar
  4. Serampore

Answer: 2. Kolkata

Question 31. The largest automobile manufacturing company in India is—

  1. Ashok Leyland, Chennai
  2. Maruti Suzuki India Limited, Gurgaon
  3. Hindustan Motors, Kolkata
  4. Tata Motors, Jamshedpur

Answer: 2. Maruti Suzuki India Limited, Gurgaon

Question 32. The chief raw material required for the information and technology industry is

  1. Iron and steel
  2. Coal
  3. Man’s intellect
  4. Power resources

Answer: 3. Man’s intellect

Question 33. Which of the following cities is called the ‘Silicon Valley of India’?

  1. Kolkata
  2. Bengaluru
  3. Pune
  4. Chennai

Answer: 2. Bengaluru

Question 34. Which city is known as the ‘Detroit of

  1. Jamshedpur
  2. Chennai
  3. Mumbai
  4. Gurgaon

Answer: 2. Mumbai

Question 35. Railway coaches are manufactured in —

  1. Varanasi
  2. Kolkata
  3. Perambur
  4. Bengaluru

Answer: 3. Perambur

 

Chapter 5 India-Economic Environment If The Statement Is True, Write True And If False Write False Against The Following

 

Question 1. Cotton textile is an important industry in Gujarat.
Answer: True

Question 2. The cotton textile industry is a type of agro-based industry.
Answer: True

Question 3. Tamil Nadu contains the maximum number of cotton textile mills.
Answer: True

Question 4. Bengaluru is known as the ‘Manchester of South India’.
Answer: False

Question 5. There are many cotton textile mills along both the banks of river Hooghly.
Answer: False

Question 6. In India, the cotton textile industry is known as the ‘Backbone of all Industries’.
Answer: False

Question 7. The iron and steel plant at Jamshedpur lies on the banks of the Damodar river.
Answer: False

Question 8. Weber’s theory regarding the location of industries and the effect of transportation cost is very important.
Answer: True

Question 9. The Durgapur Steel Plant is located along the banks of river Subarnarekha.
Answer: False

Question 10. The iron and steel plant at Jamshedpur has been built in collaboration with the government.
Answer: False

Question 11. The iron and steel plants at the Burnpur-Kulti region are dependent on the water of the Damodar river.
Answer: True

Question 12. Bhilai is known as the ‘Ruhr of India’.
Answer: False

Question 13. The only steel plant in India is in Salem.
Answer: False

Question 14. The chief raw material of the petrochemical industry is naphtha.
Answer: False

Question 15. Rail engines are manufactured in West Bengal at Chittaranjan in the Burdwan district.
Answer: True

Question 16. Diesel rail engines are manufactured in Varanasi, Uttar Pradesh.
Answer: True

Question 17. The automobile manufacturing industry is an example of an ancillary industry.
Answer: True

Question 18. A petrochemical plant has been set up in Assam at Digboi.
Answer: True

 

Chapter 5 India-Economic Environment Fill In The Blanks With Suitable Words

 

Question 1. Cotton is best cultivated in________ climate.
Answer: Humid

Question 2. ________ is a leading state in the case of the cotton textile industry in India.
Answer: Gujarat

Question 3. ________ is known as the ‘Manchester of North India’.
Answer: Kanpur

Question 4. ________ is an example of pure raw material.
Answer: Cotton

Question 5. Dairy industry is________ an industry.
Answer: Animal-based

Question 6. The paper industry and furniture industry are________ examples of industries.
Answer: Forest-based

Question 7. A steel plant is located at________ in Tamil Nadu.
Answer: Salem

Question 8. Visvesvaraya Iron and Steel Plant is located at ________
Answer: Bhadravathi

Question 9. An iron and steel plant in Odisha is located at ________
Answer: Rourkela

Question 10. ________ is used to make steel harder.
Answer: Manganese

Question 11. Dolomite for the iron and steel plants in the Burnpur-Kulti region is sourced from ________
Answer: Gangpur

Question 12. The iron and steel plant of Jamshedpur is ________ located at the confluence of the rivers Subarnarekha and ________
Answer: Kharkai

Question 13. The largest concentration of iron and steel plants is seen in the ________ region of India.
Answer: Eastern

Question 14. The steel plant in Rourkela lies on the________ banks of the river
Answer: Brahmani

Question 15. The iron and steel plant at ________ was built in collaboration with erstwhile Soviet Russia.
Answer: Bokaro

Question 16. An important raw material of the petrochemical industry is________
Answer: Naphtha

Question 17. Maruti Suzuki India is an automobile manufacturing company located at in ________India.
Answer: Gurgaon

 

Chapter 5 India-Economic Environment Answer In One Or Two Words

 

Question 1. Give an example of pure raw material.
Answer: Cotton.

Question 2. Write the names of some important cotton textile mills of India.
Answer: Ahmedabad, Surat (Gujarat); Mumbai, Nagpur (Maharashtra).

Question 3. From which reservoir does the steel plant at Bhilai draw its water?
Answer: Tandula.

Question 4. Which industry is known as the ‘backbone of all industries’?
Answer: Iron and steel industry.

Question 5. What is the full form of SEZ?
Answer: Special Economic Zone.

Question 6. From where is the iron ore sourced for the iron and steel plant at Bhadravati?
Answer: Bababudan Hills in Karnataka.

Question 7. Where is the headquarters of SAIL located?
Answer: New Delhi.

Question 8. Name the oldest iron and steel plant in India.
Answer: Kulti in Burdwan, West Bengal.

Question 9. Give an example of an impure raw material.
Answer: Iron ore

Question 10. Name some of the raw materials of the petrochemical industry.
Answer: Naphtha, propane, ethane.

Question 11. Name a petrochemical plant located in
Answer: Vadodara.

Question 12. Where has the petrochemical industry grown in Haryana?
Answer: Panipat.

Question 13. Where is the real Silicon Valley located?
Answer: Santa Clara Valley in the United States of America.

Question 14. Name two cities in India where the information and technology industry has thrived.
Answer: Bengaluru and Chennai.

Question 15. Name some heavy engineering industries of India.
Answer: Automobiles, railway engines, large machinery, and generators.

Question 16. Name some light engineering industries of India.
Answer: Wristwatch, sewing machine, home appliances manufacturing industry.

Question 17. Name some important raw materials of the automobile manufacturing industry.
Answer: Steel, glass, paints, plastic.

Question 18. Name some electrical engineering industries.
Answer: Refrigerator fan, air conditioner.

Question 19. Where has the major IT industrial park been set up in West Bengal?
Answer: Bidhan Nagar (Salt Lake) in Kolkata.

 

Chapter 5 India-Economic Environment Match The Left Column With The Right Column

 

1.

Left column  Right column 
1. Jamnagar A. 1964
2. Bhadravathi B. 1956
3. Bhilai C. 1982
4. Bokaro D. 1918
5. Visakhapatnam E. 1907

Answer: 1-E,2-D,3-B,4-A,5-C

2.

Left column  Right column 
1. Shipbuilding industry A. Jamnagar
2. Cotton Textile Industry B. Vijayanagar
3. Petrochemical Industry C. Gurgaon
4. Auto Nobile Manufacturing D. Ahmedabad
5. iron and steel industry 5. Visakhapatnam

Answer: 1-E,2-D,3-A,4-C,5-B

WBBSE Solutions For Class 10 Geography And Environment Chapter 5 India Physical Environment

Chapter 5 India-Physical Environment Topic 2 Physiography Of India Long Answer Type Questions

Geography Class 10 West Bengal Board

Question 1. Classify the physiographic divisions of India and describe any one of them, OR, Describe the northern mountainous region of India. OR, Describe the physiography of the northern mountains of India.
Answer:

India can be divided into five parts according to the physiography of the land.

They are—

  1. The Northern Mountains,
  2. The Northern Plains,
  3. The Peninsular Plateau,
  4. The coastal plains,
  5. The islands.

The Northern Mountains: The northern mountains are broadly classified into two parts—

  1. The Himalayan Mountainous region and
  2. The Purvanchal or the North-Eastern Mountainous region.

Read and Learn Also WBBSE Solutions for Class 10 Geography and Environment

The Himalayan Mountainous Region: The Himalayas are the highest mountain ranges in the world. They stretch from Nanga Parbat in Kashmir in the west to Namcha Barwa peak in Tibet in the east for about 2414km. According to geographical characteristics, the Himalayas can be divided into three zones from west to east.

  1. Western Himalayas,
  2. Central Himalayas and
  3. Eastern Himalayas.

The Western Himalayas: The stretch of the Himalayas from Nanga Parbat in the west to river Kali in the Indo-Nepal border is known as the Western Himalayas. This region can be classified into four mountain ranges.

  1. The Outer Himalayas or the Siwalik is the southernmost range, whose average height is 600-1500m.
  2. The Himachal Himalayas or the Lesser Himalayas lie north of the Siwalik range. It comprises the Pir Panjal, Dhauladhar, Nag Tibba, and Mussourie ranges. The average height of the region is 1500 – 4500m. The valleys of Doon, Marhi, and Kangra are seen in between the ranges.
  3. North of the Himachal lies the Greater Himalayas or the Himadri. The average altitude of this region is about 6000 m. The famous peaks of Nanga Parbat (8126m), Kamet (7756m), Nanda Devi (7816m), Kedarnath (6940m), Chaukhamba (7138m), etc. lie here. The famous Kashmir Valley lies here between the Pir Panjal and the Greater Himalayas.
  4. The northernmost part of the mountainous region is the Trans or Tethys Himalayas. This comprises mainly the Zanskar, Ladakh, and Karakoram ranges. The average altitude of this region is more than 6000 m.
  5. The Godwin Austen peak (K2) of the Karakoram range is the highest peak in India and the second-highest peak in the world (8611m). Other peaks are Gasherbrum I (8068m), Gasherbrum II (8035m), Broad Peak (8047 m), etc.
  6. The longest glacier in India, Siachen (76km) lies in the Karakoram range. Other glaciers are Biafo, Baltoro, etc.

Geography Class 10 West Bengal Board

2. The Central Himalayas: The Central Himalayas totally lie in Nepal, where it is known as the Mahabharat Lekh.

  1. The Siwalik lies at the southern margin along with Churia and Dundua hills as the Outer Himalayas.
  2. The Himadri Himalayas lie in the northernmost part. World-famous peaks like Mt. Everest, Annapurna, Dhaulagiri, etc. are present here.
  3. Other attractions of this region are Kathmandu and Pokhara valleys; Suraj Tal, Phewa Tal, and other lakes, glaciers like Lhotse and Ganesh; mountain passes like Tipta La, Umbak, etc.

3. The Eastern Himalayas: The Eastern Himalayas lies between the eastern border of Nepal in the west and the eastern border of Arunachal Pradesh in the east.

  1.  The southernmost range or part of the Siwalik range comprises the Dafla, Miri, Abor, and Mishmi hills of Arunachal Pradesh.
  2. The Central Himalayas are seen as dissected or broken ranges in this region. The Sandakphu peak (3636m) of the Singalila range is the highest peak in the region.
  3. The Himadri Himalayas form the northernmost range of the Himalayas. The high peaks of the Himadri are visible over here. E.g.—Mt. Kanchenjunga (8598m). Other mountains present here are Namcha Barwa in China border and Kula Kangri in Bhutan.
  4. Other geographical attractions present here are Nathu La pass; Valleys of Chumbi, Paro, Punakha, Haa, etc.; lakes like Tsango; Zemu glacier from where the river Tista originates.

The Purvsnchal or the Morth-eastern Mountainous Region:

  1. In the northeast Indian states of Arunachal Pradesh, Assam, Nagaland, Manipur, Mizoram, and Tripura, several hills and ranges are present. They are 1800-4000m high on average. E.g.—Patkai, Naga, Lushai, Barail, Garo, Khasi, Jaintia, etc. This hilly and mountainous region is known as Purvanchal.
  2. The highest peak of the Purvanchal is the Daphabum of the Mishmi hills in Arunachal Pradesh.

 

WBBSE Solutions Class 10 geography and environment chapter Chapter 5 India Physical Environment map-1

 

Question 2. Discuss the causes of the formation of the Himalayan mountains with diagrams.
Answer:

The formation of the Himalayan mountains can be explained with the help of two theories—

  1. The Geosyncline theory,
  2. The Plate Tectonic theory.

1. The Geosyndine Theory:

  1. The Tethys Sea (a shallow sea) existed in the region where the Himalayas have been formed today about 6.5-7 crores years ago.
  2. The Laurasia in the north and the Gondwanaland in the south were two ancient landmasses lying on either side of the Tethys Sea.
  3. The Tethys Sea started getting filled up with huge amounts of silt that was brought down by the numerous rivers flowing through the Laurasia and Gondwanaland.
  4. In the Tertiary Age, due to orogenic movements, the Gondwanaland and Laurasia started moving towards each other. This compressed the sediments accumulated in the Tethys Sea.
  5. The sedimentary rocks formed due to high silt depositions in the sea were folded under high pressure. These folds gradually started rising due to more and more pressure and formed the Himalayan mountains.

WBBSE Solutions Class 10 geography and environment chapter Chapter 5 India Physical Environment mountains of the himalayan mountains

 

2. The Plate Tectonic Theory:

1. According to the Plate Tectonic Theory, the earth’s crust is made up of 7 major and 20 minor plates. Out of these plates, the Himalayan range has been formed due to the collision of the Indian and the Eurasian plates.

2. The Indian plate and the Eurasian plates are converging plates, i.e., they move towards each other. Out of them, the Indian plate moves with greater speed than the Eurasian plate.

3. This caused a great collision between the two plates. Due to this collision, the comparatively heavier Indian plate subducted below the Eurasian plate near the boundary.

Geography Class 10 West Bengal Board

4. The sediments already compacted into rocks in the Tethys Sea were compressed hard and thrown into folds. This gradually gave rise to the Himalayan mountains. The Eurasian plate, which lies over the Indian plate also rose in height and gave rise to the Tibetan plateau.

5. The movement of the plates is still going on. The Indian plate moves northwards by 5.4cm every year. Thus, the compression of the sedimentary rocks is still going on and the Himalayan mountains are still gaining height. Hence, they are called new or young fold mountains.

WBBSE Solutions Class 10 geography and environment chapter Chapter 5 India Physical Environment formation of the himalayan mountains

 

Question 3. Name the mountain ranges that form the Himalayan mountainous region. Describe the mountain ranges briefly. OR, Describe the parallel ranges that form the Himalayan mountains. OR, Describe the mountain ranges lying from north to south in the Himalayas.

Answer:

The Himalayan mountains can be divided into four parallel ranges from north to south.

They are—

  1. The Trans or Tethys Himalayas,
  2. The Himadri or the Greater Himalayas,
  3. The Himachal or the Lesser Himalayas,
  4. The Siwaliks or the Outer Himalayas.

1. The Trans or Tethys Himalayas:

  1. This is the northernmost range of the Himalayas and it gradually meets the Tibetan plateau.
  2. This range was formed about 70 million years ago after the first earth movements.
  3. This is about 225 km wide in the center and 1000 km long and the average height is about 6000m.
  4. The Karakoram range, Ladakh range, and Zanskar-Deosai range form the main ranges of this region. The highest peak of this region is K2 or Godwin Austen (8611m) in the Karakoram range.
  5. The Trans Himalayas lying in India have been heavily eroded and converted into a huge plateau region.
  6. The Trans or Tethys Himalayas lie only in Jammu and Kashmir state in India.

2. The Himadri or Greater Himalayas:

  1. The Himadri Himalayas have formed about 70 million years ago when the Tethys Himalayas were formed.
  2. This region lies south of the Tethys Himalayas. It is about 50km wide and the average height is about 6000 m. Most of the v time the region remains snow-covered. Hence, it is named Himadri.
  3. The important peaks present here are—Mt. Everest (8848 m, the highest peak of the world), Kanchenjunga (8598 m), Dhaulagiri (8167 m), Nanga Parbat (8126 m), Annapurna (8078 m), Nanda Devi (7816 m), etc. This range is formed of very old sedimentary and metamorphic rocks.

Geography Class 10 West Bengal Board

3. The Himachal or Lesser Himalayas:

  1. The Himachal Himalayas have formed about 20 million years ago due to the second earth’s movements. This lies south of the Himadri and north of the Siwalik ranges.
  2. The range is about 3700-4500 m high and 60-80 km wide. Pir Panjal, Dhauladhar, Nag Tibba, and Mussourie ranges are present here. The famous peaks present here are Kedarnath (7188 m), Chaukhamba (7138 m), and Trishul  (7120 m).
  3. Many valleys are present here such as Kullu Valley, Kangra Valley, Rampur Valley, etc. The river valleys of the Himachal region are deep and with steep walls.

4. The Siwalik or Outer Himalayas:

  1. The Siwalik was formed by the last severe earth movements that occurred about 70 lakh years ago.
  2. The average height of the range is about 600,1500 m and the width is about 10 -50 km.
  3. The hills of Mussourie, Jammu, Dafla, Miri, Abor, and Mishmi are present here.
  4. This range is separated from the Lesser Himalayas or the Himachal by a number of structural valleys or doors and gorges.

Question 4. Give a brief account of the physiography of the Western Himalayas of India.
Answer:

The Western Himalayas:

Location: The Western Himalayas lie between Nanga Parbat in Jammu and Kashmir in the west and the river Kali on the western border of Nepal in the east.

This can be further subdivided into three regions—

  1. Kashmir Himalayas,
  2. Himachal or Punjab Himalayas and
  3. Kumaon Himalayas.

1. Kashmir Himalayas:

  1. This part lies in Jammu and Kashmir.
  2. The ranges of Pir Panjal, Jammu, and Poonch lie in this region. The mountains are mostly made up of sandstone and shale.
  3. Numerous valleys are present here. For example—Kashmir Valley, Udhampur doon, etc.
  4. The Pir Panjal range separates the Kashmir Valley from the rest of the country. The valley can be reached only through the Banihal and the Pir Panjal passes.
  5. Numerous glacial lakes are present in this region. E.g.—Dal, Wular, Anchar, Nageen, etc.
  6. The Greater Himalayas lie to the east and north of the Kashmir Valley.
  7. The highest peak of India, Godwin Austen or K2 (8611 m) lies in this region in the Karakoram range. Other peaks present are Hidden Peak, Broad Peak, etc.
  8. The longest glacier in India, Siachen (75 km) also lies here.
  9. The Ladakh range lies south of the Karakoram range, east of which lies the Ladakh plateau. The average height of the region is about 4300 m.
  10. The Zanskar range lying south of the Ladakh range is separated from each other by the Indus Valley.
  11. Zoji La and Banihal are important passes of the Kashmir Himalayas.

Class 10 Geography West Bengal Board

2. Himachal or Punjab Himalayas:

  1. The part of the Himalayas lying in Himachal Pradesh is known as the Himachal Himalayas.
  2. The northern part comprises the Himadri Himalayas which are about 5000-6000 m high.
  3. South of the Himadri lies the ranges of Dhauladhar, Pir Panjal, Zanskar, Nag Tibba, and Mussourie. The peaks of the Pir Panjal range remain snow-covered throughout the year. The average height of the region is 1500-4000 m.
  4. The Siwalik range forms the southernmost part of this region. The average height of this region is 600-1500 m.
  5. A number of valleys are present here, e.g. Lahul, Spiti, Kullu, Kangra, etc.

3. Garhwal and Kumaon Himalayas:

  1. The part of the Himalayas lying in the state of Uttarakhand is known as Garhwal and Kumaon Himalayas.
  2. Famous peaks like Nanda Devi (7816 m), Gangotri (6614 m), Kedarnath (7188 m), Kamet (7756 m), Trishul (7120 m), etc., lie in this region. These peaks belong to the Lesser or Middle Himalayas.
  3. The Siwalik lies to the south of this region. Numerous valleys or doors are present here, e.g. Dehradun. Several lakes are present east of Nag Tibba and Mussourie hilly regions. E.g.—Nainital, Bheemtal, Sattal, etc.
  4. The Gangotri and Yamunotri glaciers give rise to the Ganga and Yamuna rivers respectively.